Mastering New Testament Greek Textbook 1.7
Transcription
Mastering New Testament Greek Textbook 1.7
Mastering New Testament Greek Textbook Ted Hildebrandt Baker Academic © 2003 by Ted Hildebrandt version 1.4 Published by Baker Academic a division of Baker Book House Company P.O. Box 6287, Grand Rapids, MI 49516-6287 www.bakeracademic.com All rights reserved. This publication is intended for the personal use of the licensee. It may be stored in a retrieval system and reproduced for personal use only. It may not be transmitted in any form or by any means—for example, electronic, photocopy, recording—without the prior written permission of the publisher. The only exception is brief quotations in printed reviews. Verses from the New Testament selected for reading and translation are from The Greek New Testament, edited by Kurt Aland, Matthew Black, Carlo M. Martini, Bruce M. Metzger, and Allen Wikgren, 4th revised edition, © 1966, 1968, 1975 by United Bible Societies, 1983, 1994 by the Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft, Stuttgart. Used by permission. 2 To my father, Ted Hildebrandt, who instilled in me the basics of life: discipline, persistence, a love of God’s word, and the blessed hope of Christ’s return. May your entrance into His glorious presence be joyous! Your grateful son, Ted 3 Contents 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10. 11. 12. 13. 14. 15. 16. 17. 18. 19. 20. 21. 22. 23. 24. 25. 26. 27. 28. Preface 6 Introduction 7 The Alphabet 13 Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar 17 Present Active Verbs 28 Second Declension Nouns 34 First Declension Nouns 41 Prepositions 45 Adjectives 53 Personal Pronouns 58 Present Middle/Passive Verbs 63 Future Verbs 68 Demonstrative, Relative, Reflexive, and Reciprocal Pronouns 72 Imperfect Verbs 77 Third Declension Nouns 82 Second Aorist Verbs 87 First Aorist Verbs 91 Aorist and Future Passive Verbs 96 Contract Verbs 101 Perfect Verbs 105 Present Participles 111 Aorist Participles 118 Perfect Participles 124 Infinitives 130 Subjunctive Verbs 134 Imperative Verbs 141 The -mi Verbs 145 Numbers and Interrogatives 150 Comparatives, Conjunctions, Adverbs, and Clause Types 154 Case Revisited 160 Commencement 165 Works Cited 169 Appendix 1: Vocabulary Lists by Chapter 170 Appendix 2: Paradigms 179 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 198 Appendix 4: Verb Principal Parts 262 Appendix 5: Total Review Quick Start Sheets 285 Appendix 6: Chants 294 4 Appendix 7: Lord’s Prayer 299 English-Greek Glossary 300 Greek-English Glossary 365 Vocabulary Builder down to 9 times 406 Greek-English Lexicon 449 Index 513 5 Preface The potentials of the digital medium are just beginning to be realized. Recently there have been major upheavals in the music industry due to the MP3 format that allows the putting of hundreds of songs (rather than a dozen) on a single CD-ROM. Ebooks are beginning to appear on the web and elsewhere. Many of these technologies hold great promise for use by the Christian community. This etextbook attempts to take what was formerly made available in my interactive Greek program and put it in an ebook format paralleling the interactive Greek program found on this disk. It can be universally viewed and/or printed using the Adobe Acrobat Reader (freely available at http://www.adobe.com/products/acrobat/readstep.html or as found on the CD-ROM). Mastering New Testament Greek is an interactive multimedia program that has proved quite effective in teaching first-year Koine Greek to thousands who have used it since it was published in the mid-1990s. I have seen a need in my own Greek classes at Gordon College for a hardcopy that the students can have at hand when away from the screen. The new ebook format makes this textbook option a possibility. In addition to the interactive multimedia program (which includes an interactive easy-reader with the full text of 1 John and John 1–5) and the textbook, the CD contains a workbook with exercises coordinated with the textbook, a vocabulary frequency list to aid in learning words that appear nine or more times in the New Testament, and a full GreekEnglish lexicon with definitions for every word in the Greek New Testament. These are printable in the Adobe Acrobat (pdf) format on any computer. The Greekth.ttf true-type font is provided for use in any Windows word processor. Additional learning resources are available free from http://faculty.gordon.edu/hu/bi/ted_hildebrandt/index.cfm including over three thousand pages of advanced grammars and a complete text of the Greek New Testament. For instructors, an answer key to the workbook is available, as well as PowerPoint material for the presentation of the twenty-eight chapters. I wish to thank Jim Kinney at Baker Book House for opening the door and shepherding this project through to completion. A great debt of gratitude is owed to Wells Turner and Dave Mathewson whose editorial suggestions, corrections, and oversight are evident on every page of these digital texts. Finally, I’d like to thank Dr. Roger Green and the rest of my colleagues at Gordon College for allowing me the pleasure of opening the door to Greek for students at Gordon, returning the favor that Dr. Robert Newman and Dr. Gary Cohen did for me in my own seminary training so many years ago. The original goal was to give my students at Gordon College all the tools they need for first-year Greek in one disk. The goal now is to leverage the technology so that anyone who desires to can learn New Testament Greek. Enjoy Greek! Ted Hildebrandt 6 Introduction 7 Introduction Why Study Greek? The New Testament was written in Koine (koi-NAY) Greek. It provided a magnificent medium for proclaiming the gospel message because Greek was so widely known after Alexander’s conquests of the west and east. There are many challenges to mastering Greek: the difficulty of learning any language for those who are monolingual, differences in the alphabetic script, the highly structured grammatical nature of Greek, and the fact that Koine Greek is not spoken today. In order to conquer the difficulties of this journey, we need to know clearly why we are undertaking this awesome endeavor. God used Greek to communicate. If aliens had come to this planet and left documents explaining how the universe functions and how humans can make a contribution to the galaxies and ultimately attain eternal life, with certain genetic modifications, of course, there would be tremendous interest in decoding this incredible message. Indeed, one has come from another world and has addressed all the major issues of life/death, meaning/meaninglessness, joy/sorrow, love/hate, presence/absence, right/wrong that provide the matrix of human existence. God has spoken in His son (Heb. 1:1–2; Jn. 1:14, 18) whose life was recorded in the stories of those who witnessed and experienced this divine encounter. The writer of John notes that he was an eyewitness of the life of Christ, saying “This is that disciple who saw these events and recorded them here. And we all know that his account of these things is accurate” (Jn. 21:24). The writer knew and witnessed that these divine truths were confirmed not only by a single witness, but by a community of witnesses he identified as “we.” The purpose of this recorded message was to provide a factual basis for belief and a guide to life: “These are written that you may believe that Jesus is the Christ, the Son of God, and that by believing you may have life in his name.” This is the good news, the gospel. It was recorded so that others, even denizens of the third millennium after Christ, may have the privilege of being able to hear its wonderful message. If our understanding of the message is cloudy, so will our thinking and belief on these matters of great import. The prophets also recognized that they spoke messages from God (Amos 3:8). Jeremiah, when asked why he prophesied, clearly stated, “The LORD sent me to prophesy” (Jer. 26:12). He heralded warnings against those who “are prophets of deceit, inventing everything they say” (Jer. 23:25f.). Many, even in our day, like to project their own thoughts into the mouth of God, feeling compelled to bend the text to whatever ideology or agenda they are seeking to promote. Learning Greek will help us reverse that process. These recorded messages from God may be carefully and passionately studied as one would read an email from one’s beloved. So the psalmist writes, “I will study your commandments and reflect on your ways. I will delight in your principles” (Ps. 119:15f.). Introduction 8 The New Testament writers also acknowledged that “no prophecy in Scripture ever came from the prophets themselves or because they wanted to prophesy. It was the Holy Spirit who moved the prophets to speak from God” (2 Pet. 1:21). Thus, because of the unique nature of this communication, we seek to carefully examine the message in its original form, stripping away the translations to hear the original message. We desire to accurately unleash the meaning of God’s word. The unique nature of this communication did not stop when it was recorded as a static, culturally locked, historical text. No, the message came with the transforming power and presence of the One who gave it. So the writer of Hebrews observes, “For the word of God is full of living power. It is sharper than the sharpest knife, cutting deep into our innermost thoughts and desires. It exposes us for what we really are” (Heb. 4:12). It is our goal to hear this message more carefully and unleash its transforming power within this postmodern context in a way that is consistent with the original intent of the divine and human authors. Learning Greek will allow us to move one step closer to the source. We need guidance for our lives. Because the Bible offers divine guidance for our lives, we want to carefully hear its message, clearly separating it from the myriad of voices that are calling for our attention in this information and media-saturated age. Learning Greek will help slow and quiet us so that we may hear the voice of God amid the din of modern marketing schemes. It is from Scripture that we seek to find moral guidance, as the psalmist said, “I have hidden your word in my heart, that I might not sin against you” (Ps. 119:11). It is there that we will find wisdom from sages, by listening and retaining their instructions. They admonished, “Lay hold of my words with all your heart; . . . Get wisdom, get understanding; do not forget my words” (Prov. 4:4f.). It is in a close reading of the words of the biblical text that we will find wisdom. The Scriptures open us up to a relationship with God. Jesus pointed out the connection of His words to life and relationship with God: “The very words I have spoken to you are spirit and life” (Jn. 6:63). “Faith comes by hearing the word of God,” Paul tells us (Rom. 10:17). It is through reading and obeying His word that we come to know him. Greek will be a tool in disciplining our minds in the pursuit of life from God. We enjoy hands-on reading. Finally, we like to experience things firsthand. Being dependent on another’s point of view or passively accepting the interpretation or spin of another is contrary to our desire to know and experience for ourselves. Learning Greek allows us to shed layers of intermediary voices to listen more closely to what God has said. That is not to say we should ignore the voices of others; but we should be able to read and evaluate for ourselves. All language communication is at points ambiguous and vague. Learning Greek will not solve all linguistic problems. However, knowing Greek will assist us in weighing and evaluating the possibilities in order to select the most appropriate options. As a residual benefit, learning Greek will help us better understand English. Greek is a highly structured language and lies behind much of Latin, which in turn connects with English. Many have claimed that learning Greek has taught them much that was elusive in their previous study of English grammar. Why Not Just Use Good Translations? One may ask why we should not save time and energy by letting the linguistic experts do the translation work for us. There are several limitations of translations that are Introduction 9 overcome in reading Greek for ourselves. A personal reading of Greek allows for a closer reading of what the authors originally wrote. As one becomes aware of the writer’s style, observing structures and idiosyncrasies that are only seen in reading Greek, one is better able to render what the author originally meant. Oftentimes what may be ambiguous in English is cleared up by the Greek. Cultural issues and metaphors that may be critical to understanding a passage are again more visible in the Greek original and often smoothed over into modern idioms. Translators must make choices, and often a Greek word may have a broad area of meaning, but in translation one English word must be chosen. There is not a perfect word-for-word match between languages. One who reads Greek is more aware of the breadth, diversity, and possibilities of meanings. To the one who can read Greek, the choices made by the translator are no longer buried by the translation. Many politically correct biases are currently being read into modern translations. Being able to read it in Greek for ourselves helps cut through those modern spins to hear the original voices more clearly. Thus, while translations are quite helpful, being able to read the original Greek has many benefits. One final word should be voiced in terms of improper motivations for learning Greek. A person may want to learn Greek to get ahead of others or because it is impressive and authoritative to say, “In the Greek it means. . . .” Learning Greek must be coupled with humility or it will do more damage than good. It is also not good to learn Greek because we have some specific agenda we are pushing and desire to add a Greek cannon to blast out our theme. Listening to the voice of God needs to be the focus more than proving our particular point of view. Loving God and others is the goal, not putting ourselves up on an academic pedestal or putting others down because they do not share our “enlightened” perspective (Phil. 2:5ff.). Why Do Many Say That Learning Greek Is Hard? It’s amazing, when you think of it. You can learn Koine Greek now and for the rest of your life you will be able to read the New Testament for yourself. Having said that, we’ve got some work cut out for us. First, learning any new language is difficult. It’s like learning to play basketball. Initially one stumbles while trying to dribble and run at the same time. Air-balls are shot, and how each position works is a mystery. One initially feels uncoordinated. With repetition, practice, and good coaching, a mastery is gained, and the game becomes a source of fun and refreshment while still retaining a sense of challenge. Greek will follow a similar pattern. There are certain fundamentals (passing, dribbling, footwork, positioning, etc.) that must be mastered in order to enjoy basketball. So also in Greek there are several foundational skills that must be mastered in order to have the enjoyment of reading Greek. Here are some hints. “Inch by inch it’s a cinch, yard by yard it’s too hard.” Applied to Greek, what this means is, Greek is learned best by taking little steps because large ones (staying up all night cramming) may trip you up. “The turtle wins the race” in Greek. Consistent daily study is better than pressure-filled weekly cram sessions that lead to quick learning and quick forgetting. “Step by step you scale the mountain.” When you do not understand something, ask for help or go over it until you understand it. If you don’t “get it,” work on it, but continue on. Frequently the picture will become clearer further down the road. Repetition, persistence, and small bites are the three keys. Be careful Introduction 10 about missing a step. In some ways it’s like math. If you miss a step, it catches up with you later on. Your mastery of Greek will depend on learning three things: vocabulary, morphology, and syntax. In order to retain the vocabulary, it is suggested that you write the words on flash cards. Recently, we have provided flashcards with graphics on them to help you remember using images. These cards can be carried with you and reviewed frequently in the brief moments between the activities of your life. If you enjoy using the web for review, there is an online Vocabulary Builder available at all times with free mp3 downloads that have musical backgrounds to help make the process enjoyable and relaxing. There are 5,437 different Greek words in the New Testament (the elexicon has all of them listed). We will learn those that occur most frequently. By learning the words used more than 50 times, 313 words, you will be able to read about 80 percent of the New Testament (Mounce, Basics, 17). It will be important to say the words out loud. The mouth can teach the ear. The interactive program will allow you to hear how Greek is being pronounced and drill you with biblical examples. Seeing is one way of learning, but hearing adds another gateway into your memory. You may want to make associations or wordplays in English or mentally picture the object to which the word refers. Repetition is the best teacher. The program and the Vocabulary Builder will help reinforce your mastery of the vocabulary. The morphology (how the words are formed; e.g., book/books; “s” indicates a plural) and syntax (the grammar of how words come together into sentences: subject/verb/ object/modifier) will require brain aerobics. Here is where the mental wrestling will take place. Some of the concepts will be difficult to grasp initially. We will try to start with explanations from English and then move to Greek, showing how Greek makes a similar move. The problem is that many do not understand English grammar. We will build the language from parts of speech—nouns, verbs, adverbs, adjectives, conjunctions, and prepositions. Many of these will take different endings, depending on how they are used. These ending and forms will be mastered in a series of twenty-something memorable chants. Mastering these sets of endings will be a good part of the course early on. “Inch by inch it’s a ________.” The parts of speech will work in sentences. The syntax, or relationships between words, will manifest roles for words, such as subjects, verbs, objects, and modifiers. These concepts will be illustrated in the context of the drills and exercises taken directly from Scripture. Some of these concepts may not come initially but continue on, and the eureka moments will come as you look back. It is of great benefit to work out examples. Frequent reviews are also critical for making the connections. Small, frequent breaks, dividing and repeating the material in short study sessions, help avoid an overwhelming sense of frustration and gives the needed space to regain the motivation needed to continue on. Another factor that has shown itself to be critical, if one is taking Greek in a class, is staying plugged into the community of those learning Greek. It is not advisable to skip classes or assignments as that often leads to serious difficulty. If you miss a step you may end up on your face because learning Greek is sequential. Catching up becomes harder and harder. Being in class has proved itself important. Be there! Studying with a “buddy” is also very helpful. Two heads are better than one in trying to understand sticky points. Teamwork is frequently necessary if you want to play in the Introduction 11 game, and it makes the learning task a little more enjoyable. This will provide incremental accountability as we move chapter-by-chapter through the material. Time and consistency on this task is the key to mastering Greek. Learning Greek is a good time to tone your mental muscles. At points, the urge will surge to quit and give up. At those points remember why you are tackling Greek in the first place. Remember the inch-by-inch principle. Take one small step at a time. Do not worry about the big picture. Take the next little step and review, review, and review. After you’ve climbed a while, you may be encouraged to look back and see how far you have come. Giving up is fatal. You learned English, which in many ways is harder than Greek. It just takes time and energy. Hopefully, we will make that time fun, and you will be able to see some of the rewards along the way. Several learning resources are available to help you. First, you will have access to printed materials in the form of easily printed materials in Adobe Acrobat PDF file formats. The printed materials will include this etextbook and an eworkbook. For each chapter in the book, a one- or two-page summary has been developed, distilling the essence of the chapter (see appendix 3). The book will teach and structure the concepts, and the workbook will allow you to practice and reinforce what you have learned. The Mastering New Testament Greek interactive program will present the same material in a interactive multimedia format, with sound and immediate responses. The benefit of this is that after presenting the material, the computer will drill you over the material, giving you immediate feedback on how well you have done. In the future we will have streaming video and interactive materials available online. Thus there are four ways to approach this: in-class instruction, printed materials and workbook exercises, interactive multimedia, and online resources. The point is to use whatever combination works best for you. The font supplied with Mastering New Testament Greek is also available in your word processor. Learning to type in Greek can be a real time-saver and looks impressive in other classes and papers. There are two resources beyond these that may be helpful: (1) a Greek New Testament, either the UBS 4th edition or Nestle-Aland 27th edition New Testament text (the Westcott/Hort/Robinson New Testament text available online at: http://faculty.gordon.edu/hu/bi/ted_hildebrandt/index.cfm, and (2) A Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament and Other Early Christian Literature, 3d ed., by Bauer, Danker, Arndt, and Gingrich (BDAG). William Mounce’s Basics of Biblical Greek or Gerald Stevens’s New Testament Greek are both good first-year grammar resources if you want to supplement the materials here. There are several advanced grammars and mp3 audio resources at our web site for free. 1 John is found there with Mozart in the background which actually helps make it more memorable. What Is Koine or New Testament Greek? Greek is one of the oldest members of the Indo-European family of languages. Other members of this family are Sanskrit, which is older, and Latin (the Romance languages: French, Spanish, etc.), which is younger. English is derived from the Teutonic branch and Russian from the Slavic branch of the Indo-European family. Hebrew is found in a totally different, Semitic family of Near Eastern languages, akin to Aramaic, Akkadian, Arabic, Ugaritic, and others. Introduction 12 The Greek language has developed through five stages: 1. Formative Period (pre–900 B.C.): This period extended from “Linear B” (ca. 1200 B.C.) down through the time of Homer (ca. 900 B.C.). 2. Classical Period (900–300 B.C.): The Classical Period was from the time of Homer down to Alexander the Great (330 B.C.). There were numerous dialects during this period (e.g. Doric, Aeolic, and Ionic). Attic, a branch of Ionic, became the predominant dialect at Athens and was used by most of the famous classical Greek authors such as Plato, Aristotle, Xenophon, Thucydides, and others. 3. The Koine Period (330 B.C.–A.D. 330): As Alexander unified Greece and needed a single Greek language for his army before he could begin to spread Hellenistic culture through the ancient world, many of the subtleties of classical Greek were lost. Greek was simplified and changed as it interfaced with, and was influenced by, other cultures. This common language came to be known as Koine (common) Greek. It was in this language that the Septuagint (LXX, the Greek translation of the Hebrew Old Testament), the New Testament, and the works of the early church fathers were written. The nature of Koine eluded modern scholars because of its simplicity when compared to Classical Greek. This led some scholars in the nineteenth century to explain it as a “Holy Ghost” language, created just for the Bible. In the early part of the twentieth century, Deissmann, Moulton and others found that the recently discovered Egyptian papyri, inscriptions, and ostraca were written in the same common everyday language used by the New Testament. God speaks in the language of the people. At points the New Testament will manifest Hebraisms, where the influence of Hebrew and/or Aramaic may be seen. 4. The Byzantine Period (A.D. 330–1453): During the Byzantine Period, Greek was spoken in the eastern half of the Roman empire, which was centered in Constantinople. In 1453 Constantinople fell to the Turks. That concluded this period. Tension between the Greeks and Turks persists until this day. 5. The Modern Period: The Modern Period dates from 1453 to the present. Modern Greek is closer to Koine than it is to Classical Greek. Modern pronunciation and grammatical structures, however, are quite different from the Greek that Jesus spoke. We will focus on Koine Greek. As recently as 1982, major changes have taken modern Greek further from its Koine roots. In the latest edition of Standard Modern Greek, established by the Center for Educational Studies in Greece, the number of accents has been reduced to one, the breathing marks dropped and the dative case, middle voice and optative mood are not present in modern Greek. The recent merging of katharevousa (hybrid of ancient and Modern used for official and academic purposes) has given way to the more populace oriented Demotic (ca. 1976) as Modern Standard Greek which is another step further away from Koine (vid. Holton, Mackridge and Philippaki-Warburton, Greek: A Comprehensive Grammar of the Modern Language (Routledge, 1997) or Greek Today: a Course in the Modern Language and Culture (Dartmouth College Press, 2004) by Peter Bien, Dimitri Gonicas, et al. Those looking for advanced grammars on Koine should pursue books by Stanley Porter, Daniel Wallace and David Black, as well as the articles by James Boyer and books by A. T. Robertson, Moulton and Burton freely available on the web-site and this disk. Chapter 1: The Alphabet 1 The Alphabet 24 Letters, the Gateway into the Language Small/Capital a/A Alpha sounds like “a” in father. b/B Beta sounds like “b” in Bible. g/G Gamma sounds like “g” in gone. d/D Delta sounds like “d” in dog. e/E Epsilon sounds like “e” in met. z/Z Zeta sounds like “z” in daze when it begins a word, “dz” when it’s in the middle of a word. h/H Eta sounds like “e” in obey. q/Q Theta sounds like “th” in think. i/I Iota short sounds like the “i” in sit. Iota long sounds like the “i” in machine. Modern Greek uses the long “i” as in machine. In initial positions, it is often found in Hebrew personal names, where it has a consonant “y” sound: ]Ihsou?j (Jesus/Yesus). k/K Kappa sounds like “k” in kitchen. l/L Lambda sounds like “l” in law. m/M Mu sounds like “m” in mother. n/N Nu sounds like “n” in new. c/C Xsi sounds like “x” in axe. o/O Omicron sounds like “o” in not or “o” in omelette. Some pronounce it like modern Greek, with a long “o” as in obey, others like Hansen and Quinn (Greek: An Intensive Course) use the “ou” sound in thought. Modern Greek uses a long “o” as in ocean. p/P Pi sounds like “p” in peach. r/R Rho sounds like “r” in rod. s/S Sigma sounds like “s” in set. Sigma looks like j when it comes at the end of a word (final sigma)—sofo<j (wise). t/T Tau sounds like “t” in talk. 13 Chapter 1: The Alphabet u/U f/F x/X y/Y w/W 14 Upsilon sounds like “oo” in hoops. Modern Greek uses an “i”as in machine. Phi sounds like “ph” in phone. Chi sounds like “ch” in chemical. Psi sounds like “ps” in lips. Omega sounds like “o” in tone. We will focus on the lower-case letters, miniscules, although the early uncial (uppercase) manuscripts were written without punctuation or spaces between the words in all uppercase letters, majuscules (major writings). Be able to recognize the upper-case letters. Capital letters are used in proper names, to begin direct quotations, and at the beginning of paragraphs. You may want to use the Mastering New Testament Greek disk to work on the pronunciation of these letters and to drill yourself. Easy English look alikes: a, b, e, i, k, o, j, t, u Double consonants: q (th), c (xs), f (ph), x (ch), y (ps) Easy to confuse letters: h—eta (with n) n—nu (with v) r—rho (with p) x—chi (with x) w—omega (with w) Here are some English-like examples to use for sounding things out. Pronounce the following, accenting the capitalized syllables: anqrwpoj—pronounced “AN-thro-pos” (anthropology) qeoj—pronounced “the-OS” (theology) profhthj—pronounced “pro-FA-tas” (two long a’s) (prophets) Xristoj—pronounced “Kri-STOS” (Christ) kardia—pronounced “kar-DE-a” (i = ee) (heart; cf. cardiac) amhn—pronounced “a-MEIN” (ei = long a sound) (amen) Vowels: a, e, h, i, o, u, w Short e o Long h w Can be either long or short: a, i, u The iota will be pronounced three different ways: 1. Iota short sounds like “i” in “sit” Chapter 1: The Alphabet 15 2. Iota long sounds like the “i” in “machine” (= modern Greek) 3. When it is initial in a Hebrew name, it sounds like a “y”— ]Ihsou?j (Jesus/Yesus) Nasal gamma: The “g” sound of a gamma changes to a “n” sound when put before: g, k, x, c. a@ggeloj is pronounced: “angelos.” This is called a “nasal gamma.” Final sigma: Sigma is always written s unless it comes at the end of a word, when it is written j. This form is called a final sigma. It is pronounced the same. Thus sofo<j (wise) shows the two forms of the sigma (note the final sigma form). Eight diphthongs: 2 vowels with 1 sound. Diphthongs are combination vowels. Two vowels are written but result in only one sound. These are frequent in Greek, and so be aware of them. The final letter of a diphthong will always be an i or an u (closed vowel). The diphtongs in Modern Greek are the place of greatest phonetic divergence. ai ei oi ui au eu, hu ou as in aisle as in eight as in oil as in suite as in sauerkaut as in feud as in boutique (ai$ma, blood) (ei]mi<, I am) (oi#koj, house) (ui[o<j, son) (au]to<j, he) (pisteu<w, I believe) ( ]Ihsou?j, Jesus) All are considered long except ai, and oi when at the end of a word, where they are short. Iota subscripts (Improper diphthongs): There are 3 letter combinations that are formed by taking the vowels a, h, and w and subscripting an iota under them. It doesn’t affect pronunciation but may be significant in specifying grammatical features: %, ^, & Diaeresis ( ]Hsai*aj–Isaiah: ]H-sa-i-aj)—cancels the diphthong effect (indicates the two vowels must be kept separate). The diaeresis shows that a vowel must be pronounced as a separate syllable. It will be found often on Old Testament names (Mwu*sh?j = Moses). ]Hsai~aj Mwu*sh?j ]Axai~a ]H-sa-i~-aj Mw-u*-sh?j ]A-xa-i~-a Isaiah (Jn. 1:23) Moses (Jn. 1:45) Achaia (Acts 18:12) Chapter 1: The Alphabet 16 A phonetic chart is also a helpful way of grouping the letters: Labials (lips) Dentals (teeth) Velars (palate) p t k b d g Phonetic sigma addition: Labial + s = y Velar + s = c (p + s = y) (k + s = c) f q x Dental + s = s (t + s = s) Vocabulary At this point don’t worry about the accent marks over vowels except to stress that syllable (chapter 2 is on accents). The number following the word is the number of times the word is used in the New Testament. The word after the dash gives an English parallel. a@ggeloj a]]mh<n a@nqrwpoj e]gw< qeo<j kai< kardi<a le<gw profh<thj Xristo<j angel (175)—angel truly, verily (129)—amen man, human (550)—anthropology I (1,175)—ego God (1,317)—theology and, even, also (9,153) heart (156)—cardiac I say (2,354) prophet (144)—prophet Christ, Messiah, anointed one (529)—Christ Things to Know and Do 1. Be able to chant through the alphabet, saying the name of each letter in order. Be able to do the Alpha-robics moves. See if you can say the Greek alphabet as fast as you can say the English alphabet. Can you see where the name “alphabet” comes from? Know what a final sigma looks like. What are diphthongs, and what sound does each make? Know which vowels are long and short and which can be either. What are the three iota subscripts? What role does the diaeresis play? Know the vocabulary items (recognize and write them). 2. Work on the drills and exercises in Mastering New Testament Greek, Interactive chapter 1. 3. Do the worksheets from the workbook. Chapter 2: Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar 17 2 Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar You will be able to— 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. identify syllables for pronunciation; identify the three Greek accents; recognize the basic rules of Greek accents; identify proclitics and enclitics; identify rough/smooth breathings, apostrophes, and diaeresis markings; identify four Greek punctuation marks; remember English grammar (parts of speech, noun declension, and verb parsing), and 8. gain a mastery of ten more Greek vocabulary words. Syllable Slicing In order to correctly pronounce Greek words, we need to be able to identify how the syllables are combined to make words. Greek divides words into syllables in almost the same way as English. So if you don’t recognize a new word, just try to pronounce it as you would in English. Generally, start at the left and divide after the vowel. Four Syllable Rules 1. A consonant or pronounceable consonant cluster (i.e., any consonant combination that can begin or end a Greek word) goes with the vowel that follows it. 2. Split two consonants if they are the same letter or if they create an unpronounceable combination (i.e., any consonant combination that cannot begin or end a Greek word). 3. Split two vowels (except for diphthongs), allowing only one vowel or diphthong per syllable. 4. Split compound words into their original parts before applying the rules of syllable division. Check a Greek lexicon to determine whether or not a particular consonant cluster can begin or end a word. If you can find a word that begins with that cluster, it is safe to assume that it is a pronounceable cluster and should not be divided. The following examples illustrate the rules for word division. The four rules are briefly: 1) consonants go with following vowel, 2) split consonants (except clusters), 3) split vowels (except diphthongs), and 4) split words. Chapter 2: Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar 18 (1) A consonant or pronounceable consonant cluster goes with what follows: a]mh<n do<ca e]gw< le<gw lo<goj ku<rioj ko<smoj Pe<troj Xristo<j Syllables a] mh<n do< ca e] gw< le< gw lo< goj ku< ri oj ko< smoj Pe< troj Xri sto<j Meaning truly, verily glory, fame I I say word, statement LORD world Peter Christ m goes with following vowel c goes with following vowel g goes with following vowel g goes with following vowel g goes with following vowel r goes with following vowel sm is a cluster vid. Smu<rna tr is a cluster vid. trei?j st is a cluster vid. stolh< (2) Split two consonants: Consonant clusters are divided if they are the same letter or if they create an unpronounceable combination: a@ggeloj a]delfo<j a@nqrwpoj kardi<a e@rxetai marture<w ba<llw Syllables a@g ge a] del a@n qrw kar di< e@r xe mar tu ba<l lw loj fo<j poj a tai re< w Meaning angel, messenger (g/g) brother (l/f) man (qr is a pronounceable cluster) heart (r/d) he/she/it comes (r/x) I testify (r/t) I throw (l/l) (3) Split two vowels (except for diphthongs), allowing only one vowel or diphthong per syllable: Syllables a]kou<w a] kou< qeo<j qe o<j kardi<a kar di< ku<rioj ku< ri ui[o<j ui[ o<j Farisai?oj fa ri w a oj sai? Meaning I hear, obey (ou is a diphthong) God (e/o) heart (i/a) lord, LORD (i/o) son (ui is a diphthong) (ui/o) oj Pharisee (ai is a diphthong) (ai/o) (4) Split compound words into their original parts before applying the rules of syllable division: Example: When the preposition su<n (“with”) combines with the verb a@gw (“I lead”), the syllable breaks are sun-a<-gw, not su-na<-gw as rule 2 would require. Chapter 2: Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar 19 Syllable Names Traditionally, the last three syllables of a word have had specific names. The last syllable is called the “ultima,” the second from the last the “penult,” and the third from the last the “antepenult.” Penult means “almost last” in Latin. Antepenult means “before the almost last.” Antepenult pro a] Penult ko< fh< del Ultima smoj thj fo<j world prophet brother Three Accents 1. Acute ( <) angles upward (left to right), originally indicating a rising pitch. Today we use the accents to specify syllable emphasis, not tone or pitch variation. le<gw (I say) 2. Grave ( >) angles downward, originally indicating a falling pitch. a]delfo>j (brother) 3. Circumflex ( ?) angles upward then downward, originally indicating a rising then falling pitch. au]tou? (his) Potential Accent Placement 1. Acute may occur on any of the last three syllables (antepenult, penult, ultima). Acute on Any of the Last Three Syllables Syllables a@g ge do< e] loj ca gw< Meaning angel, messenger (antepenult acute) glory, fame (penult acute) I (ultima acute) 2. Circumflex may occur only on the last two syllables (but only if the vowel or diphthong is long). Circumflex on Either of the Last Two Long Syllables Syllables Fa ri sai? au] oj tou? Meaning Pharisee (penult circumflex) his (ultima circumflex) Diphthongs are considered long except for oi or ai in a final syllable. Chapter 2: Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar 20 3.Grave may occur only on the last syllable. Grave on the Last Syllable Syllables Meaning a] del fo>j brother (ultima grave) a] mh>n truly, verily (ultima grave) Potential Placement Chart Antepenult Penult Acute < < ? Circumflex Grave Ultima < ? > Six Accent Rules Rule 1: Nouns Are Retentive Nouns attempt to keep their accents on the same syllable as the base form you learn in the vocabulary lists or find in the lexicon. man, human a@nqrwpoj a]nqrw<pou a]nqrw<p& a@nqrwpon a@nqrwpe antepenult acute penult acute; long ultima causes change penult acute; long ultima causes change antepenult acute; short ultima, no change antepenult acute; short ultima, no change Rule 2: Verbs Are Recessive The verb’s accent has a tendency to recede toward the first syllable as far as possible. lu<w lu<eij lu<ei lu<omen lu<ete lu<ousi lu< w lu< eij lu< ei lu< o men lu< e te lu< ou si I loose (penult acute) you loose (penult acute) he/she/it looses (penult acute) we loose (antepenult acute) you (pl.) loose (antepenult acute) they loose (antepenult acute) Rule 3: Long Ultima, No Antepenult Accent If the ultima is long, then the antepenult cannot be accented. a@nqrwpoj a]nqrw<pou a]nqrw<p& antepenult acute penult acute; cannot accent antepenult because of ou penult acute; cannot accent antepenult because of & Chapter 2: Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar 21 Rule 4: Long Ultima, Acute Penult If the ultima is long and the penult is accented, then that accent must be an acute. a]nqrw<pou a]nqrw<p& lu<w lu<eij lu<ei penult acute; long ultima ou causes change penult acute; long ultima & causes change I loose (penult acute) you loose (penult acute) he/she/it looses (penult acute) Rule 5: Short Ultima, Long Penult Takes Circumflex If the ultima is short and the penult is both long and accented, that accent must be a circumflex. h#lqen e]kei?noj prw?toj h#l qen e] kei? noj prw? toj he went (short ultima; long penult) (Jn. 1:7) that (short ultima; long penult) (Jn. 1:8) first, earlier (short ultima; long penult) (Jn. 1:15) Rule 6: Acute Ultima Changed to Grave If an acute is on the ultima, it becomes a grave when followed by another word without intervening punctuation. pro>j to>n qeo<n kai> qeo>j h#n two graves and an acute (Jn. 1:1) two graves and a circumflex (Jn. 1:1) Words with No Accents There are several short Greek words that do not have an accent. These clitics are pronounced as if they were part of the word that accompanies them. A clitic is a word that “leans on” the preceding or the following word. 1. Proclitic comes before the word that carries the accent. Proclitic (before the accented word) o[ Xristo<j the Christ (Jn. 1:20) (o[ has no accent; the [ is a breathing mark, not an accent—see below) o[ lo<goj the word (Jn. 1:1) (o[ has no accent) ]En a]rx^? in the beginning (Jn. 1:1) ( ]En has no accent) ou] kate<laben it did not understand/overcome (Jn. 1:5) (ou] has no accent) 2. Enclitic comes after the word that carries the accent. Chapter 2: Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar 22 Enclitic (after the accented word) prw?to<j mou before me (Jn. 1:15) (mou has no accent) Note the accent added to the ultima of prw?to<j ]Egw< ei]mi I am (Jn. 6:35) (ei]mi has no accent) Breathing Marks There are two breathing marks that are placed on vowels and diphthongs when they begin words. 1. Smooth breathing ( ] ) does not affect pronunciation. Smooth breathing ( ] ) a]delfo<j brother a@ggeloj angel, messenger a]mh<n truly, verily a]po<stoloj apostle e]gw< I 2. Rough breathing ( [ ) adds an “h” sound before the sound of the initial vowel. Rough breathing ( [ ) e!c six as in hexagon ui[o<j son, descendant (note breathing goes on the second vowel of the diphthong initial word) u[pe<r in behalf of, above i!na that, in order that (note the breathing mark beside the acute accent) Note: an initial rho (r) always takes a rough breathing (r[h?ma word). It has no effect on the pronunciation, however. Initial u always takes a rough breathing, too. Punctuation Marks There are four punctuation marks in Greek. The comma and period are the same as in English. The colon and question mark are different. 1. Period ( . ) 2. Comma ( , ) 3. Colon ( : ) 4. Question Mark ( ; ) lo<goj. lo<goj, lo<goj: lo<goj; Chapter 2: Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar 23 Apostrophe In English, letters that drop out or are elided are marked with an apostrophe (e.g., it’s = it is). Greek also uses an apostrophe to mark the missing letter(s). The final letter of a preposition, if it is a vowel, is dropped when it precedes a word that begins with a vowel. dia< + au]tou? becomes di ] au]tou? (Note that the omitted alpha is replaced by an apostrophe; Jn. 1:3, 7; cf. Jn. 1:39) Coronis Sometimes a word with a final vowel followed by a word with an initial vowel will be contracted together. This is called “Crasis.” A coronis ( ] ) is used to retain the breathing of the second word. kai< [and] + e]gw< [I] becomes ka]gw< (“and I,” Jn. 1:31, 33) Quick Review of English Grammar Parts of Speech 1. Noun names a person, place, thing or idea (e.g., book). 2. Adjective is a word used to qualify the meaning of the noun (e.g., good book). 3. Definite Article is a word that specifies a particular noun (e.g., the good book). The indefinite article is “a” (e.g., a book). 4. Pronoun is a word used instead of a noun (e.g., the book, it). 5. Preposition is a relational word that connects an object (often a noun) to its antecedent (e.g., in the book). 6. Verb is often an action or state-of-being word that makes a statement, asks a question, or gives a command (e.g., read the book). 7. Adverb qualifies the meaning of the verb (e.g., read quickly). 8. Particle is a small indeclinable word expressing some general aspect of meaning, or some connective or limiting relation (see chapter 27). Sentence Parts (Syntax) The sentence is divided into two parts: 1. Subject, about which something is said. Simple subject: Terry went to the store. The big red truck moved slowly. Complete subject: The big red truck moved slowly. Compound subject: Terry and Dawn went to the store. Understood subject: Please close the door (“you” is understood). Chapter 2: Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar 24 2. Predicate is that which is said about the subject. Simple predicate: Joy walked home. Complete predicate: Joy walked home. Compound predicate: Joy walked home and raked leaves. Predicate nominative: It is I (rather than “It is me”). A predicate nominative completes the idea of the subject. It will most often occur with an “is” verb. Phrases A phrase is a group of words used as a single part of speech. Perhaps the most common is the prepositional phrase: The book by the bed is my textbook (the phrase acts like an adjective modifying “book”). He held the book over his head (the phrase acts like an adverb modifying “held”). Infinitive phrases often act as nouns, adverbs or adjectives: With work you can expect to master Greek (as a noun). He played to win (as an adverb). He had plenty of water to drink (as an adjective modifying water). Clause A clause is a group of words that includes a subject and predicate. (A clause has a verb; a phrase does not.) Phrase: The great big strong man (an adjective phrase) Clause: The man who owns the store (an adjectival/relative clause) A main clause expresses a complete thought and can stand alone. A subordinate clause is dependent on the main clause and cannot stand alone. Note the following subordinate clauses. When the store opened, the people pushed through the front door. He knew that power had gone out of him. Vanquishing Verbs It is crucial for students of Greek to gain mastery over (conquer, vanquish) verbs. Tense generally describes the time of action of the verb (present, future, past), although the time/tense connection has been hotly contested recently (vid. S. Porter, R. Decker, D. Mathewson, et al.). Some see the Greek tense forms as being used to denote Aktionsart (how the action takes place [punctiliar, durative, iterative, inceptive...]) and others stress aspect (the writer’s view or portrayal of the action as opposed to when/how the action actually happened). You should be aware of all three perspectives. Chapter 2: Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar 25 Tense=time: Time is Kathy walks everyday (present tense). Kathy walked yesterday (past tense). Kathy will walk tomorrow (future tense). Horses gallop across the prairie (omnitemporal/gnomic; what they usually do). God loves you (timeless). The Greek verb forms (present/aorist/perfect) are not directly indicative of the time an event actually happened. Hence the present tense form can be used for events that are past, present, future, omnitemporal or timeless. Aktionsart denotes the type of action, how it happens: These types of features are better understood as a result of the discourse level or based on the lexical meanings of particular verbs and combinations rather than to try to force such “meanings” onto the morphological tense forms (present, aorist, perfect). Continuous/durative action (the event as a process), He is cooking. Iterative (happens repeatedly) He kept shooting the ball. Inceptive (event is beginning) She is leaving now. Omnitemporal/gnomic: Horses gallop across the prairie (omnitemporal/gnomic; what they usually do) Timeless: God loves you. Aspect: the writer’s portrayal of an action (Porter/Decker/Mathewson) the time is indicated more from adverbials, prepositions or time words than from the “tense” of the verb. Present/Imperfect: immediacy, details, in progress, descriptive, foreground material (can be used to portray present, past, future, omnitemporal or timeless action; so it is not time locked) Aorist: wholistic, complete, undifferentiated, background material Perfect/Pluperfect: state of affairs, frontground form Mathewson defines background, foreground and frontground as follows: 1. background: this does not refer to material that is non-essential or unimportant, but to material that serves a supporting role. 2. foreground: this refers to material that is selected for more attention and often consists of the main characters and thematic elements in a discourse. 3. frontground: elements that are frontgrounded are singled out for special attention, are presented in a more well-defined way, and stand out in an unexpected manner in the discourse (Mathewson, 27). Voice shows who does or receives the action of the verb. Voice indicates how the subject is related to the action of the verb. Active: Subject does the action. Chapter 2: Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar 26 Middle: Subject does action for itself or emphasizing the subjects participation in the action of the verb (most often the Greek is translated into an English active or for him/her/itself [benefit]) Passive: Subject receives the action. Mathewson has described it visually as: Active: Subject ----> Verb (object) Middle: Subject <--> Verb Passive: Subjects <--- Verb (agent) Examples of verb voice Zachary shot the ball (active)—Zach does the action. The ball was shot by Zachary (passive)—ball receives action. Zachary himself passed the ball (middle)—Zach did it for himself. Verbal mood shows how something is said. Indicative: Subjunctive: Imperative: Optative: Portrayal of reality Desire, prossible Command, entreaty Wish, remote possibility Examples of Verb Mood Indicative: He learned Greek well. Subjunctive: In order that he might learn Greek well . . . If he studies, he may learn Greek well. Imperative: Learn Greek well! Optative: Oh that you might learn Greek. (Hopefully, this will not be a remote possibility.) Nouns Nouns in Greek have gender, number, and case. Gender: The Greek masculine, feminine, and neuter genders are often indicated by the endings attached to the noun. Abstract nouns and objects that are neither male nor female in English are often marked as either masculine or feminine in Greek (The boat, she left port). Number: As an “s” often ends an English word that is plural, Greek likewise, has endings that mark whether a noun is singular or plural (e.g., book, books). Case: In English we have three cases that are seen in how we use our pronouns. Case will be an important feature in Greek and often difficult to grasp initially. Chapter 2: Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar 27 1. Subjective or nominative case: She = subject (She did it.) 2. Objective or accusative case: Her = object (The car hit her.) 3. Possessive or genitive case: Hers = possessive (The car was hers.) Greek adds two more: 4. Dative case: The case marking the indirect object. (I told the story to the apostles.) 5. Vocative case: The case of direct address. (O Lord, save me.) Endings will be added to the Greek nouns to indicate gender, number and case. Vocabulary a]delfo<j a]kou<w do<ca e@xw ko<smoj ku<rioj lo<goj Pe<troj ui[o<j Farisai?oj brother (343) I hear, obey (428) glory, fame (166) I have, hold (708) world (186) lord, Lord, sir (717) word (330) Peter (156) son (377) Pharisee (98) Chapter 3: Present Active Verbs 28 3 Present Active Verbs You will be able to— 1. understand the English verbal system and its parallels to Greek (tense, voice, mood, person, and number), 2. recognize and write the present active indicative forms of Greek verbs, and 3. master ten high-frequency vocabulary words. Introduction Verbs are words of action or state of being. Zachary drove the car. Elliott is a good kid. We use verbs to make statements, give commands, or express wishes. Come here (command). May Zach play basketball this year (wish). Tanya is working tonight (statement). Tense=time in English Tense in English refers to the time of the action of the verb: Present: Annette swims. Past: Annette swam. Future: Annette will swim. Perfect: Annette has swum. Tense/Aktionsart/Aspect In Greek, the tense form is not used so much as to coordinate with time (when the event happened, usually indicated by the context through adverbs, prepositional phrases and other temporal indicators), or to how (type,duration [Aktionsart]; usually implicit in the lexical meaning of the verb or broader context) the action takes place but, and most of all, its aspect which is the author’s portrayal of an action (foregrounding/immediacy/ descriptive/progress [present tense form]; background/wholistic/complete [aorist] and frontgrounding/state of being [perfect]). In short, while we will generally translate the present tense in this course with an English present one must realize that there is not really a connection of the present tense form with the present time and the present tense Chapter 3: Present Active Verbs 29 form can be used for past, present, future, timeless or omnitemporal types of verbal actions. Thus, aspect, or how the author portrays an activity, seems to be a more adequate way to describe the present tense form (foregrounding/immediacy/ descriptive/progress) but for now we will simply translate it in these exercises which are out of context as an English present tense. Be aware, however, that the actual time will more often than not be indicated by adverbs, prepositional phrases and conjunctive modifiers than from the tense form on the verb. Voice English has two voices, to which Greek adds a third: 1. Active voice: The subject does the action of the verb. Active voice examples: Terry hit the ball. Joy kissed Andy. 2. Passive voice: The subject receives the action of the verb. Passive voice examples: The ball was hit by Terry. Andy was kissed by Joy. 3. Middle voice: The subject’s participation in the action of the verb is emphasized, the action is done for the subject’s benefit, or rarely the subject acts on him/herself (reflexive) or members of a group interact among themselves (reciprocal). Middle voice examples: Terry himself kicked the ball (emphasizing participation; frequent). Terry kicked the ball for himself (interest/benefit). Terry kicked himself (reflexive; rare). The players patted each other (reciprocal; rare). Some describe many middle verbs in Greek as deponent (75 percent of the time). This means they are middle in form but translated as active with the active form missing (“deponent”). In this program, the middle will be translated as active unless otherwise indicated (Mounce, Basics, 149). Such “deponent” verbs are easily found in the lexicon as having an –omai ending (e.g. e@rxomai, gi<nomai) rather than the normal active ending w (e.g. ble<pw, a]kou<w). While the term “deponent” is debated it may be best just to translate them as middles emphasizing the subject’s participation in the action of the verb (hence active). Chapter 3: Present Active Verbs 30 Mood Mood refers to the kind of reality of the action, or how the action of the verb is regarded. 1. Indicative mood: The verb simply states or portrays that something happened. Elliott prays. 2. Imperative mood: The verb gives a command, exhortation or entreaty. Pray, Elliott! 3. Subjunctive mood: The verb expresses a wish, possibility, or potentiality Elliott may pray. 4. Optative mood: The verb expresses a wish, remote possibility. Oh that he would stand. Person There are three persons in Greek. 1. First person indicates the person(s) speaking (I [singular] or we [plural]). First person examples: I studied Greek. We studied Greek. 2. Second person indicates the person(s) spoken to (you [singular or plural]). Some would say “you-all”, “ye,” or “you’uns” (dialect) for the plural, thus distinguishing it from “you” or “thou” as singular. Second person examples: You studied Greek. You both studied Greek. 3. Third person indicates the person(s) or thing(s) spoken about (he, she, it [singular]; they [plural]). Third person examples: She studied Greek. They studied Greek. It made them happy. Number and Agreement Both English and Greek distinguish between singular (I, you, he, she, it) and the plural (we, you, they). Verbs must agree with their subjects in both person and number. He rides the wave. They ride the wave (not “They rides the wave”). Chapter 3: Present Active Verbs 31 Introduction to the Greek Present Active Indicative (PAI) The present active indicative (PAI) will be our first verb paradigm. It is a frequently used “tense” in the New Testament (over 4,400 times). Active means that the subject does the action of the verb as opposed to the middle or passive voices. The indicative mood portrays the action as reality (liars also use the indicative so what is being portrayed as reality may not be in fact) making a statement, as opposed to the imperative (command) or subjunctive (possibility) moods, which we will study later. Each form will be composed of a: Stem + Pronominal ending lu< + w Translation The present tense may used of either undefined Aktionsart (event simply happens) or continuous Aktionsart (event was a process). Thus for our grammatical practice sentences they will be translated as follows: 1. Undefined: 2. Continuous: I loose. I run. I am loosing. I am running. The context will determine which should be used. One should be aware that in sentences in contexts the present tense form can be used to designate action in the past, present, future, omnitemporal or timeless happenings. Historical Present Greek will often use the present tense to reference an event that actually happened in the past. The historical present is used to add vividness or dramatic effect to the narrative or, most often, it is an idiom. It often occurs in narrative in the third person. In these cases the present tense is simply translated by our past tense (“he says” becomes “he said”). This present active paradigm is very important. You should be able to chant through it in your sleep. Learn these “primary” pronominal endings also since they will be useful when we do the future tense. Stem + pronominal suffix: lu< + w lu< + eij lu< + ei lu< + omen lu< + ete lu< + ousi Chapter 3: Present Active Verbs 32 Present Active Indicative (PAI) Paradigm Singular Plural lu<omen I loose/am loosing. We loose/are loosing. 1. lu<w lu<ete You loose/are You loose/are loosing. 2. lu<eij loosing. lu<ousi(n) He/she/it looses/is They loose/are loosing. 3. lu<ei loosing. Primary Pronominal Suffixes w omen I eij ete you ei ousi(n) he/she/it we you (you-all) they Movable Nu ( n ) Most frequently a nu ( n ) is added to the end of words ending in si or e. In English we do something similar with “a book” and “an item.” Most often the third plural form will be: lu<ousin instead of lu<ousi (cf. ble<pousin kai>, Mat. 13:13). Rarely the nu (n) will be dropped before words beginning with consonants (cf. ble<pousi to> . . . Mat. 18:10). Second Person Plural In English, we make no distinction between a “you” singular and a “you” that is plural (“you all”). Some grammars, following King James English, use “thou” for the singular and “ye” for the plural. Such usage is archaic, and hence we will use “you” for both second person singular and plural. You should be aware, however, that in Greek a sharp distinction is made. Parsing Format Verbs are parsed or conjugated in the following format: Tense, voice, mood, person, number, lexical form, English meaning. E.g., lu<w Present active indicative (PAI), 1st person singular, from lu<w, meaning “I loose, destroy.” Shorter form: lu<w PAI, 1 sg., from lu<w, “I loose, destroy.” lu<ete PAI, 2 pl., from lu<w, “you loose, destroy” Chant #1: Present Active Indicative (PAI) of lu<w (I loose/am loosing). Recite the first column then the second. Practice until it is as natural as breathing. lu<w lu<eij lu<ei lu<omen lu<ete lu<ousi(n) Chapter 3: Present Active Verbs Vocabulary a]lla< a]po<stoloj ble<pw ga<r Ginw<skw ]Ihsou?j lamba<nw lu<w ou]rano<j pisteu<w but, yet (638) apostle, sent one (80) I see (133) for, then (1041) I know (222) Jesus (917) I take, receive (258) I loose (42) heaven (273) I believe (241) 33 Chapter 4: Second Declension Nouns 4 Second Declension Nouns You will be able to— 1. understand the English syntax of nouns in sentences (subject, object, number, gender, etc.), 2. understand the Greek noun system (gender, number, case), 3. write out the second declension paradigm for masculine and neuter nouns, and 4. master ten high-frequency vocabulary words. Introduction A noun is commonly defined as a word that stands for a person, place or thing. Natanya Store Car = person = place = thing Gender Gender in English is determined by the sex of the referent: “king . . . he,” “queen . . . she.” Objects that are neither male nor female are considered neuter: “table . . . it.” In Greek some inanimate objects are given male or female designations. Be careful not to confuse Greek grammatical gender with biological gender! oi#koj i[ero<n e]kklhsi<a “House” is masculine. “Temple” is neuter. “Church, congregation” is feminine. Number Both English and Greek inflect words for number. Both languages have singular and plural nouns. Notice the change on the end of the Greek words. Singular heaven man Plural heavens men Singular ou]rano<j a@nqrwpoj Plural ou]ranoi< a@nqrwpoi 34 Chapter 4: Second Declension Nouns 35 Case English uses word inflections in order to indicate changes in case. Case is the role a word plays in the sentence (such as subject, object, possessive). Subjective Case (Greek: Nominative) This is the subject of the verb. He hit the ball. The subject of the sentence can usually be discovered by putting “who” or “what” before the verb. He ran to the store. Who ran to the store? He (= subject). Objective Case (Greek: Accusative) This is the object of the verb. The ball hit him. The object of a sentence can usually be discovered by putting a “who” or “what” after the verb. He hit the ball. He hit what? The ball (= object). Possessive Case (Greek: Genitive) This indicates who is the possessor. He hit his truck. The possessive case often can be discovered by asking “whose?” Charlie hid his cake. Whose cake? His (possessive). Nominative Accusative Genitive = = = subject of the sentence object of the sentence Possessive Declensions: First, Second, Third There are three noun declensions in Greek. A declension is a grouping of nouns that are inflected with a shared set of endings. The difference in endings does not affect the translation procedure for first, second, and third declensions. The second declension nouns are characterized by an o as the final letter of the stem. They are largely masculine Chapter 4: Second Declension Nouns 36 or neuter. First declension nouns are characterized by an h or a for the final letter and are mostly feminine. Third declension nouns have stems that end in a consonant. We will learn the second declension before the first because it is more frequent. Second declension nouns are largely masculine, as indicated in lexical lists by placing the masculine definite article o[ (“the”) after the nominative singular form. Each noun should be learned with its definite article that indicates its gender. Second declension nouns that are neuter are marked by placing the neuter definite article to< (“the”) after the root. Article In contrast to English, which uses “a” as an indefinite article (“a book”), Greek has no indefinite article. Thus, the Greek indefinite noun may be translated “book” or “a book.” Greek nouns are assumed to be indefinite unless marked by the article (“the”). The Greek article can actually be used for several functions beyond making a noun definite. For now, simply be aware of the nominative form of the definite article, which will indicate the gender of the noun being learned: o[ = masculine (“the”) h[ = feminine (“the”) to< = neuter (“the”) Gender Greek nouns are masculine, feminine, or neuter in gender. Often this gender is more a syntactical feature than a metaphysical statement, as many inanimate objects are given grammatical gender. Thus “year” ( e@toj) is neuter, while “day” (h[me<ra) is feminine, but “time” (xro<noj) is masculine. Number and Agreement As in English, Greek has both singular and plural nouns. The verb most often matches the number of the subject noun just as in English: Students (plural) love Greek. The student (singular) loves Greek. Inflectional Forms In Greek, there are five inflectional forms marking the various cases or roles that nouns play in sentences. Nominative Form Most Often Marks the Subject of the Sentence Music calms the heart. “Music” is the subject of the sentence. In Greek it would be marked with a nominative inflectional ending. With “is” verbs it can be used as a predicate nominative as in “It is he.” Here “he” (nominative) is used rather than the accusative “him.” Chapter 4: Second Declension Nouns 37 Genitive Form Often Expresses a Possessive, Description, Origin, Relation, Limits quality The Pharisee went to the house of God (description) The book of the chief was worn (possesive). The writing of the prophet (origin) The son of Mary (relation). Note the different meanings of “of” in these sentences. “Of God” or “God’s” would be marked in Greek with a genitive inflectional ending. We will generally use the keyword “of” when translating the genitive, although the genitive may actually function in many other ways as well. Dative Form Often Marks the Indirect Object, Location, Agency He spoke a word to the apostle (Indirect Object) She went to the class (location). He was struck by the catcher (agency) “To the apostle” would be marked with a dative inflectional ending in Greek. The dative functions in many ways. In some contexts it may also be translated “for” or “at” or “by” or “with.” We will generally use the key words “to, for, at, by, with” (remember = 2 by 4, ate (at) with) when translating the dative. Accusative Form Indicates the Object of the Sentence. Joy saw the ball. Elliott walked home. “The ball” is the object of the sentence. It would be marked by an accusative inflectional ending in Greek. The accusative’s basic idea is limiting the content, direction, extent or goal of the verb or preposition it is associated with. It limits the quantity while the genitive will limit the quality (Wallace). It can also be used as the subject of the infinitive and some verbs will take a double accusative (e.g. “he will teach you [1] all things [2]”). Vocative Form Is Used for Direct Address Sister, you are the one! O Lord, how majestic is your name. “Sister” receives a direct address and would be marked by a vocative inflectional ending in Greek. You should be able to chant through this declension. Because the vocatives are so few and often the same as the nominative, you need only to chant the Nom.-Acc. The vocative will be recognized when it appears, and it is often the same as the nominative. Chapter 4: Second Declension Nouns Masculine Second Declension Forms (Stem Ending in o) lo<goj = word Singular Plural Inflectional Endings lo< g oj lo< g oi oj oi Nom. lo<gou lo<gwn ou wn Gen. lo<g& lo<goij & oij Dat. lo<gon lo<gouj on ouj Acc. lo<ge lo<goi e oi Voc. Meaning of Inflectional Forms Singular Plural lo<goi Nom. lo<goj a word words lo<gou of a word lo<gwn Gen. of words lo<g& Dat. to a word lo<goij To words lo<gon a word lo<gouj words Acc. lo<ge lo<goi Voc. O word O words Nominative Genitive Dative Accusative Vocative (subject of sentence) (possessive, origin) (indirect object) (direct object) (direct address) = subject of the sentence = descriptive/possessive usually translated with keyword “of” = indirect object/agency/location usually translated with keyword “to, by, for, with at” = direct object of a sentence = direct address (e.g., O words, tell us how to read Greek) Another way to look at case (Hansen and Quinn, Greek: An Intensive Course, 20): Accusative Motion toward or into ==============> Dative in Genitive Motion away from/out of =================> Neuter Second Declension Forms (Stem Ending in o) i[ero<n = temple Singular Plural i[ero<n i[era< Nom./Voc. i[erou? i[erw?n Gen. i[er&? i[eroi?j Dat. i[ero<n i[era< Acc. 38 Chapter 4: Second Declension Nouns Meaning of Inflectional Forms Singular Plural i[era< Nom. i[ero<n a temple temples i[erou? Gen. of a temple i[erw?n of temples i[ e r&? Dat. to a temple i[eroi?j To temples i[ero<n i[era< Acc. a temple temples i[ero<n i[era< Voc. O temple O temples 39 (subject of sentence) (possessive) (indirect object) (direct object) (direct address) Note that in the neuter the nominative, accusative and vocative always have the same form. The genitive and dative neuter have the same endings as the masculine. You should be able to chant through this paradigm, lumping the vocative with the nominative. Declining Nouns Verbs are parsed (PAI, 1st sg, from lu<w, “I loose”). Nouns are declined using the following pattern: Case, number, gender, base Greek word, meaning. For example: lo<g& i[erw?n Dative, Singular, Masculine, from lo<goj, meaning “to a word” Genitive, Plural, Neuter, from i[ero<n, meaning “of temples” Word Order The order of words in a sentence in Greek may be the same as in English (subject + verb + object). Greek puts inflectional endings on nouns to mark their case. This allows Greek to change the word order for various purposes without substantially altering the meaning of a sentence. For example, the subject may be placed after the verb and the object placed before the verb for emphasis while retaining the original meaning of the sentence. Recent studies have shown that word order is important, so the good student will keep an eye on the order of syntactic units (VSOM versus SVOM etc.). One comment on the vocabulary forms. In lexical lists, nouns such as dou?loj are followed by -ou?, which gives the genitive singular ending, indicating that it is a second declension noun. The o[ article is given to specify that it is masculine. Second Declension Noun Chant lo<goj lo<gou lo<g& lo<gon lo<goi lo<gwn lo<goij lo<gouj (word: Subject) (of a word) (to/by/for a word) (word: Object) (words: Subject) (of words) (to/by/for words) (words: Object) i[ero<n i[erou? i[er&? i[ero<n i[era< i[erw?n i[eroi?j i[era< (temple: Subject) (of a temple) (to/by/for a temple) (temple: Object) (temples: Subject) (of temples) (to/by/for temples) (temples: Object) Chapter 4: Second Declension Nouns Vocabulary a]gapa<w gra<fw de< dou?loj, -ou, o[ eu[ri<skw i[ero<n, -ou?, to< lao<j, -ou?, o[ no<moj, -ou, o[ oi#koj, -ou, o[ w[j I love (143) I write (191) but, and (2,792) servant, slave (124) I find (176) temple (71) people (142) law (194) house (114) as, about, how (504) 40 Chapter 5: First Declension Nouns 5 First Declension Nouns You will be able to— 1. understand the English syntax of nouns in sentences (subject, object, number, gender, etc.), 2. understand the Greek noun system (gender, number, case), 3. write out and chant the first declension paradigm for feminine nouns, and 4. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words. Introduction There are three noun declensions in Greek. We have learned the second declension with its masculine and neuter nouns and its characteristic o endings. Now we will focus on the first declension. First declension nouns are largely feminine, as indicated by placing the feminine article h[ (“the”) after the nominative singular form. Each noun should be learned with its definite article, which indicates its gender. The stem of first declension nouns ends with an alpha or eta. Learn to chant through this eta first declension of grafh<. Learn to recognize the variations on the other two forms (alpha and masculine form). Feminine First Declension Forms (Stem Ending in h) grafh<, h[ = writing, Scripture Singular Plural Inflectional Endings grafai< h ai Nom./Voc. grafh< grafh?j grafw?n hj wn Gen. graf^? grafai?j ^ aij Dat. grafh<n grafa<j hn aj Acc. Meanings: Translation of Inflectional Forms Singular Plural grafai< writings Nom. grafh< A writing grafh?j of a writing grafw?n of writings Gen. graf^? Dat. to a writing grafai?j to writings grafh<n A writing grafa<j writings Acc. grafh< grafai< O writings Voc. O writing (subject of sentence) (possessive/description) (indirect object/agency) (direct object) (direct address) 41 Chapter 5: First Declension Nouns Nominative Genitive Dative Accusative Vocative = subject of the sentence, predicate nom., apposition = possessive/description/origin usually translated with “of” = indirect object, usually translated with “to,” “for,” “by,” “at,” or “with” (2 by 4 ate [at] with) = direct object of a sentence, double accusative = direct address (e.g., “O writings, show us . . .”) The nominative can be used as in an appositional use. Apposition is when this form restates or specifies a noun. For example: “Paul, a servant, an apostle writes,” where “a servant” and “an apostle” are appositional renaming or specifying Paul. Feminine First Declension Forms (Stem Ending in a) w!ra, h[ = hour Singular Plural w$rai Nom./Voc. w!ra hour hours (subject of sentence) w!raj of an hour w[rw?n of hours Gen. (possessive/descrip.) w!r% Dat. for an hour w!raij for hours (indirect object/ag.) w!ran hour w!raj Acc. hours (direct object) Note that the nominative and vocative have the same form. The w!ra and grafh< forms are largely the same except for the simple shift of the eta to an alpha in the singular. Masculine First Declension Forms (Stem Ending in h) profh<thj, o[ = prophet Singular Plural profh?tai prophets Nom. profh<thj prophet (subject) profh<tou of a prophet profhtw?n of prophets (possessive) Gen. profh<t^ to a prophet profh<taij to prophets (indirect object) Dat. profh<thn prophet profh<taj prophets Acc. (direct object) profh?ta O prophet profh?tai O prophets (direct address) Voc. Note that the only major variation here is the genitive singular, which takes an -ou ending. Beyond that, it is much the same as grafh<. Vocatives are rare. Nouns ending in a consonantal blend (y, c, or z) or double consonant do<ca, -hj, h[ = glory Singular Plural do<cai Nom. do<ca glory glories (subject) do<chj docw?n Gen. of glory of glories (possessive) do<c^ do<caij Dat. to glory to glories (indirect object) do<can do<caj Acc. glory glories (direct object) do<ca do<cai Voc. O glory O glories (direct address) 42 Chapter 5: First Declension Nouns 43 The Article While Greek has no indefinite article like the English “a” (e.g., a book), the Greek article, usually translated “the,” occurs throughout the New Testament although it often can be used as a substitute for a personal pronoun, demonstrative pronoun (this/that) or a relative pronoun (who/which). The article is inflected for gender, number, and case. Indeed, the article must match its noun in gender, number, and case. The article marks the gender of a noun, whether it is a first, second, or third declension noun. The article can sometimes function as a pronoun (he, she, it . . . ) and at root has a nominalizing impact on the words it goes with. Sometimes it is not translated at all especially with proper nouns (“Jesus” not “the Jesus”) or abstracts (“grace” not “the grace”). Examples: lo<goj o[ lo<goj lo<gon to>n lo<gon “word” or “a word” “the word” “word” or “a word” “the word” Article Forms Singular Masc. Fem. h[ Nom. o[ th?j Gen. tou? t&? t^? Dat. to< n th<n Acc. Nom. sg. masc. (Acts 13:15) Nom. sg. masc. (Jn. 1:1) Acc. sg. masc. (Jn. 8:51) Acc. sg. masc. (Jn. 4:39) Neut. to< tou? t&? to< Plural Masc. oi[ tw?n toi?j tou<j Fem. ai[ tw?n tai?j ta<j Neut. ta< tw?n toi?j ta< Note that o[, oi[, h[, and ai[ are proclitics, each bearing no accent because it is associated so closely with (leans on) the following word. Being able to recognize the case of the article is handy, since that will also tell you the case of the accompanying noun. Thus, it is a good way to double-check whether or not you are declining a noun properly. The 2-1-2 Noun Chant (recite this so it becomes automatic) 2-Declension lo<goj lo<gou lo<g& lo<gon (word: Subject) (of a word) (to/by/for a word) (word: Object) lo<goi (words: Subject) lo<gwn (of words) lo<goij (to/by/for words) lo<gouj (words: Object) 1-Declension 2-Declension grafh< (writing: Subject) grafh?j (of a writing) graf^? (to/by/for a writing) grafh<n (writing: Object) i[ero<n i[erou? i[er&? i[ero<n grafai< (writings: Subject) grafw?n (of writings) grafai?j (to/by/for writings) grafa<j (writings: Object) i[era< (temples: Subject) i[erw?n (of temples) i[eroi?j (to/by/for temples) i[era< (temples: Object) (temple: Subject) (of a temple) (to/by/for a temple) (temple: Object) Chapter 5: First Declension Nouns Vocabulary a]ga<ph, -hj, h[ a]lh<qeia, -aj, h[ a[marti<a, -aj, h[ basilei<a, -aj, h[ grafh<, -h?j, h[ e]gei<rw e]kklhsi<a, -aj, h[ e@rgon, -ou, to< maqhth<j, -ou?, o[ w!ra, -aj, h[ love (116) truth (109) sin (173) kingdom (162) writing, Scripture (50) I raise up (144) assembly, church (114) work (169) disciple (261) hour (106) 44 Chapter 6: Prepositions 45 6 Prepositions You will be able to— 1. understand English prepositions and the various ways they connect words, 2. translate the various Greek prepositions and how they relate to the noun inflectional system, 3. recognize and predict when prepositions will have a letter elided, 4. identify and translate prepositions when they are compounded with other word forms, 5. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words, and 6. memorize Jn. 1:1 in Greek. Definition of Preposition Prepositions are usually small words that link or relate two words together. Often they tell position in space or time.They often work in conjunction with the cases extending and clarifying the use of a particular case. Wallace notes prepositions that are found with the accusative and dative often function adverbially and the genitive functions adjectivally (Wallace, 160). I saw the book on the table (adjectival use—modifies the noun, book). Tells of the spatial relationship of the book to the table. He went after the game (adverbial use—modifies the verb, went).. Connects the person’s going to the time of the game. Prepositional Phrase A phrase is a string of closely connected words. A clause is a string of connected words and/or phrases, including both a subject and a verb. A prepositional phrase is usually composed of a preposition followed by a noun, which is called the object of the preposition. Prep. + noun = in + the car (“the car” is the object of the preposition “in”) Preposition and Case In English, the object of the preposition is usually in the objective case. Thus, we would say, “Send the disk with him (accusative),” and not “with he (nominative).” Chapter 6: Prepositions 46 Greek prepositions may be followed by nouns in the genitive, dative, or accusative inflectional forms. Each preposition will have a particular case(s) that usually inflects the following noun or pronoun. Introduction to Greek Prepositions Like English prepositions, Greek prepositions are connecting or linking words. Each preposition will take a noun/adjective/pronoun in a certain case (genitive, dative, or accusative). This case must be learned along with the preposition’s main meaning(s). The most common meanings are listed with each preposition, but it is important to observe the context because many other meanings are possible. Note that the genitive often has the idea of separation, the dative the idea of location, and the accusative the idea of motion toward. Prepositions Used with One Case The following prepositions are used with only one case: a]po< = “from” (with the genitive)—also may mean “because of,” “by,” “of” ]Ihsou?n ui[o>n tou? ]Iwsh>f to>n a]po> Nazare<t Jesus son of Joseph from Nazareth (Jn. 1:45) a]po> tou? no<mou from the law (Mat. 5:18) a]f ] u[mw?n (a]f ] is a form of a]po< when it is followed by a word with a rough breathing mark, the vowel drops and the consonant shifts upward before a rough breathing mark) from you (Jn. 16:22) ei]j = “into,” “to,” “in” (with the accusative)—also may mean “among,” “for” ei]j th>n zwh>n to life (Mat. 7:14)—notice the article is not translated ei]j th>n oi]ki<an Pe<trou into Peter’s house (Mat. 8:14)—notice the article is not translated ei]j th>n basilei<an tw?n ou]ranw?n into the kingdom of heaven (Mat. 19:23)—first article is translated the second is not e]k = “from,” “out of” (with the genitive)—also may mean “of,” “because of” e]k tw?n Farisai<wn from the Pharisees (Jn. 1:24) Chapter 6: Prepositions e]k th?j basilei<aj out of the kingdom (Mat. 13:41) e]c ou]ranou? (e]c is a form of e]k when it is followed by a word that begins with a vowel) from heaven (Mat. 28:2) e]n = “in,” “on,” “at” (with the dative)—also may mean “among,” “when,” “by,” “with” e]n tai?j kardi<aij in the hearts (Mat. 9:4) e]n t&? a]nqrw<p& in the man (Jn. 2:25) e]n h[me<r% kri<sewj on the day of judgment (Mat. 10:15) pro<j = “to,” “toward” (with the accusative)—also may mean “with” [see page 44] e@rxetai pro>j au]to>n le<gei pro>j Fi<lippon (because a great crowd) came to him, he said to Philip (Jn. 6:5) pro>j tou>j maqhta<j to the disciples (Mat. 26:40) pro>j to>n o@xlon to the crowd (Mat. 17:14) su<n = “with” (with the dative) su>n toi?j maqhtai?j with the disciples (Mk. 8:34) su>n t&? a]gge<l& with the angel (Lk. 2:13) su>n toi?j presbute<roij with the elders (Lk. 20:1) Prepositions Used with Two Cases The following prepositions are used with two cases: dia< (with the genitive) = “through,” “by,” “during” 47 Chapter 6: Prepositions dia> ]Ieremi<ou tou? profh<tou through Jeremiah the prophet (Mat. 2:17) dia> tw?n profhtw?n t&? ui[&? tou? a]nqrw<pou by the prophets about the Son of Man (Lk. 18:31) dia< (with the accusative) = “because of” dia> to>n lo<gon because of the word (Mat. 13:21) kata< (with the genitive) = “down,” “against” kata> tou? ui[ou? tou? a]nqrw<pou against the Son of Man (Mat. 12:32) kata> tou? laou? against the people (Acts 21:28) kata< (with the accusative) = “according to,” “during” kaq ] h[me<ran (form of kata< before a rough breathing mark—drops the vowel and the consonant is shifted upwards before a rough breathing mark) during a day (Mat. 26:55) meta< (with the genitive) = “with” meta> tw?n ui[w?n au]th?j with her sons (Mat. 20:20) meta> ]Ihsou? tou? Nazwrai<ou with Jesus of Nazareth (Mat. 26:71) meta< (with the accusative) = “after” meq ] h[me<raj e!c after six days (Mat. 17:1) peri< (with the genitive) = “for,” “concerning” peri> tw?n du<o a]delfw?n concerning the two brothers (Mat. 20:24) peri> tou? i[erou? concerning the temple (Lk. 21:5) 48 Chapter 6: Prepositions 49 peri< (with the accusative) = “around,” “about” peri> th>n a]lh<qeian about the truth (2 Tim. 2:18) Prepositions Used with Three Cases A few prepositions are used with three cases: e]pi< (with the genitive) = “on,” “over” e]pi> gh?j on earth (Mat. 6:10) e]pi< (with the dative) = “on,” “at,” “on the basis of,” “against” path>r e]pi> ui[&? kai> ui[o>j e]pi> patri< father against son and son against father (Lk. 12:53) e]pi< (with the accusative) = “on,” “to,” “toward,” “against” (motion implied) e]pi> tou>j maqhta>j au]tou? to his disciples (Mat. 12:49) para< = (see chapter 8 vocabulary or Greek-English glossary at back of this book) pro<j = (see Greek-English glossary; the genitives and datives are rare) A Case Perspective on the prepositions Genitive a]po< from e]k out of, from dia< through, by kata< down, against meta< with peri< for, concerning e]pi<< on, over Dative e]n in su<n with e]pi< on, at, against Accusative ei]j into pro<j to, toward, with dia< because of kata< according to, during meta< after peri< around, about e]pi< on, to, toward Elision Prepositions ending in a vowel often drop the final vowel when it comes before a word that begins with a vowel. di ] e]mou? = through me (Jn. 14:6) (dia< + e]mou?) Chapter 6: Prepositions 50 If there is a rough breathing mark on the next word, the final consonant may be shifted: meq ] h[me<raj after days (Mat. 17:1) (meta< + h[me<raj) Proclitics A proclitic is a word that has no accent because it is joined so closely with the accented word that follows it. e]n, ei]j and e]k are proclitics. They come before (pro) the word with the accent. Enclitics are accentless words that follow the word with the accent. Personal pronouns are frequently enclitics. Compounds Prepositions are often found compounded with a verb in Greek. Sometimes the meaning of the compound may be determined by combining the meaning of the preposition with the meaning of the verb. Other times, however, the preposition affects the meaning of the verb in other ways, most frequently intensifying it. dia< + ble<pw diable<pw through + I see I see clearly Chapter 6: Prepositions Chart of Prepositions meta<, with su<n, with a]po<, from e]pi<, on, upon dia<, through ei]j, into e]n, in peri<, around, about e]k, out of kata<, against pro<j, to kata<, down Prepositions Chant: 11 Prepositional Moves e]pi< (hands patting on head) peri< (right hand finger extended circle head) pro<j (finger pointing in “to” heart) ei]j (hands “into” heart—collapse chest) dia< e]n e]]k a]po< (finger pushing again “through” the back) (arms “in” hugging self) (hand push “out” from heart finger pointing out, close) (fingers pointing “out” both front arms extended out) kata< (hands push against each other in front) su<n (right arm around shoulder wave of invisible buddy--with) meta< (two arms extend around shoulders of invisible buddies--with) 51 Chapter 6: Prepositions 52 Vocabulary It is difficult learning the prepositions as vocabulary items. They are short, but the cases must be learned with each definition. They also have many more meaning possibilities than “normal” words. In Greek, you need to pay particular attention to the small words. Take extra time to master these well. Learn each case of the word almost as a separate item for those that come in more than one case. a]po< dia< ei]j e]k e]n e]pi< kata< meta< peri< pro<j from (with gen.) (646) through (with gen.) (667) on account of (with acc.) into (with acc.) (1,768) out of (with gen.) (914) in (with dat.) (2,752) on, over (with gen.) (890) on, at, on the basis of, against (with dat.) on, to, toward, against (with acc.) down, against (with gen.) (473) according to (with acc.) with (with gen.) (469) after, behind (with acc.) about, concerning (with gen.) (333) around, near (with acc.) to (with acc.) (700) Memory Verse: John 1:1 ]En a]rx^? h#n o[ lo<goj, In beginning was the Word, kai> o[ lo<goj h#n pro>j to>n qeo<n. and the Word was with God. Chapter 7: Adjectives 53 7 Adjectives You will be able to— 1. 2. 3. 4. understand English adjectives and their various uses; learn and translate various Greek adjectives; identify attributive, predicate, and substantive uses of Greek adjectives; properly identify the grammatical agreement between an adjective and its accompanying substantive; 5. identify the various forms of the verb ei]mi< in the present active indicative; 6. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words; and 7. finish memorizing Jn. 1:1 in Greek. Definition An adjective is a word used to modify a noun or pronoun. The adjective often specifies more clearly what the noun or pronoun actually means. It often answers the question “What kind of ______ is it?” The soft snow hit the windshield. Answers: What kind of snow? Soft. The snow was soft. Three Uses of Adjectives Adjectives are used in three ways: 1. An attributive adjective attributes a characteristic to the noun it modifies. The good book 2. A predicate adjective assigns a characteristic to the subject of the sentence. The book is good. 3. As a substantive, an adjective acts independently, as a noun itself. The good die young. Examples: 1. Attributive use: The red car hit the big truck behind the rear tire. 2. Predicate use: Roses are red and violets are blue. Chapter 7: Adjectives 54 3. Substantive use: The kind receive their rewards, but the unjust are often surprised (i.e., the kind person; the unjust person). Adjectives modify nouns and pronouns. They will match the nouns they modify in number, gender, and case. Adjectives frequently use a 2-1-2 paradigm scheme: masculine feminine neuter = Second declension forms = First declension forms = Second declension forms Because you already know the first and second declensions, it is easy to recognize the gender, number, and case of the adjectives. Adjective Paradigm a]]gaqo<j (good) Declension 2 Singular Masc. a]gaqo<j Nom. a]gaqou? Gen. a]gaq&? Dat. a]gaqo<n Acc. Plural a]gaqoi< Nom. a]gaqw?n Gen. a]gaqoi?j Dat. a]gaqou<j Acc. 1 Fem. a]gaqh< a]gaqh?j a]gaq^? a]gaqh<n 2 Neut. a]gaqo<n a]gaqou? a]gaq&? a]gaqo<n a]gaqai< a]gaqw?n a]gaqai?j a]gaqa<j a]gaqa< a]gaqw?n a]gaqoi?j a]gaqa< Adjective Paradigm for words ending in e, i, or r di<kaioj (righteous) Declension 2 1 2 Singular Masc. Fem. Neut. di< k aioj dikai< a di<kaion Nom. dikai<ou dikai<aj dikai<ou Gen. dikai<& dikai<% dikai<& Dat. di<kaion dikai<an di<kaion Acc. di<kaie dikai<a di<kaion Voc. Plural di<kaiai di<kaia Nom. Voc. di<kaioi dikai<wn dikai<wn dikai<wn Gen. dikai<oij dikai<aij dikai<oij Dat. dikai<ouj dikai<aj di<kaia Acc. Chapter 7: Adjectives 55 Attributive position = Adjective has article. o[ a]gaqo>j lo<goj the good word o[ lo<goj o[ a]gaqo<j the good word e]gw< ei]mi o[ poimh>n o[ kalo<j. I am the good shepherd (Jn. 10:11). e]n t^? e]sxa<t^ h[me<r% in the last day (Jn. 6:39) Predicate position = Adjective has no article. a]gaqo>j o[ lo<goj The word is good. o[ lo<goj a]gaqo<j The word is good. kai> o[ a@nqrwpoj ou$toj di<kaioj And this man was righteous (Lk. 2:25). fai<nesqe toi?j a]nqrw<poij di<kaioi. you appear to men to be righteous (Mat. 23:28). Substantive use = Adjective is used as a noun—has no noun The substantive use often has the article but no accompanying noun. oi[ de> di<kaioi ei]j zwh>n ai]w<nion but the righteous unto eternal life (Mat. 25:46) [O de> di<kaioj e]k pi<stewj zh<setai But the righteous will live by faith (Rom. 1:17). Predicate or Attributive Sometimes neither the adjective nor the noun has the article. In this case the context must determine whether to translate it attributively or predicatively. kai> a]nh>r a]gaqo>j kai> di<kaioj and a good and righteous man (Lk. 23:50) Introduction to ei]mi< ei]]mi< is a stative verb (it indicates a state of being) and so has no voice (active, middle, or passive). In English “is” takes a predicate nominative rather than the normal accusative. It is correct to say “This is he” and incorrect to say “This is him.” Similarly, in Greek a noun or pronoun in the nominative goes with the verb, one as the subject the other nominative is the predicate nominative. Learn to chant through this paradigm. Chapter 7: Adjectives Present Indicative of ei]mi< Singular Plural ei]mi< e]sme<n I am ei# e]ste< you are e]sti<(n) ei]si<(n) he/she/it is 56 we are you are they are Note: The third singular and plural may take a moveable n. Examples: o!ti o[ qeo>j a]lhqh<j e]stin that God is true (Jn. 3:33) ]Hli<aj ei#; kai> le<gei, Ou]k ei]mi<. [O profh<thj ei# su<; “Are you Elijah?” And he said, “I am not.” “Are you the prophet?” (Jn. 1:21). Predicate Adjective with a verb: attributes some quality to the subject of the sentence. It is used with verbs ei]mi< and gi<nomai (I become). o[ qeo>j a]lhqh>j e]stin God is true (true=Pred. Nom. Adj.) (John 3:33) Chant #4: Present Indicative (PAI) ei]mi< Verb (chant left column then right column) ei]mi< ei# e]sti<(n) e]sme<n e]ste< ei]si<(n) ou], ou]k, and ou]x (no, not) Ou] is placed before the word it negates, which is usually the verb. There are three main forms of this word, depending on the initial letter of the word that follows it: 1. ou] before a consonant. 2. ou]k before a vowel with a smooth breathing mark. 3. ou]x before a vowel with a rough breathing mark. In addition, ou]xi< is a strengthened form of ou] (see lexicon). Examples: ou]—no, not (before a consonant) Chapter 7: Adjectives 1. kai> tau?ta ou] ginw<skeij; And you do not understand these things? (Jn. 3:10). 2. kai> ou] lamba<nete< me And you do not accept me (Jn. 5:43). Examples: ou]k—no, not (before a word that begins with a vowel with a smooth breathing mark) 1. kai> to>n lo<gon au]tou? ou]k e@xete e]n u[mi?n. And you do not have his word in you (Jn. 5:38). 2. kai> le<gei Ou]k ei]mi< -- notice Ou]k is capitalized indicating it is a quotation And he said, “I am not.” (Jn 1:21) Examples: ou]x—no, not (before a word that begins with a vowel with a rough breathing mark) 1. ou]x u[mei?j le<gete o!ti . . . Do you not say that . . . (Jn. 4:35). 2. kai> ou]x o[ a@nqrwpoj dia> to> sa<bbaton and not man for the Sabbath (Mk. 2:27) Vocabulary a]gaqo<j, -h<, -o<n a!gioj, -a, -on di<kaioj, -a, -on ei]mi< ]Ioudai?oj, -a, -on me<gaj, mega<lh, me<ga nekro<j, -a<, -o<n ou], ou]k, ou]x prw?toj, -h, -on fwnh<, -h?j, h[ good (102) holy (233) righteous (79) I am (2,460) Jewish, a Jew (195) great, large (243) dead (128) no, not (1606) first (155) voice (139) Memory Verse: John 1:1 ]En In a]rx^? beginning kai> and o[ the kai> and qeo>j God h#n Was o[ the lo<goj Word h#n was pro>j with h#n was o[ the lo<goj. Word. lo<goj, Word, to>n the qeo<n, God, Note: In the last clause, the definite article marks o[ lo<goj as the subject; qeo<j is a predicate. Thus the translation “the Word was God.” 57 Chapter 8: Personal Pronouns 58 8 Personal Pronouns You will be able to— 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. understand English pronouns and their various uses; learn and translate the various Greek pronouns; recognize proclitics and enclitics and how they effect accent changes; describe how the pronoun works with its antecedent; describe how a pronoun is used for emphasis, possession, and in attributive and predicate positions; and 6. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words. Definition A pronoun is a word that stands in place of a noun or other syntactic units usually for brevity or to avoid repetition. The person or object to which the pronoun refers is called its “antecedent.” Zach threw the ball to Elliott. It (the ball: antecedent) hit him (Elliott: antecedent) in the head. Types of Pronouns There are various types of Pronouns: 1. Personal pronouns stand in for a person: Bill ran a mile. He did it. 2. Demonstrative pronouns point to a person or object that is near (this/these) or far (that/those): This book belongs to that student. 3. Relative pronouns relate a subordinate clause to a noun: It is a great person who attempts to master Greek. 4. Reciprocal pronouns state an interchange between two things/persons: They loved one another. 5. Reflexive pronouns direct the action of the verb back to the subject: She hid herself behind the door. 6. Interrogative pronouns ask a question: Who broke the chair? The personal pronouns are used over ten thousand times in the New Testament. The demonstrative pronouns are used about sixteen hundred times, the relative pronouns about fifteen hundred times, and the interrogatives just over six hundred times and the Chapter 8: Personal Pronouns 59 others less than that (Wallace, 142). So the personal pronouns are used more frequently than all the other types of pronouns put together. Case In English, pronouns have three cases: 1. Subjective, used when a pronoun is the subject of a sentence: He turned left. 2. Possessive, used to indicate ownership: He gave his best. 3. Objective, used when a pronoun is the object of a sentence: He left him. Number In English there are singular and plural pronouns. Pronouns agree with their antecedents in number and person. Subjective Possessive Objective Subjective Possessive Objective Singular I my me you/thou your you Plural we our us you/ye your you Singular he his him she hers her Plural they theirs them they theirs them Introduction In Greek personal pronouns will match their antecedent in person, gender, and number. The case will be determined by the role the pronoun plays in the sentence. Personal pronouns will be either first person (I, we), second person (you/ye), or third person (he/she/it/they). Because the verb forms indicate the subject of the sentence the nominative personal pronoun is sometimes redundant and used for emphasis, contrast, or when switching characters in a narrative. Greek uses the genitive where we would normally use a possessive pronoun (e.g., his, hers). Learn to chant the first and second person paradigms. First Person Pronoun Paradigm Singular Plural e] g w< h[ mei?j Nom. I mou h[mw?n Gen. of me/my moi h[mi?n Dat. to me/for me me h[ma?j Acc. me we of us/our to us/for us us Watch for e]gw< combining with kai< forming ka]gw< (and I). Emphatic first person forms are made by prefixing an epsilon and adding an accent to the genitive, dative, and accusative singular forms (e]mou?, e]moi<, e]me<). Chapter 8: Personal Pronouns Second Person Pronoun Paradigm Singular Plural u[mei?j Nom. su< you sou u[mw?n Gen. of you/your soi u[mi?n Dat. to/for you se u[ma?j Acc. you 60 you your to/for you you The form is made emphatic by adding an accent to the singulars (sou?, soi<, se<). Examples: ]Egw< ei]mi to> fw?j tou? ko<smou. I am the light of the world (Jn. 8:12). Su> ei# Si<mwn o[ ui[o>j ]Iwa<nnou. You are Simon, son of John (Jn. 1:42). a]ll ] e]gw> th>n a]lh<qeian le<gw u[mi?n. But I speak the truth to you (Jn. 16:7). Pronoun Enclitics An enclitic is a word that is phonetically attached so closely with the preceding word that it has no accent of its own. Many personal pronouns are enclitics (e.g., mou, moi, me, sou, soi, se). An enclitic is sometimes accented— 1. for emphasis or 2. when it is the first word in a sentence. Declension Format Person + Case + e]gw< First nominative soi< Second dative u[mw?n Second genitive Number singular (I) singular (to you) plural (your) Third Person Pronoun: Introduction The third person pronoun au]to<j differs from the first and second person pronouns in that it is marked for gender. Originally it was an intensive pronoun but eventually took over the role of the third person personal pronoun. With first and second person pronouns, there is no need to specify gender because it is understood as the one speaking or one being spoken to. The endings largely follow a 2-1-2 pattern (second declension, first declension, second declension). If you know those patterns well, you will be able to recognize how the various forms of au]to<j are built. au]to<j also has some other special features that we will examine shortly. Chapter 8: Personal Pronouns Third Person Pronoun Paradigm: Three Genders Masculine Singular au]to<j Nom. au]tou? Gen. au]t&? Dat. au]to<n Acc. he his to/for him him Plural au]toi< au]tw?n au]toi?j au]tou<j they their to/for them them Feminine Singular au]th< Nom. au]th?j Gen. au]t^? Dat. au]th<n Acc. she hers to/for her her Plural au]tai< au]tw?n au]tai?j au]ta<j they their to/for them them Neuter Singular au]to< Nom. au]tou? Gen. au]t&? Dat. au]to< Acc. it its to/for it it Plural au]ta< au]tw?n au]toi?j au]ta< they their to/for them them Three Uses au]to<j can be used in three ways: 1. As a pronoun, au]to<j matches its antecedent in number and gender and is translated as “he,” “she,” “it,” or “they.” It can function any way a noun can. le<gei au]t&? o[ ]Ihsou?j Jesus said to him (Jn. 14:6). pro>j tou>j po<daj au]tou? at his feet (Acts 5:10) e]n trisi>n h[me<raij e]gerw? au]to<n. in three days I will raise it (Jn. 2:19). (“it,” au]to<j, although au]to<j is masculine in Greek, “temple” is neuter in English—“it”) 2. As a reflexive intensifier, when au]to<j is used as an adjective in the predicate position (usually in the nominative case) and translated reflexively (e.g., He himself will get the car). au]to> to> pneu?ma summarturei? The Spirit itself [himself] beareth witness (Rom. 8:16). 61 Chapter 8: Personal Pronouns 62 ]Ihsou?j au]to>j ou]k e]ba<ptizen Jesus himself did not baptize (Jn. 4:2). 3. As an adjective meaning “same,” when au]to<j is used in the attributive position. h[ au]th> sa>rc the same flesh (1 Cor. 15:39) e]n au]t^? t^? h[me<r% in that same day (Lk. 23:12). Personal Pronoun Chant (cow call)—recite down each column then au]to<j 1st Person Sg. 2nd Person Sg. 1st Person Pl. e]gw< mou moi me su< sou soi se h[mei?j h[mw?n h[mi?n h[ma?j au]to<j, au]th<, au]to< The second person plural is formed easily by just switching the h[ to an u[ [ u[mei?j]. Vocabulary au]]to<j, -h<, -o< gh?, -h?j, h[ e]gw<, h[mei?j h[me<ra, -aj, h[ o!ti ou#n o@xloj, -ou, o[ para< su<, u[mei?j u[po< he/she/it (5,595) earth, land, region (250) I, we (2,666) day (389) that, because (1,296) so, then, therefore (499) crowd (175) from (with gen.) (194) beside, with (with dat.) alongside, beside (with acc.) you, you (pl.) (2,905) by, at the hands of (with gen.) under, below (with acc.) (220) Chapter 9: Present Middle/Passive Verbs 63 9 Present Middle/Passive Verbs You will be able to— 1. 2. 3. 4. write the present middle and passive verb forms, parse and translate middle and passive verbs, recognize and translate deponent verbs, recognize when the middle or passive verb is followed by a preposition or case that helps to complete the verb’s meaning, and 5. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words. Definitions There are two voices in English. The active voice is where the subject of the sentence does the action. Zach hit the ball. The passive voice is where the subject is acted on by the verb. Zach is hit by the ball. Greek adds a third voice, the middle voice, which we will look at shortly. Identifying Traits A passive verb often can be identified by placing a “by what?” after the verb. Zach is hit by the ball. Zach is hit by what? The ball. Zach is the subject being acted on. The ball is the agent doing the action. Translation The present tense may describe progressive/immediacy action (single point in time: He hit the ball) or continuous action (He is hitting the ball). When the passive is used, a helping verb expresses the verb in English. Chapter 9: Present Middle/Passive Verbs 64 He is hit by the ball (present progressive punctiliar). He is being hit by the ball (present progressive continuous). Aktionsart: How the action happens (punctiliar, continuative/durative, omnitemporal, timeless—usually discovered from the lexical meaning of the verb or the context) Punctiliar (single point in time): Zach is hit by the ball. Continuous: Zach is being hit by the ball. Omnitemporal: The quarterback is protected by the tackles. Aspect: How the author seeks to portray the action. The present tense form is used when the action is foregrounded, in process, sense of immediacy. The present middle and passive have exactly the same form in Greek. Historically the middle was first but in the koine period the passive is used more frequently with modern Greek having only a passive with no middle. The context must be examined to determine which is being used. There are approximately three times as many passive verbs as there are middle verbs in the New Testament. When translating passives, a helping verb is used. Context will determine which is the best option. In Greek, as in most languages, “Context determines meaning” is an important concept to grasp. As in the present active, the present middle/passive can be translated present, past, future, omnitemporal or timeless depending on the contextual pointers like adverbs, prepositional phrases, conjunctions and narrative sequencing. Immediacy, process, description and foregrounding is the major thrust of the present aspect. Middle Voice: The middle has several functions: 1. It emphasizes the participation/involvement or interest of the subject in the action of the verb which often is translated actively (Tanya, herself, ran the mile). It often intensifies in some manner or degree the relationship between the subject and the action of the verb. 2. It expresses self-interest or benefit (e.g. She hid the fork for herself). 3. Rarely it is used reflexively (Tanya hit herself with the golf club) or reciprocally (They love one another). 4. Stylistically, one writer may favor the middle (cf. Mark) over the active (Matthew). Many arrive at the active translation by calling many of these “deponents.” Mounce (224) says that 75 percent of the middles are deponent (no active form present; middle in form, active in meaning) and should be translated as active: Chapter 9: Present Middle/Passive Verbs 65 Tanya splashed Rebekah. We will understand many of them as true middles (stressing the subject’s involvement, interest, intensification or reflexivity) realizing many may be deponent. Thus the middle may impact the subject’s relationship to the verb in many ways (involvement, interest, intensification, reflexivity, stylistic, et al.). The translator must be sensitive to the context, the writer’s style and the particular verb’s usage to determine how it should be translated. Remember also that historically the passive is taking over more and more ground from the middle in the koine period. For now, translate most of them active but be aware of the various functional options may come into play. You should be able to chant through this middle/passive paradigm. Note that this is the second set of primary endings. These endings will reappear when you learn the future tense. Thus, learn the endings well because this hits two birds with one stone. Present Middle Indicative Paradigm Singular Plural lu<omai luo<meqa I am loosing (for myself) lu<^ lu<esqe You are loosing (for yourself) lu<etai lu<ontai He/she/it is loosing (for himself/herself/itself) We are loosing (for ourselves) You are loosing (for yourselves) They are loosing (for themselves) 1. 2. 3. Present Passive Indicative Paradigm Singular Plural lu<omai luo<meqa I am being loosed lu<^ lu<esqe You are being loosed lu<etai He/she/it is being loosed lu<ontai We are being loosed You are being loosed They are being loosed 1. 2. 3. Present Middle/Passive Indicative Primary Endings Singular Plural -omai - o<meqa -^ (-sai) - esqe -etai - ontai 1. 2. 3. Chant the following: Present Middle/Passive lu<omai -^, -etai, -o<meqa, -esqe, -ontai “Deponent” Verbs Summers (Essentials, 51) notes that the word “deponent” comes from the Latin root “deponere,” meaning to “lay aside.” It is used for these verbs because they have “laid aside” (dropped) their active verb forms. Chapter 9: Present Middle/Passive Verbs 66 Those that see most middles as deponent take “deponent” verbs as middle in form but active in meaning. They have no active form and are easy to tell in vocabulary lists or a lexicon because they have the middle ending -omai (e.g., e@rxomai) rather than the normal -w (e.g., ba<llw) ending. Thus a]pokrino<meqa means “we answer” instead of “we are being answered.” Mounce notes that in the New Testament about 75 percent of the middle forms are “deponent” (Basics,149). Because of the deponent phenomenon, middle forms may frequently be translated as actives (three to one) or better yet translated active as true middles emphasizing the subject’s participation in the action of the verb. Frequently Used “Deponent” Verbs a]pokri<nomai I answer (231) ei]se<rxomai I come in (194) e@rxomai I come, go (634) e]ce<rxomai I go out (218) gi<nomai I become (669) poreu<omai I go (132) Accompanying Cases Often with passives there is a need to express the agent, instrument, or means by which the subject is acted on. This is accomplished by— 1. using u[po< or dia< with the genitive to express agency (e.g., Elliott was hit by Zach.), or 2. using the dative case to indicate means or instrument. The translation will use “with” or “by” (e.g., Elliott was hit by the ball). 3. Impersonal agency is expressed by e]n + dative (Porter, Idioms, 64, Stevens, 112). Compound Verbs As with other verbs, prepositions are often prefixed to “deponent” verbs to form a compound. This is a handy way to build vocabulary since you know the basic verb and the prepositions and thus you have a good clue for guessing the combined meaning, although often this combination may reflect an intensification of the original verbal idea. This leverages the vocabulary you already know. e@rxomai ei]se<rxomai e]ce<rxomai die<rxomai I go, come I go in, enter (ei]j prefix). I go out, leave (e]k prefix). I go through (dia< prefix). Chapter 9: Present Middle/Passive Verbs Translation Examples o!ti e]gw> pro>j to>n pate<ra poreu<omai because I am going to the father (Jn. 14:12; deponent) o[ ui[o>j tou? a]nqrw<pou e@rxetai the Son of Man comes (Mat. 24:44; deponent). le<gw u[mi?n, gi<netai xara> I tell you, there is joy . . . (Lk. 15:10; deponent) kai> ei]j pu?r ba<lletai and into a fire s/he is cast (Mat. 3:10; true passive) eu[risko<meqa de> kai> yeudoma<rturej tou? qeou? but we also are found [to be] false witnesses of God (1 Cor. 15:15; true passive) Vocabulary a]pokri<nomai a]poste<llw ba<llw gi<nomai ei]se<rxomai e]ce<rxomai e@rxomai qe<lw ou!twj poreu<omai I answer (231) I send (132) I throw (122) I become (669) I come in (194) I go out (218) I come, go (634) I wish (208) thus, so (208) I go (153) 67 Chapter 10: Future Verbs 68 10 Future Verbs You will be able to— 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. write the future active and middle verb forms, parse and translate future active and middle verbs, recognize and anticipate how the future endings will affect the stem, gain more practice in translating and working with Greek, and master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words. Introduction In English we have several tenses: In the present tense we say, “We go to college.” For the past we say, “We went to college.” For the future we say, “We will go to college.” In the present tense in Greek, we have seen that aspect, not primarily time, is the focus. The future tense form in Greek specifies that the action of the verb takes place with a prospective viewpoint of expectation (Porter, Idioms, 43). Thus tense is probably not the best way to define this form. However, for our workbook sentences out of context we will generally use the English future to specify the expectation of this form. When reading in context remember the diverse options for this prospective looking expectational form. Here are three ways it is used: 1. expectation/prospective (e.g., “We will go”), 2. imperative/command (e.g., “You shall go”), or 3. deliberative, with rhetorical questions (e.g., “To whom shall we go?”). The future tense form is built by adding a s between the stem and the pronominal ending. Note that the future uses the primary endings you already have learned. Stem lu + Future Connective s+ Ending w= I will loose lu<sw Learn to chant through the following two paradigms: Chapter 10: Future Verbs 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. Future Active Indicative Paradigm Singular Plural lu<sw lu<somen I will loose lu<seij lu<sete You will loose lu<sei He/she/it will loose lu<sousi(n) Future Middle Indicative Paradigm Singular lu<somai I will loose (for myself) lu<s^ You will loose (for yourself) lu<setai He/she/it will loose (for himself/herself/itself) We will loose You will loose They will loose Plural luso<meqa lu<sesqe lu<sontai We will loose (for ourselves) You will loose (for yourselves) They will loose (for themselves) Note that the future active uses the primary endings that you already learned for the present active indicative. The middle uses the primary middle/passive endings you just learned for the present tense also. Yes, the future is easy, but watch out for the irregular forms. Its form and history connect with the subjunctive mood which we will look at later which also has an expectational aspect. Five Stem Variations The adding of the sigma may change the final consonant of the verb stem in the following five ways: 1. If after a palatal (k, g, or x) [k, g, or x] + s ==> c e@xw ==> e!cw I will have (note breathing change) . . . a@gw ==> a@cw I will lead, bring . . . 2. If after a labial (p, b, or f) [p, b, or f] + s ==> y ble<pw ==> ble<yw I will see gra<fw ==> gra<yw I will write 3. If after a dental (t, d, or q) [t, d, or q] + s ==> s pei<qw ==> pei<sw I will persuade 69 Chapter 10: Future Verbs 70 4. If after a liquid (l, m, n, or r), (I call these “lemoners”—lmnr + s), the sigma is dropped and the w is accented with a circumflex. When a present stem ends in a double liquid consonant, one of them is sometimes dropped. The key is the circumflex over the primary ending instead of the normal acute accent. With the dropping of the sigma, there is a strengthening of the o and e connecting vowels so that the o becomes ou? and the e becomes an ei?. me<nw ==> menw? a]poste<llw ==> a]postelw? a]poste<ll + s + omeqa ==> a]postelou<meqa me<n + s + ete ==> menei?te I will remain. I will send. We will send. You-all will remain. 5. If the stem ends in a sibilant (s, z), the sibilant is dropped and the sigma of the ending is kept. s&<zw + s ==> sw<sw I will save Future Connective s Addition Velars Dentals k, g, or x + s = c t, d, or q + s = s Labials Liquid (Lemoners) p, b, or f + s = y l, m, n, or r + s = w?, -ou?men, -ei?te, etc. Sibilants s or z + s = s 1. 2. 3. Future of the Verb of Being: ei]mi< (I am) Singular Plural e@somai e] so<meqa I will be We will be e@s^ e@sesqe You will be You will be e@stai He/she/it will be e@sontai They will be Be able to recognize the ei]mi< futures when you see them. Deponent Futures Some verbs in the present tense have an active voice, but in the future tense there is no active form (“deponent” or true middles?): Present lamba<nw ginw<skw Future lh<myomai gnw<somai I will take, receive I will know Irregular Futures Occasionally the future stem is totally different from the original present stem. Thus, as you learn more verbs, you should learn both stem forms. You just have to learn these Chapter 10: Future Verbs tricky irregular verbs and keep your eyes open for them. The good part is that there are not too many of them. Present e@rxomai ginw<skw le<gw Future e]leu<somai gnw<somai e]rw? I will come, go I will know I will say Chant the Future Active and Middle Indicative: lu<sw lu<seij lu<sei lu<somen lu<sete lu<sousi(n) lu<somai, -^, -etai, -omeqa, -esqe, -ontai Translation Examples o!te oi[ nekroi> a]kou<sousin th?j fwnh?j when the dead will hear the voice (Jn. 5:25) a]ll ] e!cei to> fw?j th?j zwh?j But he will have the light of life (Jn. 8:12) e]n e]kei<n^ t^? h[me<r% gnw<sesqe u[mei?j in that day you will know (Jn. 14:20) Vocabulary zwh<, -h?j, h[ qa<natoj, -ou, o[ kri<nw me<nw mo<noj, -h, -on nu?n ou]]de< Pau?loj, -ou, o[ s&<zw to<te life (135) death (120) I judge (114) I remain (118) only, alone (114) now (147) and not, nor (143) Paul (158) I save (106) then (160) 71 Chapter 11: Dem., Rel., Reflex., and Recip. Pronouns 72 11 Demonstrative, Relative, Reflexive, and Reciprocal Pronouns You will be able to— 1. recognize the various forms of the demonstrative pronouns e]kei?noj (that) and ou$toj (this), 2. translate demonstrative pronouns and identify how they function within the syntax of the sentence, 3. recognize the various forms of the relative pronoun, 4. translate relative pronouns and identify how they function within the syntax of the sentence, 5. gain more practice in translating and working with Greek, and 6. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words. Introduction We will explore four types of pronouns in this chapter. Pronouns are words used in place of one or more nouns. We have already looked at personal pronouns (he, she, it, I, you, they). In this chapter we will examine four new types of pronouns: demonstrative, relative, reflexive, and reciprocal. Demonstrative Pronouns Demonstratives are pointers. They point to things near (“this/these”) or things far (“that/those”). “These” and “those” are the plural forms. Demonstratives may function like adjectives when they modify a word, or like pronouns when they stand alone. Adjective: He bought this computer. Pronoun: This is the computer. Greek has two demonstratives: e]kei?noj, e]kei<nh, e]kei?no ou$toj, au!th, tou?to that/those (masc., fem., neut.) this/these (masc., fem., neut.) Chapter 11: Dem., Rel., Reflex., and Recip. Pronouns 73 These can function either like a pronoun (when they stand alone) or like an adjective (thus agreeing with their antecedent in gender, number, and case). When a demonstrative pronoun is adjectival, the noun often has the article and the demonstrative does not. It is then translated as an attributive adjective (e.g., “this book”). Note that this is the opposite of other adjectives, which without the article are translated as predicate adjectives (e.g. “The book is red”). The demonstratives are declined using the normal 2-1-2 declension schemes that you already know. Learn to recognize these forms as they apply now to the demonstrative pronouns (this/that). e]kei?noj (that/those) Singular 2 1 Masc. Fem. Nom. e]kei?noj e]kei<nh e]kei<nou e]kei<nhj Gen. e]kei<n& e]kei<n^ Dat. e]kei?non e]kei<nhn Acc. ou$toj (this/these) Singular 2 1 Masc. Fem. au!th Nom. ou$toj tou<tou tau<thj Gen. tou<t& tau<t^ Dat. tou?ton tau<thn Acc. 2 Neut. e]kei?no e]kei<nou e]kei<n& e]kei?no Plural 2 Masc. e]kei?noi e]kei<nwn e]kei<noij e]kei<nouj 1 Fem. e]kei?nai e]kei<nwn e]kei<naij e]kei<naj 2 Neut. e]kei?na e]kei<nwn e]kei<noij e]kei?na 2 Neut. tou?to tou<tou tou<t& tou?to Plural 2 Masc. ou$toi tou<twn tou<toij tou<touj 1 Fem. au$tai tou<twn tau<taij tau<taj 2 Neut. tau?ta tou<twn tou<toij tau?ta Note: When there is an a or h in the ending, the stem will have an au, otherwise it is ou. Note also the addition of the t in ou$toj in the same pattern as the article (missing the t in the nom. masc./fem. singular and plural but present elsewhere). Interestingly the article may be used as a demonstrative or relative and even a personal pronoun in certain contexts. Examples: e@sontai ga>r ai[ h[me<rai e]kei?nai for those days will be (Mk. 13:19) e]gw> ou]k ei]mi> e]k tou? ko<smou tou<tou I am not of this world (Jn. 8:23). e]n tou<t& gnw<sontai pa<ntej o!ti e]moi> maqhtai< e]ste by this everyone will know that you are my disciples (Jn. 13:35). Chapter 11: Dem., Rel., Reflex., and Recip. Pronouns 74 maka<rioi< ei]sin e]kei?noi blessed are those (Lk. 12:38). Relative Pronouns Relative pronouns are such words as who, whom, which, that, and whose. A relative pronoun introduces a subordinate clause qualifying an expressed or implied antecedent. Relative pronouns are often embedded in clauses that modify a noun. Who is regularly used for humans and which for nonhumans. Whose is used for both. The relative pronoun often introduces a group of words which are known as a relative clause. The student who loves Greek will succeed. (“who loves Greek” = a relative clause) The keys which were lost in the river are gone forever. (which were lost in the river” = a relative clause) o!j (who/which) Singular 2 1 Masc. Fem. o!j h! Nom. ou$ h$j Gen. &$ ^$ Dat. o!n h!n Acc. Plural 2 Masc. oi! w$n oi$j ou!j 2 Neut. o! ou$ &$ o! 1 Fem. ai! w$n ai$j a!j 2 Neut. a! w$n oi$j a! Note how similar these are to the noun endings and to the definite article. How are the nominative forms different from the definite article? Reflexive and Reciprocal Pronouns Reflexive pronouns are used to indicate that the antecedent is acting on itself. This is similar to one of the rare functions of the middle voice in Greek. Terry threw himself into the water from the bridge. Because au]to<j can function in a reflexive sense in the nominative, the reflexive pronouns are found only in the genitive, dative, and accusative cases. These are translated “myself,” “yourself,” and so on. First Person (myself) Singular 2 1 Masc. Fem. e]mauth?j Gen. e]mautou? e]maut^? Dat. e]maut&? e]mauth<n Acc. e]mauto<n Plural 2 Masc. e[autw?n e[autoi?j e[autou<j 1 Fem. e[autw?n e[autai?j e[auta<j Chapter 11: Dem., Rel., Reflex., and Recip. Pronouns Note: There are no nominative forms. Second Person (yourself) Singular Masc. Fem. seautou? seauth?j Gen. seaut&? seaut^? Dat. seauto<n seauth<n Acc. Plural Masc. e[autw?n e[autoi?j e[autou<j Fem. e[autw?n e[autai?j e[auta<j Note: There are no nominative forms. Third Person (himself/herself/itself) Singular Plural 2 1 2 2 Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. Gen. e[autou? e[auth?j e[autou? e[autw?n e[aut^? e[aut&? e[autoi?j Dat. e[aut&? e[autou<j Acc. e[auto<n e[auth<n e[auto< 1 Fem. e[autw?n e[autai?j e[auta<j 2 Neut. e[autw?n e[autoi?j e[auta< Note: There are no nominative forms. The reciprocal pronoun is used to indicate that several subjects are acting on each other. They love one another. a]llh<lwn (“one another”) is the Greek reciprocal pronoun. It specifies interaction of members within a group. Translation Examples maka<rioj o[ dou?loj e]kei?noj o!n Blessed is that slave who (Mat. 24:46) o[ lo<goj o{n a]kou<ete ou]k e@stin e]mo>j the word that you hear is not mine (Jn. 14:24) e]pi> ta>j dou<laj mou e]n tai?j h[me<raij e]kei<naj upon my servants in those days (Acts 2:18) 75 Chapter 11: Dem., Rel., Reflex., and Recip. Pronouns Vocabulary a]pe<rxomai e]kei?noj, -h, -o ]Ioudai?oj, -a, -on kaqw<j o!j, h!, o! o!tan ou$toj, au$th, tou?to pa<lin Pe<troj, -ou, o[ u[pe<r I go (away), leave (117) that (265) Jewish, a Jew (195) as, just as (182) who, which (1365) when, whenever (123) this (1388) again, back (141) Peter (150) for, about (gen.) (150) above, beyond (acc.) 76 Chapter 12: Imperfect Verbs 77 12 Imperfect Verbs You will be able to— 1. recognize the various forms (augments, stems, endings) of the imperfect active and middle/passive verbs; 2. predict how the augment will change with the various consonants, vowels, diphthongs, and prepositional prefixes; 3. translate imperfect verbs; 4. gain more practice in translating and working with Greek; 5. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words; and 6. memorize the beginning of the Lord’s Prayer in Mat. 6:9 in Greek. Introduction In English we have one simple past tense (Tanya drove the car). This refers to time in the past. If we want to refer to a continuous or repetitive act in the past, we may add a helping verb to a participle: “Tanya was driving the car.” Other past tenses are also formed with helping verbs. Imperfect tense/aspect In Greek, the aorist tense refers to action of the verb that is complete/whole as a background form, without regard to the exact time involved. The imperfect is used for showing progressive, continuity or dwelled upon action in the past. Porter says a narrator will use the imperfect “when an action is selected to be dwelt upon” (aspect: how a writer uses it to portray the action; Porter, Idioms, 34). Mathewson uses terms like “progressive” and “continuity” to describe its aspectual nuance. He goes on to admit that the imperfect often is used for past (time/tense) events although not exclusively. Greek Imperfect The Greek imperfect tense is used of continuous, repeated or dwelt on action. In English, it will usually be translated with the helping verb was/were + the participle form of the verb (e.g., was singing). If a verb lacks an active form in the present it will also lack an active form in the imperfect which is built off the stem. To get a sense of the freqeuncy usage, the present indicative is used 5,534 times, the aorist about 5,877; the imperfect only 1,682 times and the future only 1,608 times with the perfect following with only 837 and the pluperfect only 83 times (Stevens, 44). So Chapter 12: Imperfect Verbs the present and especially the aorist are the most frequent and the imperfect and future are used about the same. Form The imperfect is built from the present verb stem. It is prefixed by an e augment and followed by secondary active personal endings. Augment Verb stem e+ Aug lu + Stem Connecting vowel o+ CV Secondary active endings n= Ending I was loosing e@luon The connecting vowel is— o before m and n, and e elsewhere. 1. 2. 3. Imperfect Active Indicative of lu<w Singular Plural e@luon e]lu<omen I was loosing e@luej e]lu<ete You were loosing e@lue(n) He/she/it was loosing e@luon 1. 2. 3. Secondary Active Endings Singular Plural -n -men -j -te -e -n We were loosing You were loosing They were loosing Learn the endings: n, j, e, men, te, n (n s e men te n) Secondary Tense endings are used by: Imperfect, Aorist, Pluperfect Primary Tense ending are used by: Present, Future and Perfect. 1. 2. 3. Imperfect Middle/Passive Indicative of lu<w Singular Plural e]luo<mhn I was being e]luo<meqa We were being loosed loosed e]lu<ou e]lu<esqe You were being You were being loosed loosed e]lu<eto He/she/it was being e]lu<onto They were being loosed loosed 78 Chapter 12: Imperfect Verbs 1. 2. 3. Secondary Middle/Passive Endings Singular Plural -mhn -meqa -ou -sqe -to -nto Learn: mhn, ou, to, meqa, esqe, onto The above paradigm is translated for the passive voice. The middle uses exactly the same forms, which would be translated as follows: I was loosing (for myself), you were loosing (for yourself), he was loosing (for himself), etc. The context will determine whether the form should be translated middle or passive. Augments The augment (prefix) is added in four ways: 1. Before consonants it is e. 2. Before vowels the augment contracts with the vowel according to the following rules: Vowels e+a=h e+e=h e+h=h e + i=i e+o=w e+u=u Diphthongs e + ai = ^ e + ei = ^ e + oi = & e + au = hu e + eu = hu Four patterns: 1. a and e lengthen to h 2. o lengthens to w 3. i ending a diphthong subscripts 4. u ending a diphthong stays strong 3. Compound verbs with prepositions ending in a consonant: Insert the augment between the prepositional prefix and the verb stem. e]kba<llw becomes e]ce<balon. 4. Compound verbs with prepositions ending in a vowel: The final vowel of the preposition is dropped and the e augment inserted in its place. a]poktei<nw becomes a]pe<kteina in first aorist form which also uses an augment. 79 Chapter 12: Imperfect Verbs Contraction Examples Here are examples of contraction in forming the imperfect active indicative, first person singular: e+a=h h@kouon e augment + a]kou<w e+e=h h@geiron e augment + e]gei<rw e+o=w w]rxou<mhn e augment + o]rxe<omai e + ai = ^ ^#ron e augment + ai@rw e + oi = & &]kodo<moun e augment + oi]kodome<w 1. 2. 3. ei]mi< Imperfect Indicative Singular h@mhn I was h#j You were h#n He/she/it was Plural h#men h#te h#san We were You were They were Be able to chant this frequent form: Chant Imperfect Indicative of ei]mi< (by columns) h@mhn h#men h#j h#te h#n h#san The imperfect tense of ei]mi< appears frequently. You should try to master these forms well. 1. 2. 3. e@xw Imperfect Active Indicative (Irregulars) Singular Plural ei@xomen ei#xon We were having I was having ei@xete ei#xej You were having You were having ei#xe(n) He/she/it was having ei#xon They were having Note: This is an exception. The augment is a contraction of e + e = ei. Another exceptional augmented form is qe<lw, which takes a prefixed h, becoming h@qelen in Mat. 18:30. Just be aware that there are such exceptions. Translation Examples e]di<dasken au]tou>j e]n t^? sunagwg^? au]tw?n. He was teaching them in their synagogue (Mat. 13:54). e]kei?noj de> e@legen peri> tou? naou? tou? sw<matoj au]tou?. But that one was speaking concerning the temple of his body (Jn. 2:21). 80 Chapter 12: Imperfect Verbs au]to>j ga>r e]gi<nwsken ti< h#n e]n t&? a]nqrw<p&. For he was knowing what was in man (Jn. 2:25). Vocabulary a]poqn^<skw e]kei? e!wj i]dou< i!na ]Iwa<nnhj, -ou, o[ me<n o!loj, -h, -on o!te su<n I die (111) there (105) until (146) behold (200) in order that (663) John (135) on the one hand, indeed (179) whole, entire (109) when (103) with (128) Memory Verse: Mat. 6:9, the Lord’s Prayer Check out the MP3 rap on the CD or web site. Pa<ter Father h[mw?n our, a[giasqh<tw hallowed be o[ the one to> the o@noma< name e]n in toi?j the sou: your ou]ranoi?j: heavens; 81 Chapter 13: Third Declension Nouns 82 13 Third Declension Nouns You will be able to— 1. recognize the third declension nouns, 2. recognize and understand the changes that take place when the endings are added to third declension nouns, 3. reproduce the basic variations of the third declension nouns, 4. gain more practice in translating and working with Greek, 5. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words, and 6. memorize Mat. 6:10a in Greek. Congratulations! After mastering this chapter, you will know all the basic noun forms in the New Testament. Introduction Thus far we have learned second declension nouns, which have a stem ending in omicron, and first declension nouns, which have a stem ending in either alpha or eta. Third declension nouns have stems that end in a consonant. When the endings are added, the consonant will go through various predictable transformations. Unlike the first and second declensions, which build their forms from the nominative, third declension nouns will be built from the genitive. Thus, in the third declension, you must be aware of the genitive form of the noun. To find the stem of third declension nouns, take the oj off the genitive form. Key Letter Box The following consonants in the voiced and unvoiced columns are called “stops” because of the way the air flow stops when pronouncing them. The aspirates are fricatives. These letters will be transformed when the sigma ending of the third declension is added. (Mounce, Basics, 78) Labial Velar Dental Unvoiced Voiced p b k g t d Aspirate f x q Chapter 13: Third Declension Nouns 83 Sigma Addition The consonants (labials, velars, dentals) change in the following ways when the sigma ending is added. The two letters contract into one. In the case of the dentals the dental is dropped. Labials: p, b, or f + s = y Velar: k, g, or x + s = c (sa<rk + j – sa<rc [k+j=c]) Dentals: t, d, or q + s = s (e]lpi<d + j – e]lpi<j [d+j=j]) Nu drops out when followed by a sigma (Dat. Pl.). Introduction We will learn four paradigms that are typical of third declension nouns. The adjective pa?j, pa?sa, pa?n (each, all) will be examined as a 3-1-3 adjective (third-first-third declension). Take the oj ending off the genitive form to find the stem. In the nominative singular a sigma is added to the stem, causing the final consonant of the stem to change. Because this declension is so different and occurs so frequently, it is good to learn how to chant through the xa<rij, o@noma, and pi<stij charts. Third Declension Endings M/F Singular Plural Neut. -ej Nom. -j -oj -wn Gen. -i -si Dat. -a -aj Acc. Kappa Final Stems sa<rc, sarko<j, h[ (flesh) Singular Plural sa<rkej Nom. sa<rc sarko<j sarkw?n Gen. sarki< sarci<(n) Dat. sa<rka sa<rkaj Acc. Tau/Delta Final Stems xa<rij, xa<ritoj, h[ (grace) Singular Plural xa<ritej Nom. xa<rij xa<ritoj xari<twn Gen. xa<riti xa<risi(n) Dat. xa<rita xa<ritaj Acc. Singular --oj -i -- Plural -a -wn -si -a Chapter 13: Third Declension Nouns 84 Notice that the accusative singular is xa<rita while the interactive Mastering New Testament Greek program has xa<rin. Both are valid forms, but it is more useful to learn the chart as it is here. Iota Final Stems (consonantal iota) pi<stij, pi<stewj, h[ (faith) Singular Plural pi<steij Nom. pi<stij pi<stewj pi<stewn Gen. pi<stei pi<stesi(n) Dat. pi<stin pi<steij Acc. -mat Final Stems o@noma, o]no<matoj, to< (name) Singular Plural o]no<mata Nom. o@noma o]no<matoj o]noma<twn Gen. o]no<mati o]no<masi(n) Dat. o@noma o]no<mata Acc. Rho Final Stems path<r, patro<j, o[ (father) Singular Plural pate<rej Nom. path<r patro<j pate<rwn Gen. patri< patra<si(n) Dat. pate<ra pate<raj Acc. pa< t er pate<rej Voc. Note the dropping or lessening of the medial vowel h. Diphthong -eu Ending Stems i[ereu<j, -ew<j, o[ (priest) Singular Plural i[ e reu< j i[ erei?j Nom. i[ere<wj i[ere<wn Gen. i[erei? i[ereu?si(n) Dat. i[ere<a i[erei?j Acc. Chapter 13: Third Declension Nouns pa?j (all) Singular Masculine Nom. pa?j panto<j Gen. panti< Dat. pa<nta Acc. Feminine pa?sa pa<shj pa<s^ pa?san Neuter pa?n panto<j panti< pa?n Plural Masculine pa<ntej pa<ntwn pa?si(n) pa<ntaj Feminine pa?sai pasw?n pa<saij pa<saj 85 Neuter pa<nta pa<ntwn pa?si(n) pa<nta Chant Third Declension by column Nom. Sg. Gen. Dat. Acc. xa<rij xa<ritoj xa<riti xa<rita pi<stij pi<stewj pi<stei pi<stin o@noma o]no<matoj o]no<mati o@noma Nom. Pl. Gen. Dat. Acc. xa<ritej xari<twn xa<risi(n) xa<ritaj pi<steij pi<stewn pi<stesi(n) pi<steij o]no<mata o]noma<twn o]no<masi(n) o]no<mata Translation Examples xa<rij u[mi?n kai> ei]rh<nh a]po> qeou? patro>j h[mw?n kai> kuri<ou ]Ihsou? Xristou?. Grace to you and peace from God our Father and the Lord Jesus Christ (Rom. 1:7). o{j e]n tai?j h[me<raij th?j sarko>j au]tou? who in the days of his flesh (Heb. 5:7) o!ti pa?n to> e]n t&? ko<sm& , h[ e]piqumi<a th?j sarko>j for all that is in the world, the lust of the flesh (1 Jn. 2:16) Vocabulary a]nh<r, a]ndro<j, o[ basileu<j, -e<wj, o[ du<namij, -ewj, h[ o@noma, -matoj, to< pa?j, pa?sa, pa?n path<r, patro<j, o[ pi<stij, pi<stewj, h[ pneu?ma, -atoj, to< sa<rc, sarko<j, h[ xa<rij, -itoj, h[ man, husband (216) king (115) power, miracle (119) name, reputation (231) all, each, every (1,244) father (413) faith, belief (243) spirit, wind (379) flesh, body (147) grace, kindness (155) Chapter 13: Third Declension Nouns Memory Verse: Mat. 6:10a e]lqe<tw Let come h[ the basilei<a kingdom sou: your genhqh<tw let happen to> the qe<lhma< will sou, your 86 Chapter 14: Second Aorist Verbs 87 14 Second Aorist Verbs You will be able to— 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. recognize and write the second aorist paradigm, write out the second aorist stems of the verbs learned in previous lessons, translate the second aorist form, gain more practice in translating and working with Greek, master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words, and memorize Mat. 6:10b in Greek. Introduction In English we have two ways of forming the past tense. 1. Add the “-ed” suffix to the word: I laugh at Elliott’s jokes (present). I laughed at Elliott’s jokes (past). 2. Change the form of the verb: Zach runs down the court (present). Zach ran down the court (past). Comparison with Greek Like English, Greek forms the aorist in two ways. The first aorist is formed from the present stem with an augment and suffixed sa. The second aorist is built from a different aorist stem but both aorists take an augment and add second active personal endings that are identical to the imperfect forms. The aorist is the most frequently used tense in the New Testament. Both the first and second aorists are usually translated as a simple past (e.g., he came, or he comes). The two types of aorists function in exactly the same way in sentences. The second aorist is presented first because of its similarity to the imperfect. The aorist is used when the action is viewed as a whole and complete (e.g., he loosed). The aorist is the most frequent tense form and is used as a background tense by writers as opposed to the present tense form which is used to foreground material. The imperfect is used for continuous/durative/iterative (aktionsart) or “dwelled upon” (aspect) action (e.g., he was loosing). The actual time or tense of the action is triggered more by temporal pointers like adverbs, prepositional phrases and conjunctions than the aorist Chapter 14: Second Aorist Verbs 88 tense form itself. The aorist can be used for actions which are past, present, omnitemporal or timeless. Thus, the aorist is extremely flexible. For our purposes we will initially just translate it as a simple past (e.g. he loosed). While the endings parallel those of the imperfect, note carefully that the second aorist stem is different. There is no way to predict how the second aorist stem is formed; thus, it must be learned by memory. First aorists use the present stem. Form The second aorist is built from the second aorist verb stem. It is preceded by an e augment and followed by secondary endings, like the imperfect. Augment Verb stem e+ Aug lab + Stem Connecting vowel o+ CV Secondary endings n= Ending I took e@labon The connecting vowel is o before m and n, and e elsewhere. 1. 2. 3. Second Aorist Active Indicative of lamba<nw Singular Plural e@labon e]la<bomen I took e@labej e]la<bete You took e@labe(n) He/she/it took e@labon We took You took They took Note: The n, s, e, men, te, n endings are the same as for the imperfects. Note: Sometimes the third person plural ending will be -an, as in ei#pan (they said), rather than the expected ei#pon (they said). 1. 2. 3. Second Aorist Middle Indicative of gi<nomai Singular Plural e]geno<mhn e]geno<meqa I became We became e]ge<nou e]ge<nesqe You became You became e]ge<neto e] g e< n onto He/she/it became They became Note: The mhn, ou, to, meqa, sqe, nto endings are the same as for the imperfects. The aorist and future passives will be formed from a different stem and learned later. Note that this aorist paradigm is deponent. Middles are “I brought (for myself).” Augments Aorist Augments = Imperfect Augments The augment is added in four ways: 1. Before consonants it is e. Chapter 14: Second Aorist Verbs 2. Before vowels the augment contracts with the vowel according to the following rules: Vowels e+a=h e+e=h e+h=h e + i=i e+o=w e+u=u Diphthongs e + ai = ^ e + ei = ^ e + oi = & e + au = hu e + eu = hu Four patterns: (1) a and e lengthen to h. (2) o lengthens to w. (3) i ending becomes a diphthong subscript. (4) u ending of a diphthong stays strong. 3. Compound verbs with prepositions ending in a consonant: insert the augment between the prepositional prefix and the verb stem. e]kba<llw becomes e]ce<balon. 4. Compound verbs with prepositions ending in a vowel: The final vowel of the preposition is dropped and the e augment is inserted in its place. a]poktei<nw becomes a]pe<kteina. Aorist augments work the same way as these imperfects you have already learned. When you see an augment, think secondary tense (aorist or imperfect). Aorist Stems of Verbs Here is a list of second aorist forms of verbs already learned. Master these forms. Present a]pe<<rxomai a]poqn^<skw ba<llw o[ra<w gi<nomai ginw<skw ei]se<rxomai e]ce<rxomai e@rxomai eu[ri<skw e@xw lamba<nw le<gw Second Aorist a]ph?lqon a]pe<qanon e@balon ei#don e]geno<mhn e@gnwn ei]sh?lqon e]ch?lqon h#lqon eu$ron e@sxon e@labon ei#pon I departed I died I threw I saw (cf. ble<pw, o@yomai) I became I knew I entered I went out I came, went I found I had I took I said 89 Chapter 14: Second Aorist Verbs Translation Examples kai> e@balen ei]j th>n gh?n. And he threw [it] to the earth (Rev. 8:5). e]n t&? ko<sm& h#n, kai> o[ ko<smoj di] au]tou? e]ge<neto. He was in the world, and the world was made by him (Jn. 1:10). kai> ei#pen o[ ]Ihsou?j, Ei]j kri<ma e]gw> ei]j to>n ko<smon tou?ton h#lqon. And Jesus said, “For judgment I came into this world” (Jn. 9:39). Vocabulary ai$ma, -matoj, to< ai@rw dida<skw i@dioj, -a, -on kalo<j, -h<, -o<n me<llw o[do<j, -ou?, h[ polu<j, pollh<, polu< sw?ma, -matoj, to< yuxh<, -h?j, h[ blood (97) I raise, take up (101) I teach (97) one’s own (114) good (100) I am about to, intend (109) way (101) much, many (416) body(142) soul, life (103) Memory Verse: Mat. 6:10a-c e]lqe<tw Let come h[ the basilei<a kingdom sou: your genhqh<tw let happen to> the qe<lhma< will sou, your w[j as e]n in ou]ran&? heaven kai> so also e]pi> on gh?j: earth; 90 Chapter 15: First Aorist Verbs 91 15 First Aorist Verbs You will be able to— 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. recognize and write the first aorist paradigm, write the first aorist stems of the verbs learned in previous lessons, translate the first aorist indicative form, gain more practice in translating and working with Greek, master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words, and memorize Mat. 6:11 in Greek. Introduction In English we have two ways of forming the past tense: 1. Add the “ed” suffix to the word: I laugh at Elliott’s jokes (present). I laughed at Elliott’s jokes (past). 2. Change the form of the verb: Zach runs down the court (present). Zach ran down the court (past). Comparison with Greek Like the English, Greek forms the Aorist in two ways. The first aorist is formed off the present stem, with an augment and a suffixed sa. The second aorist is built from a different aorist stem that adds endings identical to the imperfect. The aorist is used for when the action is viewed as a whole and complete (e.g., “he loosed”). The aorist is the most frequent tense form and is used as a background tense by writers as opposed to the present tense form which is used to foreground material. The imperfect is used to portray action in progress or “dwelled upon” (aspect), and can be used of action that is continuous/durative/iterative (Aktionsart). The actual time or tense of the action is triggered more by temporal pointers like adverbs, prepositional phrases and conjunctions than the aorist tense form itself. The aorist can be used for actions which are past, present, omnitemporal or timeless. Thus the aorist is extremely flexible.Both the first and second aorists are usually translated as a simple past (e.g., “he came”). However, they may sometimes be translated by the English perfect (e.g., “has spoken” or “he speaks”). The imperfect is used to portary action as developing, unfolding or “dwelled upon” (e.g. “he was loosing”). Chapter 15: First Aorist Verbs 92 First Aorist Form The first aorist is built from the first aorist verb stem. It is preceded by an e augment and followed by secondary endings like the imperfect. The future was constructed by inserting a s between the stem and ending. So the first aorist is formed by inserting a sa between the stem and secondary pronominal endings. Augment Verb stem Tense formative e+ Aug lu + Stem sa + Tense connective 1. 2. 3. Secondary endings j= Ending Aorist Active Indicative of lu<w Singular Plural e@lusa e]lu<samen I loosed e@lusaj e]lu<sate You loosed e@luse(n) e@lusan He/she/it loosed You loosed e@lusaj We loosed You loosed They loosed Note: The -, s, e, men, te, n endings are the same as the imperfects except that in the first person singular the n is dropped. 1. 2. 3. Aorist Middle Indicative of lu<w Singular e]lusa<mhn I loosed (for myself) e]lu<sw You loosed (for yourself) e]lu<sato He/she/it loosed (for himself/herself/itself) Plural e]lusa<meqa e]lu<sasqe e]lu<santo We loosed (for ourselves) You loosed (for yourselves) They loosed (for themselves) Note: The mhn, w, to, meqa, sqe, nto endings are the same as the imperfects except in the second person singular, where the ou shifts to w. Augments By now you know how the augment is added (see chaps. 12 and 14). Sorry for the repetition, but just to refresh your memory. The augment is added in four ways: 1. before consonants it is “e.” 2. before vowels the augment contracts with the vowel according to the following rules: Chapter 15: First Aorist Verbs Vowels e+a=h e+e=h e+h=h e + i=i e+o=w e+u=u 93 Diphthongs e + ai = ^ e + ei = ^ e + oi = & e + au = hu e + eu = hu Four patterns: (1) a and e lengthen to h. (2) o lengthens to w. (3) i ending becomes a diphthong subscript. (4) u ending of a diphthong stays strong. 3. Compound verbs with prepositions ending in a consonant: Insert the augment between the prepositional prefix and the verb stem. e]ndu<w becomes e]ne<dusa (I clothed) 4. Compound verbs with prepositions ending in a vowel: The final vowel of the preposition is dropped and the e augment is inserted in its place. a]polu<w becomes a]pe<lusa (I released). Ending Transformations—Sigma Addition The sigma ending is added in basically the same way as the sigma was added for future tense verbs with the similar transformations (see chap. 10). Velars: (k, g, or x) + s becomes c. dida<skw + sa = e]di<daca (I taught) Labials: (p, b, or f) + s becomes y. ble<pw + sa = e@bleya (I saw) Dentals: (t, d, or q) + s drops the dental. pei<qw + sa = e@peisa (I persuaded) With liquids (l and r) and nasals (m and n), “lemoners,” often the sigma is dropped and the preceding vowel in the stem is changed. me<nw + sa = e@meina a]poste<llw + sa = a]pe<steila If the stem ends in a sibilant (s, z), the sibilant is dropped and the sigma of the ending is kept. s&<zw + sa = e@swsa Chapter 15: First Aorist Verbs These transformations are not always predictable. Thus it is necessary to be able to recognize the aorist for each verb. Aorist Stems of Verbs Here is a list of first aorist active indicative forms of verbs already learned. Present a]kou<w a]poste<llw ble<pw gra<fw dida<skw pisteu<w qe<lw me<nw kri<nw s&<zw First Aorist h@kousa a]pe<steila e@bleya e@graya e]di<daca e]pi<steusa h]qe<lhsa e@meina e@krina e@swsa I heard I sent I saw I wrote I taught I believed I wished I remained I judged I saved Chant: First Aorist (I loosed) e@lusa --, -j, -e, (-- pronounce noise sound “aahh”) -men, -te, -n e]lusa<mhn (I loosed myself) -mhn, -w, -to, -meqa, -asqe, -anto Translation Examples kai> h@kousan fwnh?j mega<lhj e]k tou? ou]ranou?. And they heard a loud voice from heaven (Rev. 11:12). e]gw> pa<ntote e]di<daca e]n sunagwg^? kai> e]n t&? i[er&?. I always taught in synagogue and in the temple (Jn. 18:20). @Egraya u[mi?n e]n t^? e]pistol^?. I wrote to you in the letter (1 Cor. 5:9). 94 Chapter 15: First Aorist Verbs Vocabulary a@lloj, -h, -o a@rtoj, -ou, o[ dei? e]cousi<a, -aj, h[ e!teroj, -a, -on e@ti o]fqalmo<j, -ou?, o[ te<knon, -ou, to< to<poj, -ou, o[ fw?j, fwto<j, to< other (155) bread (97) it is necessary (101) authority (100) different (98) yet, still (93) eye (100) child (99) place (94) light (73) Review Mat. 6:9: Mat. 6:10 Pa<ter h[mw?n o[ e]n toi?j ou]ranoi?j: a[giasqh<tw to> o@noma< sou: e]lqe<tw h[ basilei<a sou: genhqh<tw to> qe<lhma< sou, w[j e]n ou]ran&? kai> e]pi> gh?j: Memory Verse: Mat. 6:11 to>n the a@rton bread h[mw?n our do>j Give h[mi?n us sh<meron: today; to>n the e]piou<sion daily portion 95 Chapter 16: Aorist and Future Passive Verbs 96 16 Aorist and Future Passive Verbs You will be able to— 1. recognize and write the aorist and future passive indicative paradigms, 2. know the passive stem forms of some of the major verbs learned in previous lessons, 3. translate aorist and future passive indicative forms, 4. gain more practice in translating and working with Greek, 5. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words, and 6. memorize Mat. 6:12a in Greek. Introduction Passive verbs indicate subjects are acted on by the action of the verbs. In English, we form the past passive indicative by using a helping verb (e.g., I was struck by the foul ball). Similarly, the future passive indicative is formed with the helping “will be” (e.g., I will be flown to Indianapolis) indicating expectation. Comparison with Greek Rather than using a helping verb, Greek uses a different ending to indicate the passive indicative for aorist and future tenses. In the lexicon this stem will be the sixth (last) principal part (aorist passive). We have already worked with the first three (present, future, aorist; vid Appendix 4 which lists the principal parts of the major verbs). Present ba<llw Future balw? Aorist e@balon Perfect be<blhka Perf Mid/Pass. be<blhmai Aorist Pass. e]blh<qhn The Greek aorist and future passive forms are built from the sixth principal part of the verb. They are easily recognized because of the characteristic q just before the ending. Like other aorist tense verb forms, aorist passives take the augment. Chapter 16: Aorist and Future Passive Verbs 97 Aorist and Future Passive Forms The aorist passives are formed by adding qh before the ending: e] + lu + qh + n= e]lu<qhn Aug Stem Passive Secondary I was loosed connective Active Ending The future passives add qhs before the ending and drop the augment. lu + Stem qhs + Passive connective omai = Primary Mid/Pass Ending luqh<somai I will be loosed Passive Connective Transformations When a stem ends in a consonant the following changes take place when the qh is added. Velars: k or g becomes x diwk + qh = e]diw<xqhn (I was pursued) Labials: p or b becomes f lei<p + qh = e]lei<fqhn (I was left) f causes the q to drop out graf + qh = e]gra<fhn (I was written) Dentals: t, d, or q becomes s peiq + qh = e]pei<sqhn (I was persuaded) Sibilant: z, becomes s docaz + qh = e]doca<sqhn (I was glorified) Consonant Shifts k, g Velars: +q= p, b Labials: +q= t, d, q + q = Dentals: Sibilants: z +q= xq fq [f+q=f] sq sq A simple way to remember this is single consonantal velars (k, g) go to the double lettered (ch) palatal (x). Single consonantal labials (p, b) go to double lettered (ph) labial (f). The dentals (t, d, q) and sibilant (z) both reduce to a sigma (s). Chapter 16: Aorist and Future Passive Verbs 1. 2. 3. First Aorist Passive Indicative of lu<w Singular Plural e]lu<qhn I was loosed e]lu<qhmen e]lu<qhj You were loosed e]lu<qhte e]lu<qh He/she/it was loosed e]lu<qhsan 98 We were loosed You were loosed They were loosed Note the active secondary endings: n, j, –, men, te, san. The third singular and plural are different than what we’ve already learned, but the rest is exactly the same. 1. 2. 3. Future Passive Indicative of lu<w Singular Plural luqh<somai I will be loosed luqhso<meqa luqh<s^ luqh<sesqe You will be loosed luqh<setai He/she/it will be luqh<sontai loosed We will be loosed You will be loosed They will be loosed Note the passive primary endings: omai, ^, etai, omeqa, esqe, ontai. You already know these. Middles/“Deponent” Some verbs that are middle/deponent in the present will use a passive form in the aorist (e.g., a]pekri<qhn) rather than the expected middle (“deponent”) form. Regardless of the form (middle or passive), these types of aorist verbs will be translated with an active sense. Thus, a]pekri<qhn is translated “I answered.” Others have both middle (e]geno<mhn) and passive forms (e]genh<qhn) both of which are translated active “I became”. Chapter 16: Aorist and Future Passive Verbs Aorist Passive Stems Present Active Aorist Passive a]poste<llw a]pesta<lhn ba<llw e]blh<qhn gi<nomai e]genh<qhn ginw<skw e]gnw<sqhn dida<skw e]dida<xqhn du<namai h]dunh<qhn e]gei<rw h]ge<rqhn eu[ri<skw eu[re<qhn qe<lw h]qelh<qhn kri<nw e]kri<qhn lamba<nw e]lh<mfqhn le<gw e]rre<qhn o[ra<w w@fqhn pisteu<w e]pisteu<qhn poreu<omai e]poreu<qhn s&<zw e]sw<qhn Future Passive — blhqh<somai — gnwsqh<somai — — e]gerqh<somai eu[reqh<somai — kriqh<somai — — o]fqh<somai — — swqh<somai e@rxomai does not have an aorist/future passive stem form (relax!). 1. 2. 3. Second Aorist Passive Indicative of gra<fw (I write) Singular Plural e]gra<fhn I was written e]gra<fhmen We were written e]gra<fhj You were written e]gra<fhte You were written e]gra<fh He/she/it was written e]gra<fhsan They were written The second aorist passive has no theta in the tense stem, but the endings are the same as the first aorist passive. Chant for the Aorist Passive Indicative (API) Verb (I was loosed) e]lu<qhn (-- pronounce noise sound “aahh”) -n, -j, --, -men, -te, -san Chant for the Future Passive Indicative (FPI) Verb (I will be loosed) luqh<somai -omai, -^, -etai, -omeqa, -esqe, -ontai 99 Chapter 16: Aorist and Future Passive Verbs Translation Examples ]Apekri<qhsan kai> ei#pan au]t&?, [O path>r h[mw?n ]Abraa<m e]stin. They answered and said to him, “Our father is Abraham” (Jn. 8:39). Kai> o!te ei#den o[ dra<kwn o!ti e]blh<qh ei]j th>n gh?n And when the dragon saw that he was cast to the earth (Rev. 12:13) Ou$to<j e]stin ]Iwa<nnhj o[ baptisth<j: au]to>j h]ge<rqh a]po> tw?n nekrw?n. This is John the Baptist; he was raised from [among] the dead (Mat. 14:2). Vocabulary ai]w<n, -w?noj, o[ a]llh<lwn a]rxiereu<j, -e<wj, o[ gunh<, -aiko<j, h[ du<namai e@qnoj, -ouj, to< o!soj, -h, -on po<lij, -ewj, h[ te< xei<r, xeiro<j, h[ age, eternity (122) one another (100) high priest (122) woman (215) I can, am able (210) nation (162) as great as (110) city (162) and, and so (215) hand (177) Review Mat. 6:9: Mat. 6:10: Mat. 6:11: Pa<ter h[mw?n o[ e]n toi?j ou]ranoi?j: a[giasqh<tw to> o@noma< sou: e]lqe<tw h[ basilei<a sou: genhqh<tw to> qe<lhma< sou, w[j e]n ou]ran&? kai> e]pi> gh?j: to>n a@rton h[mw?n to>n e]piou<sion do>j h[mi?n sh<meron: Memory Verse: Mat. 6:12a kai> and a@fej forgive h[mi?n for us ta> the o]feilh<mata debts h[mw?n, our 100 Chapter 17: Contract Verbs 101 17 Contract Verbs You will be able to— 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. identify contract verb formations, implement the rules of vowel contraction, recognize and write the paradigms of key contract verbs, translate contract verb forms, gain more practice in translating and working with Greek, master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words, and memorize Mat. 6:12b in Greek. Introduction Verbs with stems ending in a, e, or o are known as contract verbs. For example, in the verb a]gapa<w the stem ends with alpha. When pronominal endings are added to the verb, the final vowel of the stem and the connecting vowel of the ending contract according to five rules. Contractions take place in the present and imperfect tenses. a]gap + a< + o + men = a]gapw?men In the aorist and future, where the suffix s is used, the final stem vowel lengthens. a]gap + a< + s + omen = a]gaph<somen Rules of Contraction (FOLDS) Rule 1: Likes go long. Two like vowels combine into their common long vowel. a+a=a e+h=h Example: plhro + w = plhrw? Two exceptions: o + o = ou e + e = ei Example: poie + ete = poiei?te o+w=w Chapter 17: Contract Verbs 102 Rule 2: O overcomes. An o or w will overcome an a, e, or h, becoming w. o+a=w e+w=w Example: a]gapa< + w = a]gapw? Exception: e + o = ou o + e = ou Example: poie< + omen = poiou?men Rule 3: First overcomes. When an a, e, or h come together, whichever comes first becomes its own matching long vowel. e+a=h a + e or a + h = long a Example: a]gapa< + ete = a]gapa?te Rule 4: Same vowel with diphthong drops. A vowel similar to the first vowel of a diphthong drops out. o + ou = ou e + ei = ei Example: poie + eij = poiei?j Rule 5: Dissimilar vowel with diphthong contracts. A vowel dissimilar to the diphthong that follows it will contract, using the preceding rules— a. unless the third vowel is an upsilon, in which case the upsilon drops out. b. unless the third vowel is an iota, in which case the iota becomes an iota subscript. Exceptions: o + ei = oi e + oi = oi o + ^ = oi Contraction Charts (for reference only) When a vowel in the left row is combined with a vowel or dipthong in the top line, the resulting contraction appears where the coordinates meet. Vowel and Vowel Contraction a e h i u o w a a a a ai au w w e h ei h ei eu ou w o w ou w oi ou ou w a e o ei % ei oi Vowel and Diphthong Contraction ^ ou oi % w & ^ ou oi oi ou oi Chapter 17: Contract Verbs 103 Paradigms Three typical contract verb paradigms will be presented. These represent a, e, and o type verbs. As you look through the paradigms, you should reflect on the contract rules that are being used in the contraction process. Do not memorize these. Learn to figure them out by using the rules. 1. 2. 3. Present Active Indicative of a]gapa<w Singular Plural a]gapw? (aw) a]gapw?men (aomen) I love We love a]gap%?j (aeij) You love a]gapa?te (aete) You love a]gap%? (aei) He/she/it loves a]gapw?si(n) (aousi) They love 1. 2. 3. Present Active Indicative of poie<w Singular Plural poiw? (ew) poiou?men (eomen) I do poiei?j (eeij) poiei?te (eete) You do poiei? (eei) He/she/it does poiou?si(n) (eousi) 1. 2. 3. Present Active Indicative of plhro<w Singular Plural plhrw? (ow) plhrou?men (oomen) I fill plhroi?j (oeij) You fill plhrou?te (oete) plhroi? (oei) plhrou?si(n) (oousi) He/she/it fills We do You do They do We fill You fill They fill Liquid/Nasal Verbs Liquid verbs have stems ending in l, m, n, or r (Lemoners). l and r are liquids, and n and m are nasals, but verbs ending in any of these four consonants are grouped together because they form their futures in the same way. In the future active and middle indicative, the tense suffix s is replaced with an e, which contracts according to the normal contraction rules. Thus the future of kri<nw becomes krinw? (ew contraction) instead of kri<nsw. Translation Examples Ti< de< me kalei?te, Ku<rie ku<rie, kai> ou] poiei?te a! le<gw; And why do you call me, “Lord, Lord,” and do not do what I say? (Lk. 6:46). kai> o[ path<r mou a]gaph<sei au]to<n kai> pro>j au]to>n e]leuso<meqa. And my father will love him, and we will come to him (Jn. 14:23). a]lla> lalou?men qeou? sofi<an e]n musthri<& But we speak God’s wisdom in a mystery (1 Cor. 2:7). Chapter 17: Contract Verbs Vocabulary ei] e]sqi<w za<w zhte<w h@ kale<w lale<w parakale<w plhro<w poie<w if, that (504) I eat (158) I live (140) I seek (117) or, either (343) I call (148) I speak, say (296) I urge, exhort (109) I complete, fill (86) I do, make (568) Review Mat. 6:9: Mat. 6:10: Mat. 6:11: Mat. 6:12a: Pa<ter h[mw?n o[ e]n toi?j ou]ranoi?j: a[giasqh<tw to> o@noma< sou: e]lqe<tw h[ basilei<a sou: genhqh<tw to> qe<lhma< sou, w[j e]n ou]ran&? kai> e]pi> gh?j: to>n a@rton h[mw?n to>n e]piou<sion do>j h[mi?n sh<meron: kai> a@fej h[mi?n ta> o]feilh<mata h[mw?n, Memory Verse: Mat. 6:12b w[j as kai> also h[mei?j we a]fh<kamen we forgave toi?j the o]feile<taij debtors h[mw?n: our; 104 Chapter 18: Perfect Verbs 105 18 Perfect Verbs You will be able to— 1. recognize and write the perfect active indicative paradigms, 2. recognize pluperfect active indicative paradigms, 3. know the perfect stem forms of some of the major verbs learned in previous lessons, 4. translate perfect and pluperfect indicative forms, 5. gain more practice in translating and working with Greek, 6. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words, and 7. memorize Mat. 6:13a in Greek. Introduction and Translation The perfect tense form is used by an author to portray an action as a state of being often frontgrounding the action, singling out the action for special attention. Porter points out that the perfect may refer to past events and be translated like an aorist (e.g. Jn. 12:40 “he blinded their eyes”), a present (Jn. 12:23 “the hour is come”) and rarely even as a future (1 Jn. 2:5 “the love of God will be completed”). There are also omnitemporal/gnomic and timeless uses as well (1 Jn. 4:12 “no one has ever seen God”) and iterative uses (Jn. 16:23 “these things I have repeatedly spoken to you”) (Porter, Idioms, 40f). The diversity of meanings will be narrowed down based on the lexical meaning of a particular verb or by contextual indicators. For now we will translate it with the simple helping verb “have” but realize that its base meaning is frontgrounding a state of affairs. Perfect Formation The perfect is the last Greek tense to be learned. It is formed by attaching both a prefix and a suffix to the perfect active stem. The perfect suffix is ka, while the perfect prefix is derived by reduplication of the initial consonant. Reduplication Stem le + lu + Perfect connective ka + Pronominal Perfect tense ending form te = lelu<kate Chapter 18: Perfect Verbs 106 Reduplication Patterns Consonantal reduplication: When a verb begins with a consonant, the consonant is doubled and attached to the front of a word with a connecting epsilon (le + luka). Exceptions: f, x, or q If the initial consonant of the verb is f, x, or q, the reduplicated consonant will be p (for f), k (for x), or t (for q). See Mounce, Basics, 222. fanero<w xari<zomai qerapeu<w becomes becomes becomes pefane<rwka kexa<rismai teqera<peumai (I have shown) (I have given freely) ( I have been healed) Vocalic reduplication: When a verb begins with a vowel or diphthong, the vowel is lengthened: e]lpi<zw becomes h@lpika and ai]te<w becomes ^@thka. Doubled consonant or r: If a word begins with two consonants or a rho, an epsilon is usually added instead of reduplication: ginw<skw (stem gnw-) becomes e@gnwka. Compound verbs: The reduplicated form comes between the verb and the initial preposition: a]poste<llw becomes a]pe<stalka. Adding Perfect Kappa Contract verbs lengthen their final stem vowel preceding the perfect k ending: a]gapa<w becomes h]ga<phka. If a verb stem ends in t, d, or q, the consonant is dropped when the perfect k is added: e]lpi<zw (stem e]lpid-) becomes h@lpika. The middle/passives reduplicate on the front end but do not add the ka suffix on the back end. 1. 2. 3. Perfect Active Indicative of lu<w Singular Plural lelu< kamen le<luka I have loosed le<lukaj lelu<kate You have loosed le<luke(n) He/she/it has loosed lelu<kasi(n) We have loosed You have loosed They have loosed Note that the active endings are used: –, j, e, men, te, si(n). The first singular drops the n, and the third plural goes to si(n). Chapter 18: Perfect Verbs 1. 2. 3. 107 Perfect Middle/Passive Indicative of lu<w Singular Plural le<lumai I have been loosed lelu<meqa We have been loosed le<lusai You have been le<lusqe You have been loosed loosed le<lutai He/she/it has been le<luntai They have been loosed loosed Translate perfect middle/passives as passive unless the particular verb or context dictates otherwise. Middles will, as normal, be understood as emphasizing the subject’s participation in the action of the verb and translated active or for the subject’s benefit (have loosed [for himself]). There is no ka suffix. Primary endings are added directly, with no theme vowel (e, o) and “lemoners” drop their consonant as the ending is added. The contract verbs will lengthen their stem vowel and other consonantal ending verbs will make various consonantal shifts: mai, sai, tai, meqa, sqe, ntai se<s&smai, se<s&sai, se<s&stai . . . (from sw<zw) ke<krimai, ke<krisai, ke<kritai (from kri<nw) pefi<lhmai, pefi<lhsai< pefilhtai... (from file<w) ge<grammai, ge<grayai, gegraptai (from gra<fw) Second Perfect A few verbs do not take the ka perfect tense marker but still follow the reduplication pattern. Mounce (Basics, 224) notes four common second perfect verbs, to which a fifth can be added: a]kou<w gi<nomai gra<fw e@rxomai lamba<nw becomes becomes becomes becomes becomes a]kh<koa ge<gona ge<grafa e]lh<luqa ei@lhfa Second Perfect Middle/Passive add the endings directly onto the base form without an intervening ka (Stevens, New Testament Greek, 255). e@gnwsmai, e@gnwsai, e@gnwstai . . . = I have been known (ginw<skw) (for the second person singular, the doubled sigma reduces to a single sigma for euphonic purposes). Chapter 18: Perfect Verbs 108 Oi#da oi#da is an odd verb that is a perfect but translated as a present. You should be aware of its irregular form. Mathewson insightfully proffers that it retains its perfect aspect. 1. 2. 3. oi#da oi#daj oi#de(n) I know you know he/she/it knows oi@damen oi@date oi@dasi(n) we know you know they know Pluperfect Paradigm—Augmented Perfect Pluperfect tense is rare and expresses action completed in the past with a terminated effect some time in the past. The pluperfect is formed by adding an augment to the perfect form and using the suffixes illustrated below. Some pluperfects, however, do not add an augment (Mk. 14:44). 1. 2. 3. e]lelu<kein e]lelu<keij e]lelu<kei I had loosed you had loosed he/she/it had loosed e]lelu<keimen e]lelu<keite e]lelu<keisan we had loosed you had loosed they had loosed In its form, you can think of the pluperfect as an augmented perfect. The ei connecting diphthong also can trigger you to think of the pluperfect. Principal Parts For Greek verbs there are six principal parts from which the paradigms are built. You now know how all the parts function. When you look verbs up in the lexicon, these six principal parts will be listed: Present a]gapa<w Future a]gaph<sw Perfect Active Perfect Mid/Pass h]ga<phka h]ga<phmai Aorist Active h]ga<phsa Aorist Passive h]gaph<qhn Chant Perfect Active Indicative (RAI) Verb le<luka --, -j, -e, -men, -te, -si Chant Perfect Middle/Passive Indicative (RM/PI) Verb le<lumai -sai, -tai, -meqa, -sqe, -ntai Chapter 18: Perfect Verbs Perfect Indicative Verb Stems Present Active Perfect Active Perfect Mid/Pass a]gapa<w h]ga<phka h]ga<phmai a]kou<w a]kh<koa — a]poste<llw a]pe<stalka a]pe<stalmai ba<llw be<blhka be<blhmai gi<nomai ge<gona gege<nhmai ginw<skw e@gnwka e@gnwsmai gra<fw ge<grafa ge<grammai e@rxomai e]lh<luqa — eu[ri<skw eu!rhka — e@xw e@sxhka — kale<w ke<klhka ke<klhmai kri<nw ke<krika ke<krimai lale<w lela<lhka lela<lhmai lamba<nw ei@lhfa — le<gw ei@rhka ei@rhmai me<nw meme<nhka — o[ra<w e[w<raka — pisteu<w pepi<steuka pepi<steumai poie<w pepoi<hka pepoi<hmai poreu<omai pepo<reumai — s&<zw se<swka se<s&smai 109 I love I hear I send I throw I become I know I write I come I find I have I call I judge I speak I take, receive I say I remain I see I believe I do, make I go I save Translation Examples !O h#n a]p ] a]rxh?j, o! a]khko<amen, o! e[wra<kamen What was from the beginning, which we have heard, which we have seen (1 Jn. 1:1) le<gei au]t&?, Nai>, ku<rie, e]gw> pepi<steuka o!ti su> ei# o[ Xristo<j. She said to him, “Yes, Lord, I have believed that you are the Christ” (Jn. 11:27). (The perfects here refer to present states and may be translated present: “I believe”) kai> h[mei?j pepisteu<kamen kai> e]gnw<kamen o!ti su< ei# o[ a!gioj tou? qeou?. And we have believed and have known that you are the holy one of God (Jn. 6:69). (Likewise these refer to present states so may be translated present: “We believe and know that...”) Chapter 18: Perfect Verbs Vocabulary genna<w dikaiosu<nh, -hj, h[ e]an < ei]rh<nh, -hj, h[ oi#da oi]ki<a, -aj, h[ o[ra<w peripate<w pw?j fobe<omai I beget (97) righteousness (92) if, when (351) peace (92) I know (318) house (93) I see (454) I walk, live (95) how (103) I fear (95) Memory Verse: Mat. 6:12b-13a w[j as kai> also h[mei?j we a]fh<kamen we forgave kai> and mh> not ei]sene<gk^j (you) lead h[ma?j us toi?j the o]feile<taij debtors ei]j into peirasmo<n, temptation, h[mw?n: our; 110 Chapter 19: Present Participles 111 19 Present Participles You will be able to— 1. understand how the participle works in English and Greek as a verbal adjective, substantive, and adverb; 2. recognize and write the participle forms in the present active indicative paradigms; 3. translate present participle forms, 4. gain more practice in translating and working with Greek; 5. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words; and 6. memorize Mat. 6:13b in Greek. Introduction In Greek, participles are used in much the same way as they are in English. Present participles are formed in English by adding “-ing” to the verbal form (e.g., walking). A participle is a verbal adjective. The participle is a critical part of the Greek language. Care must be taken to recognize its forms. One must also know the diverse ways it is translated, whether as an adjective or as an adverb. Verbal Adjective A participle has both verbal and adjectival qualities. Participles are like verbs in that they are formed from several Greek tenses (present, aorist, perfect, and a few futures) and have voice (active, middle, passive). They can take direct objects like verbs and may be modified by an adverb or prepositional phrase (e.g., She found the child lying in bed). Participles are like adjectives in that they have gender, number, and case. They may be used as an adjectival modifier or as a substantive. Adjective or Adverb A Greek participle may be translated adverbially or adjectivally. As an adverb the participle tells when, how, why, or in what circumstances the verb is functioning. The adverbial present participle points to and modifies the verb by using words like “while” or “when” (e.g., While surfing the web, he found that site). A participle can also function as an attributive adjective. Connecting words like “who” or “which” will often be used to translate these types of participles (e.g., The man who is Chapter 19: Present Participles 112 sitting is the chief). The participle here is translated like a relative clause (who/which + is . . .). A participle can also function like a substantive adjective (The one who is sitting there is the organizer). Participle as Adjective You can tell when a participle is being used adjectivally because, as an attributive adjective, it will modify a noun or pronoun. It will usually come with an article, and the context will show which noun or pronoun the participle modifies. When translating a Greek present participle, we may use a simple English participle, which is usually a word ending in “ing.” In the phrase “the man speaking,” “speaking” modifies “man” and indicates which man is being referred to. ou$to<j e]stin o[ para> th>n o[do>n sparei<j (Mat. 13:19). This is [the seed] that was sown along the path. Notice the prepositional phrase inserted between the definite article and its participle (Wenham, Elements, 151). A participle, like other adjectives, may be used as a substantive when it has the article and no modified noun or pronoun. In this case the participle acts as a noun. Often these will be translated with the helping words “the one (who is).” o[ le<gwn tau?ta e]n t&? i[er&? the one saying these things in the temple Participle as Adverb A participle may be used as an adverb modifying the verb in some way. It usually does not take an article (i.e., it is anarthrous). Often an adverbial participle will be translated as a temporal clause. It may also be taken as causative (“because of loosing”), concessive (“although loosing”), or instrumental (“by loosing”) as well. One should note also if a participle is anarthrous it still may be attributive if it is close and grammatically attaches to a noun, or it may be a predicate use of the participle as a verbal adjective. So when a form is anarthrous it is ambiguous and context must help sort out which usage is being employed. If the present tense participle is used, it refers to something that happens at the same time as the main verb (e.g., “while walking”). If an aorist tense participle is used, the action of the participle was before the action of the main verb (e.g., “after walking”). There may be exceptions to this. If a perfect tense participle is used, its action was completed, with continuing results (e.g., “after having walked”). There are only twelve future participles in the New Testament, and they indicate action that is expected or intended (e.g., “before walking”) (Mounce, Basics, 262f.). Chapter 19: Present Participles 113 Participle Time The time of the participle is relative to the time of the main verb. In present participles, the action of the participle may be simultaneous, prior to or subsequent to the action of the main verb: “While walking, he saw the heron.” Generally we will use the simultaneous reading “while.” Porter generalizes that when the participle precedes the verb in the order of the sentence it is often antecedent action (“after loosing”). If the participle comes after the main verb it is usually simultaneous (“while loosing”) or subsequent action (“before loosing”)(Porter, Idioms, 188). Note that the participle action matches the past tense of the main verb: both happen at the same time. In aorist participles, the participial action takes place prior to the action of the main verb: “After walking, he saw the heron.” The aorist may describe attendant circumstances, with action taking place at the same time as the main verb, although this is rare. The time of the happening is not the point in the present participle form. Rather aspect is the main feature with the present being used to foreground, denote process, immediacy, with the aorist being more wholistic, complete background form and with the perfect being a frontgrounded state of being. Translating Participles The adjectival participle will often be translated by using the English participle (“ing”) with some connecting words such as “who,” “which,” or “the one who” (e.g., The one speaking to me wrote the book). Adverbial participles will often be translated in a temporal clause by using “while,” “after,” or “before” (e.g., After speaking, the teacher prayed). Adverbial participles may also indicate purpose (e.g., He went in order to find his car), be causative (e.g., He went because of loosing his car), or express means (e.g., by going early, he found a seat). For our purposes here, we will translate adverbial participles as temporal, “while loosing” (Stevens, New Testament Greek, 297f.). Greek Present Participle We will be learning the present active, middle/passive, and future participles in this lesson. Active participles are used when the word the participle modifies is doing the action (e.g., The man skating by is a friend). The middle/passive forms should generally be translated as passive (on deponents, see below). A passive participle is used where the word modified receives the action of the participle (e.g., The man being stung by the bees ran for cover). Remember that a middle/passive participle should be translated active if it comes from a deponent verb (e.g., e@rxomai becomes a participle as e]rxo<menoj and is translated as active). Present Participle Forms Present active participles are built from the present verb stem. In the masculine and neuter the sign of the participle (ont) is added, followed by the third declension noun endings: Chapter 19: Present Participles 114 lu + ont + oj = lu<ontoj The present active feminine participle is formed by using ouj as the sign of the participle, to which the first declension endings are suffixed: lu + ous + hj = luou<shj Middle/passive participles are formed using the present verb stem adding -omen as a middle/passive participle indicator and the second declension case endings for the masculine and neuter: lu + omen + oj = luo<menoj The feminine uses first declension endings: lu + omen + h = luome<nh The participial forms are fairly easily learned. The difficulty is in knowing how to translate them. Here is a chart about present participles that may help: Present Active Present Middle Present Passive Adverbial participle has no Art. [while, because of, by] while loosing while loosing himself while being loosed Adjectival attributive has Art. before noun it modifies. the loosing girl the girl loosing herself the girl being loosed Present Active Participles 3 1 Singular Masculine Feminine lu<wn lu<ousa Nom. lu<ontoj luou<shj Gen. lu<onti luou<s^ Dat. lu<onta lu<ousan Acc. Plural lu<ontej lu<ousai Nom. luo<ntwn luousw?n Gen. lu<ousi(n) luou<saij Dat. lu<ontaj luou<saj Acc. 3 Neuter lu?on lu<ontoj lu<onti lu?on lu<onta luo<ntwn lu<ousi(n) lu<onta Adjectival substantive has Art. but no noun/pronoun to modify. the one loosing the ones loosing themselves the one being loosed Chapter 19: Present Participles 115 Present Middle/Passive Participles 2 1 2 Singular Masculine Feminine Neuter luo<menoj luome<nh luo<menon Nom. luome<nou luome<nhj luome<nou Gen. luome<n& luome<n^ luome<n& Dat. luo<menon luome<nhn luo<menon Acc. Plural luo<menoi luo<menai luo<mena Nom. luome< n wn luome< n wn luome<nwn Gen. luome<noij luome<naij luome<noij Dat. luome<nouj luome<naj luo<mena Acc. Rather than memorize these large paradigms, it is better to learn the nominative and genitive forms. Once you have those two forms in mind, the rest follow suit according to the normal 3-1-3 or 2-1-2 pattern. In short, the following is what you should be able to chant through. Present Active Participles lu<wn lu<ousa lu?on Nom. lu<ontoj luou<shj lu<ontoj Gen. Present Middle/Passive Participles luo<menoj luome<nh luo<menon Nom. luome<nou luome<nhj luome<nou Gen. Future Forms The future participle occurs only twelve times in the New Testament. It is used in situations where something is “purposed, intended, or expected” and can be either punctiliar or durative (Mounce, 262) We will describe how it is formed so you will be able to recognize it, but there is no need to memorize a whole paradigm for it. We will translate it “will be loosing” or just simply “loosing”. In forming the future participle, a s is added to the present verb stem, followed by the third declension participle endings for the masculine and neuter and by first declension participle endings for the feminine participles. lu + s + ontoj = lu<sontoj lu + s + omenoj = luso<menoj lu + s + oushj = lusou<shj lu + qhs + omenoj=luqhso<menoj Chapter 19: Present Participles Present Active Participle of ei]mi< 3 1 Singular Masculine Feminine w@n ou#sa Nom. o@ntoj ou@shj Gen. o@nti ou@s^ Dat. o@nta ou#san Acc. Plural o@ntej ou#sai Nom. o@ntwn ou]sw?n Gen. ou#si(n) ou@saij Dat. o@ntaj ou@saj Acc. 116 3 Neuter o@n o@ntoj o@nti o@n o@nta o@ntwn ou#si(n) o@nta Negating a Participle ou] is used for negating indicative verb forms. Participles are not considered indicatives so mh< will be used to negate participles (e.g., The one who is not studying failed the test). Translating Participles Adjectival (+ art. [usually]) Attributive—modifies a noun or pronoun The girl sitting there went to Gordon. Substantive—no noun to modify. Add “one,” “who,” or “which” The one sitting there went to Gordon. Adverbial (no art. [often]) Add “while,” “after,” or “after having” Present: While sitting there, she dreamed of Greek. Aorist: After sitting there, she dreamed of Greek. Perfect: After having sat there, she dreamed of Greek. Active: The one walking by is my friend (substantive). Passive: The one being taken away is my friend (substantive). After being seated, the owner came (adverbial). Translation Examples T^? e]pau<rion ble<pei to>n ]Ihsou?n e]rxo<menon pro>j au]to>n. The next day he saw Jesus coming to him (Jn. 1:29). o[ pisteu<wn ei]j au]to>n ou] kri<netai: o[ de> mh> pisteu<wn The one believing in him is not judged; but the one not believing (Jn. 3:18) kai> h#lqon ei]j Kafarnaou>m zhtou?ntej to>n ]Ihsou?n. And they came to Capernaum seeking Jesus (Jn. 6:24). Chapter 19: Present Participles Chant Present Active Participle (just be able to figure out the Mid./Pass.) 3 lu<wn lu<ontoj Nom. Gen. 1 lu<ousa luou<shj 3 lu?on lu<ontoj Vocabulary a]kolouqe<w e]nw<pion qa<lassa, -hj, h[ ka<qhmai kairo<j, -ou?, o[ ou@te pi<ptw pou<j, podo<j, o[ prose<rxomai proseu<xomai I follow (90) before (94) sea, lake (91) I sit (91) time (85) and not, neither/nor (87) I fall (90) foot (93) I come/go to (86) I pray (85) Memory Verse: Review + Mat. 6:13b kai> and mh> not ei]sene<gk^j (you) lead h[ma?j us ei]j into peirasmo<n, temptation, a]lla> but r[u?sai (you) deliver h[ma?j us a]po> from tou? the ponhrou?. evil (one). 117 Chapter 20: Aorist Participles 118 20 Aorist Participles You will be able to— 1. understand how the participle works in English and Greek as a verbal attributive adjective, substantive adjective, and adverb; 2. recognize and write the participle forms in the aorist active, middle, and passive paradigms; 3. translate aorist participle forms; 4. gain more practice in translating and working with Greek; and 5. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words. Introduction In Greek, present participles are used in much the same way as they are in English. Present participles are formed in English by adding “-ing” to the verbal form (e.g., “walking”). A participle is a verbal adjective. Aorist participles typically indicate action before the action of the main verb (see chap. 19). The aorist participles are also used for action as a complete whole. In such cases, the aorist is used merely to state that an action took place. It need not specify when (past, present, or future) the action actually took place. Adjective or Adverb A Greek participle may be translated adverbially or adjectivally. As an adverb the participle tells when, how, why, or in what circumstances the verb is functioning. The adverbial participle modifies and points to the verb. The aorist adverbial participle is usually translated with the temporal preposition “after” (e.g., After surfing the web, he found the information). The adverbial usage is usually anarthrous (does not have the article). The adjectival use is usually marked with the article before the noun modified or before the substantival participle. The participle can function as an attributive adjective. Often connecting words like “who” or “which” will be used to translate these types of participles (e.g., The man who sat there is the chief). It can also be used like a substantive adjective (The one who sat there is the organizer). Or it can, when anarthrous, be used as a predicate adjective (The organizer is the one sitting there). Chapter 20: Aorist Participles 119 Participle and Time The time of the participle is relative to the time of the main verb. In aorist participles, the action often takes place before the action of the main verb: “After talking, he saw his friend.” The aorist may also describe attendant circumstances, with action taking place at the same time as the main verb. Writers use the aorist to portray complete/wholistic action in a backgrounding manner. Translating Participles The aorist adjectival participle will often be translated by using the English past tense verb rather than an “ing” English participle, adding “who,” “which,” or “the one who” (e.g., The one who spoke to me wrote the book,” or “The one who loosed me entered the temple). Adverbial participles will often be translated in a temporal clause by using “while, after, or before” (e.g., After laughing, the boy left). We will be learning the aorist active, middle, and passive as well as noting second aorist forms. Active participles are used when the word the participle modifies is doing the action (e.g., The man who skated by is a friend). A middle participle usually is translated as an active emphasizing the subject’s participation in the action of the verb. However, it may indicate that the action occurs for the benefit of the subject. Mounce calls this the “self-interest” nuance (Basics, 224). E.g., The woman who freed herself went to the library. A passive participle is used when the word modified receives the action of the participle (e.g., The boy who was stung by the bees ran for cover.) The aorist active and middle forms are built from the aorist stem. Aorist passive participles are built from the aorist passive stem. Here is a chart about aorist participles: Aorist Active Aorist Middle Aorist Passive Adverbial participle Adjectival has no Art. attributive has Art. before noun it modifies. after loosing (the girl) who loosed after loosing (the girl) who himself loosed herself after being loosed (the girl) who was loosed Adjectival substantive has Art. but no noun to modify. the one who loosed the ones who loosed themselves the one who was loosed Sometimes the participle may act as a main verb as Wallace’s chart on the semantic range of the participle indicates (Wallace, 269). Chapter 20: Aorist Participles Independent Dependent Verbal (Verbal) Imperatival Indicative (Adverbial) Temporal, Causal, Means, Manner, etc. 120 Adjectival (Substantival) Subject, object, etc. (Adjectival) Attributive Predicate First Aorist Participle Forms Aorist active participles are built from the aorist verb stem. The first aorist suffix sa is added to the stem. Then, in the masculine and neuter, the sign of the participle (nt) is added, followed by the third declension noun endings. Note: There is no augment on participles. Stem Aor. Third Declension Masc./Neut. Participle Ptc. nt lu + sa + nt + oj = lu<santoj The aorist active feminine is formed by adding the first aorist suffix sa, followed by the sign of the participle (s) and the first declension endings. Stem lu + Aor. sa + Ptc. s s+ First Declension hj = Fem. Participle lusa<shj Aorist middle participles are similar in form to present middle participles. The main difference is that the aorists have the first aorist sa suffix attached to the stem. Stem lu + Aor. sa + Mid. Ptc. men + Second Declension oj = Masc. Participle lusa<menoj Finally, the aorist passive stem, marked with the characteristic qe, is followed by nt and the third/first/third declension endings. Stem lu + Aor. Pass. Ptc. nt qe + nt + Third Declension oj = Masc./Neut. Participle luqe<ntoj First Aorist Active Participles (recognize these forms) 3 1 3 Singular Masculine Feminine Neuter lu<saj lu<sasa lu?san Nom. lu<santoj lusa<shj lu<santoj Gen. lu<santi lusa<s^ lu<santi Dat. lu<santa lu<sasan lu?san Acc. Chapter 20: Aorist Participles Plural Nom. Gen. Dat. Acc. lu<santej lusa<ntwn lu<sasi(n) lu<santaj lu<sasai lusasw?n lusa<saij lusa<saj First Aorist Middle Participles 2 1 Singular Masculine Feminine lusa< m enoj lusame< nh Nom. lusame<nou lusame<nhj Gen. lusame<n& lusame<n^ Dat. lusa<menon lusame<nhn Acc. Plural lusa<menoi lusa<menai Nom. lusame<nwn lusame<nwn Gen. lusame<noij lusame<naij Dat. lusame< n ouj lusame< naj Acc. First Aorist Passive Participles 3 1 Singular Masculine Feminine luqei<j luqei?sa Nom. luqe<ntoj luqei<shj Gen. luqe<nti luqei<s^ Dat. luqe<nta luqei?san Acc. Plural luqe<ntej luqei?sai Nom. luqe<ntwn luqeisw?n Gen. luqei?si(n) luqei<saij Dat. luqe<ntaj luqei<saj Acc. lu<santa lusa<ntwn lu<sasi(n) lu<santa 2 Neuter lusa<menon lusame<nou lusame<n& lusa<menon lusa<mena lusame<nwn lusame<noij lusa<mena 3 Neuter luqe<n luqe<ntoj luqe<nti luqe<n luqe<nta luqe<ntwn luqei?si(n) luqe<nta First Aorist Active Participles (know these forms cold) 3 1 lu<saj lu<sasa lu?san Nom. lu<santoj lusa<shj lu<santoj Gen. First Aorist Middle Participles 2 1 lusa<menoj lusame<nh Nom. lusame< n ou lusame< nhj Gen. 2 lusa<menon lusame<nou 121 Chapter 20: Aorist Participles First Aorist Passive Participles 3 1 luqei<j luqei?sa Nom. luqe<ntoj luqei<shj Gen. 122 3 luqe<n luqe<ntoj Second Aorist Participles The second aorist participles use the second aorist stem, to which the present active participle endings (3-1-3) are suffixed: i]dw<n, i]do<ntoj, i]do<nti, etc. e]lqw<n, e]lqo<ntoj, e]lqo<nti, e]lqo<nta, etc. ei]pw<n, ei]po<ntoj, ei]po<nti, ei]po<nta, etc. The second aorist passive uses the same endings as the first aorist passive participles except they are built off the passive stem. grafei<j, grafe<ntoj, etc. [Note the q is dropped] In translating the aorist participle attributively or substantivally, there is often no “ing” added: The one who came, or, The woman who was seated. Translation Examples ou$toj a]kou<saj o!ti ]Ihsou?j h!kei e]k th?j ]Ioudai<aj . . . a]ph?lqen. This one, after hearing that Jesus had come out of Judea, . . . went (Jn. 4:47). oi[ nekroi> a]kou<sousin th?j fwnh?j tou? ui[ou?, . . . kai> oi[ a]kou<santej zh<sousin. The dead will hear the voice of the Son, . . . and the ones who hear will live (Jn. 5:25). kai> eu[ro<ntej au]to>n pe<ran th?j qala<sshj ei#pon au]t&?, [Rabbi< And after finding him on the other side of the sea, they said to him, “Rabbi” (Jn. 6:25). Chant for Aorist Active and Passive Participles (be able figure out the Middles) Nom. Gen. Masc. lu<saj lu<santoj Fem. lu<sasa lusa<shj Neut. lu?san lu<santoj Nom. Gen. luqei<j luqe<ntoj luqei?sa luqei<shj luqe<n luqe<ntoj Chapter 20: Aorist Participles Vocabulary a]nabai<nw a@rxw e!kastoj, -h, -on e]kba<llw ka]gw< katabai<nw ma?llon mh<thr, -o<j, h[ o!pou w!ste I go up (82) I rule, begin (in mid.) (86) each, every (82) I drive out (81) and I, but I (81) I go down (83) more, rather (81) mother (83) where, since (82) therefore, so (that) (83) 123 Chapter 21: Perfect Participles 124 21 Perfect Participles You will be able to— 1. understand how the participle works in English and Greek as a verbal adjective, adverb, and substantive; 2. recognize and write the participle forms in the active, middle, and passive paradigms; 3. translate perfect participle forms and be able to recognize and translate periphrastics and genitive absolutes; 4. gain more practice in translating and working with Greek; and 5. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words. Introduction Perfect participles are used when the action being described is a state of being frontground or “dwelled upon”. Perfect participles can be translated by using the helping verb “having” (e.g., having spoken). When used adverbially, the temporal preposition “after” may be used (e.g., after having driven). It also may be simultaneous (“while”), causal (“because”), instrumental (“by”) or concessive (“even though”). Perfect Participle Forms The perfect participle is formed from the perfect stem (fourth principal part). In the masculine and neuter -ot is added to the stem, followed by the third declension endings. In the feminine -ui is added to the stem, followed by the first declension endings: Reduplication le + Stem lu + Perfect k+ Ptc. ot + Third declension oj = Masc./Neut. participle leluko<toj Perfect middle/passive participles use the same endings as the present middle/passive participles (-men + 2-1-2 declension endings). The only difference is that the perfect participles are built on the perfect stem and have a perfect reduplication on the front and there is no connecting vowel. Reduplication le + Stem Mid./Pass. Ptc. lu + men + Second declension oj = Masc. participle lelume<noj Chapter 21: Perfect Participles 125 Perfect Active Participles (be able to recognize) 3 1 3 Singular Masculine Feminine Neuter lelukw<j lelukui?a leluko<j Nom. leluko<toj lelukui<aj leluko<toj Gen. leluko<ti lelukui<% leluko<ti Dat. leluko<ta lelukui?an leluko<j Acc. Plural leluko<tej lelukui?ai leluko<ta Nom. leluko<twn lelukuiw?n leluko<twn Gen. leluko<si(n) lelukui<aij leluko<si(n) Dat. leluko<taj lelukui<aj leluko<ta Acc. Perfect Middle/Passive Participles 2 1 2 Singular Masculine Feminine Neuter lelume<noj lelume<nh lelume<non Nom. lelume<nou lelume<nhj lelume<nou Gen. lelume<n& lelume<n^ lelume<n& Dat. lelume< n on lelume< n hn lelume< non Acc. Plural lelume<noi lelume<nai lelume<na Nom. lelume<nwn lelume<nwn lelume<nwn Gen. lelume<noij lelume<naij lelume<noij Dat. lelume<nouj lelume<naj lelume<na Acc. Contract verbs the vowel lengthens h]gaphkw<j, h]gaphko<toj, . . . (Masc.) h]gaphkui?a, h]gaphkui<aj . . . (Fem.) h]gaphko<j, h]gaphko<toj . . . (Neut.) h]gaphme<noj (Masc.), h]gaphme<nh (Fem.), h]gaphme<non (Neut.) ... Second Perfect Participles Several verbs form their perfect participles from an irregular stem. They are all active and are fairly rare. You should be aware that they occur and be able to recognize them. Here are three examples: gi<nomai e@rxomai pei<qw gegonw<j, -o<toj e]lhluqw<j, -o<toj pepoiqw<j, -o<toj Chapter 21: Perfect Participles 126 Perfect oi#da (I know) (Stevens, 323) 2 1 2 Singular Masculine Feminine Neuter ei]dw<j ei]dui?a ei]do<j Nom. ei]do<toj ei]dui<aj ei]do<toj Gen. ei]do<ti ei]dui<% ei]do<ti Dat. ei]do<ta ei]dui?an ei]do<j Acc. Plural ei]do<tej ei]dui?ai ei]do<ta Nom. ei]do<twn ei]duiw?n ei]do<twn Gen. ei]do<si(n) ei]dui<aij ei]do<si(n) Dat. ei]do<taj ei]dui<aj ei]do<ta Acc. Chant This: Perfect Active Participles 3 1 3 lelukw<j lelukui?a leluko<j Nom. leluko<toj lelukui<aj leluko<toj Gen. Perfect Middle/Passive Participles 2 1 2 lelume<noj lelume<nh lelume<non Nom. lelume<nou lelume<nhj lelume<nou Gen. Translation Examples [O me>n ga<moj e!toimo<j e]stin, oi[ de> keklhme<noi ou]k h#san a@cioi. The wedding is ready, but those having been called were not worthy (Mat. 22:8). to> gegennhme<non e]k th?j sarko>j sa<rc e]stin. The one having been born of the flesh is flesh (Jn. 3:6). e@legon ou#n oi[ ]Ioudai?oi t&? teqerapeume<n&, Sa<bbato<n e]stin. Therefore the Jews were saying to him who had been cured, “It is the Sabbath” (Jn. 5:10). Chapter 21: Perfect Participles Participle Translation Charts Active Adverbial has no Adjectival attributive Participle Art.. has Art. before noun it modifies. While loosing (The boy) who is Present loosing After loosing (The girl) who was Aorist loosing (The girl) who loosed After having (The crowd) having Perfect loosed loosed Middle Participle Adverbial has no Art. Present While loosing himself After loosing herself Aorist Perfect After having loosed themselves Adjectival attributive has Art. before noun it modifies. (The boy) who is loosing himself (The girl) who was loosing herself (The girl) who loosed herself (The crowds) having loosed themselves 127 Adjectival substantive has Art. but no noun. The one loosing The one who was loosing The one who loosed The ones having loosed Adjectival substantive has Art. but no noun. The one loosing himself The one who was loosing himself The one who loosed himself The ones having loosed themselves As usual, the middle/deponents are translated as active//passives as passives. Passive Adverbial has no Adjectival attributive Adjectival substantive Participle Art. has Art. before noun has Art. but no noun. it modifies. While being (The boy) who is The one being loosed Present loosed being loosed After being loosed (The girl) who was The one who was Aorist being loosed being loosed After having been (The crowd) having The ones having been Perfect loosed been loosed loosed Introduction to Periphrastics English often uses helping verbs to aid in designating verb tense (e.g., will go) or to specify a change in voice (e.g., he was led). While Greek usually indicates tense by prefixes and suffixes to the verb, it also uses ei]mi< + participle to indicate a single verbal idea. ei]mi< + participle is called a periphrastic construction. Chapter 21: Perfect Participles 128 Periphrastic Forms Periphrastic constructions are formed with present and perfect participle forms. The ei]mi< may be of any tense. When using the present participle, the tense of the ei]mi< form matches the tense with which it is translated. With the perfect participle, the perfect tense uses the present forms of ei]mi<, and the pluperfect tense uses the imperfect forms. Gal. 1:23 (Imperfect ei]mi< + present ptc.) mo<non de> a]kou<ontej h#san o!ti But only, they kept hearing that Mat. 16:19 (Future ei]mi< + perfect ptc.) e@stai dedeme<non e]n toi?j ou]ranoi?j will have been bound in heaven (Hewitt, New Testament Greek, 151f.) Translating Periphrastics Translate the periphrastic form as the normal tense of the verb. While there may be an emphasis on continuous aspect of the verb, the context will determine if the aspect is the actual focus of the construction. Normally, however, translate periphrastic constructions like the regular verb tense (Mounce, Basics, 277). Note the absence of the aorist participle. Some think that it is because of the durative/continuous/process force reflected in the periphrastic. Porter observes that no elements may be inserted between the auxiliary verb (ei]mi<) and the participle except those which complete or modify the participle (Porter, Idioms, 45). Translated Tense Present Imperfect Future Perfect Pluperfect Future Perfect Periphrastic Construction + Present participle Present ei]mi< + Present participle Imperfect ei]mi< + Present participle Future ei]mi< + Perfect participle Present ei]mi< + Perfect participle Imperfect ei]mi<< + Perfect participle Future ei]mi<< Present ei]mi< = ei]mi<, ei#, e]sti<n, e]sme<n, e]ste<, ei]si<(n) (chap. 7) I am . . . Future ei]mi< = e@somai, e@s^, e@stai, e]so<meqa, e@sesqe, e@sontai (chap. 10) I will be . . . Imperfect ei]mi< = h@mhn, h#j, h#n, h#men, h#te, h#san (chap. 12) I was . . . Genitive Absolutes A genitive absolute links a participle and a noun or pronoun in the genitive case and is only loosely connected to the rest of the sentence. The subject of the sentence is not the subject of this participial construction. The construction Participle (gen.) + noun/pronoun (gen.) is called “absolute” from the Latin “absolutus,” which means “separated” (Mounce, Basics, 275). The genitive noun is often taken as the subject of the participle. Chapter 21: Perfect Participles 129 This construction is used when there is a pronounced shift in characters in the narrative (“he/she” to a different “they” etc.)(Stevens, 300). Participle (gen.) + noun/pronoun (gen.) Genitive Absolute Translation Examples Tou? de> ]Ihsou? genome<nou e]n Bhqani<% e]n oi]ki<% Si<mwnoj tou? leprou?, prosh?lqen au]t&? gunh< But when/after Jesus was in Bethany in the house of Simon the leper, a woman came . . . (Mat. 26:6–7). o[ ga>r ]Ihsou?j e]ce<neusen o@xlou o@ntoj e]n t&? to<p&. For Jesus had withdrawn, a crowd being in the place (Jn. 5:13). Vocabulary a]noi<gw bapti<zw eu]agge<lion, -ou, to< marture<w pe<mpw ponhro<j, -a<, -o<n pro<swpon, -ou, to< shmei?on, -ou, to< sto<ma, -atoj, to< u[pa<gw I open (77) I baptize (77) gospel (76) I witness (76) I send (79) evil, bad (78) face (76) sign, miracle (77) mouth (78) I go away (79) Chapter 22: Infinitives 130 22 Infinitives You will be able to— 1. understand how infinitives work in English and Greek as verbal nouns; 2. recognize and write the infinitive forms in the present, first and second aorist, and perfect for the active, middle, and passive voices; 3. learn the many ways infinitives can be translated; 4. gain more practice in translating and working with Greek; and 5. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words. Introduction Infinitives are indeclinable verbal nouns usually indicated in English by “to” + verb (e.g., He went inside to call a friend). A finite verb is one that is limited by a subject. In English, a nonfinite verb, or infinitive, is not limited by a particular subject. In Greek an infinitive may take a subject, an object or be modified by some qualifier. For example, “He came to put the ball in the box” uses “the ball” as the object of the infinitive and “in the box,” which describes location, to modify the infinitive “to put.” Functions As a noun, an infinitive may function as the subject of a sentence (e.g., To swim in the summer is fun) or the object of a finite verb (e.g., He told him to come.) However, infinitives are not declined with case, gender or number like nouns. They are indeclinable. Thus Summers notes that in Mark 9:26, w!ste tou>j pollou>j le<gein o!ti a]pe<qanen is translated “so that many said that he was dead.” Note that “many” is an accusative plural, and yet it functions as the subject of the infinitive “to say” (Essentials, 157). As a verb, the infinitive may take an object (e.g., I came not to destroy the law). It may substitute for the imperatival verb sometimes. In Greek an infinitive may go with a noun in the accusative that functions as its subject. It comes as either a present or aorist and takes voice but not person. As David Black has said, it should be noted that the infinitives may “be rendered as participles or as indicative verbs” on occasion, although most often the English infinitive (to + verb) will work (It’s Still Greek to Me, 115). A Greek infinitive may also function adverbially by telling when (before, after, while) a verbal action took place, cause (because), purpose (in order that) or result (so that, with the result that). Chapter 22: Infinitives 131 Greek Infinitive Introduction The Greek infinitive is found in the present, aorist, and perfect tenses. The infinitive’s “tense” is determined by the stem from which it is built and from the context. In the infinitive, the ending indicates aspect and have little to do with actual tense (time). mh< is used, instead of ou], to negate an infinitive as we have seen for the participles. ou] is largely for the indicative and mh< for everything else. Tense Means Aspect of Action A movement must be made away from seeing infinitives as related to time. The tense of the infinitive indicates aspect, or type, of action, rather than time. The present represents action in progress. The aorist indicates complete action that simply says something happened without indicating when. The perfect is used for state of being. While learning infinitives, when the aspectual function of the infinitive is highlighted, translate present tense infinitives “to continue to x,” Aorist tense “to x,” and perfects “to have x+ed.” Present = to continue to call (this is clumsy, so we will just use “to call”) Aorist = to call Perfect = to have called Infinitive Forms Active Middle Present Infinitive lu<ein lu<esqai to loose to loose oneself lu<esqai to be loosed First Aorist Infinitive lu?sai to loose lu<sasqai to loose oneself luqh?nai to be loosed Perfect Infinitive leluke<nai to have loosed lelu<sqai to have loosed oneself lelu<sqai to have been loosed Second Aorist Infinitive, lei<pw (to leave) lipei?n lipe<sqai to leave to leave oneself Present Infinitive of ei]mi< ei#nai (to be) Passive leifqh?nai to be left Chapter 22: Infinitives 132 Translation Examples a]ll ] o[ pe<myaj me bapti<zein e]n u!dati e]kei?no<j moi ei#pen But the one who sent me to baptize in [with] water, that one said to me (Jn. 1:33) ou] du<natai i]dei?n th>n basilei<an tou? qeou?. He is not able to see the kingdom of God (Jn. 3:3). dia> tou?to ou#n ma?llon e]zh<toun au]to>n oi[ ]Ioudai?oi a]poktei?nai. Therefore because of this the Jews were seeking all the more to kill him (Jn. 5:18). Articular Infinitive A Greek infinitive may also function adverbially by telling when (before, after, while) a verbal action took place, cause (because), purpose (in order that) or result (so that, with the result that). Greek expresses the adverbial function by using a preposition + an article + infinitive. This type of infinitive is called an “articular infinitive” because it takes a neuter article. The case of the article will match the infinitive’s function in the sentence. The articular infinitive may also be used as a noun or adjective complement. Wallace observes that only 291 of the 2291 uses of the infinitive have the article (Wallace, 264). Hence most infinitives are anarthrous. Thus, in ei#xon pro> tou? to>n ko<smon ei#nai para> soi<, the infinitive ei#nai with the preposition specifies the time of the verb more closely (before). It is translated, “[The glory] I had with you before the world was” (Jn. 17:5; Wenham, Elements, 86). Infinitives are frequently used with prepositions and the neuter article. In such cases, the prepositions take on rather clearly defined roles: dia< ei]j e]n meta< pri<n pro< pro<j + article + article + article + article + article + article + article + infinitive + infinitive + infinitive + infinitive + infinitive + infinitive + infinitive = because [causal usage] = in order that/to [purpose or result] = when, while [temporal, contemporaneous] = after [temporal, antecedent action] = before [temporal, subsequent action] = before [temporal, subsequent action] = in order that [purpose or result] While often the preposition with the infinitive indicates time, it also is used to indicate purpose (especially with ei]j and pro<j). Purpose may also be expressed by an articular infinitive with the article in the genitive or even an infinitive just by itself. With w!ste, it often refers to a result (Mounce, Basics, 298). Chapter 22: Infinitives 133 Complementary Infinitives As in English, infinitives can be used to complete the idea of the verb (e.g., Zach began to run.) In Greek, several verbs are often followed by a complementary infinitive (Mounce, Basics, 296): dei? e@cesti(n) du<namai me<llw + infinitive + infinitive + infinitive + infinitive = It is necessary + to run (inf.) = It is permitted + to stand (inf.) = I am able + to come (inf.) = I am about + to write (inf.) Infinitives for Indirect Discourse Machen notes that the infinitive + an accusative is used to express indirect discourse (New Testament Greek, 139). o!ti is also used to introduce indirect discourse (e.g. I told you to go to the store). e@legon oi[ a@nqrwpoi au]to>n ei]nai to>n profh<thn. The men were saying that he was the prophet. h]rw<twn au]to>n mei?nai par ] au]toi?j. asking him to remain with them (Jn. 4:40 vid. Wallace, Beyond, 604). Chant: Infinitives (to loose)—get the rhythm down ei?n ei?n ai nai esqai esqai asqai sqai h?nai h?nai Vocabulary ai]te<w ai]w<nioj, -on a]poktei<nw kefalh<, -h?j, h[ pi<nw ploi?on, -ou, to< pu?r, -o<j, to< thre<w u!dwr, -atoj, to< xai<rw I ask (70) eternal (71) I kill (74) head (75) I drink (73) boat (68) fire (71) I keep, guard (70) water (76) I rejoice (74) (Present) (2nd Aorist) (1st Aorist) (Perfect) Chapter 23: Subjunctive Verbs 134 23 Subjunctive Verbs You will be able to— 1. understand how subjunctives work in English and Greek to denote potential action that “may” take place; 2. recognize and understand the four types of conditions; 3. recognize and write the subjunctive forms in the present and aorist for the active, middle, and passive voices; 4. learn the many ways the subjunctive can be used; 5. gain more practice in translating and working with Greek; and 6. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words. Introduction Thus far we have studied verbs in the indicative mood. Mood, as Porter has said, “is an indication of the attitude of the speaker toward reality” (Idioms, 231). The indicative mood is the mood a speaker/writer will use to portray reality as they perceive it and indicative verbs express real action. One must be careful to realize the indicative does not equal reality as liars may use the indicative to misrepresent reality. There are three Greek moods of potential: 1. Subjunctive is the realm of the possible. “May” or “might” is often used in translation (e.g., Zach may wash the car). 2. Imperative indicates expected action calling for volition and often with expectation. The imperative often expresses a command (e.g., Zach, wash the car! or prohibition: Zach, don’t wash the car today). 3. Optative indicates a hoped-for circumstance that is often a remote possibility. In Greek it is often used in prayer (e.g., Oh, that Zach would wash the car). Aspect may be a useful way of thinking of the subjunctive. The present is used by the writer to portray an unfolding of process, immediacy foregrounding the verb. The aorist is used as a background form viewing the action as wholistic and complete. Introduction to the Subjunctive The subjunctive mood is the mood of potential or possibility. “May” and “might” are the two key words often used in translating subjunctives. Subjunctives are easily recognized by the trigger words that usually precede them. Their form is easily learned Chapter 23: Subjunctive Verbs 135 since the endings are the same as the present active indicative except that the connecting vowel is lengthened from omicron to omega and from epsilon to eta. Form The subjunctive present (action in progress or unfolding) is built from the present verb stem as follows: lu + w + men = lu<wmen We may continue loosing The subjunctive aorist (whole or complete action) is built from the aorist verb stem with a sigma and the same endings as the present. There is no initial augment. Augments occur only in the indicative. Be able to chant through the present and first aorist paradigms. They should sound very familiar. lu + s + w + men = lu<swmen We may loose Present Subjunctive of lu<w Active Singular I may loose 1. lu<w You may loose 2. lu<^j He/she may 3. lu<^ loose Middle/ Singular Passive 1. lu<wmai I may be loosed You may be 2. lu<^ loosed 3. lu<htai He/she may be loosed Plural lu<wmen lu<hte lu<wsi(n) We may loose You may loose They may loose Plural luw<meqa lu<hsqe lu<wntai We may be loosed You may be loosed They may be loosed Chapter 23: Subjunctive Verbs First Aorist Subjunctive of lu<w Active Singular I may loose 1. lu<sw You may loose 2. lu<s^j He/she may 3. lu<s^ loose Middle Singular 1. lu<swmai I may loose myself You may loose 2. lu<s^ yourself He/she may 3. lu<shtai loose himself/herself Passive Singular 1. luqw? 2. luq^?j 3. luq^? I may be loosed You may be loosed He/she may be loosed Plural lu<swmen lu<shte lu<swsi(n) Plural lusw<meqa lu<shsqe lu<swntai Plural luqw?men luqh?te luqw?si(n) 136 We may loose You may loose They may loose We may loose ourselves You may loose yourselves They may loose themselves We may be loosed You may be loosed They may be loosed Second Aorist Active Forms of lei<pw (to leave, fall short) (no sigma) Singular Plural li<pwmen 1. li<pw li<phte 2. li<p^j li<pwsi(n) 3. li<p^ Subjunctive of ei]mi< Singular I may be 1. w# You may be 2. ^#j He/she may be 3. ^# Plural w#men h#te w#si(n) We may be You may be They may be Subjunctive Triggers The subjunctive aorist looks like the future indicative, so care must be taken to distinguish the two. One way is to use subjunctive triggers, words that usually tip you off that a subjunctive will follow. These are found in dependent clauses (He went so that he might try the bike). Chapter 23: Subjunctive Verbs i!na e]a<n o!j a@n e!wj 137 in order that (used most often) if whoever until Subjunctive Translation Examples kai> o!ti ou] xrei<an ei#xen i!na tij marturh<s^ peri> tou? a]nqrw<pou And because he did not need that anyone might witness concerning man (Jn. 2:25) i!na pa?j o[ pisteu<wn e]n au]t&? e@x^ zwh>n ai]w<nion That anyone believing in him might have eternal life (Jn. 3:15) a]lla> tau?ta le<gw i!na u[mei?j swqh?te. But I say these things that you might be saved (Jn. 5:34). Four Types of Conditionals Conditions have two parts: the protasis (if) and the apodosis (then). The simple form is: If A then B. The protasis presents the condition, and the apodosis tells the consequence. There are about 600 conditional statements in the New Testament. Here are the basic structures but one must be careful to allow the pragmatic use in context to determine how a particular condition is being used and to what desired effect on the readers. There are four types of conditions in Greek: 1. reality, assumed reality (for the sake of argument) 2. contrary to fact (presumed false) 3. possible (anticipation/expectation), and 4. possible but more contingent (less likely future). One should be aware that levels of probability can better be derived from the contextual indicators than the particular conditional form structure. First Class Condition: Assumed Reality Form: ei] + indicative verb (protasis) + any apodosis. Function: Assumes the reality of the condition (protasis). Assumption may not actually be the case in reality, however—may just be assumed for the sake of argument. E.g., ei] de> pneu<mati a@gesqe, ou]k e]ste> u[po> no<mon. But if (since) you are led by the Spirit, you are not under the law [= and indeed you are so led] (Gal. 5:18). Wallace observes only 37% of the 300 first class conditions fit with a “since” translation of the first class conditional. He highlights 36 times where it cannot possibly be “since.” For example, Mat. 12:27: “if I cast out demons by Chapter 23: Subjunctive Verbs 138 Beelzebub ...”. Clearly he is assuming it to make a point and not affirming its reality (cf. 1 Cor. 15:13; Wallace, 310). Second Class Condition: Assumed Impossibility (contrary to fact) Form: ei] + aorist/impf. indicative verb (protasis) + a@n + aorist/impf. indicative verb (apodosis) Function: Assumes the condition is contrary to fact. E.g., ei] h#j w#de ou]k a@n mou a]peqanen o[ a]delfo<j. If you had been here, my brother would not have died [= but obviously you were not here—thus denying the protasis] (Jn. 11:32). Third Class Condition: Possibility (anticipation/expectation) Form: e]a<n + subjunctive (protasis) + any apodosis Function: Possibility future condition. E.g., e]a<n tou<ton a]polu<s%j, ou]k ei# fi<loj tou? Kai<saroj. If you release this one, you are not a friend of Caesar [= you have not yet, but if you do, then . . .] (Jn. 19:12). Found about 300 times in the New Testament. Sometimes it will semantically share the meaning of the first class conditions with the level of probability derived from the context. Fourth class condition: Possibility (rare)—less likely future or more contingent Form: ei] + optative mood (protasis) + optative (apodosis) E.g., a]ll ] ei] kai> pa<sxoite But if you should suffer (1 Pet. 3:14) (cf. Summers, Essentials, 121; Dana and Mantey, Manual Grammar, 289). Again the context will dictate the level of possibility. Various Subjunctive Functions We have already discussed the role of the subjunctive in third class conditional statements. The subjunctive has four other major functions: 1. Hortatory subjunctive urges the speaker and listeners to a certain behavior or mind-set. This use requires the first person. Die<lqwmen, kai> i@dwmen. Let us go, and let us see (cf. Lk. 2:15). 2. Subordinate purpose or result clause is often introduced by i!na + subjunctive. i!na marturh<s^ peri> tou? fwto<j in order that he might witness concerning the light (Jn. 1:7) Chapter 23: Subjunctive Verbs 139 3. Prohibitive subjunctive uses the aorist with a negative and prohibits an action. mh> ei]sene<gk^j h[ma?j ei]j peirasmo<n. Lead us not into temptation (Mat. 6:13). 4. Deliberative subjunctive often is a rhetorical device not calling for an answer. ti< ei@pw u[mi?n; What shall I say to you? (1 Cor. 11:22). Negative Questions There are two major ways to say “no” in Greek, using ou] and mh<. ou] is used with finite verbs in the indicative. mh< is used with the moods of potential (subjunctive, imperative, optative) and nonfinite verbal forms (participles, infinitives). Sometimes with subjunctives, a double negative ou] mh> is used for emphasis (Jn. 6:37). ou] and mh< are used in questions to elicit two quite different responses. When a question begins with ou], the expected answer is “yes.” You will study tonight, won’t you? (implied “yes” answer) When a question begins with mh<, the expected answer is “no.” You aren’t going to study, are you? (implied negative answer) One way to remember this is, “May” (mh<) means “nay.” Translation Examples ou]k ei]mi> a]po<stoloj; ou]xi> ]Ihsou?n to>n ku<rion h[mw?n e[w<raka; Am I not an apostle? [of course I am] Have I not seen Jesus our Lord? [of course I have] (1 Cor. 9:1) ti< ga<r; ei] h]pi<sthsa<n tinej, mh> h[ a]pisti<a au]tw?n th>n pi<stin tou? qeou? katargh<sei; What then? If some did not believe, will their faithlessness nullify the faithfulness of God? [no way] (Rom. 3:3) Optatives There are only sixty-seven optatives in the New Testament. We will not learn a paradigm but you should be aware that they exist, express a “wish,” and that their form is characterized by the connective oi, ai, or ei. Here are a few examples (Oh that . . .) (Hewitt, New Testament Greek, 193–94): ge<noito dunai<mhn ei@h aorist dep. 3sg present dep. 1sg present active 3sg gi<nomai du<namai ei]mi< Oh that it might be Oh that I might be able Oh that he might be Chapter 23: Subjunctive Verbs e@xoien qe<loi poih<saien present active 3pl present active 3sg aorist active 3pl e@xw qe<lw poie<w Oh that they might have Oh that he might wish Oh that they might make Optative Translation Example Ti< ou#n e]rou?men; o[ no<moj a[marti<a; mh> ge<noito. What shall we say then? Is the law sin? May it never be! (Rom. 7:7) Chant: #24: Subjunctive (I may loose) lu<w, -lu<^j, lu<^, lu<wmen, lu<hte, lu<wsi(n) Present Active Subj. lu<wmai, -^, htai, -wmeqa, -hsqe, -wntai Present Mid./Pass. Subj. Aorist Active & Middle use the same endings as the present Aorist Passive uses the Present Active endings Vocabulary a@gw a]polu<w ei@te e]ntolh<, -h?j, h[ karpo<j, -ou?, o[ pisto<j, -h<, -o<n presbu<teroj, -a, -on r[h?ma, -atoj, to< sa<bbaton, -ou, to< fe<rw I lead, bring (67) I set free (66) if, whether (65) commandment (68) fruit (66) faithful (67) elder (66) word (68) Sabbath (68) I bear, carry (66) 140 Chapter 24: Imperative Verbs 141 24 Imperative Verbs You will be able to— 1. understand how imperatives work in English and Greek as commands, prohibitions, or entreaties; 2. recognize and write the imperative forms in the present and aorist tenses for the active, middle, and passive voices; 3. gain more practice in translating and working with Greek; and 4. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words. Introduction The imperative mood is used to express a command, entreaty, or prohibition. In English the imperative is used only with the second person (e.g., [You] get in the car!). The Greek imperative occurs in the present and aorist tenses. Both second and third person (“Let him/her/it do something”) forms may be used. Tense/Aspect The imperative mood is built from both the present and the aorist stems. The present denotes action as a process in progress (“continue loosing”) and does not necessarily refer to the present time. The aorist form portrays action as a complete whole ([you] loose)(Mathewson, 34). The two tense forms (present/aorist) will often be translated the same way in English but one should be aware of the untranslatable differences between the two. Form The form of the second person singular must be learned for each tense. The second person plural form is the same as the present active indicative. You will have to use context to distinguish the two. The third person singular replaces the final e of the second person plural with an w. The third person plural replaces the second person plural e with wsan. A handy way to learn the imperative endings is by learning them in a rhythmic manner: (do as a rap softshoe) (E-toe-ti-toe-san, ou -stho, sthe, sthosan [with a lisp], etc.). Chapter 24: Imperative Verbs 142 Chant: Imperative Endings tap-dance 2 sg 3 sg 2 pl 3 pl e tw te twsan Present Active ou sqw sqe sqwsan Present Mid/Pass n tw te twsan First Aorist Active ai sqw sqe sqwsan First Aorist Middle ti tw te twsan First Aorist Passive Present/Process Action in Progress Imperative of lu<w Active Singular Plural lu<ete You loose! You loose! 2. lu?e lue<twsan Let him loose! Let them loose! 3. lue<tw Middle/Passive Singular Plural lu< esqe You be loosed! 2. lu<ou 3. lue<sqw Let him be loosed! lue<sqwsan You be loosed! Let them be loosed! Pedantically one may translate it “you continue loosing,” or “let her continue loosing.” Note: The third person singular form replaces the final e of the second person plural form with an w, while the third person plural form replaces it with wsan. First Aorist/Wholistic Complete Action Imperative of lu<w -- you loose, let her loose Active Passive Singular Plural Singular Plural lu<sate lu<qhti lu<qhte 2. lu?son lusa<twsan luqh<tw luqh<twsan 3. lusa<tw Middle Singular 2. lu?sai (= Inf.) 3. lusa<sqw Plural lu<sasqe lusa<sqwsan Chapter 24: Imperative Verbs 143 Second Aorist/Wholistic Complete Action Imperative of lei<pw (I leave) Active Passive Singular Plural Singular Plural li<pete lei<fqhti lei<fqhte 2. li<pe lipe<twsan leifqh<tw leifqh<twsan 3. lipe<tw Middle Singular 2. lipou? 3. lipe<sqw Plural li<pesqe lipe<sqwsan Imperative of ei]mi< Singular Plural e@ste 2. i@sqi e@stwsan 3. e@stw Translated: you be, she must be... Various Functions Imperatives are used in several ways: 1. As a command: a]gapa?te tou>j e]xqrou>j u[mw?n. Love your enemies! (Mat. 5:44). 2. As a prohibition: Mh> fobou?, to> mikro>n poi<mnion. Fear not, little flock! (Lk. 12:32). Mounce (Basics, 307f.) observes that a prohibition may also be made in several other ways: (1) ou] + indicative (you shall not . . .) (2) mh> + aorist subjunctive (3) ou] mh> + aorist subjunctive (strong negation) 3. As an entreaty, especially when speaking to a superior (Dana and Mantey, Manual Grammar, 175f.; Summers, Essentials, 127): Pa<ter a!gie, th<rhson au]tou>j e]n t&? o]no<mati< sou. Holy Father, keep them in your name (Jn. 17:11). Translation Examples le<gei au]toi?j, @Erxesqe kai> o@yesqe. h#lqan ou#n kai> ei#dan. He said to them, “Come, and you will see.” They came therefore and saw (Jn. 1:39). Chapter 24: Imperative Verbs le<gei au]t&? o[ ]Ihsou?j, Poreu<ou, o[ ui[o<j sou z^?. e]pi<steusen o[ a@nqrwpoj. Jesus said to him, “Go, your son lives.” The man believed (Jn. 4:50). le<gei au]t&? o[ ]Ihsou?j, @Egeire a#ron to>n kra<batto<n sou kai> peripa<tei. Jesus said to him, “Arise, take your bed and walk” (Jn. 5:8). Vocabulary a]gaphto<j, -h<, -o<n grammateu<j, -e<wj, o[ daimo<nion, -ou, to< doke<w doca<zw e@cw e]rwta<w qe<lhma, -atoj, to< qro<noj, -ou, o[ o@roj, -ouj, to< beloved (61) scribe (63) demon (63) I think (62) I glorify, honor (61) outside (63) I ask (63) will (62) throne (62) mountain (63) 144 Chapter 25: The -mi Verbs 145 25 The -mi Verbs You will be able to— 1. 2. 3. 4. read and write the basic paradigms of the -mi verbs, understand how -mi verbs relate to the verb forms we have learned thus far, gain more practice in translating and working with Greek, and master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words. Introduction So far we have worked with the -w conjugation, which is also called “thematic” because its verbs use a connecting vowel (usually o or e) between the stem and the ending. Another type of verb that is older, but by New Testament times played a less important role in Koine Greek, is the “mi (-mi)” or “athematic” verbs. There are four types of -mi verbs: 1. Omicron class (di<dwmi, I give) di<dwmi is omicron class because the root is do-. 2. Alpha class (i!sthmi, I set, stand) i!sthmi is alpha class because the root is sta-. 3. Epsilon class (ti<qhmi, I put) ti<qhmi is epsilon class because the root is qe-. 4. Upsilon (dei<knumi, I show, explain) dei<knumi is upsilon class because the root is deiknu-. With a few simple rules and knowledge of the endings, these verbs prove fairly regular. The point is not to master them but to be able to recognize their forms. Formation Rules 1. In the present and imperfect, the initial consonant is reduplicated and connected with an iota (cf. perfect) (Mounce, Basics, 313f.). do (the root of di<dwmi) becomes dido. 2. -mi verbs do not take a connecting vowel before the pronominal endings. Rather, the root’s final vowel may be retained, lengthened, or omitted. dido becomes didw. Chapter 25: The -mi Verbs 3. The present form takes the following pronominal endings (Learn these well): 1. 2. 3. Singular -mi -j -si Plural -men -te -asi 4. Most of the -mi verbs use the tense suffix ka rather than the normal sa (e.g., e@dwka). Don’t confuse this with the perfects. Note that the present is different, but the rest have rather normal endings that you already know. di<dwmi Paradigms (I give [root do]) Active Indicatives Present Imperfect 1. di<dwmi 2. di<dwj 3. di<dwsi(n) e]di<doun e]di<douj e]di<dou 1. di<domen 2. di<dote 3. dido<asi(n) e]di<domen e]di<dote e]di<dosan Future Singular dw<sw dw<seij dw<sei Plural dw<somen dw<sete dw<sousi(n) Aorist Perfect e@dwka e@dwkaj e@dwke(n) de<dwka de<dwkaj de<dwke(n) e]dw<kamen e]dw<kate e@dwkan dedw<kamen dedw<kate de<dwkan Other Moods Present Aorist Present Subjunctive Subjunctive Imperative Singular dw? — 1. didw? d&?j di<dou 2. did&?j d&? dido<tw 3. did&? Plural dw?men — 1 didw?men dw?te di<dote 2. didw?te dw? s i(n) dido< twsan 3. didw?si(n) Infinitives Present dido<nai Active di<dosqai Middle Passive di<dosqai Aorist dou?nai do<sqai doqh?nai Aorist Imperative — do<j do<tw — do<te do<twsan 146 Chapter 25: The -mi Verbs 1. 2. 3. 147 Present Middle/Passive Indicative (note how regular) Singular Plural di<domai dido<meqa di<dosai di<dosqe di<dotai di<dontai Filling Out the Paradigm Imperfect Mid./Pass.: e]dido<mhn, e]di<doso, e]di<doto, e]dido<meqa, e]di<dosqe, e]di<donto Future Middles: dw<somai, dw<s^, dw<setai, dw<someqa, dw<sesqe, dw<sontai Future Passives: doqh<somai, doqh<s^, doqh<setai, doqhso<meqa, doqh<sesqe, doqh<sontai Aorist Middles: e]do<mhn, e@dou, e@doto, e]do<meqa, e@dosqe, e@donto Aorist Passives: e]do<qhn, e]do<qhj, e]do<qh, e]do<qhmen, e]do<qhte, e]do<qhsan Perfect Mid/Pass: de<domai, de<dosai, de<dotai, dedo<meqa, de<dosqe, de<dontai Three other -mi verb types are based on the final vowel of their root: Alpha class: (i!sthmi, I set, stand), Epsilon class: (ti<qhmi, I put), and Upsilon class: (dei<knumi, I show, explain). We will now look more carefully at these. In this section we will focus on the present tense only. The other tenses are fairly regular if the expected changes to the final vowels are kept in mind. One should note that in the present and imperfect, the final vowel is lengthened in the singular and shortened in the plural. Present Paradigms Singular ti<qhmi 1. i!sthmi ti<qhj 2. i!sthj ti<qhsi(n) 3. i!sthsi(n) Plural ti<qemen 1. i!stamen ti<qete 2. i!state tiqe<asi(n) 3. i[sta?si(n) dei<knumi dei<knuj/deiknu<eij dei<knusi(n) dei<knumen dei<knute deiknu<asi(n) Although the normal mi-verb paradigm for stems ending in u (e.g., a]po<llumi, dei<knumi) would require dei<knuj as the second person singular form, it appears as deiknu<eij in its sole occurrence in the New Testament. Chapter 25: The -mi Verbs Exploring ti<qhmi Imperfect Active: e]ti<qhn, e]ti<qeij, e]ti<qei, e]ti<qemen, e]ti<qete, e]ti<qesan Aorist Indicative: e@qhka, e@qhkaj, e@qhke(n), e]qh<kamen, e]qh<kate, e@qhkan Present Subjunctive: tiqw?, tiq^?j, tiq^?, tiqw?men, tiqh?te, tiqw?si(n) Aorist Subjunctive: qw?, q^?j, q^<, qw?men, qh?te, qw?si(n) Present Active Imperative: ti<qei, tiqe<tw, ti<qete, tiqe<twsan Aorist Active Imperative: qe<j, qe<tw, qe<te, qe<twsan Principal Parts PresAI FAI di<dwmi dw<sw ti<qhmi qh<sw i!sthmi sth<sw dei<knumi dei<cw AAI e@dwka e@qhka e@sthsa e@deica PerfAI de<dwka te<qeika e!sthka (de<deixa) PerfMI de<domai te<qeimai e!stamai de<deigmai API e]do<qhn e]te<qhn e]sta<qhn e]dei<xqhn -mi Participles Participles are formed in a fairly regular manner with the initial reduplication in the present but not in the aorist (all masculine singular examples here): Present Participles Active Masc. didou<j Nom. dido<ntoj Gen. Mid/Pass dido<menoj Nom. didome<nou Gen. Fem. didou?sa didou<shj Neut. dido<n dido<ntoj didome<nh didome<nhj dido<menon didome<nou Aorist Participles (just pop the di off the present ptc.) Active Masc. Fem. Neut. dou< j dou? s a do<n Nom. do<ntoj dou<shj do<ntoj Gen. Middle do<menoj dome<nh do<menon Nom. dome< n ou dome< n hj dome<nou Gen. Passive doqei<j doqei?sa doqe<n Nom. doqe<ntoj doqei<shj doqe<ntoj Gen. 148 Chapter 25: The -mi Verbs Perfect Participles (shift the di to de + perf. kot/kui ) Active Masc. Fem. Neut. dedwkw<j dedwkui?a dedwko<j Nom. dedwko<toj dedwkui<aj dedwko<toj Gen. Mid/Pass no perf. k dedo<menoj dedome<nh dedo<menon Nom. didome<nou dedome<nhj dedome<nou Gen. Translation Examples o[ path>r a]gap%? to>n ui[o>n kai> pa<nta de<dwken e]n t^? xeiri> au]tou?. The Father loves the Son and has given all things into his hand (Jn. 3:35). ou!twj kai> t&? ui[&? e@dwken zwh>n e@xein e]n e[aut&?. So he gave to the son also to have life in himself (Jn. 5:26). a]pokri<netai ]Ihsou?j, Th>n yuxh<n sou u[pe>r e]mou? qh<seij; Jesus answered, “Will you lay down your life for me?” (Jn. 13:38). Chant: -mi verb Spanish endings (Present) di<dwmi: -mi, -j, -si(n), -men, -te, asi(n) Vocabulary a]ni<sthmi a]po<llumi a]fi<hmi di<dwmi h@dh i!sthmi khru<ssw paradi<dwmi ti<qhmi fhmi< I raise, erect (108) I destroy (90) I let go, dismiss (143) I give, put (415) now, already (61) I set, stand (154) I proclaim (61) I entrust, hand over (119) I put, place (100) I say (66) 149 Chapter 26: Numbers and Interrogatives 150 26 Numbers and Interrogatives You will be able to— 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. recognize and translate interrogative statements, recognize and translate indefinite pronouns, recognize and translate basic Greek numbers, gain more practice in translating and working with Greek, and master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words. Introduction Thus far we have looked at the following types of pronouns: personal (e.g., e]gw<), relative (e.g., o!j), demonstrative (e.g., ou$toj), reflexive (myself [e]mautou?], yourself [seautou?], him/her/itself [e[autou?]) and reciprocal (e.g., a]llh<lwn). In this section we will examine indefinite pronouns (someone/something) and interrogative pronouns (who? which? what?). Possessive Adjectives Possessive adjectives are used in place of the genitive case of the personal pronouns at times. e]mo<j -- my so<j -- your h[meteroj -- our u[meteroj -- your (pl.) Example: a[gi<ason au]tou>j e]n t^? a]lhqei<% o[ lo<goj o[ so>j a]lhqeia< e]stin (Jn. 17:17) sanctify them in the truth, your word is truth Indefinite Pronouns (tij/ti, someone, anything) This form is an enclitic and is often combined with o!j (o!stij). Chapter 26: Numbers and Interrogatives Nom. Gen. Dat. Acc. Singular Masc. Neut. and Fem. tij ti tino<j tino<j tini< tini< tina< ti 151 Plural Masc. Neut. and Fem. tine<j tina< tinw?n tinw?n tisi<(n) tisi<(n) tina<j tina< Note that the word is an enclitic, with no accent of its own. These forms receive an accent when given special emphasis or when beginning a clause. The two-syllable forms also receive an accent when following a word with no accent on the ultima. Example: Kai> a]poste<llousin pro>j au]to<n tinaj tw?n Farisai<wn. And they sent to him some of the Pharisees (Mk. 12:13). We have looked at interrogative clauses, which use ou] when expecting an affirmative answer and mh< when calling for a negative one. Other questions may also be introduced by the following interrogative adverbs: po<te pou? pw?j ti<j, ti< when? where? how? who? which? what? Other interrogatives are dia> ti< ti< why? why? Interrogative Pronoun (ti<j/ti< who? which? what?) Singular Plural Masc. Neut. Masc. Neut. and Fem. and Fem. ti< ti<nej ti<na Nom. ti<j ti<noj ti<noj ti<nwn ti<nwn Gen. ti<ni ti<ni ti<si(n) ti<si(n) Dat. ti<na ti< ti<naj ti<na Acc. Note that these forms are not enclitic; instead, they have their own accent. Note also that the two-syllable forms are accented on the first syllable and that the acute accent on ti<j and ti< never changes to a grave accent. The accent is the only difference in form from the indefinite pronoun tij/ti, which is enclitic. Chapter 26: Numbers and Interrogatives Example: mh> ou#n merimnh<shte (worry) le<gontej: Ti< fa<gwmen; h@: Ti< pi<wmen; h@: Ti< peribalw<meqa (wear)(Mat. 6:31). Therefore do not worry saying, “What shall we eat?” or “What shall we drink?” or “What shall we wear?” Greek Numbers There are two types of numbers: 1. Cardinal numbers (1, 2, 3 and counting) 2. Ordinal numbers (first, second, and third, telling order in a list) In Greek ordinal numbers are expressed as shown: prw?toj, -h, -on deu<teroj, -a, -on tri<toj, -h, -on te<tartoj, -h, -on first second third fourth Cardinal Numbers Cardinal Numbers function like adjectives: ei$j, mi<a, e!n du<o trei?j, trei?j, tri<a te<ssarej, -wn pe<nte e[kato<n xi<lioi, -ai, -a 1 2 3 4 5 100 1,000 e!c e[pta< o]ktw< e]nne<a de<ka 6 7 8 9 10 ei@kosi tria<konta 20 30 tessera<konta penth<konta 40 50 Teens e!ndeka 11 dw<deka 12 triskai<deka 13 dekate<ssarej 14 dekape<nte ... 15 Tens ei@kosi 20 tria<konta tessara<konta penth<konta 30 40 50 e[ch<konta... 60 152 Chapter 26: Numbers and Interrogatives Number One The number one is often compounded (ou]dei<j, mhdei<j no one, nothing) and you should be able to recognize how it is declined (Machen, New Testament Greek, 165; Summers, Essentials, 138): Nom. Gen. Dat. Acc. Masc. ei$j e[no<j e[ni< e!na Fem. mi<a mia?j mi%? mi<an Neut. e!n e[no<j e[ni< e!n Example h#san de> e]kei? li<qinai u[dri<ai e!c kata> to>n kaqarismo>n tw?n ]I*oudai<wn kei<menai, xwrou?sai (holding) a]na> metrhta>j du<o h} trei?j (Jn. 2:6) But there was lying there six stone water jars according to the purification of the Jews, holding two or three measures each Chant Numbers: 1-10, 12, 100, 1000 ei$j, du<o, trei?j, te<ssarej, pe<nte, e!c, e[pta<, o]ktw<, e]nne<a, de<ka, dw<deka, e[kato<n, xi<lioi Vocabulary e[autou?, -h?j e]mo<j, -h<, -o<n i[ma<tion, -ou, to< nu<c, nukto<j, h[ o!stij, h!tij, o!ti pou? proskune<w tij, ti ti<j, ti< w$de of him/her/itself (319) my, mine (76) garment (60) night (61) whoever (153) where? (48) I worship (60) someone, something (525) who? which? what? (555) here, hither (61) 153 Chapter 27: Comparatives, Conjunctions, Adverbs, and Clause Types 154 27 Comparatives, Conjunctions, Adverbs, and Clause Types You will be able to— 1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. recognize and translate comparatives; recognize, classify, and translate conjunctions, adverbs and particles; recognize, classify, and translate purpose, result, and other types of clauses; gain more practice in translating and working with Greek; translate John 1:1–10; and master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words. Introduction to Comparative and Superlative Adjectives In this chapter we will examine four syntactic odds and ends. Comparative adjectives (e.g., greater) usually compare two items. Superlative adjectives (e.g., greatest) are used when comparing more than two items. The issue is more the number of items being compared than the inflection on the Greek form. A comparative may be used as a regular adjective or as a superlative. Likewise a superlative may be used as a normal adjective or comparative. Both may be used as a elative which is an intensification of the regular adjectival usage [the very big baloon] (Wallace, The Basics of New Testament Syntax, 132ff). Comparative Adjectives Greek uses either the endings -iwn or -teroj, -a, -on, or the particle h@ (than) to indicate a comparative. For example: me<gaj (great) mikro<j (small) a]gaqo<j (good) mei<zwn (greater) mikro<teroj (smaller) krei<sswn (better) These are then declined like adjectives (mei<zwn, mei<zonoj, mei<zoni...). Wallace notes a regular adjective may be used as a comparative: 1) Comparative: Mat. 18:8 kalo<n soi< e]stin ei]selqei?n ei]j th>n zwh>n kullo<n it is better to enter into life crippled. Chapter 27: Comparatives, Conjunctions, Adverbs, and Clause Types 155 2) Superlative: Mt 22:38 au!th e]sti?n h[ mega<lh kai> prw<th e]ntolh< this is the greatest and first commandment A comparative may function as a: 1) Regular adjective: Mat 12:6 le<gw u[mi?n o!ti tou? i[erou? mei?zon e]stin w$de I tell you, [something] greater than the temple is here 2) Superlative: Luk 9:48 o[ mikro<teroj pa?sin u[mi?n ... e]stin me<gaj the least among you ... is greatest 3) Elative (sense of the adj. is intensified): Acts 13:31 o{j w@fqh e]pi> h[me<raj plei<ouj who appeared for very many days Superlative Adjectives The superlative is rare in the New Testament. It is formed by suffixing either -tatoj, h, -on or -istoj, -h, -on. There may be a change in the stem as seen in the following example. The most frequent is prw?toj (first) and e@sxatoj (last). The superlative form may function as a regular adjective or as a comparative or elative. Adjective mikro<j (little) me<gaj (great) ne<oj (new) Comparative e]la<sswn (less) mei<zwn (greater) new<teroj (newer) Superlative e]la<xistoj (least) meizo<teroj (greatest) new<tatoj (newest) Other superlatives are u!yistoj, -h, -on (highest) prw?toj, -h, -on (first) plei?stoj, -h, -on (most) e@sxatoj, -h, -on (last) Superlative as an elative: Mk 4:1 suna<getai pro>j au]to>n o@xloj plei?stoj a very great crowd gathered before him. (adj. sense instensified: very) Superlative as comparative: Mat 21:28 a@nqrwpoj ei#xen te<kna du<o. kai> proselqe>n t&? prw<t& ei#pen a man had two sons. He came to the first and said... (vid. Wallace, The Basics of New Testament Syntax, 132ff, for a more complete discussion) Conjunctions Conjunctions connect words, phrases, clauses, or sentences. Dana and Mantey’s classifications according to broader areas of meaning are helpful (Manual Grammar, 257). Temporal a@xri until e]pei< when e]peidh< when e!wj until Causal o!te pri<n w[j when before when, as Chapter 27: Comparatives, Conjunctions, Adverbs, and Clause Types ga<r dio<ti e]pei< for because since o!ti w[j e]peidh< 156 because since since Purpose i!na in order that o!pwj in order that w[j in order that Result w!ste so that i!na (may also sometimes mean) so that w[j so as o!ti so that de< i!na kai< Continuative and, now that and Adversative a]lla< but de< but kai< but o!ti ou#n te< that then, now and me<ntoi ou#n however however Particles Perschbacher (New Testament Greek Syntax, 171–84) identifies particles as small indeclinable words that are not prepositions, conjunctions, adverbs, or interjections. The following is a list of some of most frequently used particles: a]mh<n a@n a@ra ge< i@de i]dou< me<n nai< so be it, truly, amen (untranslated; occurs with the various moods and often with relative pronouns) therefore, then indeed (emphasizes the word it goes with) look! notice, behold look! notice, behold indeed (often with the relative pronoun), on the one hand yes, indeed Adverbs There are many ways in Greek by which the verb may be modified in an adverbial sense of time, manner or place. In English, an adverb is often designated by the addition Chapter 27: Comparatives, Conjunctions, Adverbs, and Clause Types 157 of the –ly ending (he went quickly). We can often convert adjectives into adverbs by adding the –ly ending (he was an articulate [adj.] speaker; he spoke articulately [adv.]). In Greek we are familiar with several ways the verb may be modified in time, manner and place already. One may use a participle in an adverbial manner (After leaving the store, he went home; vid. chs. 20/21 Translating Participles—adverbial sense). Secondly, the articular infinitive is also used in an adverbial manner (before Phillip called you, I saw you....; vid. ch. 22 Articular Infinitives). Thirdly, many prepositional phrases have an adverbial verb modifying function and indeed some adverbs actually became more prepositional in their function and are classed as “adverbial prepositions” (i.e. e@cw outside). Indeed, some words are classified as both improper prepositions and adverbs and some are marked by the –qen ending (o]pi<sw (prep. + genitive=after; o@pisqen adv. “from behind”). Fourthly, as in English where an adjective can be converted into an adverb by changing the ending (articulate/articulately) so in Greek using the genitive plural form an adverb may be formed by shifting the –wn ending to an –wj (e.g. kalw?n [good] becomes kalw?j [well] (Stevens, 87f.). Finally, there are explicit adverbs which help develop the meaning of the verb in time, manner, and location. Time: au@rion (tomorrow), sh<meron (today), e]xqe<j (yesterday), nu?n (now) and to<te (then), pw<pote (ever, at any time) Manner: ou!twj (thus/in this manner), taxe<wj (quickly) Location: a@nw (above), a@nwqen (from above), ka<tw (below), e]kei? (there), e]kei?qen (from there), w$de (here), e]nteu?qen (from there); vid. Porter, Idioms, 125. Clause Type Introduction We have studied nouns, verbs, prepositions, and other parts of speech. After studying single words, we must move on to larger grammatical constructions. Clauses are a group of connected words that contain a verb. Clauses can function substantively (like a noun), adjectivally, or adverbially. We have already seen clauses in the four types of conditional clauses (if x then y). The following will be an initial exploration into several types of dependent clauses. For higher level analysis one will find wonderful resources in S. Porter’s Idioms of the Greek New Testament (Sheffield, 1999), S. Levinsohn’s Discourse Features of New Testament Greek (SIL, 2000) and Katharine Barnwell’s Introduction to Semantics and Translation (SIL, 1980). 1. Substantive I do not have what I need (functions as the object) 2. Adjective He bought the ball that Coach Kessler had signed. 3. Adverb I will come when I have finished playing with Elliott. The various clause types follow. The four types of conditional clauses were covered in chapter 23, on the subjunctive verb. Chapter 27: Comparatives, Conjunctions, Adverbs, and Clause Types 158 Purpose Clauses A purpose clause gives an explanation of the object or goal that was pursued by the main verb. They are retrospective, looking back and giving an explanation for why something has occured. I stopped quickly to avoid running over Zach’s bike. Greek expresses purpose in at least three ways (Dana and Mantey, Manual Grammar, 283–84): 1. With an infinitive: Mh> nomi<shte o!ti h#lqon katalu<sai to>n no<mon. Do not think that I came to destroy the law (Mat. 5:17). 2. With i!na or o!pwj + subjunctive: h#lqen . . . i!na marturh<s^ peri> tou? fwto<j. He came that he might bear witness concerning the light (Jn. 1:7). 3. With ei]j or pro<j followed by an articular infinitive: poiou?sin pro>j to> qeaqh?nai toi?j a]nqrw<poij. They do [them] to be seen by men (Mat. 23:5). Result Clauses Result clauses describe the results that flow from the main verb. There are several ways in which result clauses are marked in Greek. The difference between purpose and result is often subtle in English. 1. The most common is w!ste or w[j + infinitive: kai> e]an > e@xw pa?san th>n pi<stin w!ste o@rh meqista<nai And if I have all faith, so as to remove mountains (1 Cor. 13:2) 2. w!ste or o!ti + indicative: w!ste to>n ui[o>n to>n monogenh? e@dwken So that he gave his unique Son (Jn. 3:16) Cause Clauses Cause clauses are prospective, looking forward to a goal with intention. They are often introduced with “because.” These types of clauses are generally introduced by conjunctions like o!ti or e]pei<. They can be formed by participles and infintives as well (Porter, Idioms, 237). For example: Jn 14:19 o!ti e]gw> zw? kai> u[mei?j zh<sete because I live you shall also live. Temporal Clauses There are several ways to form clauses that indicate events taking place before, while, or after the time of the main verb (Dana and Mantey, Manual Grammar, 280–82): Chapter 27: Comparatives, Conjunctions, Adverbs, and Clause Types 1. With an indicative verb introduced by various prepositions and particles: when whenever while until since o!te, e]peidh<, w[j o!tan e!wj, a@xri, ou$ e!wj, a@xri w[j, ou$ o!te e]te<lesen o[ ]Ihsou?j tou>j lo<gouj tou<touj, meth?ren. When Jesus had finished these words, he departed (Mat. 19:1). 2. With the subjunctive and various prepositions or particles: whenever until o!tan, e]pa<n e!wj, a@xri, me<xri e]kei? me<nete e!wj a}n e]ce<lqhte e]kei?qen. Remain there [in that place] until you leave there (Mk. 6:10). 3. With pri<n + infinitive indicating “before”: ei@rhka u[mi?n pri>n gene<sqai. I have told you before it comes to pass (Jn. 14:29). 4. With a participle: kai> e]celqw>n ei#den polu>n o@xlon. And when he came forth, he saw the great crowd (Mat. 14:14). Vocabulary du<o dw<deka ei$j, mi<a, e!n e[kato<n e[pta< mhdei<j, mhdemi<a, mhde<n ou]dei<j, ou]demi<a, ou]de<n pe<nte trei?j, tri<a xilia<j, -a<doj, h[ two (135) twelve (75) one (344) one hundred (11) seven (88) no, no one (90) no, no one (234) five (36) three (68) thousand (23) 159 Chapter 28: Case Revisited 160 28 Case Revisited You will be able to— 1. recognize and translate the various nuances of the Greek case system (genitive, dative), 2. gain more practice in translating and working with Greek, 3. translate John 1:11–20, and 4. master ten more high-frequency vocabulary words. Introduction to Deep Case Structure In chapter 4, the Greek five-case structure was introduced (nominative, genitive, dative, accusative, and vocative). In order to translate correctly, one must be aware of the great variation in the ways these cases are utilized in Greek. This chapter will show some of the translation options for the genitive and dative cases. Context will ultimately determine which option should be employed. One of the major problems with having just one year of Greek is a “this equals that” view of translation. This section is meant to expose you to some of the wide variety and numerous possibilities that come with a deeper knowledge of Greek. This is a mere introduction to the next level of expanding your understanding of Greek. Genitive Introduction Until now, we have seen the genitive as a case used for possession, translated “of.” The genitive, however, is used much more widely than that. Its broader meaning is descriptive and often specifies more exactly, defines more precisely, or limits the scope of the word to which it is connected. Thus the genitive has an adjectival function. It also functions like an adverb when it specifies time and place. Possessive Genitive The possessive genitive may be translated “of” or as a possessive noun or pronoun (his/her). Possessive answers: whose? Descriptive answers: which? th>n koili<an th?j mhtro<j the mother’s womb (Jn. 3:4) th>n do<can au]tou? his glory (Jn. 1:14) Chapter 28: Case Revisited 161 Relational Genitive The relational genitive specifies a family relationship (son, parent, wife). h[ mh<thr au]tou? his mother (Jn. 2:5) Si<mwn ]Iwa<nnou Simon, [son] of John (Jn. 21:15) Mari<a h[ tou? Klwpa? Mary the [wife] of Clopas (Jn. 19:25) Descriptive Genitive The descriptive genitive qualifies the noun, describing it in more detail. [O zh?loj tou? oi@kou sou the zeal of your house (Jn. 2:17) [specifies the focus of the zeal] tou? naou? tou? sw<matoj au]tou? the temple of his body (Jn. 2:21) Subjective Genitive The word in the genitive functions as the subject or produces the action of the verbal idea implied in the noun it describes. h[ e]piqumi<a th?j sarko<j the lust of the flesh (1 Jn. 2:16) [the flesh lusts] h[ e]piqumi<a tw?n o]fqalmw?n the lust of the eyes (1 Jn. 2:16) [the eyes lust] Objective Genitive The genitive receives the action. It acts like an object to the action of the word it modifies. These categories are not mutually exclusive. Sometimes a genitive may be both objective and descriptive or just plain ambiguous at times. h[ de> tou? pneu<matoj blasfhmi<a the blasphemy against the Spirit (Mat. 12:31) [blaspheme the Holy Spirit] o[ qerismo>j th?j gh?j the harvest of the earth (Rev. 14:15) [harvest the earth] Time Genitive Genitives of time function like adverbs. Genitives of time express time “within which” something happens. Chapter 28: Case Revisited 162 h#lqen pro>j au]to>n nukto<j. he came to him during the night (Jn. 3:2). e!wj tw?n h[merw?n Daui<d until the days of David (Acts 7:45) Agency Genitive The agency genitive identifies the agent that has been involved in an action. e@sontai pa<ntej didaktoi> qeou?. They shall all be taught by God (Jn. 6:45) (God is the agent teaching). Deeper into the Dative In chapter 4, the dative was given as the indirect object case (He hit the ball to Elliott). It is also used to express self-interest, means, location, and point of time. Indirect Object ei#pen au]toi?j Lu<sate. He said to them, “Destroy” (Jn. 2:19). Perschbacher (New Testament Greek Syntax, 144–52), Wallace (Beyond the Basics, 137–75), and Dana and Mantey (Manual Grammar, 83–91) provide rich discussions that have been utilized here and that go beyond our present level of discussion. Daniel Wallace’s Basics of New Testament Syntax: An Intermediate Greek Grammar (Zondervan, 2000) and David Black’s It’s Still Greek to Me (Baker, 1998) are the most readable and excellent introductions to the next level. Dative of Interest The dative of interest may express advantage or disadvantage. When expressing advantage, it may be translated “to” or “for.” When expressing disadvantage, “against” may be used (Wallace, Beyond the Basics, 142f.). w!ste marturei?te e[autoi?j so that you witness against yourselves (Mat. 23:31) Mh> qhsauri<zete u[mi?n qhsaurou>j e]pi> th?j gh?j. Do not store up for yourselves treasure on earth (Mat. 6:19). Dative of Location The dative is often used with the prepositions e]n (in) and pro<j (to, toward) to reference a particular physical location. However, the dative may also be used alone to indicate location. oi[ . . . maqhtai> t&? ploiari<& h#lqon. the disciples came in a small boat (Jn. 21:8). Chapter 28: Case Revisited 163 o[ de> dou?loj ou] me<nei e]n t^? oi]ki<%. But the slave does not remain in the house (Jn. 8:35). Dative of Sphere The dative of sphere refers to an abstract realm, whereas the dative of location refers to a specific physical location. e!kastoj kaqw>j pro^<rhtai t^? kardi<% Let each one as he has purposed in [the sphere of his] heart (2 Cor. 9:7) kai> eu]qu>j e]pignou>j o[ ]Ihsou?j t&? pneu<mati au]tou? And immediately Jesus knew in [the sphere of] his spirit (Mk. 2:8). Instrumental Dative The dative often indicates the means by which something happens. It can designate the instrument (impersonal) or agent (personal) that performs the action. ei]j u[pakoh>n e]qnw?n, lo<g& kai> e@rg& to the obedience of the Gentiles by word and deed (Rom. 15:18) xa<riti< e]ste ses&sme<noi. You have been saved by grace (Eph. 2:5). Dative of Time The dative may be used to refer to a particular point in time, in contrast to the genitive, which describes time as time within which or time during which. Kai> t^? h[me<r% t^? tri<t^ ga<moj e]ge<neto. And on the third day there was a wedding (Jn. 2:1). #Hn de> sa<bbaton e]n e]kei<n^ t^? h[me<r%. And it was the Sabbath on that day (Jn. 5:9). The nominative and accusative could also be explored in this deeper way in any of the intermediate or advanced grammars (Robertson, Wallace, Moulton, Burton, Dana/Mantey, or the many Grace Theological Journal articles by James Boyer [vid. web site or digital disk], etc). One interesting study which needs to be embarked on is also the various uses of the article (cf. S. M. Baugh, A First John Reader (P. & R. Publishing 1999; 83-92; Dan Wallace is the king of the article as seen in pages 93-128 of his shorter intermediate grammar--The Basics of New Testament Syntax, or 206-290 of his massive grammar Greek Grammar Beyond the Basics). Chapter 28: Case Revisited Vocabulary a]spa<zomai de<xomai dida<skaloj, -ou, o[ e]perwta<w qewre<w li<qoj, -ou, o[ suna<gw toiou?toj, -au<th, -ou?ton u[pa<rxw xara<, -a?j, h[ I greet (59) I take, receive (56) teacher (59) I ask (56) I look at (58) stone (59) I gather (59) such (57) I am, exist (60) joy (59) 164 Commencement 165 Commencement Well, the end has finally arrived. You have learned the basics of Greek grammar. Where do you go from here? There are basically three directions you may want to explore at this point: 1. Rapid reading of the New Testament (see the 1 John and John 1-5 easy reader supplied on this disk), 2. Vocabulary development (check out the Vocabulary Builder on the disk. It will take you down to all the words used nine times or more in the NT). 3. For more in-depth syntax I suggest Daniel Wallace’s second-year grammar, The Basics of New Testament Syntax [see below], or David Black’s useful guide, It’s Still Greek to Me [see below]), Stanley Porter’s Idioms of the Greek New Testament, and Stephen Levinsohn’s Discourse Features of New Testament Greek. Indispensable Books The Greek New Testament. Ed. B. Aland, K. Aland, J. Karavidopoulos, C. M. Martini, B. M. Metzger. 4th rev. ed. Stuttgart: United Bible Societies, 1993. Usually cited as UBS4; or Novum Testamentum Graece. Ed. E. and E. Nestle, B. and K. Aland, J. Karavidopoulos, C. M. Martini, B. M. Metzger. 27th ed. Stuttgart: Deutsche Bibelgesellschaft, 1993. Usually cited as NA27. There is also a copy of the complete Westcott/Hort/Robinson New Testament text both on the web site and on this disk. A Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament and Other Early Chrisitan Literature. Ed. W. Bauer, F. W. Danker, W. F. Arndt, and F. W. Gingrich, 3d ed. (Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 2000). Expensive but a foundational tool! Usually cited as BDAG. Rapid Reading Tools A rapid reading tool saves you from the drudgery of looking words up in the BDAG Greek lexicon. Start with reading John 1–5 on the Mastering New Testament Greek disk. First John has also been added in an easy-reader style. The point of these tools is to help you do pleasure reading in the Greek New Testament. Yes, it should be a pleasure and a delight. Commencement 166 Other Reading Helps Kubo, Sakae. A Reader’s Greek-English Lexicon of the New Testament. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1975. Perhaps the way I enjoy reading the most is using Bible Works 7.0. This is the most excellent concordancing reading tool available anywhere. It is published by Hermeneutica and currently sells for about $350. It has full texts of the Septuagint, New Testament in Greek, numerous English, Spanish, German, French, Latin, and other translations. When you run your mouse across a word it automatically gives you the translation and parsing. Click on a word, and it will do a concordance search for the word in all the Septuagint, New Testament, or whatever. It’s an incredible tool and helps make reading Greek a pure pleasure. New Greek concordancing/reading programs by Logos, Accordance (Mac only), or Bible Windows may also fill a similar software role. Vocabulary Builders Three slender paperbacks and an ebook list the words of the Greek New Testament by frequency: Hildebrandt, Ted. Vocabulary Frequency List ebook. See the Adobe Acrobat PDF files included on the Mastering New Testament Greek disk at the end of this textbook, if you want to print the vocab list, and see the Vocabulary Builder if you want an interactive flashcard-like approach on the computer. This list teaches you over 1,200 of the most frequently used Greek words, and it’s already on your disk. Metzger, Bruce M. Lexical Aids for Students of New Testament Greek. 3d ed. Grand Rapids: Baker, 1998. Robinson, Thomas. Mastering Greek Vocabulary. Peabody, Mass.: Hendrickson, 1991. Trenchard, Warren. The Student’s Complete Vocabulary Guide to the Greek New Testament. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1992. Advanced Studies Grammars to work with at this point: Barnwell, Katharine. Introduction to Semantics and Translation. Horsleys Green, UK.: Summer Institute of Linguistics, 1980. Black, David Alan. It’s Still Greek to Me. Grand Rapids: Baker, 1998. Good for secondyear Greek. ---. (ed.) Linguistics and New Testament Interpretation: Essays on Discourse Analysis. Nashville: Broadman & Holman, 1992. Boyer, James...see a series of his excellent articles in the Grace Theological Journal listed online and on this disk. Burton, Ernest De Witt. Syntax of the Moods and Tenses in New Testament Greek. Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1898 [vid. web site and this disk] Carson, D. A. Exegetical Falacies. 2nd ed. Grand Rapids: Baker Book House, 1996. Commencement 167 Decker, Rodney J. Temporal Deixis of the Greek Verb in the Gospel of Mark with Reference to Verbal Aspect. New York: Peter Lang, 2001. Duvall, J. S. and George H. Guthrie. Biblical Greek Exegesis: A Graded Approach to Learning Intermediate and Advanced Greek. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1998. Erickson, Richard. A Beginner’s Guide to New Testament Exegesis. Downers Grove: InterVarsity Press, 2005. Fanning, Buist. M. Verbal Aspect in New Testament Greek. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990. Levinsohn, Stephen. Discourse Features of New Testament Greek. Dallas: SIL International, 2000. Louw, J. P. Semantics of New Testament Greek. Philadelphia: Fortress Press, 1982. Moulton, James H., Wilbert F. Howard, and Nigel Turner. A Grammar of New Testament Greek. 4 vols. Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1908-76. Perschbacher, Wesley J. New Testament Greek Syntax. Chicago: Moody, 1995. Useful. Porter, Stanley. Idioms of the Greek New Testament. Sheffield: Sheffield Academic Press, 1999. ---. Studies in the Greek New Testament: Theory and Practice. New York: Peter Lang, 1996. ---. A Handbook to the Exegesis of the New Testament. Leiden: Brill, 2002. Robertson, A. T. A Grammar of the Greek New Testament in the Light of Historical Research. Nashville: Broadman Press, 1923. Silva, Moises. Biblical Words and Their Meanings: An Introduction to Lexical Semantics. Grand Rapids: Zondervan 1983. Wallace, Daniel B. Greek Grammar beyond the Basics: An Exegetical Syntax of the Greek New Testament. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1996. Massive and comprehensive. ———. The Basics of New Testament Syntax: An Intermediate Greek Grammar. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 2000. Greek grammar lite. Workbook Readers Guthrie, George, and J. S. Duvall. Biblical Greek Exegesis: A Graded Approach to Learning Intermediate and Advanced Greek. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1998. Levinsohn, Stephen. Discourse Features of New Testament Greek. Dallas: SIL International, 2000. A favorite of mine. Mounce, William D. A Graded Reader of Biblical Greek. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1996. This is good for the summer after your first year. Exegetical Dictionaries For extensive word studies, the following dictionaries are very helpful: Balz, Horst, and Gerhard Schneider, eds. Exegetical Dictionary of the New Testament. 3 vols. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1990–93. Brown, Colin, ed. New International Dictionary of New Testament Theology. 4 vols. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1975–86. Highly recommended. Commencement 168 Kittel, Gerhard, and Gerhard Friedrich, eds. Theological Dictionary of the New Testament. Trans. G. W. Bromiley. 10 vols. Grand Rapids: Eerdmans, 1964–76. Heavy! See James Barr’s critique of TDNT in his book The Semantics of Biblical Language (London: Oxford University Press, 1961). These dictionary sets are fairly expensive but extremely helpful in their exhaustive treatment of Greek words both in and outside of the New Testament. Colin Brown is my favorite. Concordances Moulton, W. F., and A. S. Geden, A Concordance to the Greek Testament. Edinburgh: T. & T. Clark, 1963. Electronic Greek concordances are quite helpful. The best is Bible Works 7.0 (Win) from Hermeneutica (about $350). It allows for advanced grammatical/morphological searches or simple word searches in any of over thirteen languages. Programs by Logos, Accordance, and Bible Windows should also be explored to see what works best for you. I hope you have enjoyed your study of Greek. This is a good time to return to why we have undertaken this endeavor. The New Testament tells us about the person and work of Jesus, God’s Son. It is the story of the journey of an early Christian community called the church. Its words come with the power and authority of God and are refreshment for the soul, giving eternal guidance that transcends our postmodern culture. If you have come to the end of this study hating it because it was hard, you have accomplished little. If you have come to love the language and now find that one of your greatest joys is to sit and read the pages of the New Testament directly from the Greek text, you have gained a valuable resource. The goal for this course was to develop a love and passion for reading the New Testament in Greek. It has been hard, but the best things in life don’t come easy. You be the judge of how well the goal was accomplished. It has made me laugh when I realize that the computer medium has allowed me to share in your journey and to help you master New Testament Greek. Hours and hours of 5:00 A.M. typing and editing are finally over. I hope this new format brings glory to God and his awesome Son! Amen! to> te<loj—the end Works Cited 169 Works Cited Black, David Alan. It’s Still Greek to Me: An Easy-to-Understand Guide to Intermediate Greek. Grand Rapids: Baker, 1998. Dana, H. E., and Julius R. Mantey. A Manual Grammar of the Greek New Testament. New York: Macmillan, 1957. Hansen, Hardy, and Gerald M. Quinn. Greek: An Intensive Course. 2d rev. ed. New York: Fordham University Press, 1992. Hewitt, James A. New Testament Greek: A Beginning and Intermediate Grammar. Peabody, Mass.: Hendrickson, 1986. Machen, J. Gresham. New Testament Greek for Beginners. New York: Macmillan, 1923. Mounce, William D. Basics of Biblical Greek: Grammar. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1993. Perschbacher, Wesley J. New Testament Greek Syntax. Chicago: Moody, 1995. Porter, Stanley. Idioms of the Greek New Testament. Sheffield: Sheffield Academic Press, 1999. Stevens, Gerald L. New Testament Greek. 2d ed. Lanham, Md.: University Press of America, 1997. Summers, Ray. Essentials of New Testament Greek. Nashville: Broadman, 1950. Wallace, Daniel B. Greek Grammar beyond the Basics: An Exegetical Syntax of the New Testament. Grand Rapids: Zondervan, 1996. Wenham, John W. The Elements of New Testament Greek. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1965. Appendix 1: Vocabulary Lists by Chapter Appendix 1 Vocabulary Lists by Chapter In parentheses is the number of times the word occurs in the Greek New Testament. Chapter 1 a@ggeloj, -ou, o[ a]mh<n a@nqrwpoj, -ou, o[ e]gw< qeo<j, -ou?, o[ kai< kardi<a, -aj, h[ le<gw profh<thj, -ou, o[ Xristo<j, -ou?, o[ angel (175)—angel truly, verily (129)—amen man, human (550)—anthropology I (1,175)—ego God (1,317)—theology and, even, also (9,153) heart (156)—cardiac I say (2,354) prophet (144)—prophet Christ, Messiah, anointed one (529)—Christ Chapter 2 a]delfo<j, -ou?, o[ a]kou<w do<ca, -hj, h[ e@xw ko<smoj, -ou, h[ ku<rioj, -ou, o[ lo<goj, -ou, o[ Pe<troj, -ou, o[ ui[o<j, -ou, o[ Farisai?oj, -ou, o[ brother (343) I hear, obey (428) glory, fame (166) I have, hold (708) world (186) lord, Lord, sir (717) word (330) Peter (156) son (377) Pharisee (98) Chapter 3 a]lla< a]po<stoloj, -ou, o[ ble<pw ga<r ginw<skw ]Ihsou?j, -ou?, o[ but, yet (638) apostle, sent one (80) I see (133) for, then (1,041) I know (222) Jesus (917) 170 Appendix 1: Vocabulary Lists by Chapter lamba<nw lu<w ou]rano<j, -ou?, o[ pisteu<w I take, receive (258) I loose (42) heaven (273) I believe (241) Chapter 4 a]gapa<w gra<fw de< dou?loj, -ou, o[ eu[ri<skw i[ero<n, -ou?, to< lao<j, -ou?, o[ no<moj, -ou, o[ oi#koj, -ou, o[ w[j I love (143) I write (191) but, and (2,792) servant, slave (124) I find (176) temple (71) people (142) law (194) house (114) as, about, how (504) Chapter 5 a]ga<ph, -hj, h[ a]lh<qeia, -aj, h[ a[marti<a, -aj, h[ basilei<a, -aj, h[ grafh<, -h?j, h[ e]gei<rw e]kklhsi<a, -aj, h[ e@rgon, -ou, to< maqhth<j, -ou?, o[ w!ra, -aj, h[ love (116) truth (109) sin (173) kingdom (162) writing, Scripture (50) I raise up (144) assembly, church (114) work (169) disciple (261) hour (106) Chapter 6 a]po< dia< ei]j e]k e]n e]pi< kata< meta< from (with gen.) (646) through (with gen.) (667) on account of (with acc.) into (with acc.) (1,768) out of (with gen.) (914) in (with dat.) (2,752) on, over (with gen.) (890) on, at, on the basis of, against (with dat.) on, to, toward, against (with acc.) down, against (with gen.) (473) according to (with acc.) with (with gen.) (469) after, behind (with acc.) 171 Appendix 1: Vocabulary Lists by Chapter peri< pro<j about, concerning (with gen.) (333) around, near (with acc.) to (with acc.) (700) Chapter 7 a]gaqo<j, -h<, -o<n a!gioj, -a, -on di<kaioj, -a, -on ei]mi< ]Ioudai?oj, -a, -on me<gaj, mega<lh, me<ga nekro<j, -a<, -o<n ou], ou]k, ou]x prw?toj, -h, -on fwnh<, -h?j, h[ good (102) holy (233) righteous (79) I am (2,460) Jewish, a Jew (195) great, large (243) dead (128) no, not (1,606) first (155) voice (139) Chapter 8 au]]to<j, -h<, -o< gh?, -h?j, h[ e]gw<, h[mei?j h[me<ra, -aj, h[ o!ti ou#n o@xloj, -ou, o[ para< su<, u[mei?j u[po< he/she/it (5595) earth, land, region (250) I, we (2666) day (389) that, because (1,296) so, then, therefore (499) crowd (175) from (with gen.) (194) beside, with (with dat.) alongside, beside (with acc.) you, you (pl.) (2,905) by, at the hands of (with gen.) under, below (with acc.) (220) Chapter 9 a]pokri<nomai a]poste<llw ba<llw gi<nomai ei]se<rxomai e]ce<rxomai e@rxomai qe<lw ou!twj poreu<omai I answer (231) I send (132) I throw (122) I become (669) I come in (194) I go out (218) I come, go (634) I wish (208) thus, so (208) I go (153) 172 Appendix 1: Vocabulary Lists by Chapter Chapter 10 zwh<, -h?j, h[ qa<natoj, -ou, o[ kri<nw me<nw mo<noj, -h, -on nu?n ou]]de< Pau?loj, -ou, o[ s&<zw to<te life (135) death (120) I judge (114) I remain (118) only, alone (114) now (147) and not, nor (143) Paul (158) I save (106) then (160) Chapter 11 a]pe<rxomai e]kei?noj, -h, -o ]Ioudai?oj, -a, -on kaqw<j o!j, h!, o! o!tan ou$toj, au$th, tou?to pa<lin Pe<troj, -ou, o[ u[pe<r I go away, leave (117) that (265) Jewish, a Jew (195) as, just as (182) who, which (1365) when, whenever (123) this (1388) again, back (141) Peter (150) for, about (gen.) (150) above, beyond (acc.) Chapter 12 a]poqn^<skw e]kei? e!wj i]dou< i!na ]Iwa<nnhj, -ou, o[ me<n o!loj, -h, -on o!te su<n I die (111) there (105) until (146) behold (200) in order that (663) John (135) on the one hand, indeed (179) whole, entire (109) when (103) with (128) Chapter 13 a]nh<r, a]ndro<j, o[ basileu<j, -e<wj, o[ du<namij, -ewj, h[ o@noma, -matoj, to< man, husband (216) king (115) power, miracle (119) name, reputation (231) 173 Appendix 1: Vocabulary Lists by Chapter pa?j, pa?sa, pa?n path<r, patro<j, o[ pi<stij, pi<stewj, h[ pneu?ma, -atoj, to< sa<rc, sarko<j, h[ xa<rij, -itoj, h[ all, each, every (1244) father (413) faith, belief (243) spirit, wind (379) flesh, body (147) grace, kindness (155) Chapter 14 ai$ma, -matoj, to< ai@rw dida<skw i@dioj, -a, -on kalo<j, -h<, -o<n me<llw o[do<j, -ou?, h[ polu<j, pollh<, polu< sw?ma, -matoj, to< yuxh<, -h?j, h[ blood (97) I raise, take up (101) I teach (97) one’s own (114) good (100) I am about to, intend (109) way (101) much, many (416) body(142) soul, life (103) Chapter 15 a@lloj, -h, -o a@rtoj, -ou, o[ dei? e]cousi<a, -aj, h[ e!teroj, -a, -on e@ti o]fqalmo<j, -ou?, o[ te<knon, -ou, to< to<poj, -ou, o[ fw?j, fwto<j, to< other (155) bread (97) it is necessary (101) authority (100) different (98) yet, still (93) eye (100) child (99) place (94) light (73) Chapter 16 ai]w<n, -w?noj, o[ a]llh<lwn a]rxiereu<j, -e<wj, o[ gunh<, -aiko<j, h[ du<namai e@qnoj, -ouj, to< o!soj, -h, -on po<lij, -ewj, h[ te< xei<r, xeiro<j, h[ age, eternity (122) one another (100) high priest (122) woman (215) I can, am able (210) nation (162) as great as (110) city (162) and, and so (215) hand (177) 174 Appendix 1: Vocabulary Lists by Chapter Chapter 17 ei] e]sqi<w za<w zhte<w h@ kale<w lale<w parakale<w plhro<w poie<w if, that (504) I eat (158) I live (140) I seek (117) or, either (343) I call (148) I speak, say (296) I urge, exhort (109) I complete, fill (86) I do, make (568) Chapter 18 genna<w dikaiosu<nh, -hj, h[ e]an < ei]rh<nh, -hj, h[ oi#da oi]ki<a, -aj, h[ o[ra<w peripate<w pw?j fobe<omai I beget (97) righteousness (92) if, when (351) peace (92) I know (318) house (93) I see (454) I walk, live (95) how (103) I fear (95) Chapter 19 a]kolouqe<w e]nw<pion qa<lassa, -hj, h[ ka<qhmai kairo<j, -ou?, o[ ou@te pi<ptw pou<j, podo<j, o[ prose<rxomai proseu<xomai I follow (90) before (94) sea, lake (91) I sit (91) time (85) and not, neither/nor (87) I fall (90) foot (93) I come/go to (86) I pray (85) Chapter 20 a]nabai<nw a@rxw e!kastoj, -h, -on e]kba<llw ka]gw< I go up (82) I rule, begin (mid) (86) each, every (82) I drive out (81) and I, but I (81) 175 Appendix 1: Vocabulary Lists by Chapter katabai<nw ma?llon mh<thr, -o<j, h[ o!pou w!ste I go down (83) more, rather (81) mother (83) where, since (82) therefore, so that (83) Chapter 21 a]noi<gw bapti<zw eu]agge<lion, -ou, to< marture<w pe<mpw ponhro<j, -a<, -o<n pro<swpon, -ou, to< shmei?on, -ou, to< sto<ma, -atoj, to< u[pa<gw I open (77) I baptize (77) gospel (76) I witness (76) I send (79) evil, bad (78) face (76) sign, miracle (77) mouth (78) I go away (79) Chapter 22 ai]te<w ai]w<nioj, -on a]poktei<nw kefalh<, -h?j, h[ pi<nw ploi?on, -ou, to< pu?r, -o<j, to< thre<w u!dwr, -atoj, to< xai<rw I ask (70) eternal (71) I kill (74) head (75) I drink (73) boat (68) fire (71) I keep, guard (70) water (76) I rejoice (74) Chapter 23 a@gw a]polu<w ei@te e]ntolh<, -h?j, h[ karpo<j, -ou?, o[ pisto<j, -h<, -o<n presbu<teroj, -a,-on r[h?ma, -atoj, to< sa<bbaton, -ou, to< fe<rw I lead, bring (67) I set free (66) if, whether (65) commandment (68) fruit (66) faithful (67) elder (66) word (68) Sabbath (68) I bear, carry (66) 176 Appendix 1: Vocabulary Lists by Chapter Chapter 24 a]gaphto<j, -h<, -o<n grammateu<j, -e<wj, o[ daimo<nion, -ou, to< doke<w doca<zw e@cw e]rwta<w qe<lhma, -atoj, to< qro<noj, -ou, o[ o@roj, -ouj, to< beloved (61) scribe (63) demon (63) I think (62) I glorify, honor (61) outside (63) I ask (63) will (62) throne (62) mountain (63) Chapter 25 a]ni<sthmi a]po<llumi a]fi<hmi di<dwmi h@dh i!sthmi khru<ssw paradi<dwmi ti<qhmi fhmi< I raise, erect (108) I destroy (90) I let go, dismiss (143) I give, put (415) now, already (61) I set, stand (154) I proclaim (61) I entrust (119) I put, place (100) I say (66) Chapter 26 e[autou?, -h?j e]mo<j, -h<, -o<n i[ma<tion, -ou, to< nu<c, nukto<j, h[ o!stij, h!tij, o!ti pou? proskune<w tij, ti ti<j, ti< w$de of him/her/itself (319) my, mine (76) garment (60) night (61) whoever (153) where? (48) I worship (60) someone, something (525) who? which? (555) here, hither (61) Chapter 27 du<o dw<deka ei$j, mi<a, e!n e[kato<n e[pta< two (135) twelve (75) one (344) one hundred (11) seven (88) 177 Appendix 1: Vocabulary Lists by Chapter mhdei<j, mhdemi<a, mhde<n ou]dei<j, ou]demi<a, ou]de<n pe<nte trei?j, tri<a xilia<j, -a<doj, h[ no, no one (90) no, no one (234) five (36) three (68) thousand (23) Chapter 28 a]spa<zomai de<xomai dida<skaloj, -ou, o[ e]perwta<w qewre<w li<qoj, -ou, o[ suna<gw toiou?toj, -au<th, -ou?ton u[pa<rxw xara<, -a?j, h[ I greet (59) I take, receive (56) teacher (59) I ask (56) I look at (58) stone (59) I gather (59) such (57) I am, exist (60) joy (59) to> te<loj—the end 178 Appendix 2: Paradigms Appendix 2 Paradigms Verbs Present Tense 1. 2. 3. -w -eij -ei 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. Present Active Indicative (PAI) Paradigm Singular Plural lu<w luo<men I loose/am loosing We loose/ are loosing lu<eij You loose/are loosing lu<ete You loose/are loosing lu<ei lu< o usi(n) He/she/it looses/is They loose/are loosing loosing Primary Pronominal Suffixes -omen I We -ete You (thou) You (you-all) -ousi(n) They He/she/it Present Middle Indicative Paradigm Singular Plural lu<omai I am loosing luo<meqa (for myself) lu<^ lu<esqe You are loosing (for yourself) lu<etai He/she/it is loosing lu<ontai (for himself/herself/itself) Present Passive Indicative Paradigm Singular Plural lu<omai luo<meqa I am being loosed lu<^ lu<esqe You are being loosed lu<etai He/she/it is being loosed lu<ontai We are loosing (for ourselves) You are loosing (for yourselves) They are loosing (for themselves) We are being loosed You are being loosed They are being loosed 179 Appendix 2: Paradigms 1. 2. 3. Middle/Passive Primary Endings Singular Plural -omai -omeqa -^ (-sai) -esqe -etai -ontai 1. 2. 3. Present of ei]mi< Singular ei]mi< I am ei# You are e]sti<(n) He/she/it is Plural e]sme<n e]ste< ei]si<(n) We are You are They are Contract Verbs 1. 2. 3. Present Active Indicative of a]gapa<w Singular Plural a]gapw? (aw) a]gapw?men (aomen) I love a]gap%?j (aeij) You love a]gapa?te (aete) a]gap%? (aei) a]gapw?si(n) (aousi) He/she/it loves 1. 2. 3. Present Active Indicative of poie<w Singular Plural poiw? (ew) poiou?men (eomen) I do poiei?j (eeij) poiei?te (eete) You do poiei? (eei) poiou?si(n) (eousi) He/she/it does 1. 2. 3. Singular plhrw? (ow) plhroi?j (oeij) plhroi? (oei) We love You love They love We do You do They do Present Active Indicative of plhro<w Plural plhrou?men (oomen) I fill We fill plhrou?te (oete) You fill You fill plhrou? s i(n) (oousi) He/she/it fills They fill 180 Appendix 2: Paradigms Present Active Participles 3 1 Singular Masculine Feminine lu<wn lu<ousa Nom. lu<ontoj luou<shj Gen. lu<onti luou<s^ Dat. lu<onta lu<ousan Acc. Plural lu<ontej lu<ousai Nom. luo< n twn luousw? n Gen. lu<ousi(n) luou<saij Dat. lu<ontaj luou<saj Acc. 3 Neuter lu?on lu<ontoj lu<onti lu?on lu<onta luo<ntwn lu<ousi(n) lu<onta Present Middle/Passive Participles 2 1 2 Singular Masculine Feminine Neuter luo<menoj luome<nh luo<menon Nom. luome<nou luome<nhj luome<nou Gen. luome< n & luome< n ^ luome< n& Dat. luo<menon luome<nhn luo<menon Acc. Plural luo<menoi luo<menai luo<mena Nom. luome<nwn luome<nwn luome<nwn Gen. luome<noij luome<naij luome<noij Dat. luome<nouj luome<naj luo<mena Acc. Present Active Participle of ei]mi< 3 1 Singular Masculine Feminine w@n ou#sa Nom. o@ntoj ou@shj Gen. o@nti ou@s^ Dat. o@nta ou#san Acc. Plural o@ntej ou#sai Nom. o@ntwn ou]sw?n Gen. ou#si(n) ou@saij Dat. o@ntaj ou@saj Acc. 3 Neuter o@n o@ntoj o@nti o@n o@nta o@ntwn ou#si(n) o@nta 181 Appendix 2: Paradigms Future Tense 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. Future Active Indicative Paradigm Singular Plural lu<sw lu<somen I will loose lu<seij lu<sete You will loose lu<sei He/she/it will loose lu<sousi(n) We will loose You will loose They will loose Future Middle Indicative Paradigm Singular Plural lu<somai luso<meqa I will loose (for myself) lu<s^ lu<sesqe You will loose (for yourself) lu<setai lu<sontai He/she/it will loose (for himself/herself/itself) Future Passive Indicative of lu<w Singular Plural luqh<somai I will be luqhso<meqa loosed luqh<s^ luqh<sesqe You will be loosed luqh<setai He/she/it will be luqh<sontai loosed Future of ei]mi< Singular e@somai I will be e@s^ You will be e@stai He/she/it will be Plural e]so<meqa e@sesqe e@sontai We will loose (for ourselves) You will loose (for yourselves) They will loose (for themselves) We will be loosed You will be loosed They will be loosed We will be You will be They will be Imperfect Tense 1. 2. 3. Imperfect Active Indicative of lu<w Singular Plural e@luon e]lu<omen I was loosing e@luej e]lu<ete You were loosing e@lue(n) He/she/it was loosing e@luon We were loosing You were loosing They were loosing 182 Appendix 2: Paradigms 1. 2. 3. Secondary Active Endings Singular Plural -n -men -j -te -e -n Learn: n j e men te n (n s e men te n) 1. 2. 3. Imperfect Middle/Passive Indicative of lu<w Singular Plural e]luo<mhn I was being loosed e]luo<meqa We were being loosed e]lu<ou e]lu<esqe You were being loosed You were being loosed e]lu<eto He/she/it was being loosed e]lu<onto They were being loosed 1. 2. 3. Secondary Middle/Passive Endings Singular Plural -mhn -meqa -ou -esqe -to -onto 1. 2. 3. Imperfect of ei]mi< Singular h@mhn I was h#j You were h#n He/she/it was Plural h#men h#te h#san We were You were They were Aorist Tense 1. 2. 3. First Aorist Active Indicative of lu<w Singular Plural e@lusa e]lu<samen I loosed e@lusaj e]lu<sate You loosed e@luse(n) e@lusan He/she/it loosed We loosed You loosed They loosed Note: –, s, e, men, te, n endings are the same as the imperfects except in the first person singular, where the n is dropped. 183 Appendix 2: Paradigms 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. First Aorist Middle Indicative of lu<w Singular Plural e]lusa<mhn I loosed e]lusa<meqa (for myself) e]lu<sw e]lu<sasqe You loosed (for yourself) e]lu<sato e]lu<santo He/she/it loosed (for himself/herself/itself) We loosed (for ourselves) You loosed (for yourselves) They loosed (for themselves) First Aorist Passive Indicative of lu<w Singular Plural e]lu<qhn e]lu<qhmen I was loosed We were loosed e]lu<qhj e]lu<qhte You were loosed You were loosed e]lu<qh He/she/it was loosed e]lu<qhsan They were loosed First Aorist Active Participles (recognize these forms) 3 1 3 Singular Masculine Feminine Neuter lu<saj lu<sasa lu?san Nom. lu<santoj lusa<shj lu<santoj Gen. lu<santi lusa<s^ lu<santi Dat. lu<santa lu<sasan lu?san Acc. Plural lu<santej lu<sasai lu<santa Nom. lusa< n twn lusasw? n lusa<ntwn Gen. lu<sasi(n) lusa<saij lu<sasi(n) Dat. lu<santaj lusa<saj lu<santa Acc. First Aorist Middle Participles 2 1 Singular Masculine Feminine lusa<menoj lusame<nh Nom. lusame<nou lusame<nhj Gen. lusame< n & lusame<n^ Dat. lusa<menon lusame<nhn Acc. Plural lusa<menoi lusa<menai Nom. lusame<nwn lusame<nwn Gen. lusame<noij lusame<naij Dat. lusame<nouj lusame<naj Acc. 2 Neuter lusa<menon lusame<nou lusame<n& lusa<menon lusa<mena lusame<nwn lusame<noij lusa<mena 184 Appendix 2: Paradigms First Aorist Passive Participles 3 1 Singular Masculine Feminine luqei<j luqei?sa Nom. luqe<ntoj luqei<shj Gen. luqe<nti luqei<s^ Dat. luqe<nta luqei?san Acc. Plural luqe<ntej luqei?sai Nom. luqe<ntwn luqeisw?n Gen. luqei?si(n) luqei<saij Dat. luqe<ntaj luqei<saj Acc. 1. 2. 3. 3 Neuter luqe<n luqe<ntoj luqe<nti luqe<n luqe<nta luqe<ntwn luqei?si(n) luqe<nta Second Aorist Active Indicative of lamba<nw Singular Plural e@labon e]la<bomen I took We took e@labej e] l a< b ete You took You took e@labe(n) e@labon He/she/it took They took Note: n, s, e, men, te, n endings are the same as the imperfects. 1. 2. 3. Second Aorist Middle Indicative of gi<nomai Singular Plural e]geno<mhn e]geno<meqa I became We became e]ge<nou e]ge<nesqe You became You became e]ge<neto e]ge<nonto He/she/it became They became Note: mhn, ou, to, meqa, esqe, onto endings are the same as the imperfects. Perfect Tense 1. 2. 3. 1. 2. 3. Perfect Active Indicative of lu<w Singular Plural lelu<kamen We have loosed le<luka I have loosed le<lukaj lelu<kate You have loosed You have loosed le<luke(n) He/she/it has loosed lelu<kasi(n) They have loosed Perfect Middle/Passive Indicative of lu<w Singular Plural le<lumai I have been loosed lelu<meqa We have been loosed le<lusai You have been loosed le<lusqe You have been loosed le<lutai He/she/it has been le<luntai They have been loosed loosed 185 Appendix 2: Paradigms Perfect Active Participles 3 1 Singular Masculine Feminine lelukw<j lelukui?a Nom. leluko<toj lelukui<aj Gen. leluko<ti lelukui<% Dat. leluko<ta lelukui?an Acc. Plural leluko<tej lelukui?ai Nom. leluko<twn lelukuiw?n Gen. leluko<si(n) lelukui<aj Dat. leluko<taj lelukui<aj Acc. 3 Neuter leluko<j leluko<toj leluko<ti leluko<j leluko<ta leluko<twn leluko<si(n) leluko<ta Perfect Middle/Passive Participles 2 1 2 Singular Masculine Feminine Neuter lelume<noj lelume<nh lelume<non Nom. lelume<nou lelume<nhj lelume<nou Gen. lelume<n& lelume<n^ lelume<n& Dat. lelume<non lelume<nhn lelume<non Acc. Plural lelume<noi lelume<nai lelume<na Nom. lelume<nwn lelume<nwn lelume<nwn Gen. lelume< n oij lelume< n aij lelume< noij Dat. lelume<nouj lelume<naj lelume<na Acc. Infinitive Forms Active lu<ein Present Infinitive Middle Passive lu<esqai lu<esqai Active lu?sai First Aorist Infinitive Middle Passive lu<sasqai luqh?nai Second Aorist Infinitive (lei<pw, to leave) Active Middle Passive lipei?n lipe<sqai leifqh?nai Active leluke<nai Perfect Infinitive Middle Passive lelu<sqai lelu<sqai Present Infinitive of ei]mi<: ei#nai 186 Appendix 2: Paradigms Subjunctive Mood Present Subjunctive of lu<w Active Singular Plural lu<wmen 1. lu<w lu<hte 2. lu<^j lu<wsi(n) 3. lu<^ Middle/Passive Singular Plural luw<meqa 1. lu<wmai lu<hsqe 2. lu<^ lu<wntai 3. lu<htai First Aorist Subjunctive of lu<w Active Singular Plural lu< swmen 1. lu<sw lu<shte 2. lu<s^j lu<swsi(n) 3. lu<s^ Middle Singular Plural 1. lu<swmai lusw<meqa lu<shsqe 2. lu<s^ lu<swntai 3. lu<shtai Passive Singular Plural luqw?men 1. luqw? luqh?te 2. luq^?j luqw?si(n) 3. luq^? Second Aorist Active Subjunctive Forms of lei<pw (to leave, fall short) (no sigma) Singular Plural li<pwmen 1. li<pw li<phte 2. li<p^j li<pwsi(n) 3. li<p^ Subjunctive of ei]mi< Singular Plural w#men 1. w# h#te 2. ^#j w#si(n) 3. ^# 187 Appendix 2: Paradigms Imperative Mood Present Imperative of lu<w Active Singular Plural lu<ete 2. lu?e lue<twsan 3. lue<tw Middle/Passive Singular Plural lu<esqe 2. lu<ou 3. lue<sqw lue<sqwsan First Aorist Imperative of lu<w Active Singular Plural Singular lu<sate lu<qhti 2. lu?son lusa<twsan luqh<tw 3. lusa<tw Middle Singular Plural lu<sasqe 2. lu?sai lusa<sqwsan 3. lusa<sqw Passive Plural lu<qhte luqh<twsan Second Aorist Imperative of lei<pw (I leave) Active Passive Singular Plural Singular Plural li<pete lei<fqhti lei<fqhte 1. li<pe lipe<twsan leifqh<tw leifqh<twsan 2. lipe<tw Middle Singular Plural li< pesqe 1. lipou? lipe<sqwsan 2. lipe<sqw Imperative of ei]mi< Singular Plural e@ste 2. i@sqi e@stwsan 3. e@stw 188 Appendix 2: Paradigms -mi Verbs di<dwmi Paradigms (I give [root do]) Active Indicatives Present Imperfect 1. di<dwmi 2. di<dwj 3. di<dwsi(n) e]di<doun e]di<douj e]di<dou 1. di<domen 2. di<dote 3. dido<asi(n) e]di<domen e]di<dote e]di<dosan 1. 2. 3. Future Singular dw<sw dw<seij dw<sei Plural dw<somen dw<sete dw<sousi(n) Aorist Perfect e@dwka e@dwkaj e@dwke(n) de<dwka de<dwkaj de<dwke(n) e]dw<kamen e]dw<kate e@dwkan dedw<kamen dedw<kate de<dwkan Present Middle/Passive Indicative (note how regular) Singular Plural di<domai dido<meqa di<dosai di<dosqe di<dotai di<dontai Other Moods Present Subjunctive 1. didw? 2. did&?j 3. did&? 1. didw?men 2. didw?te 3. didw?si(n) Active Middle Passive Active Aorist Present Subjunctive Imperative Singular dw? — d&?j di<dou d&? dido<tw Plural dw?men — dw?te di<dote dw?si(n) dido<twsan Present Infinitive dido<nai di<dosqai di<dosqai Aorist Imperative — do<j do<tw — do<te do<twsan Aorist Infinitive dou?nai do<sqai doqh?nai 189 Appendix 2: Paradigms Present Participles Active Masc. didou<j Nom. dido<ntoj Gen. Mid/Pass dido<menoj Nom. didome<nou Gen. Fem. didou?sa didou<shj Neut. dido<n dido<ntoj didome<nh didome<nhj dido<menon didome<nou Aorist Participles (just pop the di off the present ptc.) Active Masc. Fem. Neut. dou<j dou?sa do<n Nom. do<ntoj dou<shj do<ntoj Gen. Middle do<menoj dome<nh do<menon Nom. dome<nou dome<nhj dome<nou Gen. Passive doqei<j doqei?sa doqe<n Nom. doqe<ntoj doqei<shj doqe<ntoj Gen. Perfect Participles (shift the di to de + perf. kot/kui ) Active Masc. Fem. Neut. dedwkw<j dedwkui?a dedwko<j Nom. dedwko<toj dedwkui<aj dedwko<toj Gen. Mid/Pass no perf. k dedo<menoj dedome<nh dedo<menon Nom. didome<nou dedome<nhj dedome<nou Gen. Other -mi Verb Paradigms Present Active Indicative Singular ti<qhmi 1. i!sthmi ti<qhj 2. i!sthj ti<qhsi(n) 3. i!sthsi(n) Plural ti<qemen 1. i!stamen ti<qete 2. i!state tiqe<asi(n) 3. i[sta?si(n) dei<knumi dei<knuj/deiknu<eij dei<knusi(n) dei<knumen dei<knute deiknu<asi(n) 190 Appendix 2: Paradigms Second Declension Nouns Masculine Second Declension Forms (Stem Ending in o) Singular Plural lo<goi Nom. lo<goj a word words (subject of sentence) lo<gou lo<gwn Gen. of a word of words (possessive) lo<g& lo<goij to words Dat. to a word (indirect object) lo<gon lo<gouj words Acc. a word (direct object) lo< g e lo< g oi Voc. O word O words (direct address) Neuter Second Declension Forms (Stem Ending in o) i[ero<n = temple Singular Plural i[era< Nom. i[ero<n a temple temples (subject of sentence) i[ e rou? i[ e rw? n Gen. of a temple of temples (possessive) i[er&? i[eroi?j Dat. to a temple to temples (indirect object) i[ero<n i[era< Acc. a temple temples (direct object) i[ero<n i[era< Voc. O temple O temples (direct address) Feminine First Declension Forms (Stem Ending in h) grafh< = writing, Scripture Singular Plural grafai< writings Nom. grafh< a writing (subject of sentence) grafh? j grafw? n Gen. of a writing of writings (possessive) graf^? to a writing grafai?j to writings (indirect object) Dat. grafh<n a writing grafa<j writings Acc. (direct object) grafh< O writing grafai< O writings (direct address) Voc. Feminine First Declension Forms (Stem Ending in a) w!ra = hour Singular Plural w$rai Nom./Voc. w!ra hour hours (subject of sentence) w!raj Gen. of an hour w[rw?n of hours (possessive) w!r% Dat. for an hour w!raij for hours (indirect object) w! r an w!raj Acc. hour hours (direct object) 191 Appendix 2: Paradigms Masculine First Declension Forms (Stem Ending in h) profh<thj = prophet Singular Plural profh< t hj profh? tai prophets Nom. prophet (subject) profh<tou of a prophet profhtw?n of prophets (possessive) Gen. profh<t^ Dat. to a prophet profh<taij to prophets (indirect object) profh<thn prophet profh<taj prophets Acc. (direct object) profh?ta profh?tai O prophets (direct address) Voc. O prophet Third Declension Nouns Kappa Final Stems sa<rc, sarko<j (flesh) Singular Nom./Voc. sa<rc sarko<j Gen. sarki< Dat. sa<rka Acc. Plural sa<rkej sarkw?n sarci<(n) sa<rkaj Tau/Delta Final Stems xa<rij, xa<ritoj, h[ (grace) Singular Plural xa<ritej Nom./Voc. xa<rij xa<ritoj xari<twn Gen. xa<riti xa<risi(n) Dat. xa<rita xa<ritaj Acc. Iota Final Stems pi<stij, pi<stewj, h[ (faith) Singular Plural pi<steij Nom./Voc. pi<stij pi<stewj pi<stewn Gen. pi<stei pi<stesi(n) Dat. pi<stin pi<steij Acc. -mat Final Stems o@noma, o]no<matoj, to< (name) Singular Plural o]no<mata Nom./Voc. o@noma o]no<matoj o]noma<twn Gen. o]no<mati o]no<masi(n) Dat. o@noma o]no<mata Acc. 192 Appendix 2: Paradigms pa?j (all) Nom. Gen. Dat. Acc. Masc. pa?j panto<j panti< pa<nta Singular Fem. pa?sa pa<shj pa<s^ pa?san Neut. pa?n panto<j panti< pa?n Masc. pa<ntej pa<ntwn pa?si(n) pa<ntaj Definite Article (“the”) Forms Singular Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. h[ to< oi[ Nom. o[ tou? th? j tou? tw? n Gen. t&? t^? t&? toi?j Dat. to<n th<n to< tou<j Acc. Plural Fem. pa?sai pasw?n pa<saij pa<saj Neut. pa<nta pa<ntwn pa?si(n) pa<nta Plural Fem. ai[ tw?n tai?j ta<j Neut. ta< tw?n toi?j ta< 193 Appendix 2: Paradigms 194 Chart of Prepositions meta<, with su<n, with a]po<, from e]pi<, on, upon dia<, through ei]j, into e]n, in peri<, around, about pro<j, to kata<, down Adjectives Paradigm of a]]gaqo<j (good) 2 1 Singular Masc. Fem. a]gaqo<j a]gaqh< Nom. a]gaqou? a]gaqh?j Gen. a]gaq&? a]gaq^? Dat. a]gaqo<n a]gaqh<n Acc. Plural a]gaqoi< a]gaqai< Nom. a]gaqw?n a]gaqw?n Gen. a]gaqoi?j a]gaqai?j Dat. a]gaqou<j a]gaqa<j Acc. 2 Neut. a]gaqo<n a]gaqou? a]gaq&? a]gaqo<n a]gaqa< a]gaqw?n a]gaqoi?j a]gaqa< e]k, out of kata<, against Appendix 2: Paradigms Paradigm for adjectives ending in e, i, or r di<kaioj (righteous) 2 1 2 Singular Masc. Fem. Neut. di<kaioj dikai<a di<kaion Nom. dikai<ou dikai<aj dikai<ou Gen. dikai<& dikai<% dikai<& Dat. di<kaion dikai<an di<kaion Acc. di<kaie dikai<a di<kaion Voc. Plural di<kaiai di<kaia Nom./Voc. di<kaioi dikai<wn dikai<wn dikai<wn Gen. dikai< o ij dikai< a ij dikai< oij Dat. dikai<ouj dikai<aj di<kaia Acc. Pronouns Personal Pronouns First Person Paradigm Singular Nom. e]gw< I mou Gen. of me/my moi Dat. to me/for me me Acc. me h[mei?j h[mw?n h[mi?n h[ma?j Second Person Paradigm Singular u[mei?j Nom. su< you sou u[mw?n Gen. of you/your soi u[mi?n Dat. to/for you se u[ma?j Acc. you Plural we of us/our to us/for us us Plural you (you-all) your to/for you you Third Person Paradigm: Three Genders Masculine Singular Plural au]toi< Nom. au]to<j he they au]tou? au]tw?n Gen. his their au]t&? au]toi?j Dat. to/for him to/for them au]to<n au]tou<j Acc. him them 195 Appendix 2: Paradigms Feminine Nom. Gen. Dat. Acc. au]th< au]th?j au]t^? au]th<n Singular she hers to/for her her au]tai< au]tw?n au]tai?j au]ta<j Plural they their to/for them them Singular it its to/for it it au]ta< au]tw?n au]toi?j au]ta< Plural they their to/for them them Neuter Nom. Gen. Dat. Acc. au]to< au]tou? au]t&? au]to< Demonstrative Pronouns e]kei?noj (that/those) Singular 2 1 Masc. Fem. Nom. e]kei?noj e]kei<nh e]kei<nou e]kei<nhj Gen. e]kei<n& e]kei<n^ Dat. e] k ei? n on e] kei<nhn Acc. 2 Neut. e]kei?no e]kei<nou e]kei<n& e]kei?no ou$toj (this/these) Singular 2 1 Masc. Fem. au!th Nom. ou$toj tou<tou tau<thj Gen. tou<t& tau<t^ Dat. tou?ton tau<thn Acc. 2 Masc. e]kei?noi e]kei<nwn e]kei<noij e]kei<nouj Plural 1 Fem. e]kei?nai e]kei<nwn e]kei<naij e]kei<naj 2 Neut. e]kei?na e]kei<nwn e]kei<noij e]kei?na 2 Neut. tou?to tou<tou tou<t& tou?to 2 Masc. ou$toi tou<twn tou<toij tou<touj Plural 1 Fem. au$tai tou<twn tau<taij tau<taj 2 Neut. tau?ta tou<twn tou<toij tau?ta 2 Neut. o! ou$ &$ o! 2 Masc. oi! w$n oi$j ou!j Plural 1 Fem. ai! w$n ai$j a!j 2 Neut. a! w$n oi$j a! Relative Pronouns o!j (who/which) Singular 2 1 Masc. Fem. h! Nom. o!j ou$ h$j Gen. &$ ^$ Dat. o!n h!n Acc. 196 Appendix 2: Paradigms Reflexive Pronouns First Person (myself) Singular 2 1 Masc. Fem. e]mautou? e]mauth?j Gen. e] m aut&? e]maut^? Dat. e]mauto<n e]mauth<n Acc. Plural 2 Masc. e[autw?n e[autoi?j e[autou<j 1 Fem. e[autw?n e[autai?j e[auta<j Second Person (yourself) Singular Masc. Fem. seautou? seauth?j Gen. seaut&? seaut^? Dat. seauto<n seauth<n Acc. Masc. e[autw?n e[autoi?j e[autou<j Plural Fem. e[autw?n e[autai?j e[auta<j Third Person (himself/herself/itself) Singular 2 1 2 2 Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. e[autou? e[auth?j e[autou? e[autw?n Gen. e[aut&? e[aut^? e[aut&? e[autoi?j Dat. e[auto<n e[auth<n e[auto< e[autou<j Acc. Plural 1 Fem. e[autw?n e[autai?j e[auta<j 2 Neut. e[autw?n e[autoi?j e[auta< 197 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries Appendix 3 Chapter Summaries Chapter 1 Summary: The Alphabet a/A b/B g/G d/D e/E z/Z h/H q/Q i/I k/K l/L m/M n/N c/C o/O p/P r/R s/S t/T u/U f/F x/X y/Y w/W Alpha sounds like “a” in father. Beta sounds like “b” in Bible. Gamma sounds like “g” in gone. Delta sounds like “d” in dog. Epsilon sounds like “e” in met. Zeta sounds like “z” in daze when it begins a word, dz when it’s in the middle of a word. Eta sounds like “e” in obey. Theta sounds like “th” in think. Iota short sounds like the “i” in sit. Iota long sounds like the “i” in machine. In initial position on Hebrew name, it sounds like a “y.” Kappa sounds like “k” in kitchen. Lambda sounds like “l” in law. Mu sounds like “m” in mother. Nu sounds like “n” in new. Xsi sounds like “x” in axe. Omicron sounds like “o” in not. Some pronounce it like modern Greek long “o” as in “obey.” Pi sounds like “p” in peach. Rho sounds like “r” in rod. Sigma sounds like “s” in set. Sigma looks like j when it comes at the end of a word (final sigma)—sofo<j (wise). Tau sounds like “t” in talk. Upsilon sounds like “u” in “universe.” Phi sounds like “ph” in phone. Chi sounds like “ch” in chemical. Psi sounds like “ps” in lips. Omega sounds like “o” in tone. Vowels: Short: e, o; Long: h, w; Either: a, i, u 198 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 199 Eight diphthongs: ai—ai as in aisle, ei—ei as in eight, oi—oi as in oil, ui—ui as in suite, au—au as in sauerkaut, eu, hu—eu as in feud, ou—ou as in soup (two letters, one sound) Iota subscripts: %, ^, & Nasal gamma: g sound changes to an n sound when put before: g, k, x, c. a]ggelo<j pronounced: “angelos.” This is called a “nasal gamma.” Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 200 Chapter 2 Summary: Accents, Syllables, and English Grammar Four Syllable Rules 1. A consonant or pronounceable consonant cluster (i.e., any consonant combination that can begin a Greek word) goes with the vowel that follows it. 2. Split two consonants if they are the same letter or if they create an unpronounceable combination (i.e., any consonant combination that cannot begin a Greek word). 3. Split two vowels (except for diphthongs), allowing only one vowel or diphthong per syllable. 4. Split compound words into their original parts before applying the rules of syllable division. Syllable Names Antepenult pro a] Penult ko< fh< del Ultima smoj thj fo<j world prophet brother Three Accents 1. Acute ( <) angles upward, originally indicating a rising pitch. le<gw 2. Grave ( >) angles downward, originally indicating a falling pitch. a]delfo>j 3. Circumflex ( ?) angles upward then downward, originally indicating a rising then falling pitch. au]tou? Potential Accent Placement 1 Acute may occur on any of the last three syllables. 2. Circumflex may occur only on the last two syllables (but only if the vowel is long). 3. Grave may occur only on the last syllable. Six Accent Rules 1. Nouns are retentive. They attempt to keep their accents on the syllable of the base form. 2. Verbs are recessive. Their accent recedes toward the first syllable as far as possible. 3. If the ultima is long, then the antepenult cannot be accented. 4. If the ultima is long and the penult is accented, then that accent must be an acute. 5. If the ultima is short and the penult is both long and accented, that accent must be a circumflex. 6. If an acute is on the ultima, it becomes a grave when followed by another word. Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 201 Words with No Accents 1. Proclitic comes before the word that carries the accent. o[ lo<goj 2. Enclitic comes after the word that carries the accent. prw?to<j mou Breathing Marks 1. Smooth breathing ( ]) does not affect pronunciation: a]delfo<j 2. Rough breathing ( [) adds an “h” sound before the sound of the initial vowel: ui[o<j Punctuation Marks 1. Period ( . ) 2. Comma ( , ) 3. Colon ( : ) 4. Question Mark ( ; ) lo<goj. lo<goj, lo<goj: lo<goj; Apostrophe Vowels that drop out are marked with an apostrophe (e.g., it’s). dia< + au]tou? becomes di ] au]tou? Coronis kai< + e]gw< becomes ka]gw< (Jn. 1:31, 33) (internal breathing mark) Diaeresis ( * ) ]H sa i~ aj Isaiah (Jn. 1:23) (shows a vowel is pronounced separately) Quick Review of English Grammar Parts of Speech 1. Noun names a person, place, thing or idea (e.g., book). 2. Adjective is a word used to qualify the meaning of the noun (e.g., good book). 3. Definite Article is a word that specifies a particular noun (e.g., the book). The indefinite article is “a.” 4. Pronoun is a word used instead of a noun (e.g., the book, it). 5. Preposition is a relational word that connects an object (often a noun) to its antecedent (e.g., in the book). 6. Verb is often an action or state-of-being word that makes a statement, asks a question, or gives a command (e.g., read). 7. Adverb qualifies the meaning of the verb (e.g., read quickly). 8. Particle is indeclinable and assists in expressing the meaning of the sentence. Sentence Parts (Syntax) The sentence is divided into two parts: 1. Subject, about which something is said. Terry went to the store. 2. Predicate, what is said about the subject. Joy walked home. Predicate Nominative: It is I. Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 202 Phrase A phrase is a group of words used as a single part of speech (e.g., Read in the morning). Clause A clause is a group of words that includes a subject and predicate. A clause has a verb; a phrase does not (e.g., The person who owns the store). Vanquishing Verbs Tense generally describes the time of action (present, future, past). However, Greek tenses are used to denote aspect, or type, of action, rather than time. Joy walks everyday (present tense). Aspect denotes the type of action: In progress, immediacy, foregrounded (the event as a process): I was studying. Complete whole (the event simply happened): I studied. Perfect (the event happened, with effects continuing into the present): I have studied. Voice shows who does or receives the action of the verb. Active: Subject does the action: Zachary shot the ball. Middle: Subject does action on or for itself: Zachary was hit. Passive: Subject is acted upon: Zachary hit himself. Mood shows how something is said Indicative: Statement of fact: He learned Greek well. Subjunctive: Desire, prossible: He may learn Greek well. Imperative: Command: Learn Greek! Optative: Wish, remote possibility: Oh that you might learn Greek Nouns Nouns in Greek have gender, number and case. Gender: The Greek has masculine, feminine, and neuter genders. Number: As an “s” often marks an English word as being plural, Greek has, likewise, endings that mark whether a noun is singular or plural (e.g., book, books). Case: In English we have three cases that are seen in how we use our pronouns. 1. Subjective or Nominative Case: She = subject (She did it.) 2. Objective or Accusative Case: Her = object (The car hit her.) 3. Possessive or Genitive Case: Hers = possessive (The car was hers.) Greek adds two more cases: 4. Dative case: The case marking the indirect object. (I told the story to the apostles.) 5. Vocative case: The case of direct address. (O Lord, save me.) Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 203 Chapter 3 Summary: Present Active Verbs Verbs are words of action or state of being. Tense: Present, past, future. (I swim, I swam, I will swim). In Greek, tense forms are used not so much to refer to time (when the event happened), but to aktionsart (how the action takes place [punctiliar, durative, iterative, inceptive, gnomic/omnitemporal, timeless) but most of all to aspect (how the writer portrays the action of the verb): Present/imperfect: progress, immediacy, description, foregrounding; aorist: whole/complete background; and perfect/pluperfect: state of affairs, frontgrounding dwelt upon action. Voice 1. Active voice: The subject does the action of the verb. (He hit the ball.) 2. Passive voice: The subject receives the action of the verb. (He was hit by the ball.) 3. Middle voice: Emphasizes the subject’s particpation in the action of the verb (most frequently translated active), for the interest or benefit of the subject (loose [for herself]; more rarely the subject acts on him/herself (reflexive), or members of a group interact among themselves (reciprocal). Middles will usually be translated active. Some consider many of the middles as deponent (missing the active form) hence they are translated as active as well. Mood Mood refers to the kind of reality of the action, or how the action of the verb is regarded. 1. Indicative mood: The verb portrays reality or indicates that something simply happened. 2. Imperative mood: The verb gives a command, entreaty or exhortation. 3. Subjunctive mood: The verb expresses a wish, possibility, or potentiality. Person 1. First person indicates the person(s) speaking (I studied Greek.) 2. Second person indicates the person(s) spoken to (you [singular or plural]). (You studied Greek.) 3. Third person indicates the person(s) or thing(s) spoken about (he, she, they, it). (She studied Greek.) Number and Agreement Verbs must agree with their subjects in both person and number. He rides the wave. They ride the wave. Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 204 Translation We will translate the Present tense either undefined (event simply happens) or continuous aspect (event was a process). The present tense form however can refer to events past, present, future, omnitemporal or timeless. It is important to realize that aspect seems to be more the function of the present tense form (progress, immediacy, description, foregrounding material). The time will be more a function of the adverbial, prepositional or conjunctions of the context than of the strict tense form. 1. Undefined action: 2. Continuous action: I loose, I run I am loosing, I am running Historical Present Greek will often use the present tense to reference an event that actually happened in the past. Present Active Indicative (PAI) Paradigm Singular Plural luo<men I loose/am loosing We loose/ are loosing 1. lu<w lu<ete You loose/are loosing You loose/are loosing 2. lu<eij He/she/it looses/is loosing lu<ousi(n) They loose/are loosing 3. lu<ei -w -eij -ei Pronominal Suffixes -omen I -ete you -ousi(n) he/she/it we you (you-all) they Movable Nu (n ) Sometimes a nu ( n ) is added to the end of words ending in si or e, especially when it is followed by a word that begins with a vowel. Parsing Format Tense, voice, mood, person, number, lexical from, English meaning. lu<w PAI, 1 sg. from lu<w “I loose, destroy” Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 205 Chapter 4 Summary: Second Declension Nouns A noun is commonly defined as a word that stands for a person, place or thing. Natanya = person; store = place; book = thing. Declensions: First, Second, Third A declension is a grouping of nouns that are inflected with a shared set of endings. 1. First declension nouns are characterized by an h or a and are mostly feminine. 2. The second declension nouns are characterized by an o as the final letter of the stem. They are largely masculine or neuter. 3. Third declension nouns have stems that end in a consonant. Article “the” Greek nouns are assumed to be indefinite unless marked by the definite article (“the”). o[ = masculine (“the”); h[ = feminine (“the”); to< = neuter (“the”). The article can also, at points, be translated as a personal pronoun (I, you, he/she/it, they), a demonstrative pronoun (this/that//these/those) or a relative pronoun (who/which). Sometimes with names and abstracts it is best left untranslated. Gender Greek nouns are masculine, feminine, or neuter in gender. Often this gender is more a syntactic feature than a metaphysical statement as many inanimate objects are given grammatical gender. Gender is indicated by the definite article. Number and Agreement As in English, Greek has both singular and plural nouns. The verb must match the number of the subject noun the same way as in English: Students love Greek. The student loves Greek. Case Inflectional Forms There are five inflectional forms that mark the various cases or roles that nouns play in sentences. Nominative form marks the subject of the sentence. Music calms the heart. Genitive form expresses a description or possession. The Pharisee went to the house of God. Dative form marks the indirect object, agency, location etc. (to, by, for, at, with): He spoke a word to the apostle. Accusative form indicates the object of the sentence. Joy saw the ball. Vocative form is used for direct address. O Lord, how majestic is your name. Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries Masculine Second Declension Forms lo<goj = word Singular Plural lo<goi Nom. lo<goj a word words lo<gou of a word lo<gwn Gen. of words lo<g& lo<goij to words Dat. to a word lo<gon a word lo<gouj words Acc. lo<ge lo<goi Voc. O word O words (subject of sentence) (possessive) (indirect object) (direct object) (direct address) Neuter Second Declension Forms i[ero<n = temple Singular Plural i[era< Nom. i[ero<n a temple temples i[erou? Gen. of a temple i[erw?n of temples i[er&? Dat. to a temple i[eroi?j to temples i[ e ro< n i[era< Acc. a temple temples i[ero<n i[era< Voc. O temple O temples (subject of sentence) (possessive) (indirect object) (direct object) (direct address) 206 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries Chapter 5 Summary: First Declension Nouns Feminine First Declension Forms (Stem Ending in h) Singular Plural grafai< writings Nom. grafh< a writing (subject of sentence) grafh?j of a writing grafw?n of writings (possessive) Gen. graf^? Dat. to a writing grafai?j to writings (indirect object) grafh<n a writing grafa<j writings Acc. (direct object) grafh< grafai< Voc. O writing O writings (direct address) Feminine First Declension Forms (Stem Ending in a) w!ra = hour Singular Plural w$rai Nom./Voc. w!ra hour hours (subject of sentence) w! r aj w[ r w? n Gen. of an hour of hours (possessive) w!r% Dat. for an hour w!raij for hours (indirect object) w!ran hour w!raj Acc. hours (direct object) Masculine First Declension Forms profh<thj = prophet Singular Plural profh?tai Nom. profh<thj prophet profh<tou of a prophet profhtw?n Gen. profh<t^ to a prophet profh<taij Dat. profh<thn prophet profh<taj Acc. profh?ta O prophet profh?tai Voc. prophets of prophets to prophets prophets O prophets (subject) (possessive) (indirect object) (direct object) (direct address) The Article lo<goj o[ lo<goj “word” or “a word” “the word” Article Forms Singular Masc. Fem. h[ Nom. o[ tou? th?j Gen. t&? t^? Dat. to< n th<n Acc. Neut. to< tou? t&? to< Nom. sg. masc. (Acts 13:15) Nom. sg. masc. (Jn. 1:1) Masc. oi[ tw?n toi?j tou<j Plural Fem. ai[ tw?n tai?j ta<j Neut. ta< tw?n toi?j ta< 207 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 208 Chapter 6 Summary: Prepositions Definition of Preposition Prepositions are usually small function words that link or relate two words together. Often they tell position in space or time: Put the book on the table. Prepositional Phrase A phrase is a string of closely connected words. A prepositional phrase is usually composed of a preposition followed by a noun which is called the object of the preposition. Prep. + noun = in + the car (“the car” is the object of the preposition “in”) Chart of Prepositions meta<, with su<n, with a]po<, from e]pi<, on, upon dia<, through ei]j, into e]n, in e]k, out of kata<, against pro<j, to peri<, around, about kata<, down Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries Memory Verse: John 1:1 ]En in a]rx^ beginning kai> and o[ the lo<goj Word h#n was o[ the h#n was lo<goj, Word, pro>j with to>n qeo<n. God. 209 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 210 Chapter 7 Summary: Adjectives Definition An adjective is a word used to modify a noun or pronoun. The soft snow. Three Uses of Adjectives 1. An attributive adjective attributes a characteristic to the noun it modifies. The good book 2. A predicate adjective assigns a characteristic to the subject of the sentence. The book is good. 3. As a substantive, an adjective acts independently, as a noun itself. The good die young. Adjective Paradigm a]]gaqo<j (good) Declension 2 1 Singular Masc. Fem. a]gaqo<j a]gaqh< Nom. a]gaqou? a]gaqh?j Gen. a]gaq&? a]gaq^? Dat. a]gaqo<n a]gaqh<n Acc. Plural a]gaqoi< a]gaqai< Nom. a]gaqw?n a]gaqw?n Gen. a]gaqoi?j a]gaqai?j Dat. a]gaqou<j a]gaqa<j Acc. 2 Neut. a]gaqo<n a]gaqou? a]gaq&? a]gaqo<n a]gaqa< a]gaqw?n a]gaqoi?j a]gaqa< Attributive position = Adjective has article o[ a]gaqo>j lo<goj the good word o[ lo<goj o[ a]gaqo<j the good word Predicate position = Adjective has no article a]gaqo>j o[ lo<goj the word is good o[ lo<goj a]gaqo>j the word is good Substantive use: Adjective used as a noun The substantive use often has the article. oi[ de> di<kaioi ei]j zwh>n ai]w<nion and the righteous unto eternal life (Mat. 25:46) Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries Present Indicative of e]imi< Singular Plural ei]mi< e]sme<n I am ei# e]ste< You are e]sti<(n) ei]si<(n) He/she/it is We are You are They are ou], ou]k, and ou]x 1. ou] before a consonant; 2. ou]k before a vowel with a smooth breathing mark; and 3. ou]x before a vowel with a rough breathing mark. Memory Verse: John 1:1 ]En In a]rx^? beginning kai> and o[ the kai> and qeo>j God h#n was lo<goj Word h#n was o[ the h#n was o[ the pro>j with lo<goj, Word, to>n the lo<goj. word. Note: o[ lo<goj is the subject of the last clause. qeo<n, God, 211 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 212 Chapter 8 Summary: Personal Pronouns Definition: A pronoun is a word that stands in place of a noun usually for brevity or to avoid repetition. The person or object to which the pronoun refers is called its “antecedent.” It (the ball) hit him (Elliott) in the head. Types of Pronouns 1. Personal pronouns stand in for a person: Bill did it. He was there. 2. Demonstrative pronouns point to a person or object that is near (this/these) or far (that/those): This book belongs to that student. 3. Relative pronouns relate a subordinate clause to a noun: It is a great person who attempts to master Greek. 4. Reciprocal pronouns state an interchange between two things/persons: They loved one another. 5. Reflexive pronouns direct the action of the verb back to the subject: She hid herself behind the door. 6. Interrogative pronouns ask a question: Who broke the chair? First Person Pronoun Paradigm Singular Plural h[mei?j Nom. e]gw< I we mou h[mw?n Gen. of me/my of us/our moi Dat. to me/for me h[mi?n to us/for us me h[ma?j Acc. me us Second Person Pronoun Paradigm Singular Plural u[mei?j Nom. su< you you sou u[mw?n Gen. of you/your your soi u[mi?n Dat. to/for you to/for you se u[ma?j Acc. you you Pronoun Enclitics: Many personal pronouns are enclitics (e.g., mou, moi, me, sou, soi, se). Declension Format: e]gw< soi< Person + First Second Case + nominative dative Number singular (I) singular (to you) Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries Third Person Pronoun Paradigm: 3 Genders Masculine Singular Plural au]toi< Nom. au]to<j he they au]tou? au]tw?n Gen. his their au]t&? au]toi?j Dat. to/for him to/for them au]to<n au]tou<j Acc. him them Nom. Gen. Dat. Acc. Feminine Singular au]th< she au]th?j hers au]t^? to/for her au]th<n her au]tai< au]tw?n au]tai?j au]ta<j Plural they their to/for them them Nom. Gen. Dat. Acc. Neuter Singular au]to< it au]tou? its au]t&? to/for it au]to< it au]ta< au]tw?n au]toi?j au]ta< Plural they their to/for them them Three Uses au]to<j can be used in three ways: 1. As a pronoun, matching its antecedent in number and gender and translated as “he,” “she,” “it,” or “they.” 2. As a reflexive intensifier, when au]to<j is used as an adjective in the predicate position (usually in the nominative case) it is translated reflexively (e.g. he himself will get the car). 3. Adjective meaning “same,” when au]to<j is used in the attributive position. 213 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 214 Chapter 9 Summary: Present Middle/Passive Verbs Definitions: There are two voices in English. In the active voice, the subject of the sentence does the action: Zach hits the ball. In the passive voice, the subject is acted on by the verb: Zach was hit by the ball. Aktionsart: Punctiliar (single point in time): Zach is hit by the ball. Continuous: Zach is being hit by the ball. The middle has two functions: 1. As a true middle it is translated as active emphasizing the subject’s participation in the action of the verb. Some see most middles (75 percent) are deponent and should be translated as active (Mounce): “Tanya splashed Rebekah.” 2. As expressing self-interest (you loose [for yourself]), or rarely reflexive sense (he loosed himself). Present Middle Indicative Paradigm Singular Plural luo< meqa 1. lu<omai I am loosing (for myself) lu<esqe You are loosing 2. lu<^ (for yourself) lu<ontai 3. lu<etai He/she/it is loosing (for himself/herself/itself) Present Passive Indicative Paradigm Singular Plural luo<meqa 1. lu<omai I am being loosed lu<esqe You are being loosed 2. lu<^ 3. lu<etai He/she/it is being loosed lu<ontai We are loosing (for ourselves) You are loosing (for yourselves) They are loosing (for themselves) We are being loosed You are being loosed They are being loosed Present Middle/Passive Indicative Primary Endings Singular Plural 1. -omai -omeqa 2. -^ (-sai) -esqe 3. -etai -ontai “Deponent” Verbs Deponent verbs are middle in form but translated as actives. This is a debated topic in Greek. Others, including this writer, will simply take most of these forms as true middles (emphasizing the subject’s participation in the aciton of the verb and translating them active). They have no active form and are easy to tell in vocabulary lists because they have the middle ending -omai. Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 215 Frequently Used “Deponent” Verbs a]pokri<nomai I answer (231) ei]se<rxomai I come in (194) e@rxomai I come, go (634) e]ce<rxomai I go out (218) gi<nomai I become (669) poreu<omai I go (132) Accompanying Cases Often with passives there is a need to express the agent, instrument, or means by which the subject is acted on, by 1. using u[po< or dia< with the genitive to expresses agency (e.g., Elliott was hit by Zach.), or 2. using the dative case to indicate means or instrument. The translation will use “with” or “by” (e.g., Elliott was hit by the ball). Compound Verbs e@rxomai I go in, enter ei]se<rxomai I go in, enter (ei]j prefix). e]ce<rxomai I go out, leave e]k prefix). die<rxomai I go through (dia< prefix). Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 216 Chapter 10 Summary: Future Verbs Introduction In the present tense we say, “We go to college.” In the past we say, “We went to college.” In the future we say, “We will go to college.” Future Active Indicative Paradigm Singular Plural lu<somen I will loose 1. lu<sw lu<sete You will loose 2. lu<seij lu<sousi(n) He/she/it will loose 3. lu<sei We will loose You will loose They will loose Future Middle Indicative Paradigm Singular Plural luso<meqa I will loose 1. lu<somai (for myself) lu<sesqe You will loose 2. lu<s^ (for yourself) lu<sontai He/she/ it will loose 3. lu<setai (for himself/herself/itself) We will loose (for ourselves) You will loose (for yourselves) They will loose (for themselves) Future Connective s Transformations Velars Dentals k, g, or x + s = c t, d, or q + s = s Labials Liquid (Lemoners) p, b, or f + s = y l, m, n, or r + s = w? Sibilants s or z + s = s Future of the Verb of Being: ei]mi< (I am) Singular Plural e]so<meqa I will be We will be 1. e@somai e@sesqe You will be You will be 2. e@s^ He/she/it will be e@sontai They will be 3. e@stai “Deponent” (lacking an active form) Futures Sometimes there are verbs that in the present tense are not deponent but in the future they are: Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries Present a]kou<w lamba<nw ginw<skw Future a]kou<somai lh<myomai gnw<somai Irregular Futures Present Future e@rxomai e]leu<somai ginw<skw gnw<somai le<gw e]rw? I will hear I will take, receive I will know I will come, go I will know I will say 217 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries Chapter 11 Summary: Demonstrative, Relative, Reflexive, and Reciprocal Pronouns Demonstrative Pronouns Demonstratives are pointers. They point to things near (“this/these”) or things far (“that/those”). “These” and “those” are the plural forms. e]kei?noj ou$toj / au!th / tou?to that (plural = those) this (plural = these) e]kei?noj (that/those) Singular 2 1 Masc. Fem. e]kei?noj e]kei<nh Nom. e]kei<nou e]kei<nhj Gen. e]kei<n& e]kei<n^ Dat. e]kei?non e]kei<nhn Acc. 2 Neut. e]kei?no e]kei<nou e]kei<n& e]kei?no 2 Masc. e]kei?noi e]kei<nwn e]kei<noij e]kei<nouj Plural 1 Fem. e]kei?nai e]kei<nwn e]kei<naij e]kei<naj ou$toj (this/these) Singular 2 1 Masc. Fem. ou$toj au!th Nom. tou< t ou tau< thj Gen. tou<t& tau<t^ Dat. tou?ton tau<thn Acc. 2 Neut. tou?to tou<tou tou<t& tou?to 2 Masc. ou$toi tou<twn tou<toij tou<touj Plural 1 Fem. au$tai tou<twn tau<taij tau<taj 2 Neut. e]kei?na e]kei<nwn e]kei<noij e]kei?na 2 Neut. tau?ta tou<twn tou<toij tau?ta Relative Pronouns Relative pronouns are words like who, whom, which, that, and whose. o!j (who/which) Singular 2 1 Masc. Fem. o!j h! Nom. ou$ h$j Gen. &$ ^$ Dat. o!n h!n Acc. 2 Neut. o! ou$ &$ o! 2 Masc. oi! w$n oi$j ou!j Plural 1 Fem. ai! w$n ai$j a!j 2 Neut. a! w$n oi$j a! Reflexive/Reciprocal Pronouns Reflexive pronouns are used to indicate that the antecedent is acting on itself. This is similar to one of the functions of the middle voice in Greek. 218 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 219 Terry threw himself into the water from the bridge. Reciprocal pronouns are used to indicate that several subjects are acting on each other. a]llh<lwn (“one another”) is the reciprocal pronoun. Reflexive Pronouns First Person (myself) Singular 2 1 Masc. Fem. e]mauth?j Gen. e]mautou? e]maut^? Dat. e]maut&? e] m auto< n e] mauth<n Acc. 2 Masc. e[autw?n e[autoi?j e[autou<j Second Person (yourself) Singular 2 1 Masc. Fem. seauth?j Gen. seautou? seaut^? Dat. seaut&? seauth<n Acc. seauto<n Plural 2 1 Masc. Fem. e[autw?n e[autw?n e[autoi?j e[autai?j e[autou<j e[auta<j Plural 1 Fem. e[autw?n e[autai?j e[auta<j Third Person (himself/herself/itself) Singular 2 1 2 2 Masc. Fem. Neut. Masc. e[autou? e[autw?n Gen. e[autou? e[auth?j e[aut^? e[aut&? e[autoi?j Dat. e[aut&? e[auto< e[autou<j Acc. e[auto<n e[auth<n Plural 1 Fem. e[autw?n e[autai?j e[auta<j 2 Neut. e[autw?n e[autoi?j e[auta< Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries Chapter 12 Summary: Imperfect Verbs Greek Imperfect The Greek imperfect tense is used for unfolding action in progress or dwelled upon action. In English, it will usually be translated with the helping verb was/were + the participle form of the verb (e.g., was singing). Augment + Verb stem + e+ Aug lu + Stem Connecting vowel + o+ CV Secondary active endings n= Ending e@luon The connecting vowel: o before m and n and e elsewhere Imperfect Active Indicative of lu<w Singular e]lu<omen I was loosing 1. e@luon e]lu<ete You were loosing 2. e@luej e@luon He/she/it was 3. e@lue(n) loosing Plural We were loosing You were loosing They were loosing Secondary Active Endings Singular Plural -men 1. -n -te 2. -j -n 3. -e Learn: e@luon, j, e, men, te, n (n s e men t e n) Imperfect Middle/Passive Indicative of lu<w Singular Plural e]luo<meqa I was being loosed We were being loosed 1. e]luo<mhn e]lu<esqe You were being You were being 2. e]lu<ou loosed loosed e]lu<onto He/she/it was being They were being 3. e]lu<eto loosed loosed 220 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 221 Secondary Middle/Passive Endings Singular Plural -meqa 1. -mhn -sqe 2. -ou -nto 3. -to Learn: e]luo<mhn, ou, to, meqa, esqe, onto Augments The augment (prefix) is added in four ways: 1. Before consonants it is e. 2. Before vowels the augment contracts with the vowel according to the following rules: Vowels e+a=h e+e=h e+h=h e + i=i e+o=w e+u=u Diphthongs e + ai = ^ e + ei = ^ e + oi = & e + au = hu e + eu = hu Four patterns: 1. a and e lengthen to h 2. o lengthens to w 3. i ending a diphthong subscripts 4. u ending a diphthong stays strong 3. Compound verbs with prepositions ending in a consonant: insert the augment between the prepositional prefix and the verb stem. e]kba<llw becomes e]ce<ballon. 4. Compound verbs with prepositions ending in a vowel: the final vowel of the preposition is dropped and the e augment inserted in its place. a]poktei<nw becomes a]pe<kteinon. Imperfect Indicative of ei]mi< Singular h#men I was 1. h@mhn h#te You were 2. h#j h#san He/she/it was 3. h#n Plural We were You were They were Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries Memory Verse: Mat. 6:9, the Lord’s Prayer Pa<ter Father h[mw?n our, a[giasqh<tw hallowed be o[ the one to> the e]n in o@noma< name toi?j the sou: your ou]ranoi?j: heavens; 222 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries Chapter 13 Summary: Third Declension Nouns Transformations Labials: p, b, or f + s = y Velars: k, g, or x + s = c Dentals: t, d, or q + s = s Nu drops out when followed by a sigma. Tau/Delta Final Stems xa<rij, xa<ritoj, h[ (grace) Singular Plural xa<ritej Nom./Voc. xa<rij xa<ritoj xari<twn Gen. xa<riti xa<risi(n) Dat. xa<rita xa<ritaj Acc. Iota Final Stems pi<stij, pi<stewj, h[ (faith) Singular Plural pi<steij Nom./Voc. pi<stij pi<stewj pi<stewn Gen. pi<stei pi<stesi(n) Dat. pi<stin pi<steij Acc. -mat Final Stems o@noma, o]no<matoj, to< (name) Singular Plural o]no<mata Nom./Voc. o@noma o]no<matoj o]noma<twn Gen. o]no<mati o]no<masi(n) Dat. o@noma o]no<mata Acc. pa?j (all) Nom. Gen. Dat. Acc. Masc. pa?j panto<j panti< pa<nta Singular Fem. pa?sa pa<shj pa<s^ pa?san Neut. pa?n panto<j panti< pa?n Masc. pa<ntej pa<ntwn pa?si(n) pa<ntaj Plural Fem. pa?sai pasw?n pa<saij pa<saj Neut. pa<nta pa<ntwn pa?si(n) pa<nta 223 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries Memory Verse: Mat 6:10a e]lqe<tw Let come genhqh<tw let happen h[ the to> the basilei<a kingdom qe<lhma< will sou: your; sou. your. 224 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 225 Chapter 14 Summary: Second Aorist Verbs Form: The second aorist is built from the second aorist verb stem. It is preceded by an (e) augment and followed by secondary endings like the imperfect. The aorist is understood as a backgrounding tense form portraying a complete or wholistic action. It is the most frequently used tense form and the least semantically marked base for general writing. Augment + Verb stem + e+ Aug lab + Stem Connecting vowel + o+ CV Secondary endings n= Ending e@labon The connecting vowel is o before m and n and e elsewhere 1. 2. 3. Second Aorist Active Indicative of lamba<nw Singular Plural e@labon e]la<bomen I took We took e@labej e]la<bete You took You took e@labe(n) e@labon He/she/it took They took Note: The n, s, e, men, te, n endings are the same as for the imperfects. 1. 2. 3. Second Aorist Middle Indicative of gi<nomai Singular Plural e]geno<mhn e]geno<meqa I became We became e]ge<nou e]ge<nesqe You became You became e]ge<neto He/she/it became e]ge<nonto They became Note: The mhn, ou, to, meqa, esqe, onto endings are the same as for the imperfects. Augments Aorist augments = Imperfect augments Aorist Stems of Verbs Here is a list of second aorist forms of verbs already learned. Master these forms. Present a]pe<<rxomai a]poqn^<skw ba<llw o[ra<w gi<nomai ginw<skw Aorist a]ph?lqon a]pe<qanon e@balon ei#don e]geno<mhn e@gnwn I departed I died I threw I saw (cf. ble<pw, o@yomai) I became I knew Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries ei]se<rxomai e]ce<rxomai e@rxomai eu[ri<skw e@xw lamba<nw le<gw ei]sh?lqon e]ch?lqon h#lqon eu$ron e@sxon e@labon ei#pon I entered I went out I came, went I found I had I took I said Memory Verse: Mat. 6:10c w[j as e]n in ou]ran&? heaven kai> so also e]pi> on gh?j: earth; 226 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 227 Chapter 15 Summary: First Aorist Verbs Comparison with Greek Like English with the past, Greek forms the aorist in two ways. The first aorist is formed off the present stem, with an augment and a suffixed sa. The second aorist is built from a different aorist stem, which adds endings identical to the imperfect. The aorist is understood as a backgrounding tense form portraying a complete or wholistic action. It is the most frequently used tense form and the least semantically marked base for general writing. First Aorist Form Augment + Verb stem + Tense formative + e+ Aug lu + Stem sa + Tense connective 1. 2. 3. Secondary endings j= Ending Aorist Active Indicative of lu<w Singular Plural e@lusa e]lu<samen I loosed e@lusaj e]lu<sate You loosed e@luse(n) e@lusan He/she/it loosed e@lusaj We loosed You loosed They loosed Note:The -, s, e, men, te, n endings are the same as the imperfects except that in the first person singular the n is dropped. 1. 2. 3. Aorist Middle Indicative of lu<w Singular e]lusa<mhn I loosed (for myself) e]lu<sw You loosed (for yourself) e]lu<sato He/she/it loosed (for himself/herself/itself) Plural e]lusa<meqa e]lu<sasqe e]lu<santo We loosed (for ourselves) You loosed (for yourselves) They loosed (for themselves) Note: The mhn, w, to, meqa, sqe, nto endings are the same as the imperfects except in the second person singular, where the ou shifts to w. Ending Transformations The sigma ending is added in basically the same way as the sigma was added for future tense verbs (see chap. 10). Velars (k, g, or x) + s becomes c dida<skw + sa = e]di<daca Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 228 Labials (p, b, or f) + s becomes y ble<pw + sa = e@bleya Dentals (t, d, or q) + s drops the dental pei<qw + sa = e@peisa With liquids (l and r) and nasals (m and n), lemoners, often the sigma is dropped and the preceding vowel in the stem is changed. me<nw + sa = e@meina Aorist Stems of Verbs Here is a list of first aorist active indicative forms of verbs already learned. Present a]kou<w a]poste<llw ble<pw gra<fw dida<skw pisteu<w qe<lw me<nw kri<nw s&<zw First Aorist h@kousa a]pe<steila e#bleya e@graya e]di<daca e]pi<steusa h]qe<lhsa e@meina e@krina e@swsa I heard I sent I saw I wrote I taught I believed I wished I remained I judged I saved Memory Verse: Mat. 6:11 to>n the do>j Give a@rton bread h[mi?n us h[mw?n our sh<meron: today; to>n the e]piou<sion daily portion Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 229 Chapter 16 Summary: Aorist and Future Passive Verbs Introduction Passive verbs go with subjects acted on by the action of the verbs. In English, we form the past passive indicative by using a helping verb (e.g., I was struck by the foul ball). Similarly, the future passive indicative is formed with the helping “will be” (e.g., I will be flown to Indianapolis). Form: The aorist passives are formed by adding qh before the ending: e] + Aug. lu + Stem qh + Passive connective n= Ending e]lu<qhn I was loosed The future passives add qhs before the ending and drop the augment. lu + Stem qhs + Passive connective omai = Ending luqh<somai I will be loosed Passive Connective Transformations Consonant Shifts k, g +q Velars: =x p, b +q Labials: =f t, d, q +q Dentals: =s z, c, y +q Sibilants: =s First Aorist Passive Indicative of lu<w Singular e]lu<qhmen I was loosed 1. e]lu<qhn e]lu<qhte You were loosed 2. e]lu<qhj e]lu<qhsan He/she/it was loosed 3. e]lu<qh Future Passive Indicative of lu<w Singular luqhso<meqa 1. luqh<somai I will be loosed You will be loosed luqh<sesqe 2. luqh<s^ luqh<sontai He/she/it will be 3. luqh<setai loosed Plural We were loosed You were loosed They were loosed Plural We will be loosed You will be loosed They will be loosed Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries Passive Stems Present Active Aorist Passive a]poste<llw a]pesta<lhn ba<llw e]blh<qhn gi<nomai e]genh<qhn ginw<skw e]gnw<sqhn dida<skw e]dida<xqhn du<namai h]dunh<qhn e]gei<rw h]ge<rqhn eu[ri<skw eu[re<qhn qe<lw h]qelh<qhn kri<nw e]kri<qhn lamba<nw e]lh<mfqhn le<gw e]rre<qhn pisteu<w e]pisteu<qhn poreu<omai e]poreu<qhn s&<zw e]sw<qhn Future Passive — blhqh<somai — gnwsqh<somai — — e]gerqh<somai eu[reqh<somai — e]kriqh<somai — — — — swqh<somai Memory Verse: Mat. 6:12a kai> and a@fej forgive h[mi?n for us ta> the o]feilh<mata debts h[mw?n, our 230 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 231 Chapter 17 Summary: Contract Verbs Introduction Verbs with stems ending in a, e, or o are known as contract verbs. For example, in the verb a]gapa<w the stems ends with alpha. When pronominal endings are added to the verb, the final vowel of the stem and the connecting vowel of the ending contract according to five rules. Contractions take place in the present and imperfect tenses. Rules of Contraction Rule 1: Likes go long. Two like vowels combine into their common long vowel. a+a=a e+h=h o+w=w Rule 2: O overcomes. An o or w will overcome an a, e, or h; becoming w. o+a=w e+w=w Rule 3: First overcomes. When an a, e, or h come together, whichever comes first becomes its own matching long vowel. e+a=h a + e or a+ h = long a Rule 4: Same vowel, diphthong drops. A vowel similar to the first vowel of a diphthong drops out. o + ou = ou e + ei = ei Rule 5: Dissimilar diphthong contracts. A vowel dissimilar to the diphthong that follows it will contract using the preceding rules— a. unless the third vowel is an upsilon, in which case the upsilon drops out. b. unless the third vowel is an iota, in which case the iota becomes an iota subscript. Exceptions: o + ei = oi e + oi = oi o + ^ = oi 1. 2. 3. Present Active Indicative of a]gapa<w Singular Plural a]gapw? (aw) a]gapw?men (aomen) I love a]gap%?j (aeij) You love a]gapa?te (aete) a]gap%? (aei) He/she/it loves a]gapw?si(n) (aousi) We love You love They love 1. 2. 3. Present Active Indicative of poie<w Singular Plural poiw? (ew) poiou?men (eomen) I do poiei?j (eeij) poiei?te (eete) You do poiei? (eei) He/she/it does poiou?si(n) (eousi) We do You do They do Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 1. 2. 3. Present Active Indicative of plhro<w Singular Plural plhrw? (ow) plhrou?men (oomen) I fill plhroi?j (oeij) plhrou?te (oete) You fill plhroi? (oei) plhrou?si(n) (oousi) He/she/it fills We fill You fill They fill Memory Verse: Review + Mat. 6: 12b kai> and w[j as a@fej forgive kai> also h[mi?n for us h[mei?j we ta> the a]fh<kamen we forgave o]feilh<mata debts toi?j the h[mw?n, our o]feile<taij debtors h[mw?n: our; 232 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 233 Chapter 18 Summary: Perfect Verbs Introduction The Greek perfect is used to indicate that an action states of being focusing on the action by frontgrounding it. It is used when the action is to be dwelt upon (e.g., “I have prepared for the game”). Perfect Translation While the perfect is generally translated into English using the helping verb “have,” sometimes the meaning of the verb makes it clear that the action is completed and its effects continue into the present Redup. le + Stem lu + Perfect connective ka + Pronominal ending te = lelu<kate Reduplication Patterns Consonantal reduplication: When a verb begins with a consonant, the consonant is doubled and attached to the front of a word with a connecting epsilon (le + luka). Vocalic reduplication: When a verb begins with a vowel or diphthong, the vowel is lengthened (e]lpi<zw becomes h@lpika and ai]te<w becomes ^@thka). Doubled consonant or r: If a word begins with two consonants or a rho, an epsilon is usually added instead of reduplication. (ginw<skw, stem gnw-, becomes e@gnwka). Compound verbs: The reduplicated form comes between the verb and the initial preposition: a]poste<llw becomes a]pe<stalka. Adding Perfect Kappa Contract verbs lengthen their final stem vowel preceding the perfect k ending: a]gapa<w becomes h]ga<phka. If a verb stem ends in t, d, or q, the consonant is dropped when the perfect k is added: e]lpi<zw (stem e]lpid-) becomes h@lpika. 1. 2. 3. Perfect Active Indicative of lu<w Singular Plural lelu<kamen le<luka I have loosed lelu<kate le<lukaj You have loosed le<luke(n) He/she/it has loosed lelu<kasi(n) We have loosed You have loosed They have loosed Note the active secondary endings are used: –, j, e, men, te, n. The first singular drops the n. Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 1. 2. 3. 234 Perfect Middle/Passive Indicative of lu<w Singular Plural le<lumai I have been loosed lelu<meqa We have been loosed le<lusai You have been loosed le<lusqe You have been loosed le<lutai He/she/it has been loosed le<luntai They have been loosed Oi#da oi#da is a perfect but translated as a present, with irregular forms: 1. 2. 3. oi#da oi#daj oi#de(n) I know You know He knows oi@damen oi@date oi@dasi(n) We know You know They know Pluperfect Paradigm Pluperfect tense is rare and expresses action completed in the past with a terminated effect some time in the past. 1. 2. 3. e]lelu<kein e]lelu<keij e]lelu<kei I had loosed You had loosed He/she/it had loosed e]lelu<keimen e]lelu<keite e]lelu<keisan We had loosed You had loosed They had loosed Principal Parts For Greek verbs there are six principal parts from which the paradigms are built. You now know how all the parts function. Present a]gapa<w Perfect Active h]ga<phka Future a]gaph<sw Aorist Active h]ga<phsa Perfect Mid/Pass h]ga<phmai Aorist Passive h]gaph<qhn Perfect Indicative Verb Stems Present Active Perfect Active Perfect Mid/Pass a]gapa<w h]ga<phka h]ga<phmai a]kou<w a]kh<koa — a]poste<llw a]pe<stalka a]pe<stalmai ba<llw be<blhka be<blhmai gi<nomai ge<gona gege<nhmai ginw<skw e@gnwka e@gnwsmai gra<fw ge<grafa ge<grammai e@rxomai e]lh<luqa — eu[ri<skw eu!rhka — e@xw e@sxhka — kale<w ke<klhka ke<klhmai I love I hear I send I throw I become I know I write I come I find I have I call Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries kri<nw lale<w le<gw me<nw o[ra<w pisteu<w poie<w poreu<omai s&<zw ke<krika lela<lhka ei@rhka meme<nhka e[w<raka pepi<steuka pepoi<hka — se<swka ke<krimai lela<lhmai ei@rhmai — — pepi<steumai pepoi<hmai pepo<reumai se<s&smai I judge I speak I say I remain I see I believe I do, make I go I save Memory Verse: Mat. 6:13a kai> and mh> not ei]sene<gk^j (you) lead h[ma?j us ei]j peirasmo<n, into temptation, 235 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 236 Chapter 19 Summary: Present Participles Introduction In Greek, participles are used in much the same way as they are in English. Present participles are formed in English by adding “-ing” to the verbal form (e.g., walking). A participle is a verbal (with present, aorist, active/passive tenses) adjective (with gender, number, case). Participle as Adjective You can tell when a participle is being used adjectivally because, as an attributive adjective, it will modify a noun or pronoun (e.g., the running car). It will usually come with a definite article. When translating a Greek present participle, we may use a simple English participle, which is usually a word ending in “ing.” A participle, like other adjectives, may be used as a substantive when it has the article and no modified noun or pronoun (e.g., running is fun). Participle as Adverb A participle may be used as an adverb modifying the verb in some way. It usually does not take a definite article (i.e., it is anarthrous). Often the adverbial participles will be translated as a temporal clause. If the present tense is used, it will refer to something that happens at the same time as the main verb (e.g. while walking). If an aorist tense participle is used, the action of the participle was before the action of the main verb (e.g., after walking). If a perfect tense participle is used, its action was completed, with continuing results (e.g., after having walked) or state of affairs. Translating Participles The adjectival participle will often be translated by using the English participle (“ing”) with some connecting words such as “who,” “which,” or “the one who” (e.g., The one speaking to me wrote the book). Present Participle Forms In the masculine and neuter the sign of the participle (ont) is added, followed by the third declension noun endings: lu + ont + oj = lu<ontoj The present active feminine participle is formed by using ouj as the sign of the participle, to which the first declension endings are suffixed: lu + ous + hj = luou<shj Middle/passives participles are formed using the present verb stem adding -omen as a middle/passive participle indicator and the second declension case endings for the masculine and neuter: lu + omen + oj = luo<menoj Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries The feminine uses first declension endings: lu + omen + h = luome<nh Present Participle Active Middle Passive Adverbial participle Adjectival has no Art.. attributive has Art. before noun it modifies. while loosing the loosing girl while loosing the girl loosing himself herself while being loosed the girl being loosed Present Active Participles 3 1 Singular Masculine Feminine lu<wn lu<ousa Nom. lu<ontoj luou<shj Gen. lu<onti luou<s^ Dat. lu<onta lu<ousan Acc. Plural lu<ontej lu<ousai Nom. luo<ntwn luousw?n Gen. lu<ousi(n) luou<saij Dat. lu<ontaj luou<saj Acc. Adjectival substantive has Art. but no noun/pronoun to modify. the one loosing the ones loosing themselves the one being loosed 3 Neuter lu?on lu<ontoj lu<onti lu?on lu<onta luo<ntwn lu<ousi(n) lu<onta Present Middle/Passive Participles (recognize these) 3 3 Singular Masculine Feminine Neuter luo< m enoj luome< n h luo< menon Nom. luome<nou luome<nhj luome<nou Gen. luome<n& luome<n^ luome<n& Dat. luo<menon luome<nhn luo<menon Acc. Plural luo<menoi luo<menai luo<mena Nom. luome<nwn luome<nwn luome<nwn Gen. luome<noij luome<naij luome<noij Dat. luome<nouj luome<naj luo<mena Acc. 237 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries Present Active Participle of ei]mi< 3 1 Singular Masculine Feminine w@n ou#sa Nom. o@ntoj ou@shj Gen. o@nti ou@s^ Dat. o@nta ou#san Acc. Plural o@ntej ou#sai Nom. o@ n twn ou] sw?n Gen. ou#si(n) ou@saij Dat. o@ntaj ou@saj Acc. 3 Neuter o@n o@ntoj o@nti o@n o@nta o@ntwn ou#si(n) o@nta Present Active Participles (know these forms) lu<wn lu<ousa lu?on Nom. lu<ontoj luou<shj lu<ontoj Gen. Present Middle/Passive Participles luo<menoj luome<nh luo<menon Nom. luome<nou luome<nhj luome<nou Gen. Memory Verse: Review + Mat. 6:13b kai> and mh> not ei]sene<gk^j (you) lead a]lla> but r[u?sai (you) deliver h[ma?j us h[ma?j us a]po> from ei]j peirasmo<n, into temptation tou? the ponhrou?. evil (one). 238 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 239 Chapter 20 Summary: Aorist Participles Translating Participles The aorist adjectival participle will often be translated by using the English participle (“-ing” or “-ed”) with some connecting word like “who,” “which,” or “the one who” (e.g., The one who spoke to me wrote the book). Adverbial participles will often be translated in a temporal clause by using “while, after, or before” (e.g., After laughing, the boy left). First Aorist Participle Forms Stem lu + Aor. sa + Ptc. nt nt + Third Declension oj = Aorist Active Ptc. lu<santoj Stem lu + Aor. sa + Ptc. s s+ First Declension hj = Aorist Active Ptc. lusa<shj Stem lu + Aor. sa + Mid. Ptc. men + Second Declension oj = Aorist Middle Ptc. lusa<menoj Stem lu + Aor. Pass. Ptc. nt qe + nt + Third Declension oj = Aorist Passive Ptc. luqe<ntoj First Aorist Active Participles (recognize these forms) 3 1 3 Singular Masculine Feminine Neuter lu<saj lu<sasa lu?san Nom. lu<santoj lusa<shj lu<santoj Gen. lu<santi lusa<s^ lu<santi Dat. lu<santa lu<sasan lu?san Acc. Plural lu<santej lu<sasai lu<santa Nom. lusa<ntwn lusasw?n lusa<ntwn Gen. lu<sasi(n) lusa<saij lu<sasi(n) Dat. lu< s antaj lusa< s aj lu< santa Acc. Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries First Aorist Middle Participles 2 1 Singular Masculine Feminine lusa<menoj lusame<nh Nom. lusame<nou lusame<nhj Gen. lusame<n& lusame<n^ Dat. lusa<menon lusame<nhn Acc. Plural lusa<menoi lusa<menai Nom. lusame<nwn lusame<nwn Gen. lusame<noij lusame<naij Dat. lusame<nouj lusame<naj Acc. First Aorist Passive Participles 3 1 Singular Masculine Feminine luqei<j luqei?sa Nom. luqe<ntoj luqei<shj Gen. luqe<nti luqei<s^ Dat. luqe<nta luqei?san Acc. Plural luqe<ntej luqei?sai Nom. luqe< n twn luqeisw? n Gen. luqei?si(n) luqei<saij Dat. luqe<ntaj luqei<saj Acc. 2 Neuter lusa<menon lusame<nou lusame<n& lusa<menon lusa<mena lusame<nwn lusame<noij lusa<mena 3 Neuter luqe<n luqe<ntoj luqe<nti luqe<n luqe<nta luqe<ntwn luqei?si(n) luqe<nta First Aorist Active Participles (know these forms cold) 3 1 3 lu<saj lu<sasa lu?san Nom. lu<santoj lusa<shj lu<santoj Gen. First Aorist Middle Participles 2 1 lusa< m enoj lusame<nh Nom. lusame<nou lusame<nhj Gen. 2 lusa<menon lusame<nou First Aorist Passive Participles 3 1 luqei<j luqei?sa Nom. luqe<ntoj luqei<shj Gen. 3 luqe<n luqe<ntoj 240 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries Aorist Participle Active Middle Passive Adverbial participle Adjectival attributive has has no Art. Art. before noun it modifies. after loosing (the girl) who loosed after loosing (the girl) who loosed himself herself after being loosed (the girl) who was loosed 241 Adjectival substantive has Art. but no noun to modify. the one who loosed the ones who loosed themselves the one who was loosed Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 242 Chapter 21 Summary: Perfect Participles Introduction Perfect participles are used when the action being described an existing state of affairs. Perfect participles can be translated by using the helping verb “having” (e.g., having spoken). When used adverbially, the temporal preposition “after” may be used (e.g., after having driven). Perfect Participle Forms le + lu + k + ot + oj = leluko<toj le + lu + men + oj = lelume<noj Perfect Active Participles (be able to recognize) 3 1 3 Singular Masculine Feminine Neuter lelukw<j lelukui?a leluko<j Nom. leluko<toj lelukui<aj leluko<toj Gen. leluko<ti lelukui<% leluko<ti Dat. leluko<ta lelukui?an leluko<j Acc. Plural leluko<tej lelukui?ai leluko<ta Nom. leluko<twn lelukuiw?n leluko<twn Gen. leluko<si(n) lelukui<aij leluko<si(n) Dat. leluko<taj lelukui<aj leluko<ta Acc. Perfect Middle/Passive Participles 2 1 Singular Masculine Feminine lelume<noj lelume<nh Nom. lelume<nou lelume<nhj Gen. lelume<n& lelume<n^ Dat. lelume<non lelume<nhn Acc. Plural lelume<noi lelume<nai Nom. lelume<nwn lelume<nwn Gen. lelume< n oij lelume< naij Dat. lelume<nouj lelume<naj Acc. 2 Neuter lelume<non lelume<nou lelume<n& lelume<non lelume<na lelume<nwn lelume<noij lelume<na Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries Perfect Active Participles (know these by heart) 3 1 3 Singular Masculine Feminine Neuter lelukw<j lelukui?a leluko<j Nom. leluko<toj lelukui<aj leluko<toj Gen. Perfect Middle/Passives Participles 2 1 2 Singular Masculine Feminine Neuter lelume<noj lelume<nh lelume<non Nom. lelume<nou lelume<nhj lelume<nou Gen. Participle Translation Charts (DA = definite article) Active Adverbial has no Adjectival Adjectival substantive Participle Art.. attributive has Art. has Art. but no noun. before noun it modifies. While loosing (The boy) who is The one loosing Present loosing After loosing (The girl) who The one who was Aorist was loosing loosing (The girl) who The one who loosed loosed After having (The crowd) The ones having Perfect loosed having loosed loosed Middle Participle Adverbial has no Art.. Present While loosing himself After loosing herself Aorist Perfect After having loosed themselves Adjectival attributive has Art. before noun it modifies. (The boy) who is loosing (The girl) who was loosing (The girl) who loosed (The crowd) having loosed themselves Adjectival substantive has Art. but no noun. The one loosing The one who was loosing The one who loosed The ones having loosed themselves As usual, the deponents may look middle/passive but are translated as active. 243 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries Passive Participle Adverbial has no Art.. Present While being loosed After being loosed Aorist Perfect After having been loosed Adjectival attributive has Art. before noun it modifies. (The boy) who is being loosed (The girl) who was being loosed (The crowd) having been loosed 244 Adjectival substantive has Art. but no noun. The one being loosed The one who was being loosed The ones having been loosed Introduction to Periphrastics ei]mi< + participle is a periphrastic construction. Translate the periphrastic form as the normal tense of the verb. Mounce’s chart is helpful at this point (Basics, 277): Translated Tense Present Imperfect Future Perfect Pluperfect Future Perfect Periphrastic Construction + Present participle Present ei]mi< Imperfect ei]mi< + Present participle + Present participle Future ei]mi< + Perfect participle Present ei]mi< Imperfect ei]mi<< + Perfect participle + Perfect participle Future ei]mi<< Genitive Absolutes A genitive absolute links a participle and a noun or pronoun in the genitive case and is only loosely connected to the rest of the sentence. The subject of the sentence is not the subject of this participial construction. Participle (gen.) + noun/pronoun (gen.) o[ ga>r ]Ihsou?j e]ce<neusen o@xlou o@ntoj e]n t&? to<p&. For Jesus had withdrawn, a crowd being in the place (Jn. 5:13). Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 245 Chapter 22 Summary: Infinitives Introduction Infinitives are verbal nouns usually indicated in English by a “to” + verb (e.g., He went inside to call a friend.). While in English an infinitive does not take a subject, it may take an object or be modified by some qualifier. For example: “He came to put the ball in the box” uses “the ball” as the object and “in the box,” which describes location, to modify the infinitive “to put.” With Greek infinitives, the tense indicates aspect rather than time of action: Present represents progress/immediacy foregrounding action. Aorist indicates complete/whole background action. Perfect represents state of affairs frontground/dwelt upon action. As a noun, an infinitive can be the subject of a sentence or the object of a finite verb. In Greek an infinitive may go with a noun in the accusative that functions as its subject. Translations Present = to continue to call (to call) Past = to call Perfect = to have called Infinitive Forms Active Middle Passive Present Infinitive lu<ein lu<esqai lu<esqai First Aorist Infinitive lu?sai lu<sasqai luqh?nai Second Aorist Infinitive (lei<pw, to leave) lipei?n lipe<sqai leifqh?nai Perfect Infinitive leluke<nai lelu<sqai lelu<sqai Present Infinitive of ei]mi< ei#nai Articular Infinitive A Greek infinitive may also function adverbially by telling when a verbal action took place. Greek expresses this function by using a preposition + an article + infinitive. dia< ei]j e]n meta< pri<n + article + article + article + article + article + infinitive + infinitive + infinitive + infinitive + infinitive = because = in order that = when, while = after = before Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries pro< pro<j + article + article + infinitive + infinitive 246 = before = in order that Complementary Infintives dei? e@cesti(n) du<namai me<llw + infinitive + infinitive + infinitive + infinitive = It is necessary to = It is permitted to = I am able to = I am about to Infinitives for Indirect Discourse Indirect discourse can be expressed with the infinitive + an accusative or with o!ti as an introductory word. Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 247 Chapter 23 Summary: Subjunctive Verbs Introduction There are three Greek moods of potential: 1. Subjunctive is the realm of the possible. “May” or “might” is often used in translation (e.g., Zach may wash the car.) 2. Imperative indicates expected action. The imperative usually expresses a command (e.g., Zach, wash the car!) 3. Optative indicates a hoped-for circumstance that is often a remote possibility. In Greek it is often used in prayer. (e.g., Oh, that Zach would wash the car.) Present represents progress/immediacy foregrounding action. Aorist indicates complete/whole background action. Perfect is used for state of affairs frontground/dwelt upon action. Introduction to the Subjunctive The subjunctive mood is the mood of potential or possibility. “May” and “might” are the two key words often used in translating subjunctives. Form The subjunctive present (continuous action) is built from the present verb stem as follows: lu + w + men = lu<wmen We may continue loosing The subjunctive aorist (complete, whole) is built from the aorist verb stem with a sigma and the same endings as the present. There is no initial augment. lu + s + w + men = lu<swmen We may loose Present/Unfolding, In progress Action Subjunctive of lu<w (chant Present & First Aorist) Active Singular Plural lu<wmen 1. lu<w lu<hte 2. lu<^j lu<wsi(n) 3. lu<^ Middle/ Singular Plural Passive luw<meqa 1. lu<wmai lu<hsqe 2. lu<^ lu<wntai 3. lu<htai Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 248 Aorist Action Subjunctive of lu<w Active Singular Plural lu<swmen 1. lu<sw lu<shte 2. lu<s^j lu<swsi(n) 3. lu<s^ Middle Singular Plural 1. lu<swmai lusw<meqa lu<shsqe 2. lu<s^ lu<swntai 3. lu<shtai Passive Singular Plural luqw?men 1. luqw? luqh?te 2. luq^?j luqw?si(n) 3. luq^? Second Aorist Subjunctive Forms of lei<pw (to leave, fall short) (no sigma) Singular Plural li< pwmen 1. li<pw li<phte 2. li<p^j li<pwsi(n) 3. li<p^ Subjunctive of ei]mi< Singular Plural w#men 1. w# h#te 2. ^#j w#si(n) 3. ^# Subjunctive Triggers i!na e]an < o!j a@n e!wj in order that (used most often) if whoever until Four Types of Conditionals Conditions have two parts: the protasis (if) and the apodosis (then). The protasis presents the condition and the apodosis tells the consequence. 1. First class condition: Reality (e.g., If you are led by the Spirit, you are not under the law.) Form: ei] + indicative verb (protasis) + any apodosis. Function: Affirms the reality of the condition (protasis). 2. Second class condition: Impossibility (contrary to fact) (e.g., If you had been here, my brother would not have died.) Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 249 Form: ei] + secondary indicative verb (protasis) + a@n + secondary indicative verb (apodosis) Function: The condition is contrary to fact. 3. Third class condition: Possibility (e.g., If you release him, you are not Caesar’s friend.) Form: e]a<n + subjunctive (protasis) + any apodosis Function: Possible condition. 4. Fourth class condition: Possibility (rare) (e.g., If you should suffer, . . .) Form: ei] + optative mood (protasis) + optative (apodosis) rare Context will often indicate the level of probability. Various Subjunctive Functions 1. Hortatory subjunctive urges the speaker and listeners to a certain behavior or mind-set. This use requires the first person. Die<lqwmen, . . . kai> i@dwmen. Let us go . . . and let us see (cf. Lk. 2:15). 2. Subordinate purpose clause is often introduced by i!na + subjunctive. i!na marturh<s^ peri> tou? fwto<j, in order that he might witness concerning the light (Jn. 1:7). 3. Prohibitive subjunctive uses the aorist with a negative and prohibits an action. mn> ei]sene<gk^j h[ma?j ei]j peirasmo<n, Lead us not into temptation (Mat. 6:13). 4. Deliberative subjunctive often is a rhetorical device not calling for an answer. ti< ei@pw u[mi?n; What shall I say to you? (1 Cor. 11:22). Negative Questions When a question begins with ou], the expected answer is “yes.” When a question begins with mh<, the expected answer is “no.” One way to remember this is, “May” (mh<) means “nay.” Optatives There are only sixty-seven optatives in the New Testament. We will not learn a paradigm, but you should be aware that they exist, express a “wish,” and that their form is characterized by the connective oi, ai, or ei (Oh that . . .): ge<noito, aorist dep. third sing., from gi<nomai, “Oh may it be” Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 250 Chapter 24 Summary: Imperative Verbs Introduction The imperative mood is used to express a command, entreaty, or prohibition. In English the imperative is used only with the second person (e.g., [You] get in the car!). The Greek imperative occurs in the present and aorist tenses. Both second and third person (“Let him/her/it”) forms may be used. Present represents progress/immediacy foregrounding action. Aorist indicates complete/whole background action. Perfect is used for state of affairs frontground/dwelt upon action. Form Learn the little rhythm: Present Active Present Mid/Pass First Aorist Active First Aorist Middle First Aorist Passive 2 sg e ou n ai ti 3 sg tw sqw tw sqw tw 2 pl te sqe te sqe te 3 pl twsan sqwsan twsan sqwsan twsan Present Action Imperative of lu<w Active Singular Plural lu<ete You loose! 2. lu?e lue<twsan Let him loose! 3. lue<tw You loose! Let them loose! Middle/Passive Singular Plural lu<esqe You be loosed! 2. lu<ou 3. lue<sqw Let him be loosed! lue<sqwsan You be loosed! Let them be loosed! First Aorist Action Imperative of lu<w Active Passive Singular Plural Singular Plural lu<sate lu<qhti lu<qhte 2. lu?son lusa<twsan luqh<tw luqh<twsan 3. lusa<tw Middle Singular Plural lu<sasqe 2. lu?sai lusa<sqwsan 3. lusa<sqw Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries Second Aorist Action Imperative of lei<pw (I leave) Active Passive Singular Plural Singular Plural li<pete lei<fqhti lei<fqhte 2. li<pe lipe<twsan leifqh<tw leifqh<twsan 3. lipe<tw Singular 2. lipou? 3. lipe<sqw Middle Plural li<pesqe lipe<sqwsan Imperative of ei]mi< Singular Plural e@ste 2. i@sqi e@stwsan 3. e@stw Various Functions 1. As a command: a]gapa?te tou>j e]xqrou>j u[mw?n. Love your enemies! (Mat. 5:44). 2. As a prohibition: Mh> fobou?, to> mikro>n poi<mnion fear not, little flock! (Lk. 12:32). 3. As an entreaty, especially when speaking to a superior: Pa<ter a!gie, th<rhson au]tou>j e]n t&? o]no<mati< sou. Holy Father, keep them in your name (Jn. 17:11). 251 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 252 Chapter 25 Summary: The -mi Verbs Introduction There are four types of -mi verbs: 1. 2. 3. 4. Omicron class (di<dwmi, I give), with the root do-. Alpha class (i!sthmi, I set, stand), with the root sta-. Epsilon class (ti<qhmi, I put), with the root qe-. Upsilon (dei<knumi, I show, explain), with the root deiknu-. Formation Rules 1. In the present and imperfect, the initial consonant is reduplicated and connected with an iota (cf. perfect). do (the root of di<dwmi) becomes dido. 2. -mi verbs do not take a connecting vowel before the pronominal endings. Rather, the root’s final vowel may be retained, lengthened, or omitted. dido becomes didw. 3. The present form takes the following pronominal endings: Singular -mi -j -si Plural -men -te -asi 4. Most of the -mi verbs use the tense suffix ka rather than the normal sa (e.g., e@dwka). Don’t confuse this with the perfects. di<dwmi Paradigms (I give [root do]) Active Indicatives Present Imperfect 1. di<dwmi 2. di<dwj 3. di<dwsi(n) e]di<doun e]di<douj e]di<dou 1. di<domen 2. di<dote 3. dido<asi(n) e]di<domen e]di<dote e]di<dosan Future Singular dw<sw dw<seij dw<sei Plural dw<somen dw<sete dw<sousi(n) Aorist Perfect e@dwka e@dwkaj e@dwke(n) de<dwka de<dwkaj de<dwke(n) e]dw<kamen e]dw<kate e@dwkan dedw<kamen dedw<kate de<dwkan Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries Other Moods Present Subjunctive 1. didw? 2. did&?j 3. did&? 1. didw?men 2. didw?te 3. didw?si(n) Active Aorist Present Subjunctive Imperative Singular dw? — d&?j di<dou d&? dido<tw Plural dw?men — dw?te di<dote dw?si(n) dido<twsan Infinitives Present Infinitive dido<nai Active di<dosqai Middle Passive di<dosqai Aorist Imperative — do<j do<tw — do<te do<twsan Aorist Infinitive dou?nai do<sqai doqh?nai Present Middle/Passive (note how regular) Singular Plural dido<meqa 1. di<domai di<dosqe 2. di<dosai di<dontai 3. di<dotai Present Paradigms of Other -mi Verbs 1. i!sthmi 2. i!sthj 3. i!sthsi(n) 1. i!stamen 2. i!state 3. i[sta?si(n) Singular ti<qhmi ti<qhj ti<qhsi(n) Plural ti<qemen ti<qete tiqe<asi(n) Present Participles Active Masc. didou< j Nom. dido<ntoj Gen. Mid/Pass dido<menoj Nom. didome<nou Gen. dei<knumi dei<knuj/deiknu<eij dei<knusi(n) dei<knumen dei<knute deiknu<asi(n) Fem. didou?sa didou<shj Neut. dido<n dido<ntoj didome<nh didome<nhj dido<menon didome<nou 253 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries Aorist Participles (just pop the di off the present ptc.) Active Masc. Fem. Neut. dou<j dou?sa do<n Nom. do<ntoj dou<shj do<ntoj Gen. Middle do<menoj dome<nh do<menon Nom. dome<nou dome<nhj dome<nou Gen. Passive doqei<j doqei?sa doqe<n Nom. doqe<ntoj doqei<shj doqe<ntoj Gen. Perfect Participles (shift the di to de + perf. kot/kui ) Active Masc. Fem. Neut. dedwkw<j dedwkui?a dedwko<j Nom. dedwko< t oj dedwkui< a j dedwko<toj Gen. Mid/Pass no perf. k dedo<menoj dedome<nh dedo<menon Nom. didome<nou dedome<nhj dedome<nou Gen. 254 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 255 Chapter 26 Summary: Numbers and Interrogatives Introduction Thus far we have looked at personal (e.g., e]gw<), relative (e.g., o!j), demonstrative (e.g., ou$toj), reflexive pronouns (myself, yourself, him/her/itself), and reciprocal (e.g., a]llh<lwn) pronouns. In this section we will examine indefinite pronouns (someone/something) and reflexive pronouns (myself, yourself, him/her/itself). Indefinite Pronouns (tij/ti, someone, anything) This form is an enclitic and often combined with o!j (o!stij). Nom. Gen. Dat. Acc. Singular Masc./Fem. Neut. tij ti tino<j tino<j tini< tini< tina< ti Plural Masc./Fem. Neut. tine<j tina< tinw?n tinw?n tisi<(n) tisi<(n) tina<j tina< Note that the word is an enclitic, with no accent or with an accent on the second syllable. The interrogative ti<j/ti< (who? which? what?) has the accent on the first syllable and is not an enclitic. Interrogative Pronoun (ti<j/ti< who? which? what?) Singular Plural Masc. Neut. Masc. Neut. and Fem. and Fem. ti< ti<nej ti<na Nom. ti<j ti<noj ti<noj ti<nwn ti<nwn Gen. ti<ni ti<ni ti<si(n) ti<si(n) Dat. ti<na ti< ti<naj ti<na Acc. Note that the acute accent on ti<j and ti< never changes to a grave accent. Interrogatives po<te pou? pw?j ti<j, ti< dia> ti< ti< when? where? how? who? which? what? why? why? Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries Greek Numbers There are two types of numbers: 1. Cardinal numbers (1, 2, 3, and counting) 2. Ordinal numbers (first, second, and third, telling order in a list) In Greek ordinal numbers are expressed as shown: prw?toj, -h, -on deu<teroj, -a, -on tri<toj, -h, -on first second third Cardinal Numbers Cardinal numbers function like adjectives: ei$j, mi<a, e!n du<o trei?j, trei?j, tri<a te<ssarej, -wn pe<nte 1 2 3 4 5 e!c e[pta< o]ktw< e]nne<a de<ka dw<deka e[kato<n xi<lioi, -ai, -a 12 100 1,000 6 7 8 9 10 Teens e!ndeka 11 dw<deka 12 triskai<deka 13 dekate<ssarej 14 dekape<nte ... 15 Tens ei@kosi 20 tria<konta tessara<konta penth<konta 30 40 50 Number One Masc. Fem. ei$ j mi<a Nom. e[no<j mia?j Gen. e[ni< mi%? Dat. e!na mi<an Acc. Neut. e!n e[no<j e[ni< e!n e[ch<konta... 60 256 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries Chapter 27 Summary: Comparatives, Adverbs, Conjunctions, and Clause Types Comparative Adjectives Greek uses either the endings -iwn or -teroj, -a, -on, or the particle h@ (than) to indicate a comparative. For example: me<gaj (great) mikro<j (small) mei<zwn (greater) mikro<teroj (smaller) Superlative Adjectives Adjective mikro<j (little) me<gaj (great) Comparative e]la<sswn (less) mei<zwn (greater) Superlative e]la<xistoj (least) meizo<teroj (greatest) Conjunctions: Structural Markers Temporal a@xri until e]pei< when e]peidh< when e!wj until o!te pri<n w[j when before when, as Causal (retrospective, explanation why) ga<r o!ti for because dio<ti w[j because since e]pei< e]peidh< since since Purpose (prospective, goal, intention) i!na in order that o!pwj in order that w[j in order that Result w!ste so that i!na (may also sometimes mean) so that w[j so as o!ti so that 257 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries de< i!na kai< Continuative and, now that and Adversative a]lla< but de< but kai< but o!ti ou#n te< that then, now and me<ntoi ou#n however however 258 Particles a]mh<n so be it, truly, amen a@n (untranslated; occurs with the various moods and often with relative pronouns) a@ra therefore, then ge< indeed (emphasizes the word it goes with) i@de look! notice, behold i]dou< look! notice, behold me<n indeed (often with the relative pronoun), on the one hand nai< yes, indeed Adverbs In Greek we are familiar with several ways the verb may be modified in time, manner and place already. 1) One may use a participle in an adverbial manner (After leaving the store, he went home; 2) The articular infinitive is also used in an adverbial manner (before Phillip called you, I saw you....;). 3) Many prepositional phrases have an adverbial verb modifying function and indeed some adverbs actually became more prepositional in their function and are classed as “adverbial prepositions” (i.e. e@cw outside). Indeed, some words are classified as both improper preposition and adverb and some are marked by the –qen ending (o]pi<sw (prep. + genitive=after; o@pisqen adv. “from behind”). 4) As in English where an adjective can be converted into an adverb by changing the ending (articulate/articulately) so in Greek using the genitive plural form an adverb may be form shifting the –wn ending to an –wj (e.g. kalw?n [good] becomes kalw?j [well]. 5) There are explicit adverbs which help develop the meaning of the verb in time, manner, and location. Time: au@rion (tomorrow), sh<meron (today), e]xqe<j (yesterday), nu?n (now) and to<te (then), pw<pote (ever, at any time) Manner: ou!twj (thus/in this manner), taxe<wj (quickly) Location: a@nw (above), a@nwqen (from above), ka<tw (below), e]kei? (there), e]kei?qen (from there), w$de (here), e]nteu?qen (from there); Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries Clause Type Introduction 1. Substantive I do not have what I need (functions as the object). 2. Adjective He bought the ball that Coach Kessler had signed (restrictive clause). 3. Adverb I will come when I have finished playing with Elliott (modifies the verb). Purpose Clauses 1. With an infinitive. 2. With i!na or o!pwj + subjunctive. 3. With ei]j or pro<j followed by an articular infinitive. Result Clauses 1. The most common is w!ste or w[j + infinitive. 2. w!ste or o!ti + indicative. Temporal Clauses are formed— 1. With an indicative verb introduced by various prepositions and particles: o!te, e]peidh<, w[j o!tan e!wj, a@xri, ou$ e!wj, a@xri w[j, ou$ when whenever while until since 2. With the subjunctive with various prepositions or particles: o!tan, e]pa<n e!wj, a@xri, me<xri whenever until 3. With pri<n + infinitive indicating “before” 4. With a participle meaning “while” or “after” 259 Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 260 Chapter 28 Summary: Case Revisited [TP ROADS] Genitive Introduction Until now, we have seen the genitive as a case used for possession, translated “of.” Possessive Genitive The possessive genitive may be translated “of” or with a possessive noun or pronoun (his/her). th>n koili<an th?j mhtro<j the mother’s womb (Jn. 3:4) Relational Genitive The relational genitive specifies a family relationship (son, parent, wife). Si<mwn ]Iwa<nnou Simon, [son] of John (Jn. 21:15) Descriptive Genitive The descriptive genitive qualifies the noun, describing it in more detail. [O zh?loj tou? oi@kou sou the zeal of your house (Jn. 2:17) (specifies the type of zeal) Subjective Genitive The word in the genitive functions as the subject or produces the action of the verbal idea implied in the noun it describes. h[ e]piqumi<a th?j sarko<j the lust of the flesh (1 Jn. 2:16) (the flesh lusts) Objective Genitive The word in the genitive receives the action. It acts like an object to the action of the word it modifies. These categories are not mutually exclusive. Sometimes a genitive may be both objective and descriptive. h[ de> tou? pneu<matoj blasfhmi<a the blasphemy against the Spirit (Mat. 12:31) Time Genitive The genitive of time functions like an adverb. It expresses time “within which” something happens. h#lqen pro>j au]to>n nukto<j He came to him during the night (Jn. 3:2). Agency Genitive The agency genitive identifies the agent that has been involved in an action. e@sontai pa<ntej didaktoi> qeou?. They shall all be taught by God (Jn. 6:45). Appendix 3: Chapter Summaries 261 Deeper into the Dative [II LIST] In chapter 4, the dative was given as the indirect object case (He hit the ball to Elliott). It is also used to express self-interest, means, location, and point of time. Indirect Object ei#pen au]toi?j Lu<sate He said to them, “Destroy” (Jn. 2:19). The dative often accompanies the preposition e]n. Dative of Interest The dative of interest may express advantage or disadvantage. When expressing advantage, it may be translated “to” or “for.” When expressing disadvantage, “against” may be used (Wallace, Beyond the Basics, 142f.). w!ste marturei?te e[autoi?j so that you witness against yourselves (Mat. 23:31) Dative of Location The dative is often used with the prepositions e]n (in) and pro<j (to, toward) to reference a particular physical location. However, the dative may also be used alone to indicate location. oi[ . . . maqhtai> t&? ploiari<& h#lqon. the disciples came in a small boat (Jn. 21:8). Dative of Sphere The dative of sphere refers to an abstract realm, whereas the dative of location refers to a specific physical location. e!kastoj kaqw>j pro^<rhtai t^? kardi<% Let each one as he has purposed in [his] heart (2 Cor. 9:7) Instrumental Dative The dative often indicates the means by which something happens. It can designate the instrument (impersonal) or agent (personal) that performs the action. ei]j u[pakoh>n e]qnw?n, lo<g& kai> e@rg& to the obedience of the Gentiles by word and deed (Rom. 15:18) Dative of Time The dative may be used to refer to a particular point in time, in contrast to the genitive which describes time as time within which or time during which. Kai> t^? h[me<r% t^? tri<t^ ga<moj e]ge<neto And on the third day there was a wedding (Jn. 2:1). Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 262 Appendix 4 Verb Principal Parts Verbs Occurring Nine or More Times in the New Testament Verbs are listed in their present active indicative first person singular forms. Deponent verbs appear in the present middle/passive indicative form. Additional principal parts (PP) appearing in the New Testament are listed below the main entry in the following order: future active, aorist active, perfect active, perfect middle/passive, aorist passive. Greek Verb English Meaning(s) Times in N.T. a]gaqopoie<w I do good 9 PP: ___, h]gaqopoi<hsa, ___, ___, ___ a]gallia<w I exult, am glad 11 PP: ___, h]galli<asa, ___, ___, h]gallia<qhn a]gapa<w I love 143 PP: a]gaph<sw, h]ga<phsa, h]ga<phka, h]ga<phmai, h]gaph<qhn a[gia<zw I consecrate, make holy, sanctify 28 PP: ___, h[gi<asa, ___, h[gi<asmai, h[gia<sqhn a]gnoe<w I do not know 22 PP: ___, h]gno<hsa, ___, ___, ___ a]gora<zw I buy 30 PP: ___, h]go<rasa, ___, h]go<rasmai, h]gora<sqhn a@gw I lead, bring, arrest 69 PP: a@cw, h@gagon, ___, ___, h@xqhn a]dike<w I wrong, do wrong 28 PP: a]dikh<sw, h]di<khsa, h]di<khka, ___, h]dikh<qhn a]qete<w I reject, nullify 16 PP: a]qeth<sw, h]qe<thsa, ___, ___, ___ I take up, take away, raise 101 ai@rw PP: a]rw?, h#ra, h#rka, h#rmai, h@rqhn Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 263 ai]te<w I ask PP: ai]th<sw, ^@thsa, ^@thka, ___, ___ a]kolouqe<w I follow, accompany PP: a]kolouqh<sw, h]kolou<qhsa, h]kolou<qhka, ___, ___ a]kou<w I hear, understand, learn PP: a]kou<sw, h@kousa, a]kh<koa, ___, h]kou<sqhn a]lei<fw I anoint PP: ___, h@leiya, ___, ___, ___ a[marta<nw I sin PP: a[marth<sw, h[ma<rthsa, h[ma<rthka, ___, ___ a]nabai<nw I go up, ascend PP: a]nabh<somai, a]ne<bhn, a]nabe<bhka, ___, ___ a]nable<pw I look up, receive sight PP: ___, a]ne<bleya, ___, ___, ___ a]nagge<llw I announce, report PP: a]naggelw?, a]nh<ggeila, ___, ___, a]nhgge<lhn a]naginw<skw I read, read aloud PP: ___, a]ne<gnwn, ___, ___, a]negnw<sqhn a]nagka<zw I compel, urge PP: ___, h]na<gkasa, ___, ___, h]nagka<sqhn a]na<gw I lead up; Mid.: set sail PP: ___, a]nh<gagon, ___, ___, a]nh<xqhn a]naire<w I take away, kill PP: a]nelw?, a]nei?lon, ___, ___, a]n^re<qhn a]na<keimai I recline (at table) a]nakri<nw I examine, question, judge PP: ___, a]ne<krina, ___, ___, a]nekri<qhn a]nalamba<nw I take up PP: ___, a]ne<labon, ___, ___, a]nelh<mfqhn a]napau<w I refresh; Mid: take rest PP: a]napau<sw, a]ne<pausa, ___, a]nape<paumai, a]nepau<qhn a]napi<ptw I recline PP: ___, a]ne<peson, ___, ___, ___ a]nastre<fw I overturn, return PP: a]nastre<yw, a]ne<streya, ___, ___, a]nestra<fhn a]nate<llw I rise PP: ___, a]ne<teila, a]nate<talka, ___, ___ a]nafe<rw I bring up, offer PP: ___, a]nh<negka, ___, ___, ___ a]naxwre<w I depart PP: ___, a]nexw<rhsa, ___, ___, ___ 70 90 428 9 43 82 25 14 32 9 23 24 14 16 13 12 12 9 9 10 14 Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 264 a]ne<xw I endure 15 PP: a]ne<cw, a]ne<sxon, ___, ___, ___ a]nqi<sthmi I resist, oppose 14 PP: ___, a]nte<sthn, a]nqe<sthka, ___, ___ a]ni<sthmi I raise, cause to rise 108 PP: a]nasth<sw, a]ne<sthsa, ___, ___, ___ a]noi<gw I open 77 PP: a]noi<cw, h]ne<&ca, a]ne<&ga, a]ne<&gmai, h]noi<xqhn a]ntile<gw I speak against, oppose 11 PP: ___, a]ntei?pon, ___, ___, ___ a]pagge<llw I announce, report 45 PP: a]paggelw?, a]ph<ggeila, ___, ___, a]phgge<lhn a]pa<gw I lead away 15 PP: ___, a]ph<gagon, ___, ___, a]ph<xqhn a]parne<omai I deny 11 PP: a]parnh<somai, a]phrnhsa<mhn, ___, ___, a]phrnh<qhn a]peiqe<w I disbelieve, disobey 14 PP: ___, h]pei<qhsa, ___, ___, ___ a]pe<rxomai I depart 117 PP: a]peleu<somai, a]ph?lqon, a]pelh<luqa, ___, ___ a]pe<xw I have received, am distant 19 a]podi<dwmi I give back, pay 48 PP: a]podw<sw, a]pe<dwka, ___, ___, a]pedo<qhn a]podokima<zw I reject 9 PP: ___, a]pedoki<masa, ___, a]podedoki<masmai, a]pedokima<sqhn a]poqn^<skw I die 111 PP: a]poqanou?mai, a]pe<qanon, ___, ___, ___ a]pokalu<ptw I reveal, uncover 26 PP: a]pokalu<yw, a]peka<luya, ___, ___, a]pekalu<fqhn a]pokri<nomai I answer, reply 230 PP: ___, a]pekrina<mhn, ___, ___, a]pekri<qhn a]poktei<nw I kill 74 PP: a]poktenw?, a]pe<kteina, ___, ___, a]pekta<nqhn a]polamba<nw I take aside, receive 10 PP: a]polh<myomai, a]pe<labon, ___, ___, ___ a]po<llumi I destroy, ruin; Mid.: I die 90 PP: a]pole<sw, a]pw<lesa, a]polw<leka, ___, ___ a]pologe<omai I defend myself 10 PP: ___, a]peloghsa<mhn, ___, ___, a]pelogh<qhn a]polu<w I release, divorce 66 PP: a]polu<sw, a]pe<lusa, ___, a]pole<lumai, a]pelu<qhn a]poste<llw I send, send out 132 Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 265 PP: a]poste<lw?, a]pe<steila, a]pe<stalka, a]pe<stalmai, a]pesta<lhn a]postre<fw I turn away 9 PP: a]postre<yw, a]pe<streya, ___, a]pe<strammai, a]pestra<fhn a]poti<qhmi I take off, lay aside 9 PP: ___, a]pe<qhka, ___, ___, ___ a!ptw I touch 39 PP: ___, h$ya, ___, ___, ___ a]re<skw I please 17 PP: a]re<sw, h@resa, ___, ___, ___ a]rne<omai I deny, refuse 33 PP: a]rnh<somai, h]rnhsa<mhn, ___, h@rnhmai, ___ a[rpa<zw I seize 14 PP: a[rpa<sw, h!rpasa, ___, ___, h[rpa<sqhn a@rxw I rule; Mid.: begin 86 PP: a@rcomai, h]rca<mhn, ___, ___, ___ a]sqene<w I am weak, sick, powerless 33 PP: ___, h]sqe<nhsa, h]sqe<nhka, ___, ___ a]spa<zomai I greet, salute 59 PP: ___, h]spasa<mhn, ___, ___, ___ a]teni<zw I look intently, gaze upon 14 PP: ___, h]te<nisa, ___, ___, ___ au]ca<nw I grow, increase 23 PP: au]ch<sw, hu@chsa, ___, ___, hu]ch<qhn a]faire<w I take away, cut off 10 PP: a]felw?, a]fei?lon, ___, ___, a]f^re<qhn a]fi<hmi I permit, let go, forgive 143 PP: a]fh<sw, a]fh?ka, ___, a]fe<wmai, a]fe<qhn a]fi<sthmi I mislead, withdraw, depart 14 PP: a]posth<somai, a]pe<sthsa, ___, ___, ___ a]fori<zw I separate 10 PP: a]fori<sw, a]fw<risa, ___, a]fw<rismai, a]fwri<sqhn ba<llw I throw, put 122 PP: balw?, e@balon, be<blhka, be<blhmai, e]blh<qhn bapti<zw I baptize 77 PP: bapti<sw, e]ba<ptisa, ___, beba<ptismai, e]bapti<sqhn basani<zw I torment 12 PP: ___, e]basa<nisa, ___, ___, e]basani<sqhn basileu<w I rule, reign 21 PP: basileu<sw, e]basi<leusa, ___, ___, ___ basta<zw I bear, carry 27 PP: basta<sw, e]ba<stasa, ___, ___, ___ Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 266 blasfhme<w I blaspheme, revile 34 PP: ___, e]blasfh<mhsa, ___, ___, e]blasfhmh<qhn ble<pw I see, look at 132 PP: ble<yw, e@bleya, ___, ___, ___ boa<w I cry aloud 12 PP: boh<sw, e]bo<hsa, ___, ___, ___ bo<skw I feed, graze 9 bou<lomai I wish, want, determine 37 PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]boulh<qhn game<w I marry 28 PP: ___, e]ga<mhsa/e@ghma, gega<mhka, ___, e]gamh<qhn ge<mw I fill 11 genna<w I give birth to, become the father of, produce 97 PP: gennh<sw, e]ge<nnhsa, gege<nnhka, gege<nnhmai, e]gennh<qhn geu<omai I taste, eat 15 PP: geu<somai, e]geusa<mhn, ___, ___, ___ gi<nomai I become, am, happen 669 PP: genh<somai, e]geno<mhn, ge<gona, gege<nhmai, e]genh<qhn ginw<skw I know, learn, realize 222 PP: gnw<somai, e@gnwn, e@gnwka, e@gnwsmai, e]gnw<sqhn gnwri<zw I make known, reveal 25 PP: gnwri<sw, e]gnw<risa, ___, ___, e]gnwri<sqhn gra<fw I write 191 PP: gra<yw, e@graya, ge<grafa, ge<grammai, e]gra<fhn grhgore<w I watch, keep awake 22 PP: ___, e]grhgo<rhsa, ___, ___, ___ daimoni<zomai I am possessed by a demon 13 PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]daimoni<sqhn dei? it is necessary (impersonal) 101 dei<knumi I show, explain 33 PP: dei<cw, e@deica, de<deixa, ___, e]dei<xqhn deo<mai I ask, beg, pray 22 PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]deh<qhn de<rw I beat 15 PP: ___, e@deira, ___, ___, e]da<rhn de<xomai I take, receive 56 PP: ___, e]deca<mhn, ___, de<degmai, e]de<xqhn de<w I tie, bind 43 PP: ___, e@dhsa, de<deka, de<demai, e]de<qhn dia<kone<w I serve, minister, wait upon 37 PP: diakonh<sw, dihko<nhsa, ___, ___, dihkonh<qhn Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 267 diakri<nw I judge, discriminate 19 PP: ___, die<krina, ___, ___, diekri<qhn diale<gomai I dispute 13 PP: ___, dieleca<mhn, ___, ___, diele<xqhn dialogi<zomai I debate, reason 16 diamartu<romai I warn, testify solemnly 15 PP: ___, diemartura<mhn, ___, ___, ___ diameri<zw I divide, distribute 11 PP: ___, dieme<risa, ___, diameme<rismai, diemeri<sqhn diaskorpi<zw I scatter 9 PP: ___, diesko<rpisa, ___, diesko<rpismai, dieskorpi<sqhn diata<ssw I command, order 16 PP: diata<cw, die<taca, diate<taxa, diate<tagmai, dieta<xqhn diatri<bw I stay, remain 9 PP: ___, die<triya, ___, ___, ___ diafe<rw I differ, carry through 13 PP: ___, dih<negka, ___, ___, ___ dida<skw I teach 97 PP: dida<cw, e]di<daca, ___, ___, e]dida<xqhn di<dwmi I give, entrust, yield 415 PP: dw<sw, e@dwka, de<dwka, de<domai, e]do<qhn die<rxomai I pass through 43 PP: dieleu<somai, dih?lqon, dielh<luqa, ___, ___ dikaio<w I justify, pronounce righteous 39 PP: dikaiw<sw, e]dikai<wsa, ___, dedikai<wmai, e]dikaiw<qhn diya<w I thirst 16 PP: diyh<sw, e]di<yhsa, ___, ___, ___ diw<kw I pursue, persecute 45 PP: diw<cw, e]di<wca, ___, dedi<wgmai, e]diw<xqhn doke<w I think, suppose, seem 62 PP: do<cw, e@doca, ___, ___, ___ dokima<zw I prove by testing, approve 22 PP: dokima<sw, e]doki<masa, ___, dedoki<masmai, ___ doca<zw I glorify, honor, praise 61 PP: doca<sw, e]do<casa, ___, dedo<casmai, e]doca<sqhn douleu<w I serve, obey 25 PP: douleu<sw, e]dou<leusa, dedou<leuka, ___, ___ du<namai I am powerful, am able 210 PP: dunh<somai, ___, ___, ___, h]dunh<qhn e]a<w I permit, let go 11 PP: ea<sw, ei@asa, ___, ___, ___ e]ggi<zw I come near 42 Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 268 PP: e]ggiw?, h@ggisa, h@ggika, ___, ___ e]gei<rw I raise up, restore, wake PP: e]gerw?, h@geira, ___, e]gh<germai, h]ge<rqhn e]gkatalei<pw I leave behind, forsake PP: e]gkatalei<yw, e]gkate<lipon, ___, ___, e]gkatelei<fqhn ei#don (aorist; see o[ra<w) I saw, perceived ei]mi< I am, occur, live PP: e@somai, ___, ___, ___, ___ ei#pon (aorist; see le<gw) I said ei]sa<gw I lead in PP: ___, ei]sh<gagon, ___, ___, ___ ei]se<rxomai I come in, go in, enter PP: ei]seleu<somai, ei]sh?lqon, ei]selh<luqa, ___, ___ ei]sporeu<omai I enter, go in e]kba<llw I cast out PP: e]kbalw?, e]ce<balon, ___, ___, e]ceblh<qhn e]kko<ptw I cut out, cut off PP: e]kko<yw, e]ce<koya, ___, ___, e]ceko<phn e]kle<gomai I pick out, choose PP: ___, e]celeca<mhn, ___, e]kle<legmai, ___ e]kpi<ptw I fall away, fail PP: ___, e]ce<peson, e]kpe<ptwka, ___, ___ e]kplh<ssomai I am astonished, amazed PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]cepla<ghn e]kporeu<omai I go out PP: e]kporeu<somai, ___, ___, ___, ___ e]ktei<nw I stretch out PP: e]ktenw?, e]ce<teina, ___, ___, ___ e]kxe<w I pour out PP: e]kxew?, e]ce<xea, ___, ___, e]cexu<qhn e]kxu<nnomai (cf. e]kxe<w) I pour out PP: ___, ___, ___, e]kke<xumai, ___ e]le<gxw I convict, reprove, expose PP: e]le<gcw, h@legca, ___, ___, h]le<gxqhn e]lee<w I have mercy PP: e]leh<sw, h]le<hsa, ___, h]le<hmai, h]leh<qhn e]lpi<zw I hope PP: e]lpiw?, h@lpisa, h@lpika, ___, ___ e]mbai<nw I embark, step in PP: ___, e]ne<bhn, ___, ___, ___ e]mble<pw I look at, consider 144 10 341 2462 1024 11 194 18 81 10 22 10 13 33 16 16 11 17 29 31 16 12 Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 269 PP: ___, e]ne<bleya, ___, ___, ___ e]mpai<zw I mock PP: e]mpai<cw, e]ne<paica, ___, ___, e]nepai<xqhn e]mfani<zw I manifest, reveal PP: e]mfani<sw, e]nefa<nisa, ___, ___, e]nefani<sqhn e]ndei<knumi I show forth, demonstrate PP: ___, e]nedeica<mhn, ___, ___, ___ e]ndu<w I put on, clothe, wear PP: ___, e]ne<dusa, ___, e]nde<dumai, ___ e]nerge<w I work, produce PP: ___, e]nh<rghsa, e]nh<rghka, ___, ___ e]nte<llomai I command PP: e]ntelou?mai, e]neteila<mhn, ___, e]nte<talmai, ___ e]ntre<pw I make ashamed PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]netra<phn e]ca<gw I lead out, bring out PP: ___, e]ch<gagon, ___, ___, ___ e]caposte<llw I send forth PP: e]capostelw?, e]cape<steila, ___, ___, e]capesta<lhn e]ce<rxomai I go out PP: e]celeu<somai, e]ch?lqon, e]celh<luqa, ___, ___ e@cesti it is lawful (impersonal) e]ci<sthmi I amaze, am amazed, confuse PP: ___, e]ce<sthsa, e]ce<sthka, ___, ___ e]comologe<w I confess, promise, admit PP: e]comologh<sw, e]cwmolo<ghsa, ___, ___, ___ e]couqene<w I despise PP: ___, e]couqe<nhsa, ___, e]couqe<nhmai, e]couqenh<qhn e]pagge<llomai I promise, announce PP: ___, e]phggeila<mhn, ___, e]ph<ggelmai, ___ e]pai<rw I lift up PP: ___, e]ph?ra, e]ph?rka, ___, e]ph<rqhn e]paisxu<nomai I am ashamed PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]paisxu<nqhn e]pe<rxomai I come upon, appear, attack PP: e]peleu<somai, e]ph?lqon, ___, ___, ___ e]perwta<w I ask, question PP: e]perwth<sw, e]hrw<thsa, ___, ___, e]phrwth<qhn e]piba<llw I lay on, put on PP: e]pibalw?, e]pe<balon, ___, ___, ___ e]piginw<skw I come to know, recognize PP: e]pignw<somai, e]pe<gnwn, e]pe<gnwka, ___, e]pegnw<sqhn 13 10 11 27 22 15 9 12 13 218 31 17 10 11 15 19 11 9 56 18 44 Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 270 e]pidi<dwmi I hand over, deliver, surrender 9 PP: e]pidw<sw, e]pe<dwka, e]pede<dwka, ___, e]pedo<qhn e]pizhte<w I search for 13 PP: ___, e]pezh<thsa, ___, ___, ___ e]piqume<w I desire 16 PP: e]piqumh<sw, e]pequ<mhsa, ___, ___, ___ e]pikale<w I call, name; Mid: invoke 30 PP: ___, e]peka<lesa, ___, e]pike<klhmai, e]peklh<qhn e]pilamba<nomai I take hold of, catch, arrest 19 PP: ___, e]pelabo<mhn, ___, ___, ___ e]pime<nw I continue, persist 16 PP: e]pimenw?, e]pe<meina, ___, ___, ___ e]pipi<ptw I fall, upon, come upon 11 PP: ___, e]pe<peson, e]pipe<ptwka, ___, ___ e]pipoqe<w I desire 9 PP: ___, e]pepo<qhsa, ___, ___, ___ e]piske<ptomai I visit, care for 11 PP: e]piske<yomai, e]peskeya<mhn, ___, ___, ___ e]pi<stamai I understand 14 e]pistre<fw I turn to, return 36 PP: e]pistre<yw, e]pe<streya, ___, ___, e]pestra<fhn e]pita<ssw I order, command 10 PP: ___, e]pe<taca, ___, ___, ___ e]pitele<w I complete, finish, perform 10 PP: e]pitele<sw, e]pete<lesa, ___, ___, ___ e]piti<qhmi I lay upon, inflict upon 39 PP: e]piqh<sw, e]pe<qhka/e]pe<qhn, ___, ___, ___ e]pitima<w I rebuke, warn 29 PP: ___, e]]peti<mhsa, ___, ___, ___ e]pitre<pw I permit 18 PP: ___, e]pe<treya, ___, ___, e]petra<phn e]rga<zomai I work 41 PP: ___, h]rgasa<mhn, ___, ei@rgasmai, ___ e@rxomai I come, go 632 PP: e]leu<somai, h#lqon, e]lh<luqa, ___, ___ e]rwta<w I ask, request 63 PP: e]rwth<sw, h]rw<thsa, ___, ___, ___ e]sqi<w I eat 158 PP: fa<gomai, e@fagon, ___, ___, ___ e[toima<zw I prepare 40 PP: e[toima<sw, h[toi<masa, h[toi<maka, h[toi<masmai, h[toima<sqhn eu]aggeli<zw I proclaim, preach good news 54 Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 271 PP: ___, eu]hgge<lisa, ___, eu]hgge<lismai, eu]hggeli<sqhn eu]doke<w I am pleased with 21 PP: ___, eu]do<khsa, ___, ___, ___ eu]loge<w I bless 41 PP: eu]logh<sw, eu]lo<ghsa, eu]lo<ghka, eu]lo<ghmai, eu]logh<qhn eu[ri<skw I find 176 PP: eu[rh<sw, eu$ron, eu!rhka, ___, eu[re<qhn eu]frai<nw I rejoice 14 PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, hu]fra<nqhn eu]xariste<w I give thanks 38 PP: ___, eu]xari<sthsa, ___, ___, eu]xaristh<qhn e]fi<sthmi I stand over, come upon, attack 21 PP: ___, e]pe<sthn, e]fe<sthka, ___, ___ e@xw I have, keep 708 PP: e!cw, e@sxon, e@sxhka, ___, ___ za<w I live 140 PP: zh<sw, e@zhsa, ___, ___, ___ zhlo<w I am zealous 11 PP: ___, e]zh<lwsa, ___, ___, ___ zhte<w I seek, desire, request 117 PP: zhth<sw, e]zh<thsa, ___, ___, e]zhth<qhn z&opoie<w I make alive 11 PP: z&opoih<sw, e]z&opoi<hsa, ___, ___, e]z&opoih<qhn h[ge<omai I lead, guide, think, regard 28 PP: ___, h[ghsa<mhn, ___, h!ghmai, ___ h!kw I have come 26 PP: h!cw, h$ca, h!ka, ___, ___ qanato<w I put to death, kill 11 PP: qanatw<sw, e]qana<twsa, ___, ___, e]qanatw<qhn qa<ptw I bury 11 PP: ___, e@qaya, ___, ___, e]ta<fhn qauma<zw I marvel, wonder (at) 43 PP: qauma<somai, e]qau<masa, ___, ___, e]qauma<sqhn qea<omai I see, look at 22 PP: ___, e]qeasa<mhn, ___, teqe<amai, e]qea<qhn qe<lw I will, wish, desire 208 PP: qelh<sw, h]qe<lhsa, ___, ___, h]qelh<qhn qerapeu<w I heal 43 PP: qerapeu<sw, e]qera<peusa, ___, teqera<peumai, e]qerapeu<qhn qeri<zw I reap, harvest 21 PP: qeri<sw, e]qe<risa, ___, ____, e]qeri<sqhn qewre<w I look at, see 58 Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 272 PP: ___, e]qew<rhsa, ___, ___, ___ qli<bw I press, oppress PP: ___, ___, ___, te<qlimmai, e]qli<bhn qn^<skw I die PP: ___, ___, te<qnhka, ___, ___ qu<w I sacrifice, kill PP: ___, e@qusa, ___, te<qumai, e]tu<qhn i]a<omai I heal PP: i]a<somai, i]asa<mhn, ___, i@amai, i]a<qhn i!sthmi I stand, set PP: sth<sw, e@sthsa, e!sthka/e@sthn, e!stamai, e]sta<qhn i]sxu<w I am strong, able, healthy PP: i]sxu<sw, i@sxusa, ___, ___, ___ kaqaire<w I tear down, conquer, destroy PP: kaqelw?, kaqei?lon, ___, ___, ___ kaqari<zw I cleanse, purify PP: kaqariw?, e]kaqa<risa, ___, kekaqa<rismai, e]kaqari<sqhn kaqeu<dw I sleep ka<qhmai I sit, live PP: kaqh<somai, ___, ___, ___, ___ kaqi<zw I seat, sit PP: kaqi<sw, e]ka<qisa, keka<qika, ___, ___ kaqi<sthmi/kaqista<nw I set, appoint PP: katasth<sw, kate<sthsa, ___, ___, katesta<qhn kai<w I burn PP: ___, e@kausa, ___, kekau<mai, e]kau<qhn kale<w I call, invite PP: kale<sw, e]ka<lesa, ke<klhka, ke<klhmai, e]klh<qhn katabai<nw I go down, descend PP: katabh<somai, kate<bhn, katabe<bhka, ___, ___ I proclaim katagge<llw PP: ___, kath<ggeila, ___, ___, kathgge<lhn kata<gw I bring down PP: ___, kath<gagon, ___, ___, kath<xqhn kataisxu<nw I put to shame PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, kat^sxu<nqhn katakai<w I burn down, consume PP: katakau<sw, kate<kausa, ___, ___, katekau<qhn kata<keimai I lie down, dine katakri<nw I condemn PP: katakrinw?, kate<krina, ___, katake<krimai, katekri<qhn 10 9 14 26 153 28 9 31 22 91 46 21 12 148 81 18 9 13 12 12 18 Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 273 katalamba<nw I overtake, catch, seize 15 PP: ___, kate<labon, katei<lhfa, katei<lhmmai, katelh<mfqhn katalei<pw I leave, abandon 24 PP: katakei<yw, kate<lipon, ___, katale<leimmai, katelei<fqhn katalu<w I destroy, I lodge 17 PP: katalu<sw, kate<lusa, ___, ___, katelu<qhn katanoe<w I observe, notice, consider 14 PP: ___, kateno<hsa, ___, ___, ___ katanta<w I come to, arrive 13 PP: ___, kath<nthsa, kath<nthka, ___, ___ katarge<w I abolish, bring to naught 27 PP: katargh<sw, kath<rghsa, kath<rghka, kath<rghmai, kathrgh<qhn katarti<zw I mend, fit, perfect 13 PP: katarti<sw, kath<rtisa, ___, kath<rtismai, ___ kataskeua<zw I prepare 11 PP: kataskeua<sw, kateskeu<asa, ___, kateskeu<asmai, kateskeua<sqhn katafrone<w I despise, look down on 9 PP: katafronh<sw, kategro<nhsa, ___, ___, ___ katerga<zomai I work out, achieve 22 PP: ___, kateirgasa<mhn, ___, katei<rgasmai, kateirga<sqhn kate<rxomai I come down, go down 16 PP: ___, kath?lqon, ___, ___, ___ katesqi<w I eat up, devour 14 PP: katafa<gomai, kate<fagon, ___, ___, ___ kate<xw I hold back, suppress, hold fast 17 PP: ___, kate<sxon, ___, ___, ___ kathgore<w I accuse 23 PP: kathgorh<sw, kathgo<rhsa, ___, ___, ___ katoike<w I live, dwell, inhabit 44 PP: ____, kat&?khsa, ___, ___, ___ kauxa<omai I boast 37 PP: kauxh<somai, e]kauxhsa<mhn, ___, kekau<xhmai, ___ kei?mai I lie, recline, am laid 24 keleu<w I order, command 25 PP: ___, e]ke<leusa, ___, ___, ___ kerdai<nw I gain, profit 17 PP: kerdh<sw, e]ke<rdhsa, ___, ___, e]kerdh<qhn khru<ssw I proclaim, preach 61 PP: khru<cw, e]kh<ruca, ___, ___, e]khru<xqhn klai<w I weep 40 PP: klau<sw, e@klausa, ___, ___, ___ Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 274 kla<w I break PP: ___, e@klasa, ___, ___, ___ klei<w I shut, lock PP: klei<sw, e@kleisa, ___, ke<kleismai, e]klei<sqhn kle<ptw I steal PP: kle<yw, e@kleya, ___, ___, ___ klhronome<w I inherit PP: klhronomh<sw, e]klhrono<mhsa, keklhrono<mhka, ___, ___ koima<omai I sleep PP: ___, ___, ___, kekoi<mhmai, e]koimh<qhn koino<w I make common, defile PP: ___, e]koi<nwsa, kekoi<nwka, kekoi<nwmai, ___ kolla<w I unite, join PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]kollh<qhn komi<zw I bring; Mid.: receive PP: komi<somai, e]ko<misa, ___, ___, ___ kopia<w I labor, work hard PP: ___, e]kopi<asa, kekopi<aka, ___, ___ kosme<w I adorn, put in order PP: ___, e]ko<smhsa, ___, keko<smhmai, ___ kra<zw I cry out PP: kra<cw, e@kraca, ke<kraga, ___, ___ krate<w I grasp, attain PP: krath<sw, e]kra<thsa, kekra<thka, kekra<thmai, ___ kri<nw I judge, decide PP: krinw?, e@krina, ke<krika, ke<krimai, e]kri<qhn krou<w I knock PP: ___, e@krousa, ___, ___, ___ kru<ptw I conceal, hide PP: ___, e@kruya, ___, ke<krummai, e]kru<bhn kti<zw I create, make PP: ____, e@ktisa, ___, e@ktismai, e]kti<sqhn kwlu<w I forbid, hinder PP: ___, e]kw<lusa, ___, ___, e]kwlu<qhn lale<w I speak, say PP: lalh<sw, e]la<lhsa, lela<lhka, lela<lhmai, e]lalh<qhn lamba<nw I take, receive, seize PP: lh<myomai, e@labon, ei@lhfa, ei@lhmmai, e]lh<mfqhn latreu<w I serve, worship PP: latreu<sw, e]la<treusa, ___, ___, ___ le<gw I say, tell, declare PP: e]rw?, ei#pon, ei@rhka, ei@rhmai, e]rre<qhn 14 16 13 18 18 14 12 10 23 10 55 47 114 9 18 15 23 296 258 21 1329 Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 275 liqa<zw I stone 9 PP: ___, e]li<qasa, ___, ___, e]liqa<sqhn logi<zomai I calculate, account, reckon 40 PP: ___, e]logisa<mhn, ___, ___, e]logi<sqhn lupe<w I grieve 26 PP: ___, e]lu<phsa, lelu<phka, ___, e]luph<qhn lu<w I loose, destroy 42 PP: lu<sw, e@lusa, ___, le<lumai, e]lu<qhn makroqume<w I am patient 10 PP: ___, e]makroqu<mhsa, ___, ___, ___ manqa<nw I learn 25 PP: ___, e@maqon, mema<qhka, ___, ___ marture<w I testify, bear witness 76 PP: maturh<sw, e]martu<rhsa, memartu<rhka, memartu<rhmai, e]marturh<qhn me<lei it is a care 10 me<llw I am about to 109 PP: mellh<sw, ___, ___, ___, ___ me<nw I remain, stay, live 118 PP: menw?, e@meina, meme<nhka, ___, ___ meri<zw I divide, separate 14 PP: ___, e]me<risa, meme<rika, meme<rismai, e]meri<sqhn merimna<w I am anxious, distracted 19 PP: merimhn<sw, e]meri<mnhsa, ___, ___, ___ metabai<nw I depart, pass over 12 PP: metabh<somai, mete<bhn, metabe<bhka, ___, ___ metanoe<w I repent, change my mind 34 PP: metanoh<sw, meteno<hsa, ___, ___, ___ metape<mpw I send for 9 PP: ___, mete<pemya, ___, ___, metepe<mfqhn metre<w I measure, apportion 11 PP: ___, e]me<trhsa, ___, ___, e]metrh<qhn mimn^<skomai I remember 23 PP: ___, ___, ___, me<mnhmai, e]mnh<sqhn mise<w I hate 40 PP: mish<sw, e]]mi<shsa, memi<shka, memi<shmai, ___ mnhmoneu<w I remember 21 PP: ___, e]mvhmo<neusa, ___, ___, ___ moixeu<w I commit adultery 15 PP: moixeu<sw, e]moi<xeusa, ___, ___, e]moixeu<qhn nhsteu<w I fast 20 PP: nhsteu<sw, e]nh<steusa, ___, ___, ___ nika<w I conquer 28 Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 276 PP: nikh<sw, e]ni<khsa, neni<khka, ___, e]nikh<qhn ni<ptw I wash 17 PP: ___, e@niya, ___, ___, ___ noe<w I understand 14 PP: ___, e]no<hsa, neno<hka, ___, ____ nomi<zw I suppose, think 15 PP: ___, e]no<misa, ___, ___, ___ ceni<zw I entertain, startle 10 PP: ___, e]ce<nisa, ___, ___, e]ceni<sqhn chrai<nw I dry up, wither 15 PP: ___, e]ch<rana, ___, e]ch<rammai, e]chra<nqhn oi@da (= perf. of stem ei]d-) I know, understand 318 PP: ei]dh<sw, ___, oi#da, ___, ___ oi]ke<w I live 9 oi]kodome<w I build, edify, erect 40 PP: oi]kodomh<sw, &]kodo<mhsa, ___, ___, oi]kodomh<qhn o]mnu<w/o@mnumi I swear 26 PP: ___, w@mosa, ___, ___, ___ o[moio<w I make like, liken, compare 15 PP: o[moiw<sw, w[moi<wsa, ___, ___, w[moiw<qhn o[mologe<w I confess, promise 26 PP: o[mologh<sw, w[molo<ghsa, ___, ___, ___ o]neidi<zw I reproach, insult 9 PP: ___, w]nei<disa, ___, ___, ___ o]noma<zw I name 10 PP: ___, w]no<masa, ___, ___, w]noma<sqhn o[ra<w I see 113 PP: o@yomai, ei#don, e[w<raka/e[o<raka, ___, w@fqhn o]fei<lw I owe, ought 35 paideu<w I teach, train, educate 13 PP: ___, e]pai<deusa, ___, pepai<deumai, e]paideu<qhn paragge<llw I command, order, charge 32 PP: ___, parh<ggeila, ___, parh<ggelmai, ___ paragi<nomai I come, arrive 37 PP: ___, paregeno<mhn, ___, ___, ___ para<gw I pass by 10 paradi<dwmi I hand over, betray, entrust 119 PP: paradw<sw, pare<dwka, parade<dwka, parade<domai, paredo<qhn paraite<omai I make excuse, refuse, reject 12 PP: ___, par^thsa<mhn, ___, par^<thmai, ___ parakale<w I call, urge, exhort, console 109 Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 277 PP: ___, pareka<lesa, ___, parake<klhmai, pareklh<qhn paralamba<nw I take, receive, accept PP: paralh<myomai, pare<labon, ___, ___, parelh<mfqhn parati<qhmi I set before PP: paraqh<sw, pare<qhka, ___, ___, parete<qhn pa<reimi I have arrived, am present PP: pare<somai, ___, ___, ___, ___ pare<rxomai I pass by, pass away, arrive PP: pareleu<somai, parh?lqon, parelh<luqa, ___, ___ pare<xw I offer, afford PP: pare<cw, pare<sxon, ___, ___, ___ pari<sthmi I am present, approach, stand by PP: parasth<sw, pare<sthsa, pare<sthka, ___, paresta<qhn parrhsia<zomai I speak freely PP: ___, e]parrhsiasa<mhn, ___, ___, ___ pa<sxw I suffer, endure PP: ___, e@paqon, pe<ponqa, ___, ___ pata<ssw I strike, hit PP: pata<cw, e]pa<taca, ___, ___, ___ pau<w I cease, stop PP: pau<somai, e@pausa, ___, pe<paumai, ___ pei<qw I persuade, convince PP: pei<sw, e@peisa, pe<poiqa, pe<peismai, e]pei<sqhn peina<w I hunger PP: peina<sw, e]pei<nasa, ___, ___, ___ peira<zw I test, tempt PP: ___, e]pei<rasa, ___, pepei<rasmai, e]peira<sqhn pe<mpw I send PP: pe<myw, e@pemya, ___, ___, e]pe<mfqhn penqe<w I grieve PP: penqh<sw, e]pe<nqhsa, ___, ___, ___ periba<llw I clothe, put around PP: peribalw?, perie<balon, ___, peribe<blhmai, ___ peripate<w I walk, live PP: peripath<sw, periepa<thsa, ___, ___, ___ 49 19 24 29 16 41 9 42 10 15 52 23 38 79 10 23 95 Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 278 perisseu<w I abound, am rich 39 PP: ___, e]peri<sseusa, ___, ___, e]perisseu<qhn perite<<mnw I circumcise 17 PP: ___, perie<temon, ___, perite<tmhmai, perietmh<qhn pia<zw I take, seize 12 PP: ___, e]pi<asa, ___, ___, e]pia<sqhn pi<mplhmi I fill 24 PP: ___, e@plhsa, ___, ___, e]plh<sqhn pi<nw I drink 73 PP: pi<omai, e@pion, pe<pwka, ___, ___ pipra<skw I sell 9 PP: ___, ___, pe<praka, pe<pramai, e]pra<qhn pi<ptw I fall 90 PP: pesou?mai, e@peson, pe<ptwka, ___, ___ pisteu<w I believe (in), have faith (in) 241 PP: pisteu<sw, e]pi<steusa, pepi<steuka, pepi<steumai, e]pisteu<qhn plana<w I lead astray, misguide 39 PP: planh<sw, e]pla<nhsa, ___, pepla<nhmai, e]planh<qhn pleona<zw I grow, increase 9 PP: ___, e]pleo<nasa, ___, ___, ___ plhqu<nw I multiply, increase 12 PP: plhqunw?, e]plh<quna, ___, ___, e]plhqu<nqhn plhro<w I fill, finish, fulfill 86 PP: plhrw<sw, e]plh<rwsa, peplh<rwka, peplh<rwmai, e]plhrw<qhn ploute<w I am rich, generous 12 PP: ___, e]plou<thsa, peplou<thka, ___, ___ poie<w I do, make 568 PP: poih<sw, e]poi<hsa, pepoi<hka, pepoi<hmai, ___ poimai<nw I shepherd, protect, rule 11 PP: poimanw?, e]poi<mana, ___, ___, ___ poreu<omai I go, live 153 PP: poreu<somai, ___, ___, pepo<reumai, e]poreu<qhn poti<zw I give to drink, water 15 PP: ___, e]po<tisa, pepo<tika, ___, e]poti<sqhn pra<ssw I do, perform 39 PP: par<cw, e@praca, pe<praxa, pe<pragmai, ___ proa<gw I lead forth, go before 20 PP: pro<acw, proh<gagon, ___, ___, ___ proei?pon (cf. prole<gw, le<gw, ei#pon) I foretell 12 proe<rxomai I proceed 9 PP: proeleu<somai, proh?lqon, ___, ___, ___ Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 279 prope<mpw I accompany, help on one’s journey PP: ___, proe<pemya, ___, ___, proepe<mfqhn prosde<xomai I receive, wait for PP: ___, prosedeca<mhn, ___, ___, ___ prosdoka<w I wait for, expect prose<rxomai I come to, go to PP: ___, prosh?lqon, proselh<luqa, ___, ___ proseu<xomai I pray PP: proseu<comai, proshuca<mhn, ___, ___, ___ prose<xw I attend to, pay attention to PP: ___, ___, prose<sxhka, ___, ___ proskale<omai I summon, invite, call PP: ___, prosekalesa<mhn, ___, proske<lhmai, ___ proskartere<w I continue in/with PP: proskarterh<sw, ___, ___, ___, ___ proskune<w I worship PP: proskunh<sw, proseku<nhsa, ___, ___, ___ proslamba<nw I receive, accept PP: ___, prose<labon, prosei<lhfa, ___, ___ prosti<qhmi I add to, increase PP: ___, prose<qhka, ___, ___, prosete<qhn prosfe<rw I bring to, offer PP: ___, prosh<negka, prosenh<noxa, ___, proshne<xqhn profhteu<w I prophesy, preach PP: profhreu<sw, e]profh<teusa, ___, ___, ___ punqa<nomai I inquire, ask PP: ___, e]puqo<mhn, ___, ___, ___ pwle<w I sell PP: ____, e]pw<lhsa, ___, ___, ___ r[u<omai I rescue, deliver PP: r[u<somai, e]rrusa<mhn, ___, ___, e]rru<sqhn saleu<w I shake PP: ___, e]sa<leusa, ___, sesa<leumai, e]saleu<qhn salpi<zw I sound the trumpet PP: salpi<sw, e]sa<lpisa, ___, ___, ___ se<bomai I worship siga<w I am silent PP: ___, e]si<ghsa, ___, sesi<mhmai, ___ siwpa<w I am silent PP: siwph<sw, e]siw<phsa, ___, ___, ___ skandali<zw I cause to stumble, cause to sin PP: ___, e]skanda<lisa, ___, ___, e]skandali<sqhn 9 14 16 86 85 24 29 10 60 12 18 47 28 12 22 17 15 12 10 10 10 29 Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 280 spei<rw I sow (seed) 52 PP: ___, e@speira, ___, e@sparmai, e]spa<rhn splagxni<zomai I have compassion, pity 12 PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]splagxni<sqhn spouda<zw I hasten, am eager 11 PP: spouda<sw, e]spou<dasa, ___, ___, ___ stauro<w I crucify 46 PP: staurw<sw, e]stau<rwsa, ___, e]stau<rwmai, e]staurw<qhn sth<kw (cf. i!sthmi) I stand, stand fast 10 PP: ___, ___, e!sthka, ___, ___ sthri<zw I establish, support 13 PP: sthri<cw, e]sth<rica, ___, e]sth<rigmai, e]sthri<xqhn stre<fw I turn, change 21 PP: ___, e@streya, ___, ___, e]stra<fhn suzhte<w I discuss, dispute 10 sullamba<nw I seize, conceive, arrest 16 PP: sullh<myomai, sune<labon, sunei<lhfa, ___, sunelh<mfqhn sumfe<rw I bring together 15 PP: ___, sunh<negka, ___, ___, ___ suna<gw I gather together, invite 59 PP: suna<cw, sunh<gagon, ___, sunh?gmai, sunh<xqhn sune<rxomai I come together 30 PP: ___, sunh?lqon, sunelh<luqa, ___, ___ sune<xw I oppress, hold fast, urge on 12 PP: sune<cw, sune<sxon, ___, ___, ___ suni<hmi I understand 26 PP: sunh<sw, sunh?ka, ___, ___, ___ suni<sthmi I commend; Intrans: stand with 16 PP: ___, sune<sthsa, sune<sthka, ___, ___ sfa<zw I slay, murder 10 PP: sfa<cw, e@sfaca, ___, e@sfagmai, e]sfa<ghn sfragi<zw I seal, mark 15 PP: ___, e]sfra<gisa, ___, e]sfra<gismai, e]sfragi<sqhn sxi<zw I split, divide, tear 11 PP: sxi<sw, e@sxisa, ___, ___, e]sxi<sqhn s&<zw I save, rescue 106 PP: sw<sw, e@swsa, se<swka, se<s&smai, e]sw<qhn tapeino<w I humble 14 PP: tapeinw<sw, e]tapei<nwsa, ___, ___, e]tapeinw<qhn tara<ssw I trouble, disturb 17 PP: ___, e]ta<raca, ___, teta<ragmai, e]tara<xqhn teleio<w I fulfill, make perfect 23 Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 281 PP: ___, e]telei<wsa, tetelei<wka, tetelei<wmai, e]teleiw<qhn teleuta<w I die 11 PP: ___, e]teleu<thsa, teteleu<thka, ___, ____ tele<w I finish, complete, fulfill 28 PP: tele<sw, e]te<lesa, tete<leka, tete<leka, tete<lesmai, e]tele<sqhn thre<w I keep, guard 70 PP: thrh<sw, e]th<rhsa, teteh<rhka, teth<rhmai, e]thrh<qhn ti<qhmi I put, place, set 100 PP: qh<sw, e@qhka, te<qeika, te<qeimai, e]te<qhn ti<ktw I give birth to, bear 18 PP: te<comai, e@tekon, ___, ___, e]te<xqhn tima<w I honor 21 PP: timh<sw, e]ti<mhsa, ___, teti<mhmai, ___ tolma<w I dare 16 PP: tolmh<sw, e]to<lmhsa, ___, ___, ___ tre<fw I feed, nourish, train 9 PP: ___, e@qreya, ___, te<qrammai, ___ tre<xw I run 20 PP: ___, e@dramon, ___, ___, ___ tugxa<nw I obtain, happen 12 PP: teu<comai, e@tuxon, te<teuxa, ___, ___ tu<ptw I smite, hit 13 u[giai<nw I am healthy 12 u[pa<gw I go away, go depart 79 u[pakou<w I obey, follow 21 PP: ___, u[ph<kousa, ___, ___, ___ u[panta<w I meet, go to meet 10 PP: ___, u[ph<nthsa, ___, ___, ___ u[pa<rxw I am, exist 60 u[pome<nw I remain, endure 17 PP: u[pomenw?, u[pe<meina, u[pomeme<nhka, ___, ___ u[postre<fw I return, turn back 35 PP: u[postre<yw, u[pe<streya, ___, ___, ___ u[pota<ssw I subject, subordinate 38 PP: ___, u[pe<taca, ___, u[pote<tagmai, u[peta<ghn u[stere<w I lack, miss 16 PP: ___, u[ste<rhsa, u[ste<rhka, ___, u[sterh<qhn u[yo<w I lift up, exalt 20 PP: u[yw<sw, u!ywsa, ___, ___, u[yw<qhn fai<nw I shine, appear 31 PP: fanh<somai, e@fana, ___, ___, e]fa<nhn Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 282 fanero<w I reveal, make known 49 PP: fanerw<sw, e]fane<rwsa, ___, pefane<rwmai, e]fanerw<qhn fei<domai I spare, refrain 10 PP: fei<somai, e]feisa<mhn, ___, ___, ___ fe<rw I bear, carry, endure 66 PP: oi@sw, h@negka, ___, ___, h]ne<xqhn feu<gw I flee, escape 29 PP: feu<comai, e@fugon, ___, ___, ___ fhmi< I say 66 PP: ___, e@fh, ___, ___, ___ fqei<rw I ruin, corrupt, destroy 9 PP: ___, e@fqeira, ___, ___, e]fqa<rhn file<w I love, like 25 PP: ___, e]fi<lhsa, pefi<lhka, ___, ___ fobe<omai I fear 95 PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]fobh<qhn foneu<w I kill, murder 12 PP: foneu<sw, e]fo<neusa, ___, ___, ___ frone<w I think 26 PP: fronh<sw, ___, ___, ___, ___ fula<ssw I guard, protect 31 PP: fula<cw, e]fu<laca, ___, ___, ___ futeu<w I plant 11 PP: ___, e]fu<teusa, ___, pefu<teumai, e]futeu<qhn fwne<w I call 43 PP: fwnh<sw, e]fw<nhsa, ___, ___, e]fwnh<qhn fwti<zw I give light, enlighten 11 PP: fwti<sw, e]fw<tisa, ___, pefw<tismai, e]fwti<sqhn xai<rw I rejoice 74 PP: xarh<somai, ___, ___, ___, e]xa<rhn xari<zomai I forgive, give freely 23 PP: xari<somai, e]xarisa<mhn, ___, kexa<rismai, e]xari<sqhn xorta<zw I eat to the full, am satisfied 16 PP: ___, e]xo<rtasa, ___, ___, e]xorta<sqhn xra<omai I use, employ 11 PP: ___, e]xrhsa<mhn, ___, ke<xrhmai, ___ xrhmati<zw I warn 9 PP: xrhmati<sw, e]xrhma<tisa, ___, kexrhma<tismai, e]xrhmati<sqhn xwre<w I make room, give way 10 PP: xwrh<sw, e]xw<rhsa, ___, ___, ___ xwri<zw I separate, depart 13 PP: xwri<sw, e]xwrisa, ___, kexw<rismai, e]xwri<sqhn Appendix 4: Verb Princial Parts 283 yeu<domai I lie PP: yeu<somai, e]yeusa<mhn ___, ___, ___ w]fele<w I profit, benefit PP: w]felh<sw, w]fe<lhsa, ___, ___, w]felh<qhn 12 15 Appendix 5: Total Review 284 Appendix 5 Total Review Quick Starters Six Principal parts: lu<w (PAI); lu<sw (FAI); e@lusa (AAI); le<luka (RAI); le<lu mai (R M/PI); e]lu<qhn (API) Present Active I loose/am loosing lu< w lu< eij lu< ei lu< omen lu< ete lu< ousi(n) Future Active I will loose (+ s) lu< sw lu< seij lu< sei lu< somen lu< sete lu< sousi(n) Present Mid/Pass I am loosed lu< omai lu< ^ lu< etai lu o<meqa lu< esqe lu< ontai Future Middle I will loose myself lu< somai lu< s^ lu< setai lu so<meqa lu< sesqe lu< sontai Remember LeMoNeRs Future Passive I will be loosed luqh<s omai luqh<s ^ luqh<s etai luqhs o<meqa luqh<s esqe luqh<s ontai Contract Verbs a]gapa<w poie<w plhro<w Primary Active Endings: w, eij, ei, omen, ete, ousi(n) Primary Mid/Pass Endings: omai, ^, etai, omeqa, esqe, ontai Appendix 5: Total Review 285 Six Principal parts: lu<w (PAI); lu<sw (FAI); e@lusa (AAI); le<luka (RAI); le<lu mai (R M/PI); e]lu<qhn (API) Secondary Endings Imperfect Act I was loosing (Aug) e@lu on e@lu ej e@lu e(n) e]lu< omen e]lu< ete e@lu on 1st Aorist Act I loosed (Aug+ sa) e@lusa e@lusa j e@lus e(n) e]lu<sa men e]lu<sa te e]lu<sa n 2nd Aorist Act I took (Aug+Root) e@labo n e@labe j e@labe (n) e]la<bo men e]la<be te e@labo n Perfect Active I have loosed le<luka le<luka j le<luke (n) lelu<ka men lelu<ka te lelu<ka si(n) Impf Mid/Pass I was being loosed e]lu o<mhn e]lu< ou e]lu< eto e]lu o<meqa e]lu< esqe e]lu< onto 1st Aorist Mid I loosed myself e]lusa< mhn e]lu<s w e]lu<sa to e]lusa< meqa e]lusa sqe e]lu<sa nto 2nd Aorist Mid I became e]geno< mhn e]ge<n ou e]ge<ne to e]geno< meqa e]ge<ne sqe e]ge<no nto 1st Aorist Pass I was loosed e]lu<qh n e]lu<qh j e]lu<qh e]lu<qh men e]lu<qh te e]lu<qh san 2nd Aor Pass I was raised h]ge<rqh n h]ge<rqh j h]ge<rqh h]ge<rqh men h]ge<rqh te h]]ge<rqh san Perfect Mid/Pass I have been loosed le<lu mai le<lu sai le<lu tai le<lu meqa le<lu sqe le<lu ntai (Redup + ka) Pluperfect I had loosed e]lelu<kei n e]lelu<kei j e]lelu<kei e]lelu<kei men e]lelu<kei te e]lelu<kei san ei]mi<: I am, I was, I will be ei]mi<, ei#, e]sti<n, e]sme<n e]ste<, ei]si<(n) Secondary Active Endings: (Aug. or Redupl.) h@mhn, h#j, h#n h#men, h#te, h#san n, j, e, men, te, n e@somai, e@s^, e@stai, Secondary Mid. Endings : e]so<meqa, e@sesqe, e@sontai omhn, ou, eto, omeqa, esqe, onto Appendix 5: Total Review 286 Nouns Nom. = Subject; Gen. = of a word; Dat. = to/by/for/at a word; Acc. = Object Nom. Sg. Gen. Sg. Dat. Sg. Acc. Sg. 2 word (m.) lo<goj lo<gou lo<g& lo<gon 1 writing (f.) grafh< grafh?j graf^? grafh<n 2 temple (n.) i[ero<n i[erou? i[er&? i[ero<n the (m.) o[ tou? t&? to<n Nom. Pl. Gen. Pl. Dat. Pl. Acc. Pl. lo<goi lo<gwn lo<goij lo<gouj grafai< grafw?n grafai?j grafa<j i[era< i[erw?n i[eroi?j i[era< oi[ tw?n toi?j tou<j Nom. Sg. Gen. Sg. Dat. Sg. Acc. Sg. 3 grace (f.) xa<rij xa<ritoj xa<riti xa<rita 3 faith (f.) pi<stij pi<stewj pi<stei pi<stin 3 name (n.) o@noma o]no<matoj o]no<mati o@noma Nom. Pl. Gen. Pl. Dat. Pl. Acc. Pl. xa<ritej xari<twn xa<risi(n) xa<ritaj pi<steij pi<stewn pi<stesi(n) pi<steij o]no<mata o]noma<twn o]no<masi(n) o]no<mata All-ways remember: pa?j, pa?sa, pa?n Article the (f.) h[ th?j t^? th<n the (n.) to< tou? t&? to< ai[ tw?n tai?j ta<j ta< tw?n toi?j ta< Appendix 5: Total Review 287 Pronouns Nom. Sg. Gen. Sg. Dat. Sg. Acc. Sg. I e]gw< mou moi me Nom. Pl. Gen. Pl. Dat. Pl. Acc. Pl. h[mei?j h[mw?n h[mi?n h[ma<j Personal Pronouns you su< sou soi se he au]to<j au]tou? au]t&? au]to<n she au]th< au]th?j au]t^? au]th<n it au]to< au]tou? au]t&? au]to< u[mei?j u[mw?n u[mi?n u[ma?j au]toi< au]tw?n au]toi<j au]tou<j au]tai< au]tw?n au]tai?j au]ta<j au]ta< au]tw?n au]toi?j au]ta< Demonstrative Pronouns This: ou$toj , tou<tou, tou<t&, tou<ton au!th, tau<thj , tau<t^, tau<thn tou?to , tou<tou, tou<t&, tou<to That: e]kei?noj, e]kei<nh, e]kei<nou e]kei<nhj, ou$toi, tou<twn, tou<toij , tou<touj au$tai, tou<twn, tau<taij , tau<taj tau?ta tou<twn, tou<toij , tau?ta e]kei?no (2-1-2 regular) e]kei<nou etc. Reciprocal Pronoun a]llh<lwn one another who (m.) Nom. Sg. o!j Gen. Sg. ou$ Dat. Sg. &$ Acc. Sg. o!n Nom. Pl. Gen. Pl. Dat. Pl. Acc. Pl. oi! w$n oi$j ou!j Relative Pronouns who (f.) which (n.) h! o! h$j ou$ ^$ &$ h!n o! ai! w$n ai$j a!j a! w$n oi$j a! Reflexive Pronouns e]mautou?, e]maut&? ... e]mauth?j, e]maut^? ... myself seautou?, seaut&? ... seauth?j, seaut^? ... yourself e[autou?, e[auth?j, e[autou? himself, herself, itself Appendix 5: Total Review 288 Participle Paradise Present Active Participles (while loosing(-Art), one loosing(Subst. -Noun), the soldier loosing(+Art) 3 1 3 Nom. lu<wn lu<ousa lu?on Gen. lu<ontoj luou<shj lu<ontoj Present Middle/Passive Participles (while being loosed, one being loosed...) 2 1 2 Nom. luo<menoj luome<nh luo<menon Gen. luome<nou luome<nhj luome<nou Present Active Participle of ei]mi (while being, one being, the soldier being) 3 1 3 Nom. w@n ou#sa o@n Gen. o@ntoj ou@shj o@ntoj First Aorist Active Participles (after loosing, one loosed, the soldier who loosed) 3 1 3 Nom. lu<saj lu<sasa lu?san Gen. lu<santoj lusa<shj lu<santoj First Aorist Middle Participles (after loosing herself, one who loosed herself, ...) 2 1 2 Nom. lusa<menoj lusame<nh lusa<menon Gen. lusame<nou lusame<nhj lusame<nou First Aorist Passive Participles (after being loosed, one being loosed...) 3 1 3 Nom. luqei<j luqei?sa luqe<n Gen. luqe<ntoj luqei<shj luqe<ntoj Second Aorists Ptc. (after seeing, after coming, after saying)...present Ptc. endings i]dwn, i]do<ntoj, i]do<nti ... (ei]do<n I saw) e]lqw<n, e]lqo<ntoj, e]lqo<nti ... (h]lqon I came) ei]pw<n, ei]po<ntoj, ei]po<nti . . . (ei]pon I said) Perfect Active Participles (after having loosed, one who has loosed...) 3 1 3 Nom. lelukw<j lelukui?a leluko<j Gen. leluko<toj lelukui<aj leluko<toj Perfect Middle/Passive Participles (after having been loosed, one who has been loosed) 2 1 2 Nom. lelume<noj lelume<nh lelume<non Gen. lelume<nou lelume<nhj lelume<nou Appendix 5: Total Review 289 Verb Principle Parts 5 verbal bad boys (cf. Appendix #4) Present Form e@rxomai ble<pw/o[ra<w le<gw fe<rw e]sqi<w Future e]leu<somai o@yomai e]rw? oi@sw fa<gomai 2nd Aorist h#lqon ei#don ei#pon h@negka e@fagon Periphrastics: Translated tense Present Imperfect Future Perfect Pluperfect Future Perfect Periphrastic Construction Present ei]mi< + Present Ptc Imperfect ei]mi + Present Ptc Future ei]mi + Present Ptc Present ei]mi< + Perf Ptc Imperfect ei]mi< + Perf Ptc Future ei]mi< + Perf Ptc Perfect e]lh<luqa e[w<raka ei@rhka e]nh<noxa --- Aor. Pass. --w@fqhn e]rre<qhn h]ne<xqhn --- Greek Tricky Little Buggers h[ = Art. Nom. Sg. Fem (the) o[ = Art. Masc. Sg. Nom. (the) h#j = 2rd Sg. IAI ei]mi< you were h! = Relative Pron. Fem. (who) o! = Rel. Pron. Masc. (who) h!j = Rel. Pron. Fem. Gen. Sg. h@ = Conjunction = or, than, either h#n = 3rd Sg. IAI ei]mi< s/he was h# = 3rd Sg. PASubjunctive from ei]mi< (may s/he) h!n = Rel. Pron. Fem. Acc. Sg. (who) au]th< = 3rd Sg. Fem. Nom. –she (au[to<j) au!th = Dem. Pron. Fem. Nom. Sg.—this (ou$toj) ou] = Neg. Adv. “no” ou$ = Rel. Pron. Gen. Sg. “who” Adjectives: Attributive: The good person (2 forms) -- adj has Article o[ a]gaqo<j a@nqrwpoj or o[ a@nqrwpoj o[ a]gaqo<j Predicate: The person is good. (2 forms) -- no Article on adj o[ a@nqrwpoj a]gaqo<j or a]gaqo<j o[ a@nqrwpoj Substantive: the good one: Adjective plays noun when no noun modified found: Adjective Paradigm: 2-1-2 a]gaqo<j, a]gaqh<, a]gaqo<n Appendix 5: Total Review 290 Prepositions Chart peri< around, about pro<j to meta< -- with su<n - - with on, e]pi< -- upon e]n in ei]j into a]po< from e]k out of dia< -- through kata< against, down Appendix 5: Total Review 291 Moody Review Charts: Infinitives, Imperatives, Subjunctives Infinitives Present - to continue to loose lu<ein lu<esqai First Aorist - to loose lu?sai lu<sasqai luqh?nai Second Aorist labei?n labe<sqai labh?nai Perfect -- to have loosed leluke<nai lelu<sqai Endings ei?n esqai ei?n esqai ai asqai nai sqai Imperatives Present 2 lu?e 3 lue<tw 2 luete 3 lue<twsan Middle/Pass 2 lu<ou 3 lue<sqw 2 lu<esqe 3 lue<sqwsan (Present) h?nai (2nd Aorist) h?nai (1st Aorist) (Perfect) Endings - rap e -tw -te ou -sqw -sqe n -tw -te ai -sqw -sqe ti -tw -te Aorist lu?son lusa<tw lu?sate lusa<twsan Middle lu?sai lusa<sqw lu<sasqe lusa<sqwsan Passive lu<qhti luqh<tw lu<qhte luqh<twsan -twsan -qwsan -twsan -qwsan -twsan Mi Verbs -- didwmi (do); i!sthmi (sta); ti<qhmi (qe); dei<knumi (deikn) Present: di<dwmi, di<dwj, di<dwsi, di<domen, di<dote, di<doasi Spanish endings: -mi, -a, -si, -men, -te, -asi Present & Imperfect take di— Perfect: add d redup to the Aorist Imperf: e]di<doun, e]di<douj, e]di<dou, e]di<domen, e]di<dote, e]di<dosan Future: dw<sw, dw<seij, dw<sei, dw<somen, dw<sete, dw<sousi Aorist: e@dwka, e@dwkaj, e@dwke, e]dw<kamen, e]dw<kate, e@dwkan Subjunctive: Present di<dw?, did&?j, did&?, didw?men... Aorist: dw?, d&?j, d&?, dw?men ... Pres Imper: di<dou, dido<tw... Aor: do<j, do<tw... Present “tense”: immediacy, process, foreground Aorist “tense”: complete, wholistic, it happened (simply), background Perfect “tense”: frontground, more distant, overviewish, reflective Appendix 5: Total Review 292 Moody Review Charts: Subjunctives Subjunctives (I may/might, let us) Present Aorist lu<w lu<sw lu<^j lu<s^j lu<^ lu<s^ lu<wmen lu<swmen lu<hte lu<shte lu<wsi lu<swsi Mid/Pass Middle lu<wmai lu<swmai lu<^ lu<s^ lu<htai lu<htai luw<meqa lusw<meqa lu<hsqe lu<shsqe lu<wntai lu<swntai Passive luqw? luq^?j luq^? luqw?men luqh?te luqw?si Endings -w, -^j, -^, -wmen, -hte, -wsi (Active) -mai, -^, -htai, -wmeqa, -hsqe, -wntai (M/P and Aor Mid) -w?, -^?j, -^?, -w?men, -h?te, -w?si (Aor Pass) tij/ti [someone/anything]; ti<j/ti< [who/which/what?]; ei$j/mi<a/e!n, du<o, trei?j, te<ssarej, pe<nte, e!c, e[pta<, o]ktw<, e]nne<a, de<ka, dw<deka, e[kato<n, xi<lioi Genitive: R TOP ADS: Relational [wife of], Time [during], Objective [blasphemy of God], Possessive [of], Agency [by], Descriptive, Subjective [lust of flesh] Dative: II LIST: Indirect Object [spoke to him]; Interest [for]; Location [in], Instrumental [by]; Sphere [in]; Time [on/at]; Comparative/Superlatives/Elative:... Appendix 6: 27 Greek Chants 293 Appendix 6 27 Greek Chants Chant #1: Present Active Indicative (PAI) Verb lu<w lu<eij lu<ei (I loose/am loosing) (you loose/are loosing) (s/he/it looses/is loosing) lu<omen lu<ete lu<ousi(n) (we loose/are loosing) (you loose/are loosing) (they loose/are loosing) Chant #2: 2-1-2 Nouns 2 lo<goj lo<gou lo<g& lo<gon 1 (word: Subject) (of a word) (to/by/for a word) (word: Object) lo<goi (words: Subject) lo<gwn (of words) lo<goij (to/by/for words) lo<gouj (words: Object) 2 grafh< (writing: Subject) grafh?j (of a writing) graf^? (to/by/for a writing) grafh<n (writing: Object) i[ero<n i[erou? i[er&? i[ero<n grafai< (writings: Subject) grafw?n (of writings) grafai?j (to/by/for writings) grafa<j (writings: Object) i[era< (temples: Subject) i[erw?n (of temples) i[eroi?j (to/by/for temples) i[era< (temples: Object) (temple: Subject) (of a temple) (to/by/for a temple) (temple: Object) Chant #3: 11 Prepositional Moves e]pi< (hands pat on head) peri< (right hand pointing finger circle head) pro<j (finger point “to” heart) ei]j (hands “into” heart—collapse chest) dia< e]n e]]k a]po< (finger pushing again “through” the back) (arms “in” hugging self) (finger push “out” from heart; close) (arms extend out fingers pointing “out” front) kata< (hands push against each other in front) su<n (one arm wave around shoulder of invisible buddy--with) meta< (two arms around shoulders of invisible buddy both sides--with) Appendix 6: 27 Greek Chants 294 Chant #4: Present Act Indicative (PAI) ei]mi< Verb ei]mi< ei# e]sti<n (I am) (you are) (s/he/it is) e]sme<n e]ste< ei]si<(n) (we are) (you are) (they are) Chant #5: Personal Pronoun—Cow call 1st Person Sg. e]gw< (I: Sujbect) mou (my) moi (to/for/at me) me (me: Object) 2nd Person Sg. 1st Person Pl. su< sou soi se h[mei?j h[mw?n h[mi?n h[ma?j au]to<j au]th< au]to< (you: Subject) (your) (to/for/at you) (you: Object) (we: Subject) (our) (to/for/at us) (us: Object) (he) (she) (it) Chant #6: Present Middle/Passive Indicative (PM/PI) Verb lu<omai (I am loosed/loose myself) -^, -etai, -o<meqa, -esqe, -ontai Chant #7: Future Active Indicative (FAI) Verb lu<sw lu<seij lu<sei (I will loose) (you will loose) (s/he/it will loose) lu<somen lu<sete lu<sousi(n) (we will loose) (you will loose) (they will loose) Chant #8: Future Middle Indicative (FMI) Verb lu<somai (I will loose myself) -^, -etai, -omeqa, -esqe, -ontai Chant #9: Imperfect Active Indicative (IAI) Verb e@luon (I was loosing) -n, -j, -e, -men, -te, -n Appendix 6: 27 Greek Chants 295 Chant #10: Imperfect Middle/Passive Indicative (IM/PI) Verb e]luo<mhn (I was being loosed) -ou, -eto, -omeqa, -esqe, -onto Chant #11: Imperfect Act Indicative (IAI) ei]mi< Verb h@mhn h#j h#n h#men h#te h#san (I was) (you were) (s/he/it was) (we were) (you were) (they were) Chant #12: 3-3-3 Nouns 3 3 3 xa<rij (grace: Subject) xa<ritoj (of grace) xa<riti (to/for/at grace) xa<rita (grace: Object) pi<stij (faith: Subject) pi<stewj (of a writing) pi<stei (to/for/at a writing) pi<stin (writing: Object) xa<ritej (words: Subject) xari<twn (of words) xa<risi(n) (to/for/at grace) xa<ritaj (words: Object) pi<steij (writings: Subject) pi<stewn (of writings) pi<stesi(n) (to/for/at writings) pi<steij (writings: Object) o@noma (name: Subject) o]no<matoj (of a name) o]no<mati (to/for/at a name) o@noma (name: Object) o]no<mata (names: Subject) o]noma<twn (of names) o]no<masi(n) (to/for names) o]no<mata (temples: Object) Chant #13: First Aorist Active Indicative (AAI) Verb e@lusa (I loosed) --, -j, -e, (-- pronounce noise sound “aahh”) -men, -te, -n Chant #14: First Aorist Middle Indicative (AMI) Verb e]lusa<mhn (I loosed myself) -w, -ato, -a<meqa, -asqe, -anto Chant #15: First Aorist Passive Indicative (API) Verb e]lu<qhn (I was loosed) (-- pronounce noise sound “aahh”) -n, -j, --, -men, -te, -san Chant #16: Future Passive Indicative (FPI) Verb lu<qhsomai (I will be loosed) (-- pronounce noise sound “aahh”) -^, -etai, -omeqa, -esqe, -ontai Appendix 6: 27 Greek Chants 296 Chant #17: Perfect Active Indicative (RAI) Verb le<luka (I have loosed) (-- pronounce noise sound “aahh”) --, -j, -e, -men, -te, -si Chant #18: Perfect Middle/Passive Indicative (RM/PI) Verb le<lumai (I have been loosed) -sai, -tai, -meqa, -sqe, -ntai Chant #19: 5 Verbal Bad Boys (chant)—to be developed Present Form e@rxomai o[ra<w le<gw fe<rw e]sqi<w Future e]leu<somai o@yomai e]rw? oi@sw fa<gomai 2nd Aorist h#lqon ei#don ei#pon h@negka e@fagon Perfect e]lh<luqa e[w<raka ei@rhka e]nh<noxa --- Aor. Pass. --w@fqhn e]rre<qhn h]ne<xqhn --- Chant #20: Present Active Participles (PAPtc) Present Active Participles (while loosing(-DA), one loosing(Subst. -Noun), the soldier loosing(+DA)) 3 1 3 Nom. lu<wn lu<ousa lu?on Gen. lu<ontoj luou<shj lu<ontoj Chant #21: Aorist Active Participles (AAPtc) First Aorist Active Participles (after loosing, one loosed, the soldier who loosed) 3 1 3 Nom. lu<saj lu<sasa lu?san Gen. lu<santoj lusa<shj lu<santoj First Aorist Passive Participles (after being loosed, one being loosed...) 3 1 3 Nom. luqei<j luqei?sa luqe<n Gen. luqe<ntoj luqei<shj luqe<ntoj Appendix 6: 27 Greek Chants 297 Chant #22: Perfect Active Participles (RAPtc) Perfect Active Participles (after having loosed, one who has loosed...) 3 1 3 Nom. lelukw<j lelukui?a leluko<j Gen. leluko<toj lelukui<aj leluko<toj Chant #23: Infinitive Endings (to loose) Present Second Aor. First Aor. Perfect ei?n ei?n ai nai esqai esqai h?nai asqai h?nai sqai Chant: #24: Subjunctive (I may loose) lu<w, -lu^j, lu^, lu<wmen, lu<hte, lu<wsi(n) Present Active Subj. lu<wmai, -^, htai, -wmeqa, -hsqe, -wntai Present Mid./Pass. Subj. Chant #25: Imperative Endings Chant—you loose Present (e toe-te-toesan, etc.) -e, -tw, -te, -twsan (Active) -ou, -sqw, -sqe, -sqwsan (M/Pass) First Aorist -n, -tw, -te, -twsan (Active) -ai, -sqw, -sqe, -sqwsan (Mid) -ti, -tw, -te, -twsan (Pass) Chant #26: -mi Verb endings (Spanish endings)—di<dwmi (I give) di<dwmi: -mi, -j, -si, -men, -te, -asi Chant #27: Counting to ten ei$j du<o trei?j te<ssarej pe<nte 1 2 3 4 5 e!c e[pta< o]ktw< e]nne<a de<ka 6 7 8 9 10 Chant #28 : Genitive = TP ROADS: time [--], possession, relational, objective, agency, descriptive, subjective Dative = II LIST: indirect obj., interest, location, instrumental, sphere, time [*] Appendix 7: Lord’s Prayer 298 Appendix 7 Lord’s Prayer (Mat. 6:9b-13) Pa<ter h[mw?n o[ e]n toi?j ou]ranoi?j: a[giasqh<tw to> o@noma< sou: e]lqe<tw h[ basilei<a sou: genhqh<tw to> qe<lhma< sou, w[j e]n ou]ran&? kai> e]pi> gh?j: to>n a@rton h[mw?n to>n e]piou<sion do>j h[mi?n sh<meron: kai> a@fej h[mi?n ta> o]feilh<mata h[mw?n, w[j kai> h[mei?j a]fh<kamen toi?j o]feile<taij h[mw?n: kai> mh> ei]sene<gk^j h[ma?j ei]j peirasmo>n, a]lla> r[u?sai h[ma?j a]po> tou? ponhrou?. English-Greek Glossary English-Greek Glossary Words Occurring Nine or More Times in the New Testament abandon, I abandon able able, I am able able, I am able abolish, I abolish abound, I abound about about about about about to, I am about to above above above above above above all Abraham abyss accept, I accept accept, I accept accompany, I accompany accompany, I accompany according to katalei<pw i[kano<j, -h<, -o<n du<namai i]sxu<w katarge<w perisseu<w peri< (+ gen.) peri< (+ acc.) w[j w[sei< me<llw a@nw e]pa<nw e]pa<nw (+ gen.) e]pi< (+ dat.) u[pe<r (+ acc.) ma<lista ]Abraa<m, o[ a@bussoj, -ou, h[ paralamba<nw proslamba<nw a]kolouqe<w prope<mpw kata< (+ acc.) 299 English-Greek Glossary account, I account accurately accusation accuse, I accuse accuser (devil) Achaia achieve, I achieve Adam add to, I add to admit, I admit adorn, I adorn adultery, I commit adultery afar afford, I afford after after afterward again again against against against age Agrippa akin to alas alien alive, I make alive all all Almighty alms alone alongside of already logi<zomai a]kribw?j ai]ti<a, -aj, h[ kathgore<w satana?j, -a?, o[ ]Axai~a, -aj, h[ katerga<zomai ]Ada<m, o[ prosti<qhmi e]comologe<w kosme<w moixeu<w makro<qen pare<xw meta< ( + acc.) o]pi<sw u!steroj, -a, -on a@nwqen pa<lin kata< (+ gen.) meta< ( + gen.) pro<j (+ acc.) ai]w<n, -w?noj, o[ ]Agri<ppaj, -a, o[ suggenh<j, -ej ou]ai< ce<noj, -h, -on z&opoie<w a!paj, -asa, -an pa?j, pa?sa, pa?n pantokra<twr, -oroj, o[ e]lehmosu<nh, -hj, h[ mo<noj, -h, -on para< (+ acc.) h@dh 300 English-Greek Glossary also altar always am amazed, I am amazed am, I am am, I am am, I am amaze, I amaze amazed, I am amazed amen among Ananias ancestor ancient and and and and from there and I and if and not and not and not and that one and then and there Andrew angel anger anger animal announce, I announce announce, I announce announce, I announce anoint, I anoint Anointed one kai< qusiasth<rion, -ou, to< pa<ntote e]ci<sthmi gi<nomai ei]mi< u[pa<rxw e]ci<sthmi e]kplh<ssomai a]mh<n e]n (+ dat.) [Anani<aj, -ou, o[ path<r, patro<j, o[ a]rxai?oj, -ai<a, ai?on de< kai< te< ka]kei?qen ka]gw< ka@n mh<te ou]de< ou@te ka]kei?noj, -h, -o ka]kei?qen ka]kei? ]Andre<aj, -ou, o[ a@ggeloj, -ou, o[ qumo<j, -ou?, o[ o]rgh<, -h?j, h[ z&?on, -ou, to< a]nagge<llw a]pagge<llw e]pagge<llomai a]lei<fw Xristo<j, -ou?, o[ 301 English-Greek Glossary another another another’s answer, I answer Antioch anxious, I am anxious any anyone apart from Apollos apostle appear, I appear appear, I appear appearance appoint, I appoint apportion, I apportion apprentice approach, I approach approve, I approve archetype arm army around arrest, I arrest arrest, I arrest arrest, I arrest arrival arrive, I arrive arrive, I arrive arrive, I arrive arrived, I have arrived as as as as as a@lloj, -h, -on e!teroj, -a, -on a]llo<trioj, -a, -on a]pokri<nomai ]Antio<xeia, -aj, h[ merimna<w pa?j, pa?sa, pa?n ti>j, ti> xwri<j (+ gen.) ]Apollw?j, -w?, o[ a]po<stoloj, -ou, o[ e]pe<rxomai fai<nw pro<swpon, -ou, to< kaqi<sthmi/kaqista<nw metre<w maqhth<j, -ou?, o[ pari<sthmi dokima<zw tu<poj, -ou, o[ xei<r, xeiro<j, h[ parembolh<, -h?j, h[ peri< (+ acc.) a@gw e]pilamba<nomai sullamba<nw parousi<a, -aj, h[ katanta<w pare<rxomai paragi<nomai pa<reimi kaqa<per kaqw<j oi$oj, -a, -on w[j w[sei< 302 English-Greek Glossary as a gift as far as as far as as far as as great as as many as ascend, I ascend ashamed, I am ashamed Asia ask, I ask ask, I ask ask, I ask ask, I ask ask, I ask assembly assistant astonished, I am astonished astray, I lead astray at at at at all at all times at some time at that time at the same time attack, I attack attack, I attack attain, I attain attend to, I attend to authority away dwre<an a@xri, a@xrij (+ gen.) e!wj (+ gen.) me<xri ( + gen.) o!soj, -h, -on o!soj, -h, -on a]nabai<nw e]paisxu<nomai ]Asi<a, -aj, h[ ai]te<w deo<mai e]perwta<w e]rwta<w punqa<nomai e]kklhsi<a, -aj, h[ u[phre<thj, -ou, o[ Babylon bad Babulw<n, -w?noj, h[ kako<j, -h<, -o<n e]kplh<ssomai plana<w e]pi< (+ dat.) para< (+ acc.) pro<j (+ dat.) pw<j pa<ntote pote< to<te a!ma e]pe<rxomai e]fi<sthmi krate<w prose<xw e]cousi<a, -aj, h[ e@cw 303 English-Greek Glossary bad badly baptism Baptist (John the Baptist) baptize, I baptize Barabbas Barnabas barracks basis bear witness, I bear witness bear, I bear bear, I bear bear, I bear beat, I beat beautiful beautifully because of because because because because because of become, I become bed bed before before before before before beg, I beg begin, I begin (in middle voice) beginning behavior ponhro<j, -a<, -o<n kakw?j ba<ptisma, -atoj, to< baptisth<j, -ou?, o[ bapti<zw Barabba?j, -a?, o[ Barnaba?j, -a?, o[ parembolh<, -h?j, h[ qemelion, -ou, to< marture<w basta<zw ti<ktw fe<rw de<rw kalo<j, -h<, -o<n kalw?j dia< (+ acc.) dio<ti e]pei< e]peidh< o!ti xa<rin (+ gen.) gi<nomai kli<nh, -hj, h[ kra<battoj, -ou, o[ e@mprosqen e]nw<pion (+ gen.) pri<n (+ gen.) pro< (+ gen.) pro<teroj, -a, -on deo<mai a@rxw a]rxh<, -h?j, h[ a]nastrofh<, -h?j, h[ 304 English-Greek Glossary behind behind behold! (you) behold! behold, (you) behold belief believe (in), I believe (in) believer (subst.) belly belly belong to one beloved beloved below below benefit, I benefit beside Bethany betray, I betray better between between beyond bind, I bind bird birth to, I give birth to birth to, I give birth to blaspheme, I blaspheme blasphemy bless, I bless blessed blessing blind (person) blood blow boast, I boast boasting meta< ( + acc.) o]pi<sw i]dou< (see ei#don) i@de pi<stij, -ewj, h[ pisteu<w pisto<j, -h<, -o<n gasth<r, -tro<j, h[ koili<a, -aj, h[ i@dioj, -a, -on a]gaphto<j, -h<, -o<n fi<loj, -h, -on ka<tw u[poka<tw w]fele<w para< (+ dat.) Bhqani<a, -aj, h[ paradi<dwmi krei<sswn/kreittwn, -on metacu< metacu< ( + gen.) pe<ran (+ gen.) de<w peteino<n, -ou?, to< genna<w ti<ktw blasfhme<w blasfhmi<a, -aj, h[ eu]loge<w maka<rioj, -a, -on eu]logi<a, -aj, h[ tuflo<j, -h<, -o<n ai$ma, -atoj, to< plhgh<, -h?j, h[ kauxa<omai kau<xhma, -atoj, to< 305 English-Greek Glossary boasting boat body boldness bond book book both boundary bowels bowl boy branch bread break, I break breath bridegroom bright bright bring down, I bring down bring out, I bring out bring to naught, I bring to naught bring to, I bring to bring together, I bring together bring up, I bring up bring, I bring bring, I bring brother build, I build building burn down, I burn down burn, I burn bury, I bury but kau<xhsij, -ewj, h[ ploi?on, -ou, to< sa<rc, sarko<j, h[ parrhsi<a, -aj, h[ desmo<j, -ou?, o[ bibli<on, -ou, to< bi<bloj, -ou, h[ a]mfo<teroi, -ai, -a o!rion, -ou, to< spla<gnon, -ou, to< fia<lh, -hj, h[ pai?j, paido<j, o[, h[ kla<doj, -ou, o[ a@rtoj, -ou, o[ kla<w pneu?ma, -atoj, to< numfi<oj, -ou, o[ lampro<j, -a<, -o<n leuko<j, -h<, -o<n kata<gw e]ca<gw katarge<w prosfe<rw sumfe<rw a]nafe<rw a@gw komi<zw a]delfo<j, -ou?, o[ oi]kodome<w oi]kodomh<, -h?j, h[ katakai<w kai<w qa<ptw a]lla< 306 English-Greek Glossary but but but not buy, I buy by by by by by by by de< plh<n mhde< a]gora<zw a]po< (+ gen.) dia< (+ gen.) e]n (+ dat.) meta< ( + gen.) para< (+ gen.) pro<j (+ dat.) u[po< (+ gen.) Caesar Caesarea Caiaphas calculate, I calculate call call, I call call, I call call, I call call, I call call, I call called calling camp Capernaum captain captain care for, I care for carefully carry through, I carry through carry, I carry carry, I carry cast out, I cast out catch, I catch Kai?sar, -aroj, o[ Kaisa<reia, -aj, h[ Kai*a<faj, -a, o[ logi<zomai klh?sij, -ewj, h[ e]pikale<w kale<w parakale<w proskale<omai fwne<w klhto<j, -h< -o<n klh?sij, -ewj, h[ parembolh<, -h?j, h[ Kafarnaou<m, h[ e[katonta<rxhj, -ou, o[ strathgo<j, -ou, o[ e]piske<ptomai a]kribw?j diafe<rw basta<zw fe<rw e]kba<llw e]pilamba<nomai 307 English-Greek Glossary catch, I catch cause cause of stumbling cause to rise, I cause to rise cause to sin, I cause to sin cause to stumble, I cause to stumble cease, I cease centurion Cephas chain change my mind, I change my mind change, I change charge, I charge chaste chief priest child child child child choose, I choose chosen Christ church church (unified) circumcise, I circumcise circumcision city clean cleanse, I cleanse clothe, I clothe clothe, I clothe cloud cock katalamba<nw ai]ti<a, -aj, h[ ska<ndalon, -ou, to< a]ni<sthmi skandali<zw skandali<zw pau<w e[katonta<rxhj, -ou, o[ Khfa?j, -a?, o[ a!lusij, -ewj, h[ metanoe<w stre<fw paragge<llw parqe<noj, -ou, h[/o[ a]rxiereu<j, -e<wj, o[ nh<pioj, -a, -on paidi<on, -ou, to< pai?j, paido<j, o[, h[ te<knon, -ou, to< e]kle<gomai e]klekto<j, -h<, -o<n Xristo<j, -ou?, o[ e]kklhsi<a, -aj, h[ sw?ma, -atoj, to< perite<<mnw peritomh<, -h?j, h[ po<lij, -ewj, h[ kaqaro<j, -a<, -o<n kaqari<zw e]ndu<w periba<llw nefe<lh, -hj, h[ a]le<ktwr, -oroj, o[ 308 English-Greek Glossary colt come down, I come down come in, I come in come near, I come near come to know, I come to know come to, I come to come to, I come to come together, I come together come upon, I come upon come upon, I come upon come upon, I come upon come! come, I come come, I come come, I have come coming command, I command command, I command command, I command command, I command command, I command commander commandment commend, I commend commit adultery, I commit adultery common communion comparable compare, I compare compassion compassion, I have compassion compel, I compel pw?loj, -ou, o[ kate<rxomai ei]se<rxomai e]ggi<zw e]piginw<skw katanta<w prose<rxomai sune<rxomai e]pe<rxomai e]pipi<ptw e]fi<sthmi deu?te e@rxomai paragi<nomai h!kw parousi<a, -aj, h[ diata<ssw e]nte<llomai e]pita<ssw keleu<w paragge<llw strathgo<j, -ou, o[ e]ntolh<, -h?j, h[ suni<sthmi moixeu<w koino<j, -h<, -o<n koinwni<a, -aj, h[ a@cioj, -a, -on o[moio<w spla<gnon, -ou, to< splagxni<zomai a]nagka<zw 309 English-Greek Glossary complete complete, I complete complete, I complete conceal, I conceal conceive, I conceive concerning condemn, I condemn condemnation confess, I confess confess, I confess confidence conflict confuse, I confuse congregation conquer, I conquer conquer, I conquer conscience consecrate, I consecrate consecrated consider! (you) consider consider, I consider consider, I consider considerable consolation console, I console consume, I consume continue in/with, I continue in/with continue, I continue convict, I convict convince, I convince corner corpse corrupt, I corrupt costly couch te<leioj, -a, -on e]pitele<w tele<w kru<ptw sullamba<nw peri< (+ gen.) katakri<nw kri<sij, -ewj, h[ e]comologe<w o[mologe<w parrhsi<a, -aj, h[ po<lemoj, -ou, o[ e]ci<sthmi e]kklhsi<a, -aj, h[ kaqaire<w nika<w sunei<dhsij, -ewj, h[ a[gia<zw a!gioj, -ia, -on i]dou< (see ei#don) e]mble<pw katanoe<w i[kano<j, -h<, -o<n para<klhsij, -ewj, h[ parakale<w katakai<w proskartere<w e]pime<nw e]le<gxw pei<qw gwni<a, -aj, h[ sw?ma, -atoj, to< fqei<rw ti<mioj, -a, -on kli<nh, -hj, h[ 310 English-Greek Glossary council counsel country country (open) courtyard covenant covetousness create, I create crippled crop cross crowd crowd crown crucify, I crucify crumb cry aloud, I cry aloud cry out, I cry out crying cup cup custom cut off, I cut off cut off, I cut off cut out, I cut out sune<drion, -ou, to< boulh<, -h?j, h[ a]gro<j, -ou?, o[ xw<ra, -aj, h[ au]lh<, -h?j, h[ diaqh<kh, -hj, h[ pleoneci<a, -aj, h[ kti<zw xwlo<j, -h<, -o<n karpo<j, -ou?, o[ stauro<j, -ou?, o[ lao<j, -ou?, o[ o@xloj, -ou, o[ ste<fanoj, -ou, o[ stauro<w kla<sma, -atoj, to< boa<w kra<zw klauqmo<j, -ou?, o[ poth<rion, -ou, to< fia<lh, -hj, h[ e@qoj, -ouj, to< a]faire<w e]kko<ptw e]kko<ptw Damascus danger dare, I dare darkness darkness daughter David dawn day daylight Damasko<j, -ou?, h[ ki<ndunoj, -ou, o[ tolma<w skoti<a, -aj, h[ sko<toj, -ouj, to< quga<thr, -tro<j, h[ Daui<d, o[ a]natolh<, -h?j, h[ h[me<ra, -aj, h[ h[me<ra, -aj, h[ 311 English-Greek Glossary deacon dead dead person (subst.) deaf death debate, I debate deceit decide, I decide decision declare, I declare decree deed deed defend myself, I defend myself defile, I defile delight deliver, I deliver deliver, I deliver deliverance delusion demon demonstrate, I demonstrate denarius (silver coin) deny, I deny deny, I deny depart, I depart depart, I depart depart, I depart depart, I depart depart, I depart depart, I depart descend, I descend descendant descendant dia<konoj, -ou, o[, h[ nekro<j, -a<, -o<n nekro<j, -a<, -o<n kwfo<j, -h<, -o<n qa<natoj, -ou, o[ dialogi<zomai do<loj, -ou, o[ kri<nw kri<ma, -atoj, to< le<gw diaqh<kh, -hj, h[ e@rgon, -ou, to< pra?gma, -atoj, to< a]pologe<omai koino<w xara<, -a?j, h[ e]pidi<dwmi r[u<omai swthri<a, -aj, h[ pla<nh, -hj, h[ daimo<nion, -ou, to< e]ndei<knumi dhna<rion, -ou, to< a]parne<omai a]rne<omai a]naxwre<w a]pe<rxomai a]fi<sthmi metabai<nw u[pa<gw xwri<zw katabai<nw te<knon, -ou, to< ui[o>j, -ou?, o[ 312 English-Greek Glossary descendants desert deserted desire desire desire, I desire desire, I desire desire, I desire desire, I desire despise, I despise despise, I despise destroy, I destroy destroy, I destroy destroy, I destroy destroy, I destroy destroy, I destroy destruction determine, I determine devil devour, I devour die, I die die, I die die, I die (in middle voice) differ, I differ diligence dine, I dine disbelieve, I disbelieve disciple discriminate, I discriminate discuss, I discuss disease dishonest disobey, I disobey dispute spe<rma, -atoj, to< e@rhmoj, -ou, h[ e@rhmoj, -on e]piqumi<a, -aj, h[ qe<lhma, -atoj, to< e]piqume<w e]pipoqe<w zhte<w qe<lw e]couqene<w katafrone<w a]po<llumi kaqaire<w katalu<w lu<w fqei<rw a]pw<leia, -aj, h[ bou<lomai dia<boloj, -on katesqi<w a]poqn^<skw qn^<skw a]po<llumi diafe<rw spoudh<, -h?j, h[ kata<keimai a]peiqe<w maqhth<j, -ou?, o[ diakri<nw suzhte<w no<soj, -ou, h[ a@dikoj, -on a]peiqe<w sta<sij, -ewj, h[ 313 English-Greek Glossary dispute, I dispute dispute, I dispute distant, I am distant distracted, I am distracted distribute, I distribute disturb, I disturb diverse divide, I divide divide, I divide divide, I divide divorce, I divorce do good, I do good do wrong, I do wrong do, I do do, I do donkey, young donkey door door dove down down from dragon drink, I drink drink, I give to drink dry up, I dry up dumb/mute during during dwell, I dwell diale<gomai suzhte<w a]pe<xw each each eager, I am eager eagerness ear a]na< (+ acc.) e!kastoj, -h, -on spouda<zw spoudh<, -h?j, h[ ou#j, w]to<j, to< merimna<w diameri<zw tara<ssw poiki<loj, -h, -on sxi<zw diameri<zw meri<zw a]polu<w a]gaqopoie<w a]dike<w poie<w pra<ssw pw?loj, -ou, o[ qu<ra, -aj, h[ pu<lh, -hj, h[ peristera<, -a?j, h[ ka<tw kata< (+ gen.) dra<kwn, -ontoj, o[ pi<nw poti<zw chrai<nw kwfo<j, -h<, -o<n dia< (+ gen.) kata< (+ acc.) katoike<w 314 English-Greek Glossary earlier early early in the morning earth earthquake east eat to the full, I eat to the full eat up, I eat up eat, I eat eat, I eat eating edification edify, I edify educate, I educate Egypt either/or elder elect Elijah Elizabeth embark, I embark employ, I employ empty end end endurance endure, I endure endure, I endure endure, I endure endure, I endure enemy enlighten, I enlighten enter, I enter enter, I enter entertain, I entertain prw?toj, -h, -on prwi~ prwi~ gh?, gh?j, h[ seismo<j, -ou?, o[ a]natolh<, -h?j, h[ xorta<zw katesqi<w geu<omai e]sqi<w brw?sij, -ewj, h[ oi]kodomh<, -h?j, h[ oi]kodome<w paideu<w Ai@guptoj, -ou, h[ h@ presbu<teroj, -a, -on e]klekto<j, -h<, -o<n ]Hli<aj, -ou, o[ ]Elisa<bet, h[ e]mbai<nw xra<omai keno<j, -h<, -o<n e@sxatoj, -h, -on te<loj, -ouj, to< u[pomonh<, -h?j, h[ a]ne<xw pa<sxw u[pome<nw fe<rw e]xqro<j, -a<, -o<n fwti<zw ei]se<rxomai ei]sporeu<omai ceni<zw 315 English-Greek Glossary entirely entrance entreaty entrust, I entrust entrust, I entrust envy Ephesus epistle erect, I erect error escape, I escape especially establish, I establish eternal eternity even even even even as even as even as evening ever every every evil evil evil evil spirit exalt, I exalt exalted examine, I examine example exceedingly exceedingly except o!loj, -h, -on pulw<n, -w?noj, o[ de<hsij, -ewj, h[ di<dwmi paradi<dwmi fqo<noj, -ou, o[ @Efesoj, -ou, h[ e]pistolh<, -h?j, h[ oi]kodome<w pla<nh, -hj, h[ feu<gw ma<lista sthri<zw ai]w<nioj, -a, -on ai]w<n, -w?noj, o[ ge< e@ti kai< kaqa<per kaqw<j w!sper o@yioj, -a, -on pote< e!kastoj, -h, -on pa?j, pa?sa, pa?n kaki<a, -aj, h[ kako<j, -h<, -o<n ponhro<j, -a<, -o<n daimo<nion, -ou, to< u[yo<w u[yhlo<j, -h<, -o<n a]nakri<nw tu<poj, -ou, o[ li<an sfo<dra a]lla< 316 English-Greek Glossary except excuse, I make excuse exhort, I exhort exhortation exist, I exist expect, I expect explain, I explain expose, I expose exult, I exult eye plh<n (+ gen.) paraite<omai parakale<w para<klhsij, -ewj, h[ u[pa<rxw prosdoka<w dei<knumi e]le<gxw a]gallia<w o]fqalmo<j, -ou?, o[ face faction fail, I fail faith faithful faithless fall asleep, I fall asleep fall away, I fall away fall upon, I fall upon fall, I fall false prophet falsehood family family famine far away (from) farmer fast, I fast father father, I become the father of favor favor favor fear pro<swpon, -ou, to< ai!resij, -ewj, h[ e]kpi<ptw pi<stij, -ewj, h[ pisto<j, -h<, -o<n a@pistoj, -on koima<omai e]kpi<ptw e]pipi<ptw pi<ptw yeudoprofh<thj, -ou, o[ yeu<doj, -ouj, to< genea< , -a?j, h[ ge<noj, -ouj, to< limo<j, -ou?, o[, makra<n gewrgo<j, -ou?, o[ nhsteu<w path<r, patro<j, o[ genna<w eu]doki<a, -aj, h[ xa<rij, -itoj, h[ xa<risma, -atoj, to< fo<boj, -ou, o[ 317 English-Greek Glossary fear, I fear feast feed, I feed feed, I feed Felix fellow slave fellow worker fellow countryperson fellowship Festus fetter few field field field fig tree fill, I fill fill, I fill fill, I fill find, I find finish, I finish finish, I finish finish, I finish fire first first first fruits fish fish net fit, I fit five flee, I flee flesh follow, I follow follow, I follow food fobe<omai e[orth<, -h?j, h[ bo<skw tre<fw Fh?lic, -ikoj, o[ su<ndouloj, -ou, o[ sunergo<j, -o<n suggenh<j, -e<j koinwni<a, -aj, h[ Fh?stoj, -ou, o[ desmo<j, -ou?, o[ o]li<goj, -h, -on a]gro<j, -ou?, o[ xw<ra, -aj, h[ xwri<on, -ou, to< sukh?, -h?j, h[ ge<mw pi<mplhmi plhro<w eu[ri<skw e]pitele<w plhro<w tele<w pu?r, -o<j, to< a]parxh<, -h?j, h[ prw?toj, -h, -on a]parxh<, -h?j, h[ i]xqu<j, -u<oj, o[ di<ktuon, -ou, to< katarti<zw pe<nte feu<gw sa<rc, sarko<j, h[ a]kolouqe<w u[pakou<w a@rtoj, -ou, o[ 318 English-Greek Glossary food food food fool (subst.) foolish foolish foot for for for for for for for for the sake of for this reason forbid, I forbid foreign foretell, I foretell forgive, I forgive forgive, I forgive former fornication fornicator forsake, I forsake fortress fortunate forty foundation foundation foundation fountain four fourth (part) free freedom brw?ma, -atoj, to< brw?sij, -ewj, h[ trofh<, -h?j, h[ mwro<j, -a<, -o<n a@frwn, -on mwro<j, -a<, -o<n pou<j, podo<j, o[ a]nti< (+ gen.) ga<r e]pei< e]pi< (+ acc.) o!ti pro<j (+ gen.) u[pe<r (+ gen.) xa<rin (+ gen.) dio< kwlu<w ce<noj, -h, -on proei?pon (cf. prole<gw) a]fi<hmi xari<zomai pro<teroj, -a, -on pornei<a, -aj, h[ po<rnoj, -ou, o[ e]gkatalei<pw parembolh<, -h?j, h[ maka<rioj, -a, -on tessara<konta qemelion, -ou, to< qeme<lioj, -ou, o[ katabolh<, -h?j, h[ phgh<, -h?j, h[ te<ssarej, -a te<tartoj, -h, -on e]leu<qeroj, -a, -on e]leuqeri<a, -aj, h[ 319 English-Greek Glossary frequently friend from from from from afar from above from here from Nazareth from that place from this from where from where? from within from without fruit fulfill, I fulfill fulfill, I fulfill fulfill, I fulfill full full fullness polla<kij fi<loj, -h, -on a]po< (+ gen.) e]k (+ gen.) para< (+ gen.) makro<qen a@nwqen e]nteu?qen Nazwrai?oj, -ou, o[ e]kei?qen e]nteu?qen o!qen po<qen e@swqen e@cwqen karpo<j, -ou?, o[ plhro<w teleio<w tele<w mesto<j, -h<, -o<n plh<rhj, -ej plh<rwma, -atoj, to< gain, I gain Galilean Galilee garment gate gateway gather together, I gather together gaze upon, I gaze upon Gehenna generation generous, I am generous Gentile kerdai<nw Galilai?oj, -a, -on Galilai<a, -aj, h[ i[ma<tion, -ou, to< pu<lh, -hj, h[ pulw<n, -w?noj, o[ suna<gw a]teni<zw ge<enna, -hj, h[ genea< , -a?j, h[ ploute<w !Ellhn, -hnoj, o[ 320 English-Greek Glossary Gentiles Gentiles gentleness gift gift gift girl girl give back, I give back give freely, I give freely give thanks, I give thanks give way, I give way give, I give glad, I am glad glorify, I glorify glory go away, I go away go before, I go before go down, I go down go down, I go down go in, I go in go in, I go in go out, I go out go out, I go out go to meet, I go to meet go to, I go to go up, I go up go, I go go, I go go, I go goal God god God goddess a]krobusti<a, -aj, h[ e@qnoj, -ouj, to< prau~thj, -htoj, h[ dwre<a, -a?j, h[ dw?ron, -ou, to< xa<risma, -atoj, to< quga<thr, -tro<j, h[ pai?j, paido<j, o[, h[ a]podi<dwmi xari<zomai eu]xariste<w xwre<w di<dwmi a]gallia<w doca<zw do<ca, -hj, h[ u[pa<gw proa<gw katabai<nw kate<rxomai ei]se<rxomai ei]sporeu<omai e]kporeu<omai e]ce<rxomai u[panta<w prose<rxomai a]nabai<nw poreu<omai e@rxomai u[pa<gw te<loj, -ouj, to< qeo<j, -ou?, o[, h[ qeo<j, -ou?, o[, h[ ou]rano<j, -ou?, o[ qeo<j, -ou?, o[, h[ 321 English-Greek Glossary godless godliness gold gold golden good good good news good will goodness goods (pl) gospel governor grace (divine) grain grasp, I grasp grass grave graze, I graze great great greater greatly greatly greediness Greek greet, I greet greeting grief grieve, I grieve grieve, I grieve grow, I grow grow, I grow guard (a guard) guard, I guard guard, I guard a]sebh<j, -e<j eu]se<beia, -aj, h[ xrusi<on, -ou, to< xruso<j, -ou?, o[ xrusou?j, -h?, -ou?n a]gaqo<j, -h<, -o<n kalo<j, -h<, -o<n eu]agge<lion, -ou, to< eu]doki<a, -aj, h[ xrhsto<thj, -htoj, h[ skeu?oj, -ouj, to< eu]agge<lion, -ou, to< h[gemw<n, -o<noj, o[ xa<rij, -itoj, h[ si?toj, -ou, o[ krate<w xo<rtoj, -ou, o[ mnhmei?on, -ou, to< bo<skw me<gaj, mega<lh, me<ga polu<j, pollh<, polu< perisso<teroj, -a, -on, li<an sfo<dra pleoneci<a, -aj, h[ !Ellhn, -hnoj, o[ a]spa<zomai a]spasmo<j, -ou?, o[ lu<ph, -hj, h[ lupe<w penqe<w au]ca<nw pleona<zw fulakh<, -h?j, h[ thre<w fula<ssw 322 English-Greek Glossary guide, I guide guile guilty h[ge<omai do<loj, -ou, o[ e@noxoj, -on Hades (hell) hair hand hand over, I hand over hand over, I hand over happen, I happen happen, I happen happy harvest harvest, I harvest haste hasten, I hasten hate, I hate have faith (in), I have faith (in) have, I have hay he he head heal, I heal heal, I heal healthy healthy, I am healthy healthy, I am healthy hear, I hear hearing heart heart heathen heathen/Gentiles heaven %!dhj, -ou, o[ qri<c, trixo<j, h[ xei<r, xeiro<j, h[ e]pidi<dwmi paradi<dwmi gi<nomai tugxa<nw maka<rioj, -a, -on qerismo<j, -ou?, o[ qeri<zw spoudh<, -h?j, h[ spouda<zw mise<w pisteu<w e@xw xo<rtoj, -ou, o[ au]to<j, -h<, -o< ou$toj, au!th, tou?to kefalh<, -h?j, h[ qerapeu<w i]a<omai u[gih<j, -e<j i]sxu<w u[giai<nw a]kou<w a]koh<, -h?j, h[ kardi<a, -aj, h[ spla<gnon, -ou, to< !Ellhn, -hnoj, o[ e@qnoj, -ouj, to< ou]rano<j, -ou?, o[ 323 English-Greek Glossary heavenly heavenly heir hell hell (Hades) help on one’s journey, I help on one’s journey helper here Herod hidden hide, I hide high high priest highest hill hinder, I hinder Hinnom Valley hit, I hit hit, I hit hither hold back, I hold back hold fast, I hold fast hold fast, I hold fast holiness holy holy, I make holy honest honor honor, I honor honor, I honor hope hope, I hope horn horse hostile e]poura<nioj, -ion ou]ra<nioj, -on klhrono<moj, -ou, o[ ge<enna, -hj, h[ %!dhj, -ou, o[ prope<mpw sunergo<j, -o<n w$de [Hr&<dhj, -ou, o[ krupto<j, -h<, -o<n kru<ptw u[yhlo<j, -h<, -o<n a]rxiereu<j, -e<wj, o[ u!yistoj, -h, -on o@roj, -ouj, to< kwlu<w ge<enna, -hj, h[ pata<ssw tu<ptw w$de kate<xw kate<xw sune<xw a[giasmo<j, -ou, o[ a!gioj, -ia, -on a[gia<zw a]lhqh<j, -e<j timh<, -h?j, h[ doca<zw tima<w e]lpi<j, -i<doj, h[ e]lpi<zw ke<raj, -atoj, to< i!ppoj, -ou, o[ e]xqro<j, -a<, -o<n 324 English-Greek Glossary hour house house house master householder how how great? how much? how? however human humankind humble, I humble humility hunger hunger, I hunger husband husband hypocrite w!ra, -aj, h[ oi]ki<a, -aj, h[ oi#koj, -ou, o[ oi]kodespo<thj, -ou, o[ oi]kodespo<thj, -ou, o[ o!pwj po<soj, -h, -on po<soj, -h, -on pw?j plh<n a@nqrwpoj, -ou, o[ ko<smoj, -ou, o[ tapeino<w prau~thj, -htoj, h[ limo<j, -ou?, o[, peina<w a]nh<r, a]ndro<j, o[ a@nqrwpoj, -ou, o[ u[pokrith<j, -ou?, o[ I I also I die I manifest I proclaim I sleep I stand idol if if if ignorant image image image immediately e]gw<, e]mou?; h[mei?j, h[mw?n ka]gw< teleuta<w e]mfani<zw khru<ssw kaqeu<dw i!sthmi ei@dwlon, -ou, to< e]an < ei] ei@te a@frwn, -on ei@dwlon, -ou, to< ei]kw<n, -o<noj, h[ tu<poj, -ou, o[ a@rti 325 English-Greek Glossary immediately immediately immediately immorality impious impossible impure impurity in in in in behalf of, for in front of in order that in order that in order that in order that in presence of in this manner in vain incapable increase, I increase increase, I increase increase, I increase increase, I increase indeed indeed indeed infant infant inflict upon, I inflict upon inhabit, I inhabit inherit, I inherit inheritance injustice eu]qe<wj eu]qu<j paraxrh?ma pornei<a, -aj, h[ a]sebh<j, -e<j a]du<natoj, -on a]ka<qartoj, -on a]kaqarsi<a, -aj, h[ e]n (+ dat.) e]pi< (+ dat.) e@sw u[pe<r (+ gen.) e@mprosqen e]pi< (+ acc.) i!na o!pwj w!ste para< (+ dat.) ou!twj , ou!tw keno<j, -h<, -o<n a]du<natoj, -on au]ca<nw pleona<zw plhqu<nw prosti<qhmi ge< me<n mh<n nh<pioj, -a, -on paidi<on, -ou, to< e]piti<qhmi katoike<w klhronome<w klhronomi<a, -aj, h[ a]diki<a, -aj, h[ 326 English-Greek Glossary inquire, I inquire inside inside instead of instruction insult, I insult intellect into invite, I invite invite, I invite invite, I invite invoke, I invoke (in middle voice) involved in Isaac Isaiah Iscariot island Israel Israelite it it is a concern it is lawful it is necessary it, this one punqa<nomai e@sw e@swqen a]nti< (+ gen.) didaskali<a, -aj, h[ o]neidi<zw nou?j, noo<j, o[ ei]j (+ acc.) kale<w proskale<omai suna<gw e]pikale<w e@noxoj, -on ]Isaa<k, o[ ]Hsai~aj, -ou, o[ ]Iskariw<q, ]Iskariw<thj, o[ nh?soj, -ou, h[ ]Israh<l, o[ ]Israhli<thj, -ou, o[ au]to<j, -h<, -o< me<lei e@cesti dei? ou$toj, au!th, tou?to Jacob James jealousy jealousy Jerusalem Jerusalem Jesus Jew Jewish John I] akw<b, o[ ]Ia<kwboj, -ou, o[ zh?loj, -ou, o[ fqo<noj, -ou, o[ ]Ieroso<luma, ta</h[ ]Ierousalh<m, h[ ]Ihsou?j, -ou?, o[ ]Ioudai?oj, -a, -on ]Ioudai?oj, -a, -on ]Iwa<nnhj, -ou, o[ 327 English-Greek Glossary join, I join Jonah Joppa Jordan (river) Joseph Joshua journey joy Judea Judah Judas judge judge judge, I judge judge, I judge judge, I judge judgment judgment judgment judgment seat jurisdiction just just as just as just now justice justify, I justify kolla<w ]Iwna?j, -a?, o[ ]Io<pph, -hj, h[ ]Iorda<nhj, -ou, o[ ]Iwsh<f, o[ ]Ihsou?j, -ou?, o[ o[do<j, -ou?, h[ xara<, -a?j, h[ ]Ioudai<a, -aj, h[ ]Iou<daj, -a, o[ ]Iou<daj, -a, o[ krith<j, -ou?, o[ kti<sij, -ewj, h[ a]nakri<nw diakri<nw kri<nw kri<ma, -atoj, to< kri<sij, -ewj, h[ o]rgh<, -h?j, h[ bh?ma, -atoj, to< e]cousi<a, -aj, h[ di<kaioj, -a, -on kaqa<per w!sper a@rti dikaiosu<nh, -hj, h[ dikaio<w keep awake, I keep awake keep, I keep keep, I keep kill, I kill kill, I kill kill, I kill kill, I kill grhgore<w e@xw thre<w a]naire<w a]poktei<nw qanato<w qu<w 328 English-Greek Glossary kill, I kill kind deed kindness king kingdom knee knock, I knock know (not), I do not know know, I know know, I know knowledge knowledge known known, I make known foneu<w e]lehmosu<nh, -hj, h[ xrhsto<thj, -htoj, h[ basileu<j, -e<wj, o[ basilei<a, -aj, h[ go<nu, -atoj, to< krou<w a]gnoe<w ginw<skw oi@da (perfect from ei]d-) gnw?sij, -ewj, h[ e]pi<gnwsij, -ewj, h[ gnwsto<j, -h<, -o<n fanero<w labor labor, I labor lack, I lack laid, I am laid lake lamb lame lame lamp lamp lampstand land land language large last late later law Law ko<poj, -ou, o[ kopia<w u[stere<w kei?mai li<mnh, -hj, h[ a]rni<on, -ou, to< paralutiko<j, -h<, -o<n xwlo<j, -h<, -o<n lampa<j, -a<doj, h[ lu<xnoj, -ou, o[ luxni<a, -aj, h[ gh?, gh?j, h[ xw<ra, -aj, h[ glw?ssa, -h?j, h[ me<gaj, mega<lh, me<ga e@sxatoj, -h, -on o@yioj, -a, -on u!steroj, -a, -on no<moj, -ou, o[ no<moj, -ou, o[ 329 English-Greek Glossary law, pertaining to the law lawless lawlessness lawyer (subst.) lay aside, I lay aside lay on, I lay on lay upon, I lay upon Lazarus lead away, I lead away lead forth, I lead forth lead in, I lead in lead out, I lead out lead up, I lead up lead, I lead lead, I lead leader learn, I learn learn, I learn learn, I learn least leather bottle leave behind, I leave behind leave, I leave leaven left (as opposed to right) leper leprous lest let go, I let go let go, I let go let it be so letter letter (of the alphabet) liable liar nomiko<j, -h<, -o<n a@nomoj, -on a]nomi<a, -aj, h[ nomiko<j, -h<, -o<n a]poti<qhmi e]piba<llw e]piti<qhmi La<zaroj, -ou, o[ a]pa<gw proa<gw ei]sa<gw e]ca<gw a]na<gw a@gw h[ge<omai h[gemw<n, -o<noj, o[ a]kou<w ginw<skw manqa<nw e]la<xistoj, -h, -on a]sko<j, -ou?, o[ e]gkatalei<pw katalei<pw zu<mh, -hj, h[ eu]w<numoj, -on lepro<j, -a<, -o<n lepro<j, -a<, -o<n mh<pote a]fi<hmi e]a<w a]mh<n e]pistolh<, -h?j, h[ gra<mma, -atoj, to< e@noxoj, -on yeu<sthj, -ou, o[ 330 English-Greek Glossary liberty licentiousness lie lie down, I lie down lie, I lie lie, I lie (recline) life life lift up, I lift up lift up, I lift up light light, I give light lightning like like like like, I like like, I make like liken, I liken likeness likewise likewise lion little live, I live live, I live live, I live live, I live live, I live live, I live live, I live live, I live living body living thing lock, I lock lodge, I lodge e]leuqeri<a, -aj, h[ a]se<lgeia, -aj, h[ yeu<doj, -ouj, to< kata<keimai yeu<domai kei?mai bi<oj, -ou, o[ zwh<, -h?j, h[ e]pai<rw u[yo<w fw?j, fwto<j, to< fwti<zw a]straph<, -h?j, h[ o!moioj, -a, -on toiou?toj, -au<th, -ou?ton w[sei< file<w o[moio<w o[moio<w ei]kw<n, -o<noj, h[ o[moi<wj w[sau<twj le<wn, -ontoj, o[ mikro<j, -a<, -o<n ei]mi< za<w ka<qhmai katoike<w me<nw oi]ke<w peripate<w poreu<omai sw?ma, -atoj, to< z&?on, -ou, to< klei<w katalu<w 331 English-Greek Glossary look at, I look at look at, I look at look at, I look at look at, I look at look down on, I look down on look intently, I look intently look up, I look up look, (you) look loose, I loose lord Lord lot love love, I love love, I love Macedonia Magdalene maid servant majesty make ashamed, I make ashamed make common, I make common make known, I make known make, I make make, I make male malice man man management manager manifest ble<pw e]mble<pw qea<omai qewre<w katafrone<w a]teni<zw a]nable<pw i@de (see ei#don) lu<w despo<thj, -ou, o[ ku<rioj, -ou, o[ klh?roj, -ou, o[ a]ga<ph, -hj, h[ a]gapa<w file<w Makedoni<a, -aj, h[ Magdalhnh<, -h?j, h[ paidi<skh, -hj, h[ do<ca, -hj, h[ e]ntre<pw koino<w gnwri<zw kti<zw poie<w a@rshn, -en kaki<a, -aj, h[ a]nh<r, a]ndro<j, o[ a@nqrwpoj, -ou, o[ oi]konomi<a, -aj, h[ oi]kono<moj, -ou, o[ fanero<j, -a<, -o<n 332 English-Greek Glossary manner many mark mark, I mark marketplace marriage marry, I marry Martha martyr marvel, I marvel Mary master master master matter mattress measure measure, I measure measuring rod meat offered to an idol meet, I meet member member mend, I mend mercy mercy, I have mercy messenger messenger Messiah middle might mighty mina (large monetary unit) mind mind tro<poj, -ou, o[ polu<j, pollh<, polu< tu<poj, -ou, o[ sfragi<zw a]gora<, -a?j, h[ ga<moj, -ou, o[ game<w Ma<rqa, -aj, h[ ma<rtuj, -uroj, o[ qauma<zw Mari<a, -aj, h[ despo<thj, -ou, o[ ku<rioj, -ou, o[ r[abbi<, o[ pra?gma, -atoj, to< kra<battoj, -ou, o[ me<tron, -ou, to< metre<w ka<lamoj, -ou, o[ ei]dwlo<qutoj, -on u[panta<w a]delfo<j, -ou?, o[ me<loj, -ouj, to< katarti<zw e@leoj, -ouj, to< e]lee<w a@ggeloj, -ou, o[ a]po<stoloj, -ou, o[ Xristo<j, -ou?, o[ me<soj, -h, -on kra<toj, -ouj, to< i]sxuro<j, -a<, -o<n mna?, mna?j, h[ kardi<a, -aj, h[ nou?j, noo<j, o[ 333 English-Greek Glossary mind, mine minister, I minister ministry miracle miracle Miriam misguide, I misguide mislead, I mislead miss, I miss mock, I mock money month monument monument moon more more more abundantly more severe more than more than Moses mother mountain mouth much multiply, I multiply multitude multitude murder murder, I murder murder, I murder mute/dumb my mystery dia<noia, -aj, h[ e]mo<j, -h<, -o<n dia<kone<w diakoni<a, -aj, h[ du<namij, -ewj, o[ shmei?on, -ou, to< Maria<m, h[ plana<w a]fi<sthmi u[stere<w e]mpai<zw a]rgu<rion, -ou, to< mh<n, mhno<j, o[ mnh?ma, -atoj, to< mnhmei?on, -ou, to< selh<nh, -hj, h[ ma?llon perisso<teroj, -a, -on, perissote<rwj xei<rwn, -on e]pa<nw para< (+ acc.) Mwu*sh?j, -e<wj, o[ mh<thr, mhtro<j, h[ o@roj, -ouj, to< sto<ma, -atoj, to< polu<j, pollh<, polu< plhqu<nw o@xloj, -ou, o[ plh?qoj, -ouj, to< fo<noj, -ou, o[ sfa<zw foneu<w kwfo<j, -h<, -o<n e]mo<j, -h<, -o<n musth<rion, -ou, to< 334 English-Greek Glossary naked name name, I name name, I name nation nation nature Nazarene Nazareth near near near near necessity need need (a) neighbor (subst. use of adverb) neighboring neither neither neither never new new next night ninth no longer no longer no one no one nobody noise none gumno<j, -h<, -o<n o@noma, -atoj, to< e]pikale<w o]noma<zw e@qnoj, -ouj, to< fulh<, -h?j, h[ fu<sij, -ewj, h[ Nazwrai?oj, -ou, o[ Nazare<q, Nazare<t e]ggu<j e]pi< (+ gen.) plhsi<on (+ gen.) pro<j (+ dat.) a]na<gkh, -hj, h[ u[ste<rhma, -atoj, to< xrei<a, -aj, h[ plhsi<on, o[ peri<xwroj, -on mh<te ou]de< ou@te ou]de<pote kaino<j, -h<, -o<n ne<oj, -a, -on ei#ta nuc, nukto<j, h[ e@natoj, -h, -on mhke<ti ou]ke<ti mhdei<j, mhdemi<a, mhde<n ou]dei<j, ou]demi<a, ou]de<n mhdei<j, mhdemi<a, mhde<n fwnh<, -h?j, h[ ou]dei<j, ou]demi<a, ou]de<n 335 English-Greek Glossary nor nor nor nor not (question implies “yes”) not (question implies “no”) not even not even not know, I do not know not yet nothing nothing notice, I notice nourish, I nourish now now now now nullify, I nullify number mhde< mh<te ou]de< ou@te mh<< mhde< ou]de< a]gnoe<w ou@pw mhdei<j, mhdemi<a, mhde<n ou]dei<j, ou]demi<a, ou]de<n katanoe<w tre<fw a@rti h@dh nu?n nuni< a]qete<w a]riqmo<j, -ou?, o[ O! oath, an oath obedience obey, I obey obey, I obey object observe, I observe obtain, I obtain occasion occur, I occur of of of herself w# o!rkoj, -ou, o[ u[pakoh<, -h?j, h[ douleu<w u[pakou<w skeu?oj, -ouj, to< katanoe<w tugxa<nw w!ra, -aj, h[ ei]mi< a]po< (+ gen.) para< (+ gen.) e[autou?, -h?j, ou], ou]k, ou]x, ou]xi< 336 English-Greek Glossary of himself of itself of myself of what sort of what sort? offer, I offer offer, I offer offer, I offer offering offering, act of offering office often ointment old old older one olive oil olive tree omen on on on on on account of on account of on the one hand on the other side, (land) once once once for all one one another one hundred one’s own only only e[autou?, -h?j, e[autou?, -h?j, e]mautou?, -h?j oi$oj, -a, -on poi?oj, -a, -on a]nafe<rw pare<xw prosfe<rw qusi<a, -aj, h[ prosfora<, -a?j, h[ oi]konomi<a, -aj, h[ polla<kij mu<ron, -ou, to< a]rxai?oj, -ai<a, ai?on palaio<j, -a< -o<n presbu<teroj, -a, -on e@laion, -ou, to< e]lai<a, -aj, h[ te<raj, -atoj, to< e]pi< (+ gen.) e]pi< (+ dat.) e]pi< (+ acc.) pro<j (+ dat.) dia< (+ acc.) e!neka (+ gen.) me<n pe<ran a!pac pote< a!pac ei$j, mi<a, e!n a]llh<lwn e[kato<n i@dioj, -a, -on monogenh<j, -e<j mo<noj, -h, -on 337 English-Greek Glossary only open, I open opinion oppose, I oppose oppose, I oppose oppress, I oppress oppress, I oppress oppression or order order order, I order order, I order order, I order order, I order other other other other(s) ought, I ought out out of outside outside outside over over over overtake, I overtake overturn, I overturn owe, I owe plh<n a]noi<gw gnw<mh, -hj, h[ a]nqi<sthmi a]ntile<gw qli<bw sune<xw qli?yij, -ewj, h[ h@ e]ntolh<, -h?j, h[ ta<cij, -ewj, h[ diata<ssw e]pita<ssw keleu<w paragge<llw a@lloj, -h, -on e!teroj, -a, -on loipo<j, -h<, -o<n loipo<j, -ou, o[ o]fei<lw e@cw e]k (+ gen.) e@cw e@cw (+ gen.) e@cwqen e]pa<nw e]pa<nw (+ gen.) e]pi< (+ gen.) katalamba<nw a]nastre<fw o]fei<lw pain palace parable paralytic lu<ph, -hj, h[ au]lh<, -h?j, h[ parabolh<, -h?j, h[ paralutiko<j, -h<, -o<n 338 English-Greek Glossary pardon parent part part partner party pass away, I pass away pass by, I pass by pass by, I pass by pass over, I pass over pass through, I pass through passion passion Passover patience patience patient, I am Paul pay attention to, I pay attention to pay, I pay peace pearl people people perceived, I perceived perfect perfect, I make perfect perfect, I perfect perform, I perform perform, I perform perfume perhaps permit, I permit permit, I permit a@fesij, -ewj, h[ goneu<j, -e<wj, o[ me<loj, -ouj, to< me<roj, -ouj, to< koinwno<j, -ou?, o[, ai!resij, -ewj, h[ pare<rxomai para<gw pare<rxomai metabai<nw die<rxomai e]piqumi<a, -aj, h[ qumo<j, -ou?, o[ pa<sxa, to< makroqumi<a, -aj, -h[ u[pomonh<, -h?j, h[ makroqume<w Pau?loj, -ou, o[ prose<xw a]podi<dwmi ei]rh<nh, -hj, h[ margari<thj, -ou, o[ lao<j, -ou?, o[ fulh<, -h?j, h[ ei#don te<leioj, -a, -on teleio<w katarti<zw e]pitele<w pra<ssw mu<ron, -ou, to< mh<pote a]fi<hmi e]a<w 339 English-Greek Glossary permit, I permit persecute, I persecute persecution persist, I persist person person persuade, I persuade Peter petition Pharisee Philip pick out, I pick out piety pig pigeon Pilate pity, I pity place place place, I place plague plan plan plant, I plant please, I please pleased with, I am pleased with pleasing poor portion position possessed by a demon, I am possessed pour out, I pour out pour out, I pour out power e]pitre<pw diw<kw diwgmo<j, -ou?, o[ e]pime<nw pro<swpon, -ou, to< yuxh<, -h?j, h[ pei<qw Pe<troj, -ou, o[ de<hsij, -ewj, h[ Farisai?oj, -ou, o[ Fi<lippoj, -ou, o[ e]kle<gomai eu]se<beia, -aj, h[ xoi?roj, -ou, o[ peristera<, -a?j, h[ Pila?toj, -ou, o[ splagxni<zomai to<poj, -ou, o[ xwri<on, -ou, to< ti<qhmi plhgh<, -h?j, h[ oi]konomi<a, -aj, h[ pro<qesij, -ewj, h[ futeu<w a]re<skw eu]doke<w eu]a<restoj, -on ptwxo<j, -h<, -o<n klh?roj, -ou, o[ ta<cij, -ewj, h[ daimoni<zomai e]kxe<w e]kxu<nnomai du<namij, -ewj, o[ 340 English-Greek Glossary power power power power powerful powerful, I am powerful powerless powerless powerless, I am powerless praise praise praise, I praise pray, I pray pray, I pray prayer preach preach good news, I preach good news preach, I preach preaching precious prepare, I prepare prepare, I prepare prepared presence present, I am present present, I am present press, I press price pride pride priest principle prison prisoner e]cousi<a, -aj, h[ i]sxu<j, -u<oj, h[ kra<toj, -ouj, to< xei<r, xeiro<j, h[ dunato<j, -h<, -o<n du<namai a]du<natoj, -on a]sqenh<j, -e<j a]sqene<w e@painoj, -ou, o[ eu]logi<a, -aj, h[ doca<zw deo<mai proseu<xomai proseuxh<, -h?j, h[ khru<ssw eu]aggeli<zw profhteu<w kh<rugma, -atoj, to< ti<mioj, -a, -on e[toima<zw kataskeua<zw e!toimoj, -h, -on parousi<a, -aj, h[ pa<reimi pari<sthmi qli<bw timh<, -h?j, h[ kau<xhma, -atoj, to< kau<xhsij, -ewj, h[ i[ereu<j, -e<wj, o[ no<moj, -ou, o[ fulakh<, -h?j, h[ de<smioj, -ou, o[ 341 English-Greek Glossary proceed, I proceed proclaim, I proclaim proclaim, I proclaim proclamation produce, I produce produce, I produce profit, I profit profit, I profit promise promise, I promise promise, I promise promise, I promise pronounce righteous, I pronounce righteous proof prophecy prophesy, I prophesy prophet prostitute protect, I protect protect, I protect proud prove by testing, I prove by testing prudent punishment pure purify, I purify purpose purpose purpose pursue, I pursue put around, I put around put in order, I put in order put on, I put on put on, I put on proe<rxomai eu]aggeli<zw katagge<llw kh<rugma, -atoj, to< genna<w e]nerge<w kerdai<nw w]fele<w e]paggeli<a, -aj, h[ e]comologe<w e]pagge<llomai o[mologe<w dikaio<w martu<rion, -ou, to< profhtei<a, -aj, h[ profhteu<w profh<thj, -ou, o[ po<rnh, -hj, h[ poimai<nw fula<ssw u[yhlo<j, -h<, -o<n dokima<zw fro<nimoj, -on e]kdi<khsij, -ewj, h[ kaqaro<j, -a<, -o<n kaqari<zw boulh<, -h?j, h[ gnw<mh, -hj, h[ pro<qesij, -ewj, h[ diw<kw periba<llw kosme<w e]ndu<w e]piba<llw 342 English-Greek Glossary put to death, I put to death put, I put put, I put qanato<w ba<llw ti<qhmi quantity question, I question question, I question questioning (questions with negative answers) quickly quickly me<tron, -ou, to< a]nakri<nw e]perwta<w dialogismo<j, -ou?, o[ rabbi race race raise up, I raise up raise, I raise raise, I raise rather rather read aloud, I read aloud read, I read ready real realize, I realize really really reap, I reap reason, I reason reasoning rebellion rebuke, I rebuke receive, I receive (in middle voice) r[abbi<, o[ genea< , -a?j, h[ ge<noj, -ouj, to< e]gei<rw ai@rw a]ni<sthmi a]lla< ma?llon a]naginw<skw a]naginw<skw e!toimoj, -h, -on o@ntwj ginw<skw ge< o@ntwj qeri<zw dialogi<zomai dialogismo<j, -ou?, o[ sta<sij, -ewj, h[ e]pitima<w mh<ti taxe<wj taxu< (from taxu<j) komi<zw 343 English-Greek Glossary receive sight, I receive sight receive, I receive receive, I receive receive, I receive receive, I receive receive, I receive receive, I receive received, I have received reckon, I reckon recline, I recline recline, I recline recline, I recline (at table) recognize, I recognize redemption reed refrain, I refrain (from) refresh, I refresh refuse, I refuse refuse, I refuse regard, I regard regarding region region region regulation reign, I reign reject, I reject reject, I reject reject, I reject rejoice, I rejoice rejoice, I rejoice related relative release a]nable<pw a]polamba<nw de<xomai lamba<nw paralamba<nw prosde<xomai proslamba<nw a]pe<xw logi<zomai a]napi<ptw kei?mai a]na<keimai e]piginw<skw a]polu<trwsij, -ewj, h[ ka<lamoj, -ou, o[ fei<domai a]napau<w a]rne<omai paraite<omai h[ge<omai peri< (+ acc.) gh?, gh?j, h[ o!rion, -ou, to< xw<ra, -aj, h[ dikai<wma, -atoj, to< basileu<w a]qete<w a]podokima<zw paraite<omai eu]frai<nw xai<rw suggenh<j, -ej suggenh<j, -ej a]polu<trwsij, -ewj, h[ 344 English-Greek Glossary release, I release remain, I remain remain, I remain remain, I remain remaining remember, I remember remember, I remember remission repent, I repent repentance reply, I reply report report, I report report, I report reproach, I reproach reprove, I reprove reputation reputation request, I request request, I request request, I request rescue, I rescue rescue, I rescue resist, I resist respected rest rest (the others) restore, I restore resurrection return, I return return, I return return, I return reveal, I reveal reveal, I reveal reveal, I reveal reveal, I reveal a]polu<w diatri<bw me<nw u[pome<nw loipo<j, -h<, -o<n mimn^<skomai mnhmoneu<w a@fesij, -ewj, h[ metanoe<w meta<noia, -aj, h[ a]pokri<nomai a]koh<, -h?j, h[ a]nagge<llw a]pagge<llw o]neidi<zw e]le<gxw marturi<a, aj, h[ o@noma, -atoj, to< e]rwta<w zhte<w paraite<omai r[u<omai s&<zw a]nqi<sthmi ti<mioj, -a, -on kata<pausij, -ewj, h[ loipo<j, -ou, o[ e]gei<rw a]na<stasij, -ewj, h[ a]nastre<fw e]pistre<fw u[postre<fw a]pokalu<ptw gnwri<zw e]mfani<zw fanero<w 345 English-Greek Glossary revelation revile, I revile reward rich rich, I am rich rich, I am rich right (hand) righteous righteous deed righteousness rise, I rise risk river road robber robe rock rod Roman Roman; a Roman (subst.) room, I make room rooster root ruin, I ruin ruin, I ruin rule rule, I rule rule, I rule rule, I rule ruler ruler ruler of all run, I run rust a]poka<luyij, -ewj, h[ blasfhme<w misqo<j, -ou?, o[ plou<sioj, -a, -on perisseu<w ploute<w decio<j, -a<, -o<n di<kaioj, -a, -on dikai<wma, -atoj, to< dikaiosu<nh, -hj, h[ a]nate<llw ki<ndunoj, -ou, o[ potamo<j, -ou?, o[ o[do<j, -ou?, h[ l^sth<j, -ou?, o[ stolh<, -h?j, h[ pe<tra, -aj, h[ r[a<bdoj, -ou, h[ [Rwmai?oj, -a, -on [Rwmai?oj, -a, -on xwre<w a]le<ktwr, -oroj, o[ r[i<za, -hj, h[ a]po<llumi fqei<rw kra<toj, -ouj, to< a@rxw basileu<w poimai<nw a]rxh<, -h?j, h[ a@rxwn, -ontoj, o[ pantokra<twr, -oroj, o[ tre<xw brw?sij, -ewj, h[ 346 English-Greek Glossary Sabbath sacrifice sacrifice, I sacrifice Sadducee said, I said saints (pl.) salute, I salute salvation Samaria Samaritan same sanctification sanctify, I sanctify sandal Sanhedrin Satan satisfied, I am satisfied Saul Saul save, I save Savior saw, I saw say, I say say, I say say, I say saying scatter, I scatter scepter scribe Scripture scroll sea seal seal, I seal search for, I search for season sa<bbaton, -ou, to< qusi<a, -aj, h[ qu<w Saddoukai?oj, -ou, o[ ei]po<n a!gioj, -ia, -on a]spa<zomai swthri<a, -aj, h[ Sama<reia, -aj, h[ Samari<thj, -ou, o[ au]to<j, -h<, -o< a[giasmo<j, -ou, o[ a[gia<zw u[po<dhma, -atoj, to< sune<drion, -ou, to< satana?j, -a?, o[ xorta<zw Saou<l, o[ Sau?loj, -ou, o[ s&<zw swth<r, -h?roj, o[ ei#don lale<w le<gw fhmi< r[hma, -atoj, to< diaskorpi<zw r[a<bdoj, -ou, h[ grammateu<j, -e<wj, o[ grafh<, -h?j, h[ bibli<on, -ou, to< qa<lassa, -hj, h[ sfragi<j, -i?doj, h[ sfragi<zw e]pizhte<w kairo<j, -ou?, o[ 347 English-Greek Glossary seat, I seat second secret sect see! (you) see! see, I see see, I see see, I see see, I see seed seek, I seek seem, I seem seize, I seize seize, I seize seize, I seize seize, I seize seize, I seize select self self sell, I sell sell, I sell send for, I send for send forth, I send forth send out, I send out send, I send send, I send sensuality separate, I separate separate, I separate separate, I separate serpent servant servant servant serve, I serve kaqi<zw deu<teroj, -a, -on musth<rion, -ou, to< ai!resij, -ewj, h[ i]dou< (see ei#don) ble<pw qea<omai qewre<w o[ra<w spe<rma, -atoj, to< zhte<w doke<w a[rpa<zw katalamba<nw lamba<nw pia<zw sullamba<nw e]klekto<j, -h<, -o<n au]to<j, -h<, -o< yuxh<, -h?j, h[ pipra<skw pwle<w metape<mpw e]caposte<llw a]poste<llw a]poste<llw pe<mpw a]se<lgeia, -aj, h[ a]fori<zw meri<zw xwri<zw dra<kwn, -ontoj, o[ dia<konoj, -ou, o[, h[ dou?loj, -ou, o[ u[phre<thj, -ou, o[ dia<kone<w 348 English-Greek Glossary serve, I serve serve, I serve service set set before, I set before set sail, I set sail (in middle voice) set, I set set, I set setting forth seven seventh sexually immoral person shake, I shake shame, I put to shame sharer she she, sheep shepherd shepherd, I shepherd shine, I shine shining shirt show forth, I show forth show, I show shut, I shut sick sick sick, I am sick sickness Sidon sight sign Silas silent, I am silent douleu<w latreu<w diakoni<a, -aj, h[ i!sthmi parati<qhmi a]na<gw kaqi<sthmi/kaqista<nw ti<qhmi pro<qesij, -ewj, h[ e[pta< e!bdomoj, -h, -on po<rnoj, -ou, o[ saleu<w kataisxu<nw koinwno<j, -ou?, o[, au]to<j, -h<, -o< ou$toj, au!th, tou?to pro<baton, -ou, to< poimh<n, -e<noj, o[ poimai<nw fai<nw lampro<j, -a<, -o<n xitw<n, -w?noj, o[ e]ndei<knumi dei<knumi klei<w a]sqenh<j, -e<j ponhro<j, -a<, -o<n a]sqene<w a]sqe<neia, -aj, h[ Sidw<n, -w?noj, h[ o]fqalmo<j, -ou?, o[ shmei?on, -ou, to< Sila?j, -a?, o[ siga<w 349 English-Greek Glossary silent, I am silent silver similar similarly Simon sin sin sin, I sin since since since sinful single sinner sir sister sit, I sit sit, I sit six sixth sixty sky slander slanderous slave slay, I slay sleep, I sleep small small smallest smite, I smite smoke snake so so so siwpa<w a]rgu<rion, -ou, to< o!moioj, -a, -on w[sau<twj Si<mwn, -wnoj, o[ a[marti<a, -aj, h[ para<ptwma, -atoj, to< a[marta<nw e]pei< e]peidh< o!pou a[martwlo<j, -o<n ei$j, mi<a, e!n a[martwlo<j, -o<n ku<rioj, -ou, o[ a]delfh<, -h?j, h[ ka<qhmai kaqi<zw e!c e!ktoj, -h, -on e[ch<konta ou]rano<j, -ou?, o[ blasfhmi<a, -aj, h[ dia<boloj, -on dou?loj, -ou, o[ sfa<zw koima<omai mikro<j, -a<, -o<n o]li<goj, -h, -on e]la<xistoj, -h, -on tu<ptw kapno<j, -ou?, o[ o@fij, -ewj, o[ a@ra ga<r o[moi<wj 350 English-Greek Glossary so so so great so much so that so that Sodom soldier Solomon somehow someone someone someone something son soul sound source sow (seed), I sow (seed) spare, I spare speak against, I speak against speak freely, I speak freely speak, I speak spirit Spirit spiritual split, I split spring staff stand by, I stand by stand fast, I stand fast stand over, I stand over stand with, I stand with (intrans.) stand, I stand ou!twj , ou!tw te< tosou?toj, -au<th, -ou?ton tosou?toj, -au<th, -ou?ton i!na w!ste So<doma, -wn, ta< stratiw<thj, -ou, o[ Solomw<n, -w?noj, o[ pw<j a]nh<r, a]ndro<j, o[ ei$j, mi<a, e!n ti>j, ti> ti>j, ti> ui[o>j, -ou?, o[ yuxh<, -h?j, h[ fwnh<, -h?j, h[ r[i<za, -hj, h[ spei<rw fei<domai a]ntile<gw parrhsia<zomai lale<w pneu?ma, -atoj, to< pneu?ma, -atoj, to< pneumatiko<j, -h<, -o<n sxi<zw phgh<, -h?j, h[ r[a<bdoj, -ou, h[ pari<sthmi sth<kw (cf. i!sthmi) e]fi<sthmi suni<sthmi sth<kw (cf. i!sthmi) 351 English-Greek Glossary star startle, I startle statement stay, I stay stay, I stay steadfastness steal, I steal step in, I step in steward (house) stick still stomach stone stone, I stone stop, I stop storehouse strange strange street strength stretch out, I stretch out strife strife strike, I strike strong strong strong, I am strong subject, I subject subordinate, I subordinate such such as such as this suffer, I suffer suffering sufficient a]sth<r, -e<roj, o[ ceni<zw lo<goj, -ou?, o[ diatri<bw me<nw makroqumi<a, -aj, -h[ kle<ptw e]mbai<nw oi]kono<moj, -ou, o[ r[a<bdoj, -ou, h[ e@ti sto<ma, -atoj, to< li<qoj, -ou, o[ liqa<zw pau<w qhsauro<j, -ou?, o[ a]llo<trioj, -a, -on ce<noj, -h, -on platei?a, -aj, h[ i]sxu<j, -u<oj, h[ e]ktei<nw e@rij, -idoj, h[ sta<sij, -ewj, h[ pata<ssw dunato<j, -h<, -o<n i]sxuro<j, -a<, -o<n i]sxu<w u[pota<ssw u[pota<ssw toiou?toj, -au<th, -ou?ton oi$oj, -a, -on toiou?toj, -au<th, -ou?ton pa<sxw pa<qhma, -atoj, to< i[kano<j, -h<, -o<n 352 English-Greek Glossary summon, I summon sun supper support, I support suppose, I suppose suppose, I suppose suppress, I suppress surrender, I surrender swear, I swear swine sword synagogue synagogue leader proskale<omai h!lioj, -ou, o[ dei?pnon, -ou, to< sthri<zw doke<w nomi<zw kate<xw e]pidi<dwmi o@mnumi xoi?roj, -ou, o[ ma<xaira, -hj, h[ sunagwgh<, -h?j, h[ a]rxisuna<gwgoj, -ou, o[ tabernacle table take aside, I take aside take away, I take away take away, I take away take away, I take away take hold of, I take hold of take off, I take off take rest, I take rest (in middle voice) take up, I take up take up, I take up take, I take take, I take take, I take take, I take talent (large unit of money) taste, I taste tax collector teach, I teach teach, I teach skhnh<, -h?j, h[ tra<peza, -hj, h[ a]polamba<nw ai@rw a]naire<w a]faire<w e]pilamba<nomai a]poti<qhmi a]napau<w ai@rw a]nalamba<nw de<xomai lamba<nw paralamba<nw pia<zw ta<lanton, -ou, to< geu<omai telw<nhj, -ou, o[ dida<skw paideu<w 353 English-Greek Glossary teacher teacher teaching teaching tear tear down, I tear down tear, I tear tell, I tell temple temple (precinct) tempt, I tempt temptation temptation ten tent terror test test, I test testify solemnly, I testify solemnly testify, I testify testimony testimony, a testimony than thanks thanksgiving that that that that that that (one) that not the then then dida<skaloj, -ou, o[ r[abbi<, o[ didaskali<a, -aj, h[ didaxh<, -h?j, h[ da<kruon, -ou, to< kaqaire<w sxi<zw le<gw nao<j, -ou?, o[ i[ero<n, -ou?, to< peira<zw peirasmo<j, -ou?, o[ ska<ndalon, -ou, to< de<ka skhnh<, -h?j, h[ fo<boj, -ou, o[ peirasmo<j, -ou?, o[ peira<zw diamartu<romai marture<w marturi<a, aj, h[ martu<rion, -ou, to< h@ xa<rij, -itoj, h[ eu]xaristi<a, -aj, h[ e]pi< (+ acc.) i!na o!pwj o!ti w[j e]kei?noj, -h, -o mh<pote o[, h[, to< a@ra ga<r 354 English-Greek Glossary then then then then then, so, therefore there therefore therefore therefore therefore, thief thing think, I think think, I think think, I think think, I think third (part) thirst, I thirst thirty this this (here) this one Thomas thorn thorn bush thousand thousand, a three three times throne through throw, I throw thunder thus tie, I tie time de< ei#ta e@peita to<te ou#n e]kei? a@ra dio<ti w!ste dio< kle<pthj, -ou, o[ r[hma, -atoj, to< doke<w h[ge<omai nomi<zw frone<w tri<toj, -h, -on diya<w tria<konta ou$toj, au!th, tou?to o!de, h!de, to<de ou$toj, au!th, tou?to Qwma?j, -a?, o[ a@kanqa, -hj, h[ a@kanqa, -hj, h[ xi<lioi, -ai, -a xilia<j, -a<doj, h[ trei?j, tri<a tri<j qro<noj, -ou, o[ dia< (+ gen.) ba<llw bronth<, -h?j, h[ ou!twj , ou!tw de<w h[me<ra, -aj, h[ 355 English-Greek Glossary time time (appointed) Timothy title Titus to to to to which today together together tomb tomb tomorrow tomorrow tone tongue tooth torment, I torment touch, I touch toward toward tradition train, I train train, I train trap treasure tree tree trespass tribe tribune (military) commanding 1,000 trouble trouble xro<noj, -ou, o[ kairo<j, -ou?, o[ Timo<qeoj, -ou, o[ o@noma, -atoj, to< Ti<toj, -ou, o[ ei]j (+ acc.) e]pi< (+ acc.) pro<j (+ acc.) ou$ sh<meron a!ma o[moqumado<n mnh?ma, -atoj, to< mnhmei?on, -ou, to< au@rion e]pau<rion fwnh<, -h?j, h[ glw?ssa, -h?j, h[ o]dou<j, -o<ntoj, o[ basani<zw a!ptw ei]j (+ acc.) pro<j (+ acc.) para<dosij, -ewj, h[ paideu<w tre<fw ska<ndalon, -ou, to< qhsauro<j, -ou?, o[ de<ndron, -ou, to< cu<lon, -ou, to< para<ptwma, -atoj, to< fulh<, -h?j, h[ xili<arxoj, -ou, o[ qli?yij, -ewj, h[ ko<poj, -ou, o[ 356 English-Greek Glossary trouble, I trouble true true truly truly truly trumpet trumpet, I sound the trumpet trust trusting trustworthy truth tunic turn away, I turn away turn back, I turn back turn to, I turn to turn, I turn twelve twenty two Tyre tara<ssw a]lhqh<j, -e<j a]lhqino<j, -h<, -o<n a]lhqw?j a]mh<n nai< sa<lpigc, -iggoj, h[ unbelief unbelieving unchastity uncircumcision unclean unclean uncleanness uncover, I uncover under under understand, I understand understand, I understand understand, I understand a]pisti<a, -aj, h[ a@pistoj, -on pornei<a, -aj, h[ a]krobusti<a, -aj, h[ a]ka<qartoj, -on koino<j, -h<, -o<n a]kaqarsi<a, -aj, h[ a]pokalu<ptw u[po< (+ gen.) u[poka<tw a]kou<w e]pi<stamai noe<w salpi<zw pi<stij, -ewj, h[ pisto<j, -h<, -o<n pisto<j, -h<, -o<n a]lh<qeia, -aj, h[ xitw<n, -w?noj, o[ a]postre<fw u[postre<fw e]pistre<fw stre<fw dw<deka ei@kosi du<o Tu<roj, -ou, h[ 357 English-Greek Glossary understand, I understand understand, I understand understanding understanding undertaking underworld undeservedly unique unite, I unite universe unjust unleavened unrighteousness until until until until up upright upward upward urge on, I urge on urge, I urge urge, I urge use, I use oi@da (perfect from ei]d-) suni<hmi dia<noia, -aj, h[ nou?j, noo<j, o[ pra?gma, -atoj, to< a@bussoj, -ou, h[ dwre<an monogenh<j, -e<j kolla<w ko<smoj, -ou, o[ a@dikoj, -on a@zumoj, -on a]diki<a, -aj, h[ a@xri, a@xrij e!wj e!wj (+ gen.) me<xri a]na< (+ acc.) di<kaioj, -a, -on a]na< (+ acc.) a@nw sune<xw a]nagka<zw parakale<w xra<omai varied vengeance verily very vessel vestibule village vine vineyard virgin poiki<loj, -h, -on e]kdi<khsij, -ewj, h[ a]mh<n li<an skeu?oj, -ouj, to< pulw<n, -w?noj, o[ kw<mh, -hj, h[ a@mpeloj, -ou, h[ a]mpelw<n, -w?noj, o[ parqe<noj, -ou, h[/o[ 358 English-Greek Glossary visible vision visit, I visit voice fanero<j, -a<, -o<n o!rama, -atoj, to< e]piske<ptomai fwnh<, -h?j, h[ wages wait for, I wait for wait for, I wait for wait upon, I wait upon wake, I wake walk, I walk wall (city wall) wandering want, I want war warn, I warn warn, I warn warn, I warn wash, I wash watch (of the night) watch, I watch water water, I water way way (of life) Way, the Way we we weak weak, I am weak weakness wealth wear, I wear wedding weep, I weep weeping misqo<j, -ou?, o[ prosde<xomai prosdoka<w dia<kone<w e]gei<rw peripate<w tei?xoj, -ouj, to< pla<nh, -hj, h[ bou<lomai po<lemoj, -ou, o[ diamartu<romai e]pitima<w xrhmati<zw ni<ptw fulakh<, -h?j, h[ grhgore<w u!dwr, -atoj, to< poti<zw o[do<j, -ou?, h[ tro<poj, -ou, o[ o[do<j, -ou?, h[ e]gw<, e]mou?; h[mei?j, h[mw?n h[mei?j a]sqenh<j, -e<j a]sqene<w a]sqe<neia, -aj, h[ plou?toj, -ou, o[ e]ndu<w ga<moj, -ou, o[ klai<w da<kruon, -ou, to< 359 English-Greek Glossary well what what is right what? what? whatever wheat when when when when? whence whenever where where where? whether whether which which? which? whichever while white whither? who who? whoever whole whole why? widow wife wild beast wilderness will kalw?j o!j, h!, o! xrhsto<thj, -htoj, h[ poi?oj, -a, -on ti<j, ti< o!stij, h!tij, o!ti si?toj, -ou, o[ e]peidh< e]pi< (+ gen.) o!te pote< o!qen o!tan o!pou ou$ pou? ei] ei@te o!j, h!, o! poi?oj, -a, -on ti<j, ti< o!stij, h!tij, o!ti o!te leuko<j, -h<, -o<n pou? o!j, h!, o! ti<j, ti< o!stij, h!tij, o!ti o!loj, -h, -on u[gih<j, -e<j ti<j, ti< xh<ra, -aj, h[ gunh<, -aiko<j, h[ qhri<on, -ou, to< e@rhmoj, -ou, h[ qe<lhma, -atoj, to< 360 English-Greek Glossary will, I will wind wind wine wineskin wisdom wisdom wise wise wish wish, I wish wish, I wish with with with with with with with one mind withdraw, I withdraw wither, I wither without witness witness witness woe woman womb womb wonder wonder, I wonder wood word Word word work qe<lw a@nemoj, -ou, o[ pneu?ma, -atoj, to< oi#noj, -ou, o[ a]sko<j, -ou?, o[ gnw?sij, -ewj, h[ sofi<a, -aj, h[ sofo<j, -h<, -o<n fro<nimoj, -on qe<lhma, -atoj, to< bou<lomai qe<lw meta< ( + gen.) para< (+ gen.) para< (+ dat.) peri< (+ acc.) pro<j (+ acc.) su<n (+ dat.) o[moqumado<n a]fi<sthmi chrai<nw xwri<j (+ gen.) marturi<a, aj, h[ martu<rion, -ou, to< ma<rtuj, -uroj, o[ ou]ai< gunh<, -aiko<j, h[ gasth<r, -tro<j, h[ koili<a, -aj, h[ te<raj, -atoj, to< qauma<zw cu<lon, -ou, to< lo<goj, -ou?, o[ lo<goj, -ou?, o[ r[hma, -atoj, to< e@rgon, -ou, to< 361 English-Greek Glossary work hard, I work hard work out, I work out work, I work work, I work workman world world (inhabited) worse worship, I worship worship, I worship worship, I worship worthy wound wrath wrath (of God) wreath write, I write writing writings wrong, I wrong kopia<w katerga<zomai e]nerge<w e]rga<zomai e]rga<thj, -ou, o[ ko<smoj, -ou, o[ oi]koume<nh, -hj, h[ xei<rwn, -on latreu<w proskune<w se<bomai a@cioj, -a, -on plhgh<, -h?j, h[ qumo<j, -ou?, o[ o]rgh<, -h?j, h[ ste<fanoj, -ou, o[ gra<fw grafh<, -h?j, h[ gra<mma, -atoj, to< a]dike<w year year yeast yes yet yield, I yield you you-all young young person your your yours yourself, of yourself (reflexive) e]niauto<j, -ou?, o[ e@toj, -ouj, to< zu<mh, -hj, h[ nai< e@ti di<dwmi su<, sou<; u[mei?j, u[mw?n u[mei<j, u[mw?n ne<oj, -a, -on neani<skoj, -ou, o[ so<j, sh<, so<n u[me<teroj, -a, -on so<j, sh<, so<n seautou?, -h?j 362 English-Greek Glossary youth neani<skoj, -ou, o[ zeal zealous, I am zealous Zebedee Zechariah zh?loj, -ou, o[ zhlo<w Zebedai?oj, -ou, o[ Zaxari<aj, -ou, o[ 363 Greek-English Glossary Words Occurring Nine or More Times in the New Testament Verbs are listed in their present active indicative first person singular forms. Deponent verbs appear in the present middle/passive indicative form. Additional principal parts (PP) appearing in the New Testament are listed below the main entry in the following order: future active, aorist active, perfect active, perfect middle/passive, aorist passive. Greek Word English Meaning(s) Part of Times in N.T. Speech (all uses) ]Abraa<m, o[ Abraham Verb a@bussoj, -ou, h[ abyss, underworld Noun a]gaqopoie<w I do good Verb PP: ___, h]gaqopoi<hsa, ___, ___, ___ a]gaqo<j, -h<, -o<n good Adj a]gallia<w I exult, am glad Verb PP: ___, h]galli<asa, ___, ___, h]gallia<qhn a]gapa<w I love Verb PP: a]gaph<sw, h]ga<phsa, h]ga<phka, h]ga<phmai, h]gaph<qhn a]ga<ph, -hj, h[ love Noun a]gaphto<j, -h<, -o<n beloved Adj a@ggeloj, -ou, o[ angel, messenger Noun a[gia<zw I consecrate, make holy, sanctify Verb PP: ___, h[gi<asa, ___, h[gi<asmai, h[gia<sqhn a[giasmo<j, -ou, o[ sanctification, holiness Noun a!gioj, -ia, -on holy, consecrated; Pl.: saints Adj a]gnoe<w I do not know Verb PP: ___, h]gno<hsa, ___, ___, ___ a]gora<, -a?j, h[ marketplace Noun a]gora<zw I buy Verb PP: ___, h]go<rasa, ___, h]go<rasmai, h]gora<sqhn ]Agri<ppaj, -a, o[ Agrippa Noun a]gro<j, -ou?, o[ field, country Noun 73 9 9 102 11 143 116 61 175 28 10 233 22 11 30 11 36 Greek-English Glossary a@gw I lead, bring, arrest PP: a@cw, h@gagon, ___, ___, h@xqhn ]Ada<m, o[ Adam a]delfh<, -h?j, h[ sister a]delfo<j, -ou?, o[ brother, member %!dhj, -ou, o[ Hades (hell) a]dike<w I wrong, do wrong PP: a]dikh<sw, h]di<khsa, h]di<khka, ___, h]dikh<qhn a]diki<a, -aj, h[ unrighteousness, injustice a@dikoj, -on unjust, dishonest a]du<natoj, -on powerless, incapable, impossible a@zumoj, -on unleavened a]qete<w I reject, nullify PP: a]qeth<sw, h]qe<thsa, ___, ___, ___ Ai@guptoj, -ou, h[ Egypt ai$ma, -atoj, to< blood ai!resij, -ewj, h[ sect, faction, party ai@rw I take up, take away, raise PP: a]rw?, h#ra, h#rka, h#rmai, h@rqhn ai]te<w I ask PP: ai]th<sw, ^@thsa, ^@thka, ___, ___ ai]ti<a, -aj, h[ cause, accusation ai]w<n, -w?noj, o[ age, eternity ai]w<nioj, -a, -on eternal a]kaqarsi<a, -aj, h[ uncleanness, impurity unclean, impure a]ka<qartoj, -on a@kanqa, -hj, h[ thorn, thorn bush a]koh<, -h?j, h[ report, hearing a]kolouqe<w I follow, accompany PP: a]kolouqh<sw, h]kolou<qhsa, h]kolou<qhka, ___, ___ a]kou<w I hear, understand, learn PP: a]kou<sw, h@kousa, a]kh<koa, ___, h]kou<sqhn a]kribw?j accurately, carefully a]krobusti<a, -aj, h[ uncircumcision, Gentiles a]lei<fw I anoint PP: ___, h@leiya, ___, ___, ___ a]le<ktwr, -oroj, o[ rooster, cock a]lh<qeia, -aj, h[ truth a]lhqh<j, -e<j true, honest a]lhqino<j, -h<, -o<n true a]lhqw?j truly a]lla< but, except, rather a]llh<lwn one another Verb 69 Noun Noun Noun Noun Verb 9 26 343 10 28 Noun Adj Adj Adj Verb 25 12 10 9 16 Noun Noun Noun Verb 25 97 9 101 Verb 70 Noun Noun Adj Noun Adj Noun Noun Verb 20 122 71 10 32 14 24 90 Verb 428 Adv Noun Verb 9 20 9 Noun Noun Adj Adj Adv Conj Adj 12 109 26 28 18 637 100 365 Greek-English Glossary a@lloj, -h, -on other, another Adj a]llo<trioj, -a, -on another’s, strange Adj a!lusij, -ewj, h[ chain Noun a!ma at the same time, together Adv a[marta<nw I sin Verb PP: a[marth<sw, h[ma<rthsa, h[ma<rthka, ___, ___ a[marti<a, -aj, h[ sin Noun a[martwlo<j, -o<n sinful Adj a[martwlo<j, -o<n sinner Noun a]mh<n truly, amen, let it be so Particle a@mpeloj, -ou, h[ vine Noun a]mpelw<n, -w?noj, o[ vineyard Noun a]mfo<teroi, -ai, -a both Adj a@n (untranslated contingency) Particle a]na< (+ acc.) upward, up, each Prep a]nabai<nw I go up, ascend Verb PP: a]nabh<somai, a]ne<bhn, a]nabe<bhka, ___, ___ a]nable<pw I look up, receive sight Verb PP: ___, a]ne<bleya, ___, ___, ___ a]nagge<llw I announce, report Verb PP: a]naggelw?, a]nh<ggeila, ___, ___, a]nhgge<lhn a]naginw<skw I read, read aloud Verb PP: ___, a]ne<gnwn, ___, ___, a]negnw<sqhn a]na<gkh, -hj, h[ necessity Noun a]nagka<zw I compel, urge Verb PP: ___, h]na<gkasa, ___, ___, h]nagka<sqhn I lead up; Mid.: set sail Verb a]na<gw PP: ___, a]nh<gagon, ___, ___, a]nh<xqhn a]naire<w I take away, kill Verb PP: a]nelw?, a]nei?lon, ___, ___, a]n^re<qhn a]na<keimai I recline (at table) Verb a]nakri<nw I examine, question, judge Verb PP: ___, a]ne<krina, ___, ___, a]nekri<qhn a]nalamba<nw I take up Verb PP: ___, a]ne<labon, ___, ___, a]nelh<mfqhn [Anani<aj, -ou, o[ Ananias Noun a]napau<w I refresh; Mid.: take rest Verb PP: a]napau<sw, a]ne<pausa, ___, a]nape<paumai, a]nepau<qhn a]napi<ptw I recline Verb PP: ___, a]ne<peson, ___, ___, ___ a]na<stasij, -ewj, h[ resurrection Noun a]nastre<fw I overturn, return Verb PP: a]nastre<yw, a]ne<streya, ___, ___, a]nestra<fhn 154 14 11 10 43 173 47 47 129 9 23 14 166 13 82 25 14 32 17 9 23 24 14 16 13 11 12 12 42 9 366 Greek-English Glossary a]nastrofh<, -h?j, h[ conduct, behavior Noun a]nate<llw I rise Verb PP: ___, a]ne<teila, a]nate<talka, ___, ___ a]natolh<, -h?j, h[ east, dawn Noun a]nafe<rw I bring up, offer Verb PP: ___, a]nh<negka, ___, ___, ___ a]naxwre<w I depart Verb PP: ___, a]nexw<rhsa, ___, ___, ___ ]Andre<aj, -ou, o[ Andrew Noun a@nemoj, -ou, o[ wind Noun a]ne<xw I endure Verb PP: a]ne<cw, a]ne<sxon, ___, ___, ___ a]nh<r, a]ndro<j, o[ man, husband, someone Noun a]nqi<sthmi I resist, oppose Verb PP: ___, a]nte<sthn, a]nqe<sthka, ___, ___ a@nqrwpoj, -ou, o[ man, human, husband Noun a]ni<sthmi I raise, cause to rise Verb PP: a]nasth<sw, a]ne<sthsa, ___, ___, ___ a]noi<gw I open Verb PP: a]noi<cw, h]ne<&ca, a]ne<&ga, a]ne<&gmai, h]noi<xqhn a]nomi<a, -aj, h[ lawlessness Noun a@nomoj, -on lawless Adj a]nti< (+ gen.) instead of, for Prep a]ntile<gw I speak against, oppose Verb PP: ___, a]ntei?pon, ___, ___, ___ ]Antio<xeia, -aj, h[ Antioch Noun a@nw above, upward Adv a@nwqen from above, again Adv a@cioj, -a, -on worthy, comparable Adj a]pagge<llw I announce, report Verb PP: a]paggelw?, a]ph<ggeila, ___, ___, a]phgge<lhn a]pa<gw I lead away Verb PP: ___, a]ph<gagon, ___, ___, a]ph<xqhn a!pac once, once for all Adv a]parne<omai I deny PP: a]parnh<somai, a]phrnhsa<mhn, ___, ___, a]phrnh<qhn a]parxh<, -h?j, h[ firstfruits, first Noun a!paj, -asa, -an all Adj a]peiqe<w I disbelieve, disobey Verb PP: ___, h]pei<qhsa, ___, ___, ___ a]pe<rxomai I depart Verb PP: a]peleu<somai, a]ph?lqon, a]pelh<luqa, ___, ___ a]pe<xw I have received, am distant Verb 13 9 11 10 14 13 31 15 216 14 550 108 77 15 9 22 11 18 9 13 41 45 15 14 11 9 34 14 117 19 367 Greek-English Glossary a]pisti<a, -aj, h[ unbelief Noun a@pistoj, -on unbelieving, faithless Adj a]po< (+ gen.) from, of, by Prep a]podi<dwmi I give back, pay Verb PP: a]podw<sw, a]pe<dwka, ___, ___, a]pedo<qhn a]podokima<zw I reject Verb PP: ___, a]pedoki<masa, ___, a]podedoki<masmai, a]pedokima<sqhn a]poqn^<skw I die Verb PP: a]poqanou?mai, a]pe<qanon, ___, ___, ___ a]pokalu<ptw I reveal, uncover Verb PP: a]pokalu<yw, a]peka<luya, ___, ___, a]pekalu<fqhn a]poka<luyij, -ewj, h[ revelation Noun a]pokri<nomai I answer, reply Verb PP: ___, a]pekrina<mhn, ___, ___, a]pekri<qhn a]poktei<nw I kill Verb PP: a]poktenw?, a]pe<kteina, ___, ___, a]pekta<nqhn a]polamba<nw I take aside, receive Verb PP: a]polh<myomai, a]pe<labon, ___, ___, ___ a]po<llumi I destroy, ruin; Mid.: I die Verb PP: a]pole<sw, a]pw<lesa, a]polw<leka, ___, ___ ]Apollw?j, -w?, o[ Apollos Noun a]pologe<omai I defend myself Verb PP: ___, a]peloghsa<mhn, ___, ___, a]pelogh<qhn a]polu<trwsij, -ewj, h[ redemption, release Noun a]polu<w I release, divorce Verb PP: a]polu<sw, a]pe<lusa, ___, a]pole<lumai, a]pelu<qhn a]poste<llw I send, send out Verb PP: a]poste<lw?, a]pe<steila, a]pe<stalka, a]pe<stalmai, a]pesta<lhn a]po<stoloj, -ou, o[ apostle, messenger Noun a]postre<fw I turn away Verb PP: a]postre<yw, a]pe<streya, ___, a]pe<strammai, a]pestra<fhn a]poti<qhmi I take off, lay aside Verb PP: ___, a]pe<qhka, ___, ___, ___ a!ptw I touch Verb PP: ___, h$ya, ___, ___, ___ a]pw<leia, -aj, h[ destruction Noun a@ra so, then, therefore Particle a]rgu<rion, -ou, to< silver, money Noun a]re<skw I please Verb PP: a]re<sw, h@resa, ___, ___, ___ a]riqmo<j, -ou?, o[ number Noun 11 23 646 48 9 111 26 18 230 74 10 90 10 10 10 66 132 80 9 9 39 18 49 20 17 18 368 Greek-English Glossary a]rne<omai I deny, refuse PP: a]rnh<somai, h]rnhsa<mhn, ___, h@rnhmai, ___ a]rni<on, -ou, to< lamb a[rpa<zw I seize PP: a[rpa<sw, h!rpasa, ___, ___, h[rpa<sqhn a@rshn, -en male a@rti now, just now, immediately a@rtoj, -ou, o[ bread, food a]rxai?oj, -ai<a, ai?on old, ancient a]rxh<, -h?j, h[ beginning, ruler a]rxiereu<j, -e<wj, o[ high priest, chief priest a]rxisuna<gwgoj, -ou, o[ synagogue leader a@rxw I rule; Mid.: begin PP: a@rcomai, h]rca<mhn, ___, ___, ___ a@rxwn, -ontoj, o[ ruler a]sebh<j, -e<j godless, impious a]se<lgeia, -aj, h[ sensuality, licentiousness a]sqe<neia, -aj, h[ weakness, sickness a]sqene<w I am weak, sick, powerless PP: ___, h]sqe<nhsa, h]sqe<nhka, ___, ___ a]sqenh<j, -e<j weak, sick, powerless ]Asi<a, -aj, h[ Asia a]sko<j, -ou?, o[ wineskin, leather bottle a]spa<zomai I greet, salute PP: ___, h]spasa<mhn, ___, ___, ___ a]spasmo<j, -ou?, o[ greeting star a]sth<r, -e<roj, o[ a]teni<zw I look intently, gaze upon PP: ___, h]te<nisa, ___, ___, ___ a]straph<, -h?j, h[ lightning au]lh<, -h?j, h[ courtyard, palace au]ca<nw I grow, increase PP: au]ch<sw, hu@chsa, ___, ___, hu]ch<qhn au@rion tomorrow au]to<j, -h<, -o< he, she, it au]to<j, -h<, -o< self, same a]faire<w I take away, cut off PP: a]felw?, a]fei?lon, ___, ___, a]f^re<qhn a@fesij, -ewj, h[ pardon, remission a]fi<hmi I permit, let go, forgive PP: a]fh<sw, a]fh?ka, ___, a]fe<wmai, a]fe<qhn a]fi<sthmi I mislead, withdraw, depart PP: a]posth<somai, a]pe<sthsa, ___, ___, ___ Verb 33 Noun Verb 30 14 Adj Adv Noun Adj Noun Noun Noun Verb 9 36 97 11 55 122 9 86 Noun Adj Noun Noun Verb 37 9 10 24 33 Noun Noun Noun Verb 26 18 12 59 Noun Noun Verb 10 24 14 Noun Noun Verb 9 12 23 Adv Pron Pron Adj 14 5596 5596 10 Noun Verb 17 143 Verb 14 369 Greek-English Glossary a]fori<zw I separate PP: a]fori<sw, a]fw<risa, ___, a]fw<rismai, a]fwri<sqhn a@frwn, -on foolish, ignorant ]Axai~a, -aj, h[ Achaia a@xri, a@xrij (+ gen.) as far as a@xri, a@xrij until Verb 10 Adj Noun Prep Conj 11 10 49 49 Babulw<n, -w?noj, h[ Babylon Noun ba<llw I throw, put Verb PP: balw?, e@balon, be<blhka, be<blhmai, e]blh<qhn bapti<zw I baptize Verb PP: bapti<sw, e]ba<ptisa, ___, beba<ptismai, e]bapti<sqhn ba<ptisma, -atoj, to< baptism Noun baptisth<j, -ou?, o[ Baptist (John the Baptist) Noun Barabba?j, -a?, o[ Barabbas (son of Abba) Noun Barnaba?j, -a?, o[ Barnabas Noun basani<zw I torment Verb PP: ___, e]basa<nisa, ___, ___, e]basani<sqhn basilei<a, -aj, h[ kingdom Noun basileu<j, -e<wj, o[ king Noun basileu<w I rule, reign Verb PP: basileu<sw, e]basi<leusa, ___, ___, ___ basta<zw I bear, carry Verb PP: basta<sw, e]ba<stasa, ___, ___, ___ Bhqani<a, -aj, h[ Bethany Noun bh?ma, -atoj, to< judgment seat Noun bibli<on, -ou, to< book, scroll Noun bi<bloj, -ou, h[ book Noun bi<oj, -ou, o[ life Noun blasfhme<w I blaspheme, revile Verb PP: ___, e]blasfh<mhsa, ___, ___, e]blasfhmh<qhn blasfhmi<a, -aj, h[ blasphemy, slander Noun ble<pw I see, look at Verb PP: ble<yw, e@bleya, ___, ___, ___ boa<w I cry aloud Verb PP: boh<sw, e]bo<hsa, ___, ___, ___ bo<skw I feed, graze Verb boulh<, -h?j, h[ counsel, purpose Noun bou<lomai I wish, want, determine Verb PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]boulh<qhn bronth<, -h?j, h[ thunder Noun brw?ma, -atoj, to< food Noun brw?sij, -ewj, h[ eating, food, rust Noun 12 122 77 19 12 11 28 12 162 115 21 27 12 12 34 10 10 34 18 132 12 9 12 37 12 17 11 370 Greek-English Glossary Galilai<a, -aj, h[ Galilee Noun 61 Galilai?oj, -a, -on Galilean Adj 11 game<w I marry Verb 28 PP: ___, e]ga<mhsa/e@ghma, gega<mhka, ___, e]gamh<qhn ga<moj, -ou, o[ marriage, wedding Noun 16 ga<r for, so, then Conj 1041 gasth<r, -tro<j, h[ belly, womb Noun 9 ge< indeed, really, even Particle 25 ge<enna, -hj, h[ Gehenna, hell, Hinnom Valley Noun 12 ge<mw I fill Verb 11 genea< , -a?j, h[ generation, family, race Noun 43 genna<w I give birth to, become the father of, produce Verb 97 PP: gennh<sw, e]ge<nnhsa, gege<nnhka, gege<nnhmai, e]gennh<qhn ge<noj, -ouj, to< race, family Noun 20 geu<omai I taste, eat Verb 15 PP: geu<somai, e]geusa<mhn, ___, ___, ___ gewrgo<j, -ou?, o[ farmer Noun 19 gh?, gh?j, h[ earth, land, region Noun 250 gi<nomai I become, am, happen Verb 669 PP: genh<somai, e]geno<mhn, ge<gona, gege<nhmai, e]genh<qhn ginw<skw I know, learn, realize Verb 222 PP: gnw<somai, e@gnwn, e@gnwka, e@gnwsmai, e]gnw<sqhn glw?ssa, -hj, h[ language, tongue Noun 50 gnw<mh, -hj, h[ purpose, opinion Noun 9 gnwri<zw I make known, reveal Verb 25 PP: gnwri<sw, e]gnw<risa, ___, ___, e]gnwri<sqhn gnw?sij, -ewj, h[ knowledge, wisdom Noun 29 gnwsto<j, -h<, -o<n known Adj 15 goneu<j, -e<wj, o[ parent Noun 20 go<nu, -atoj, to< knee Noun 12 gra<mma, -atoj, to< letter (of the alphabet), writings Noun 14 grammateu<j, -e<wj, o[ scribe Noun 63 grafh<, -h?j, h[ writing, Scripture Noun 50 gra<fw I write Verb 191 PP: gra<yw, e@graya, ye<grafa, ge<grammai, e]gra<fhn grhgore<w I watch, keep awake Verb 22 PP: ___, e]grhgo<rhsa, ___, ___, ___ gumno<j, -h<, -o<n naked Adj 15 gunh<, -aiko<j, h[ woman, wife Noun 215 gwni<a, -aj, h[ corner Noun 9 371 Greek-English Glossary daimoni<zomai I am possessed by a demon PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]daimoni<sqhn daimo<nion, -ou, to< demon, evil spirit da<kruon, -ou, to< tear, weeping Damasko<j, -ou?, h[ Damascus Daui<d, o[ David de< but, and, then de<hsij, -ewj, h[ entreaty, petition dei? it is necessary (impersonal) dei<knumi I show, explain PP: dei<cw, e@deica, de<deixa, ___, e]dei<xqhn dei?pnon, -ou, to< supper de<ka ten de<ndron, -ou, to< tree decio<j, -a<, -o<n right (hand) deo<mai I ask, beg, pray PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]deh<qhn de<rw I beat PP: ___, e@deira, ___, ___, e]da<rhn de<smioj, -ou, o[ prisoner desmo<j, -ou?, o[ fetter, bond despo<thj, -ou, o[ master, lord deu?te come! deu<teroj, -a, -on second de<xomai I take, receive PP: ___, e]deca<mhn, ___, de<degmai, e]de<xqhn de<w I tie, bind PP: ___, e@dhsa, de<deka, de<demai, e]de<qhn dhna<rion, -ou, to< denarius (silver coin) dia< (+ gen.) through, during, by dia< (+ acc.) on account of, because of dia<boloj, -on slanderous dia<boloj, -on devil diaqh<kh, -hj, h[ covenant, decree dia<kone<w I serve, minister, wait upon PP: diakonh<sw, dihko<nhsa, ___, ___, dihkonh<qhn diakoni<a, -aj, h[ service, ministry dia<konoj, -ou, o[, h[ servant, deacon diakri<nw I judge, discriminate PP: ___, die<krina, ___, ___, diekri<qhn diale<gomai I dispute PP: ___, dieleca<mhn, ___, ___, diele<xqhn Verb 13 Noun 63 Noun 10 Noun 15 Noun 59 Conj/ Particle 2792 Noun 18 Verb 101 Verb 33 Noun Adj Noun Adj Verb 16 25 25 54 22 Verb 15 Noun Noun Noun Adv Adj Verb 16 18 10 12 43 56 Verb 43 Noun Prep Prep Adj Noun Noun Verb 16 667 667 37 37 33 37 Noun Noun Verb 34 29 19 Verb 13 372 Greek-English Glossary dialogi<zomai I debate, reason Verb dialogismo<j, -ou?, o[ reasoning, questioning Noun diamartu<romai I warn, testify solemnly Verb PP: ___, diemartura<mhn, ___, ___, ___ diameri<zw I divide, distribute Verb PP: ___, dieme<risa, ___, diameme<rismai, diemeri<sqhn dia<noia, -aj, h[ the mind, understanding Noun diaskorpi<zw I scatter Verb PP: ___, diesko<rpisa, ___, diesko<rpismai, dieskorpi<sqhn diata<ssw I command, order Verb PP: diata<cw, die<taca, diate<taxa, diate<tagmai, dieta<xqhn diatri<bw I stay, remain Verb PP: ___, die<triya, ___, ___, ___ diafe<rw I differ, carry through Verb PP: ___, dih<negka, ___, ___, ___ didaskali<a, -aj, h[ teaching, instruction Noun dida<skaloj, -ou, o[ teacher Noun dida<skw I teach Verb PP: dida<cw, e]di<daca, ___, ___, e]dida<xqhn didaxh<, -h?j, h[ teaching Noun di<dwmi I give, entrust, yield Verb PP: dw<sw, e@dwka, de<dwka, de<domai, e]do<qhn die<rxomai I pass through Verb PP: dieleu<somai, dih?lqon, dielh<luqa, ___, ___ di<kaioj, -a, -on righteous, just, upright Noun dikaiosu<nh, -hj, h[ righteousness, justice Noun dikaio<w I justify, pronounce righteous 39 PP: dikaiw<sw, e]dikai<wsa, ___, dedikai<wmai, e]dikaiw<qhn dikai<wma, -atoj, to< regulation, righteous deed Verb di<ktuon, -ou, to< fish net Noun dio< therefore, for this reason Conj dio<ti because, therefore Conj diya<w I thirst Verb PP: diyh<sw, e]di<yhsa, ___, ___, ___ diwgmo<j, -ou?, o[ persecution Noun diw<kw I pursue, persecute Verb PP: diw<cw, e]di<wca, ___, dedi<wgmai, e]diw<xqhn doke<w I think, suppose, seem Verb PP: do<cw, e@doca, ___, ___, ___ dokima<zw I prove by testing, approve Verb PP: dokima<sw, e]doki<masa, ___, dedoki<masmai, ___ do<loj, -ou, o[ guile, deceit Noun do<ca, -hj, h[ glory, majesty Noun 16 14 15 11 12 9 16 9 13 21 59 97 30 415 43 79 92 10 12 53 23 16 10 45 62 22 11 166 373 Greek-English Glossary doca<zw I glorify, honor, praise PP: doca<sw, e]do<casa, ___, dedo<casmai, e]doca<sqhn douleu<w I serve, obey PP: douleu<sw, e]dou<leusa, dedou<leuka, ___, ___ dou?loj, -ou, o[ servant, slave dra<kwn, -ontoj, o[ dragon, serpent du<namai I am powerful, am able PP: dunh<somai, ___, ___, ___, h]dunh<qhn du<namij, -ewj, o[ power, miracle dunato<j, -h<, -o<n powerful, strong du<o two dw<deka twelve dwre<a, -a?j, h[ gift dwre<an as a gift, undeservedly dw?ron, -ou, to< gift Verb 61 Verb 25 Noun Noun Verb 124 13 210 Noun Adj Adj Adj Noun Adv Noun 119 32 135 75 11 9 19 e]a<n if Conj 333 e[autou?, -h?j, of himself, of herself, of itself Pron 319 e]a<w I permit, let go Verb 11 PP: ea<sw, ei@asa, ___, ___, ___ e!bdomoj, -h, -on seventh Adj 9 e]ggi<zw I come near Verb 42 PP: e]ggiw?, h@ggisa, h@ggika, ___, ___ e]ggu<j near Adv 31 e]gei<rw I raise up, restore, wake Verb 144 PP: e]gerw?, h@geira, ___, e]gh<germai, h]ge<rqhn e]gkatalei<pw I leave behind, forsake Verb 10 PP: e]gkatalei<yw, e]gkate<lipon, ___, ___, e]gkatelei<fqhn e]gw<, e]mou?; h[mei?j, h[mw?n I; we Pron 2582 e@qnoj, -ouj, to< nation, heathen/Gentiles 162 custom Noun 12 e@qoj, -ouj, to< ei] if, whether Particle 568 ei#don (aorist; see o[ra<w) I saw, perceived Verb 341 ei]dwlo<qutoj, -on meat offered to an idol Adj 9 ei@dwlon, -ou, to< image, idol Noun 11 ei@kosi twenty Adj 11 ei]kw<n, -o<noj, h[ image, likeness Noun 23 ei]mi< I am, occur, live Verb 2462 PP: e@somai, ___, ___, ___, ___ ei#pon (aorist; see le<gw) I said Verb 1024 ei]rh<nh, -hj, h[ peace Noun 92 ei]j (+ acc.) into, toward, to Prep 1767 ei$j, mi<a, e!n one, single, someone Adj 345 374 Greek-English Glossary ei]sa<gw I lead in PP: ___, ei]sh<gagon, ___, ___, ___ ei]se<rxomai I come in, go in, enter PP: ei]seleu<somai, ei]sh?lqon, ei]selh<luqa, ___, ___ ei]sporeu<omai I enter, go in ei#ta then, next ei@te . . . ei@te if/if, whether/or e]k (+ gen.) from, out of e!kastoj, -h, -on each, every e[kato<n one hundred e[katonta<rxhj, -ou, o[ centurion, captain e]kba<llw I cast out PP: e]kbalw?, e]ce<balon, ___, ___, e]ceblh<qhn e]kdi<khsij, -ewj, h[ vengeance, punishmentq e]kei? there e]kei?qen from that place e]kei?noj, -h, -o that (one) e]kklhsi<a, -aj, h[ church, congregation, assembly e]kko<ptw I cut out, cut off PP: e]kko<yw, e]ce<koya, ___, ___, e]ceko<phn e]kle<gomai I pick out, choose PP: ___, e]celeca<mhn, ___, e]kle<legmai, ___ e]klekto<j, -h<, -o<n chosen, elect, select e]kpi<ptw I fall away, fail PP: ___, e]ce<peson, e]kpe<ptwka, ___, ___ e]kplh<ssomai I am astonished, amazed PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]cepla<ghn e]kporeu<omai I go out PP: e]kporeu<somai, ___, ___, ___, ___ e]ktei<nw I stretch out PP: e]ktenw?, e]ce<teina, ___, ___, ___ e!ktoj, -h, -on sixth e]kxe<w I pour out PP: e]kxew?, e]ce<xea, ___, ___, e]cexu<qhn e]kxu<nnomai (cf. e]kxe<w I pour out PP: ___, ___, ___, e]kke<xumai, ___ e]lai<a, -aj, h[ olive tree e@laion, -ou, to< olive oil e]la<xistoj, -h, -on least, smallest e]le<gxw I convict, reprove, expose PP: e]le<gcw, h@legca, ___, ___, h]le<gxqhn e]lee<w I have mercy PP: e]leh<sw, h]le<hsa, ___, h]le<hmai, h]leh<qhn Verb 11 Verb 194 Verb Adv Particle Prep Adj Adj Noun Verb 18 15 65 914 82 17 20 81 Noun Adv Adv Pron Noun Verb 9 95 27 243 114 10 Verb 22 Adj Verb 22 10 Verb 13 Verb 33 Verb 16 Adj Verb 14 16 Verb 11 Noun Noun Adj Verb 15 11 14 17 Verb 29 375 Greek-English Glossary e]lehmosu<nh, -hj, h[ alms, kind deed e@leoj, -ouj, to< mercy e]leuqeri<a, -aj, h[ liberty, freedom e]leu<qeroj, -a, -on free ]Elisa<bet, h[ Elizabeth !Ellhn, -hnoj, o[ Greek, Gentile, heathen e]lpi<zw I hope PP: e]lpiw?, h@lpisa, h@lpika, ___, ___ e]lpi<j, -i<doj, h[ hope e]mautou?, -h?j of myself e]mbai<nw I embark, step in PP: ___, e]ne<bhn, ___, ___, ___ e]mble<pw I look at, consider PP: ___, e]ne<bleya, ___, ___, ___ e]mo<j, -h<, -o<n my, mine e]mpai<zw I mock PP: e]mpai<cw, e]ne<paica, ___, ___, e]nepai<xqhn e@mprosqen in front of, before e]mfani<zw I manifest, reveal PP: e]mfani<sw, e]nefa<nisa, ___, ___, e]nefani<sqhn e]n (+ dat.) in, by, among e@natoj, -h, -on ninth e]ndei<knumi I show forth, demonstrate PP: ___, e]nedeica<mhn, ___, ___, ___ e]ndu<w I put on, clothe, wear PP: ___, e]ne<dusa, ___, e]nde<dumai, ___ on account of e!neka (+ gen.) e]nerge<w I work, produce PP: ___, e]nh<rghsa, e]nh<rghka, ___, ___ e]niauto<j, -ou?, o[ year e@noxoj, -on involved in, liable, guilty e]nte<llomai I command PP: e]ntelou?mai, e]neteila<mhn, ___, e]nte<talmai, ___ e]nteu?qen from here, from this e]ntolh<, -h?j, h[ commandment, order e]ntre<pw I make ashamed PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]netra<phn e]nw<pion (+ gen.) before e!c six e]ca<gw I lead out, bring out PP: ___, e]ch<gagon, ___, ___, ___ e]caposte<llw I send forth PP: e]capostelw?, e]cape<steila, ___, ___, e]capesta<lhn Noun Noun Noun Adj Noun Noun Verb 13 27 11 23 9 25 31 Noun Adj Verb 53 37 16 Verb 12 Adj Verb 76 13 Adv Verb 48 10 Prep 2752 Adj 10 Verb 11 Verb 27 Prep Verb 26 22 Noun Adj Verb 14 10 15 Adv Noun Verb 10 67 9 Prep Adj Verb 94 10 12 Verb 13 376 Greek-English Glossary e]ce<rxomai I go out Verb PP: e]celeu<somai, e]ch?lqon, e]celh<luqa, ___, ___ e@cesti it is lawful (impersonal) Verb e[ch<konta sixty Adj e]ci<sthmi I amaze, am amazed, confuse Verb PP: ___, e]ce<sthsa, e]ce<sthka, ___, ___ e]comologe<w I confess, promise, admit Verb PP: e]comologh<sw, e]cwmolo<ghsa, ___, ___, ___ e]couqene<w I despise Verb PP: ___, e]couqe<nhsa, ___, e]couqe<nhmai, e]couqenh<qhn e]cousi<a, -aj, h[ authority, power, jurisdiction Noun e@cw outside, out, away Adv e@cw (+ gen.) outside, out of Prep e@cwqen from without, outside Adv e[orth<, -h?j, h[ feast Noun e]paggeli<a, -aj, h[ promise Noun e]pagge<llomai I promise, announce Verb PP: ___, e]phggeila<mhn, ___, e]ph<ggelmai, ___ e@painoj, -ou, o[ praise Noun e]pai<rw I lift up Verb PP: ___, e]ph?ra, e]ph<rhka, ___, e]ph<rqhn e]paisxu<nomai I am ashamed Verb PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]paisxu<nqhn e]pa<nw above, over, more than Adv e]pa<nw (+ gen.) over, above Prep tomorrow Adv e]pau<rion e]pei< because, since, for Conj e]peidh< since, because, when Conj e@peita then Adv e]pe<rxomai I come upon, appear, attack Verb PP: e]peleu<somai, e]ph?lqon, ___, ___, ___ e]perwta<w I ask, question Verb PP: e]perwth<sw, e]hrw<thsa, ___, ___, e]phrwth<qhn e]pi< (+ gen.) on, over, when, near Prep e]pi< (+ dat.) on, in, above, at Prep e]pi< (+ acc.) in order that, that, on, to, for Prep e]piba<llw I lay on, put on Verb PP: e]pibalw?, e]pe<balon, ___, ___, ___ e]piginw<skw I come to know, recognize Verb PP: e]pignw<somai, e]pe<gnwn, e]pe<gnwka, ___, e]pegnw<sqhn e]pi<gnwsij, -ewj, h[ knowledge Noun e]pidi<dwmi I hand over, deliver, surrender Verb PP: e]pidw<sw, e]pe<dwka, e]pede<dwka, ___, e]pedo<qhn 218 31 9 17 10 11 102 63 63 13 25 52 15 11 19 11 19 19 17 26 10 16 9 56 890 890 890 18 44 20 9 377 Greek-English Glossary e]pizhte<w I search for PP: ___, e]pezh<thsa, ___, ___, ___ e]piqume<w I desire PP: e]piqumh<sw, e]pequ<mhsa, ___, ___, ___ e]piqumi<a, -aj, h[ desire, passion e]pikale<w I call, name; Mid.: invoke PP: ___, e]peka<lesa, ___, e]pike<klhmai, e]peklh<qhn e]pilamba<nomai I take hold of, catch, arrest PP: ___, e]pelabo<mhn, ___, ___, ___ e]pime<nw I continue, persist PP: e]pimenw?, e]pe<meina, ___, ___, ___ e]pipi<ptw I fall, upon, come upon PP: ___, e]pe<peson, e]pipe<ptwka, ___, ___ e]pipoqe<w I desire PP: ___, e]pepo<qhsa, ___, ___, ___ e]piske<ptomai I visit, care for PP: e]piske<yomai, e]peskeya<mhn, ___, ___, ___ e]pi<stamai I understand e]pistolh<, -h?j, h[ letter, epistle e]pistre<fw I turn to, return PP: e]pistre<yw, e]pe<streya, ___, ___, e]pestra<fhn e]pita<ssw I order, command PP: ___, e]pe<taca, ___, ___, ___ e]pitele<w I complete, finish, perform PP: e]pitele<sw, e]pete<lesa, ___, ___, ___ e]piti<qhmi I lay upon, inflict upon PP: e]piqh<sw, e]pe<qhka/e]pe<qhn, ___, ___, ___ e]pitima<w I rebuke, warn PP: ___, e]]peti<mhsa, ___, ___, ___ e]pitre<pw I permit PP: ___, e]pe<treya, ___, ___, e]petra<phn e]poura<nioj, -ion heavenly e[pta< seven e]rga<zomai I work PP: ___, h]rgasa<mhn, ___, ei@rgasmai, ___ e]rga<thj, -ou, o[ workman e@rgon, -ou, to< work, deed e@rhmoj, -on deserted, empty e@rhmoj, -ou, h[ desert, wilderness e@rij, -idoj, h[ strife e@rxomai I come, go PP: e]leu<somai, h#lqon, e]lh<luqa, ___, ___ Verb 13 Verb 16 Noun Verb 38 30 Verb 19 Verb 16 Verb 11 Verb 9 Verb 11 Verb Noun Verb 14 24 36 Verb 10 Verb 10 Verb 39 Verb 29 Verb 18 Adj Adj Verb 19 88 41 Noun Noun Adj Noun Noun Verb 16 169 48 48 9 632 378 Greek-English Glossary e]rwta<w I ask, request Verb PP: e]rwth<sw, h]rw<thsa, ___, ___, ___ e]sqi<w I eat Verb PP: fa<gomai, e@fagon, ___, ___, ___ e@sxatoj, -h, -on last, end Adj e@sw in, inside Adv e@swqen from within, inside Adv e!teroj, -a, -on other, another Adj e@ti still, yet, even Adv e[toima<zw I prepare Verb PP: e[toima<sw, h[toi<masa, h[toi<maka, h[toi<masmai, h[toima<sqhn e!toimoj, -h, -on ready, prepared Adj e@toj, -ouj, to< year Noun eu]aggeli<zw I proclaim, preach good news Verb PP: ___, eu]hgge<lisa, ___, eu]hgge<lismai, eu]hggeli<sqhn eu]agge<lion, -ou, to< good news, gospel Noun eu]a<restoj, -on pleasing Adj eu]doke<w I am pleased with Verb PP: ___, eu]do<khsa, ___, ___, ___ eu]doki<a, -aj, h[ favor, good will Noun eu]qe<wj immediately Adv eu]qu<j immediately Adv eu]loge<w I bless Verb PP: eu]logh<sw, eu]lo<ghsa, eu]lo<ghka, eu]lo<ghmai, eu]logh<qhn eu]logi<a, -aj, h[ blessing, praise Noun eu[ri<skw I find Verb PP: eu[rh<sw, eu$ron, eu!rhka, ___, eu[re<qhn eu]se<beia, -aj, h[ piety, godliness Noun eu]frai<nw I rejoice Verb PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, hu]fra<nqhn eu]xariste<w I give thanks Verb PP: ___, eu]xari<sthsa, ___, ___, eu]xaristh<qhn eu]xaristi<a, -aj, h[ thanksgiving Noun eu]w<numoj, -on left (as opposed to right) Adj @Efesoj, -ou, h[ Ephesus Noun e]fi<sthmi I stand over, come upon, attack Verb PP: ___, e]pe<sthn, e]fe<sthka, ___, ___ e]xqro<j, -a<, -o<n hostile Adj e]xqro<j, -a<, -o<n enemy Noun e@xw I have, keep Verb PP: e!cw, e@sxon, e@sxhka, ___, ___ e!wj until Conj e!wj (+ gen.) until, as far as Prep 63 158 52 9 12 98 93 40 17 49 54 76 9 21 9 36 59 41 16 176 15 14 38 15 9 16 21 32 32 708 146 146 379 Greek-English Glossary Zaxari<aj, -ou, o[ Zechariah za<w I live PP: zh<sw, e@zhsa, ___, ___, ___ Zebedai?oj, -ou, o[ Zebedee zh?loj, -ou, o[ zeal, jealousy zhlo<w I am zealous PP: ___, e]zh<lwsa, ___, ___, ___ zhte<w I seek, desire, request PP: zhth<sw, e]zh<thsa, ___, ___, e]zhth<qhn zu<mh, -hj, h[ yeast, leaven zwh<, -h?j, h[ life z&?on, -ou, to< animal, living thing z&opoie<w I make alive PP: z&opoih<sw, e]z&opoi<hsa, ___, ___, e]z&opoih<qhn h@, h@ . . . h@ or, than, either/or h[gemw<n, -o<noj, o[ governor, leader h[ge<omai I lead, guide, think, regard PP: ___, h[ghsa<mhn, ___, h!ghmai, ___ h@dh now, already h!kw I have come PP: h!cw, h$ca, h!ka, ___, ___ ]Hli<aj, -ou, o[ Elijah h[mei?j, h[mw?n (see e]gw<) we h!lioj, -ou, o[ sun h[me<ra, -aj, h[ day, daylight, time [Hr&<dhj, -ou, o[ Herod Isaiah ]Hsai~aj, -ou, o[ qa<lassa, -hj, h[ sea qa<natoj, -ou, o[ death qanato<w I put to death, kill PP: qanatw<sw, e]qana<twsa, ___, ___, e]qanatw<qhn qa<ptw I bury PP: ___, e@qaya, ___, ___, e]ta<fhn qauma<zw I marvel, wonder (at) PP: qauma<somai, e]qau<masa, ___, ___, e]qauma<sqhn qea<omai I see, look at PP: ___, e]qeasa<mhn, ___, teqe<amai, e]qea<qhn qe<lhma, -atoj, to< will, wish, desire qe<lw I will, wish, desire PP: qelh<sw, h]qe<lhsa, ___, ___, h]qelh<qhn Noun Verb 11 140 Noun Noun Verb 12 16 11 Verb 117 Noun Noun Noun Verb 13 135 23 11 Particle 343 Noun 20 Verb 28 Adv Verb 61 26 Noun Pron Noun Noun Noun Noun 29 864 32 389 43 22 Noun Noun Verb 91 120 11 Verb 11 Verb 43 Verb 22 Noun Verb 62 208 380 Greek-English Glossary qemelion, -ou, to< foundation, basis Noun 11 qeme<lioj, -ou, o[ foundation Noun 12 qeo<j, -ou?, o[, h[ God, god, goddess Noun 1317 qerapeu<w I heal Verb 43 PP: qerapeu<sw, e]qera<peusa, ___, teqera<peumai, e]qerapeu<qhn qeri<zw I reap, harvest Verb 21 PP: qeri<sw, e]qe<risa, ___, ____, e]qeri<sqhn qerismo<j, -ou?, o[ harvest Noun 13 qewre<w I look at, see Verb 58 PP: ___, e]qew<rhsa, ___, ___, ___ qhri<on, -ou, to< wild beast Noun 46 qhsauro<j, -ou?, o[ treasure, storehouse Noun 17 qli<bw I press, oppress Verb 10 PP: ___, ___, ___, te<qlimmai, e]qli<bhn qli?yij, -ewj, h[ trouble, oppression Noun 45 qn^<skw I die Verb 9 PP: ___, ___, te<qnhka, ___, ___ qri<c, trixo<j, h[ hair Noun 15 qro<noj, -ou, o[ throne Noun 62 quga<thr, -tro<j, h[ daughter, girl Noun 28 qumo<j, -ou?, o[ wrath, anger, passion Noun 18 qu<ra, -aj, h[ door Noun 39 qusi<a, -aj, h[ sacrifice, offering Noun 28 qusiasth<rion, -ou, to< altar Noun 23 qu<w I sacrifice, kill Verb 14 PP: ___, e@qusa, ___, te<qumai, e]tu<qhn Qwma?j, -a?, o[ Thomas Noun 11 ]Iakw<b, o[ Jacob ]Ia<kwboj, -ou, o[ James i]a<omai I heal PP: i]a<somai, i]asa<mhn, ___, i@amai, i]a<qhn (you) look, behold i@de (see ei#don) i@dioj, -a, -on i]dou< (see ei#don) i[ereu<j, -e<wj, o[ i[ero<n, -ou?, to< [Ieroso<luma, ta</h[ ]Ierousalh<m, h[ ]Ihsou?j, -ou?, o[ i[kano<j, -h<, -o<n i[ma<tion, -ou, to< one’s own, belong to one (you) behold! see! consider! priest temple (precinct) Jerusalem Jerusalem Jesus, Joshua sufficient, able, considerable garment Noun Noun Verb 27 42 26 Particle/ Interj 29 Adj 114 Particle 200 Noun 31 Noun 71 Noun 139 Noun 77 Noun 917 Adj 39 Noun 60 381 Greek-English Glossary i!na in order that, that, so that ]Io<pph, -hj, h[ Joppa ]Iorda<nhj, -ou, o[ Jordan (river) ]Ioudai<a, -aj, h[ Judea ]Ioudai?oj, -a, -on Jew ]Ioudai?oj, -a, -on Jewish ]Iou<daj, -a, o[ Judas, Judah i!ppoj, -ou, o[ horse ]Isaa<k, o[ Isaac ]Iskariw<q, ]Iskariw<thj, o[ Iscariot ]Israh<l, o[ Israel ]Israhli<thj, -ou, o[ Israelite i!sthmi I stand, set PP: sth<sw, e@sthsa/e@sthn, e!sthka, e!stamai, e]sta<qhn i]sxuro<j, -a<, -o<n strong, mighty i]sxu<j, -u<oj, h[ strength, power i]sxu<w I am strong, able, healthy PP: i]sxu<sw, i@sxusa, ___, ___, ___ i]xqu<j, -u<oj, o[ fish ]Iwa<nnhj, -ou, o[ John ]Iwna?j, -a?, o[ Jonah ]Iwsh<f, o[ Joseph Conj Noun Noun Noun Noun Adj Noun Noun Noun 779 10 15 43 195 195 44 17 20 Noun Noun Noun Verb 11 68 9 153 Adj Noun Verb 29 10 28 Noun Noun Noun Noun 20 135 9 35 ka]gw< (= kai> e]gw<) and I, I also Particle 84 kaqaire<w I tear down, conquer, destroy Verb 9 PP: kaqelw?, kaqei?lon, ___, ___, ___ kaqa<per even as, as, just as Adv 13 kaqari<zw I cleanse, purify Verb 31 PP: kaqariw?, e]kaqa<risa, ___, kekaqa<rismai, e]kaqari<sqhn kaqaro<j, -a<, -o<n clean, pure Adj 27 kaqeu<dw I sleep Verb 22 ka<qhmai I sit, live Verb 91 PP: kaqh<somai, ___, ___, ___, ___ kaqi<zw I seat, sit Verb 46 PP: kaqi<sw, e]ka<qisa, keka<qika, ___, ___ kaqi<sthmi/kaqista<nw I set, appoint Verb 21 PP: katasth<sw, kate<sthsa, ___, ___, katesta<qhn kaqw<j as, even as Adv 182 kai< and, even, also Conj 9018 Kai*a<faj, -a, o[ Caiaphas Noun 9 kaino<j, -h<, -o<n new Adj 42 kairo<j, -ou?, o[ time (appointed), season Noun 85 382 Greek-English Glossary Kai?sar, -aroj, o[ Caesar Noun Kaisa<reia, -aj, h[ Caesarea Noun kai<w I burn Verb PP: ___, e@kausa, ___, kekau<mai, e]kau<qhn ka]kei? and there Adv ka]kei?qen and from there, and then Adv ka]kei?noj, -h, -o and that one Adj kaki<a, -aj, h[ malice, evil Noun kako<j, -h<, -o<n bad, evil Adj kakw?j badly Adv ka<lamoj, -ou, o[ reed, measuring rod Noun kale<w I call, invite Verb PP: kale<sw, e]ka<lesa, ke<klhka, ke<klhmai, e]klh<qhn kalo<j, -h<, -o<n good, beautiful Adj kalw?j well, beautifully Adv ka@n and if Particle kapno<j, -ou?, o[ smoke Noun kardi<a, -aj, h[ heart, mind Noun karpo<j, -ou?, o[ fruit, crop Noun kata< (+ gen.) down from, against Prep kata< (+ acc.) according to, during Prep katabai<nw I go down, descend Verb PP: katabh<somai, kate<bhn, katabe<bhka, ___, ___ katabolh<, -h?j, h[ foundation Noun katagge<llw I proclaim Verb PP: ___, kath<ggeila, ___, ___, kathgge<lhn kata<gw I bring down Verb PP: ___, kath<gagon, ___, ___, kath<xqhn kataisxu<nw I put to shame Verb PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, kat^sxu<nqhn katakai<w I burn down, consume Verb PP: katakau<sw, kate<kausa, ___, ___, katekau<qhn kata<keimai I lie down, dine Verb katakri<nw I condemn Verb PP: katakrinw?, kate<krina, ___, katake<krimai, katekri<qhn katalamba<nw I overtake, catch, seize Verb PP: ___, kate<labon, katei<lhfa, katei<lhmmai, katelh<mfqhn katalei<pw I leave, abandon Verb PP: katakei<yw, kate<lipon, ___, katale<leimmai, katelei<fqhn katalu<w I destroy, I lodge Verb PP: katalu<sw, kate<lusa, ___, ___, katelu<qhn katanoe<w I observe, notice, consider Verb PP: ___, kateno<hsa, ___, ___, ___ 29 17 12 10 10 22 11 50 16 12 148 109 36 17 13 156 66 469 469 81 11 18 9 13 12 12 18 15 24 17 14 383 Greek-English Glossary katanta<w I come to, arrive Verb 13 PP: ___, kath<nthsa, kath<nthka, ___, ___ kata<pausij, -ewj, h[ rest Noun 9 katarge<w I abolish, bring to naught Verb 27 PP: katargh<sw, kath<rghsa, kath<rghka, kath<rghmai, kathrgh<qhn katarti<zw I mend, fit, perfect Verb 13 PP: katarti<sw, kath<rtisa, ___, kath<rtismai, ___ kataskeua<zw I prepare Verb 11 PP: kataskeua<sw, kateskeu<asa, ___, kateskeu<asmai, kateskeua<sqhn katafrone<w I despise, look down on Verb 9 PP: katafronh<sw, kategro<nhsa, ___, ___, ___ katerga<zomai I work out, achieve Verb 22 PP: ___, kateirgasa<mhn, ___, katei<rgasmai, kateirga<sqhn kate<rxomai I come down, go down Verb 16 PP: ___, kath?lqon, ___, ___, ___ katesqi<w I eat up, devour Verb 14 PP: katafa<gomai, kate<fagon, ___, ___, ___ kate<xw I hold back, suppress, hold fast Verb 17 PP: ___, kate<sxon, ___, ___, ___ kathgore<w I accuse Verb 23 PP: kathgorh<sw, kathgo<rhsa, ___, ___, ___ katoike<w I live, dwell, inhabit Verb 44 PP: ____, kat&?khsa, ___, ___, ___ ka<tw below, down Adv 9 kauxa<omai I boast Verb 37 PP: kauxh<somai, e]kauxhsa<mhn, ___, kekau<xhmai, ___ kau<xhma, -atoj, to< boasting, pride Noun 11 kau<xhsij, -ewj, h[ boasting, pride Noun 11 Kafarnaou<m, h[ Capernaum Noun 16 kei?mai I lie, recline, am laid Verb 24 keleu<w I order, command Verb 25 PP: ___, e]ke<leusa, ___, ___, ___ keno<j, -h<, -o<n empty, in vain Noun 18 ke<raj, -atoj, to< horn Noun 11 kerdai<nw I gain, profit Verb 17 PP: kerdh<sw, e]ke<rdhsa, ___, ___, e]kerdh<qhn kefalh<, -h?j, h[ head Noun 75 kh<rugma, -atoj, to< proclamation, preaching Noun 9 khru<ssw I proclaim, preach Verb 61 PP: khru<cw, e]kh<ruca, ___, ___, e]khru<xqhn Khfa?j, -a?, o[ Cephas Noun 9 ki<ndunoj, -ou, o[ danger, risk Noun 9 kla<doj, -ou, o[ branch Noun 11 384 Greek-English Glossary klai<w I weep Verb PP: klau<sw, e@klausa, ___, ___, ___ kla<sma, -atoj, to< crumb Noun klauqmo<j, -ou?, o[ crying Noun kla<w I break Verb PP: ___, e@klasa, ___, ___, ___ klei<w I shut, lock Verb PP: klei<sw, e@kleisa, ___, ke<kleismai, e]klei<sqhn kle<pthj, -ou, o[ thief Noun kle<ptw I steal Verb PP: kle<yw, e@kleya, ___, ___, ___ klhronome<w I inherit Verb PP: klhronomh<sw, e]klhrono<mhsa, keklhrono<mhka, ___, ___ klhronomi<a, -aj, h[ inheritance Noun klhrono<moj, -ou, o[ heir Noun klh?roj, -ou, o[ lot, portion Noun klh?sij, -ewj, h[ call, calling Noun klhto<j, -h< -o<n called Adj kli<nh, -hj, h[ bed, couch Noun koili<a, -aj, h[ belly, womb Noun koima<omai I sleep, fall asleep Verb PP: ___, ___, ___, kekoi<mhmai, e]koimh<qhn koino<j, -h<, -o<n (in) common, unclean Adj koino<w I make common, defile Verb PP: ___, e]koi<nwsa, kekoi<nwka, kekoi<nwmai, ___ koinwni<a, -aj, h[ fellowship, communion, participation Noun koinwno<j, -ou?, o[, partner, sharer Noun kolla<w I unite, join Verb PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]kollh<qhn komi<zw I bring; Mid.: receive Verb PP: komi<somai, e]ko<misa, ___, ___, ___ kopia<w I labor, work hard Verb PP: ___, e]kopi<asa, kekopi<aka, ___, ___ ko<poj, -ou, o[ labor, trouble Noun kosme<w I adorn, put in order Verb PP: ___, e]ko<smhsa, ___, keko<smhmai, ___ ko<smoj, -ou, o[ world, universe, humankind Noun kra<battoj, -ou, o[ mattress, bed Noun kra<zw I cry out Verb PP: kra<cw, e@kraca, ke<kraga, ___, ___ krate<w I grasp, attain Verb PP: krath<sw, e]kra<thsa, kekra<thka, kekra<thmai, ___ kra<toj, -ouj, to< power, might, rule Noun 40 9 9 14 16 16 13 18 14 15 11 11 10 9 22 18 14 14 19 10 12 10 23 18 10 186 11 55 47 12 385 Greek-English Glossary krei<sswn/krei<ttwn, -on better kri<ma, -atoj, to< judgment, decision kri<nw I judge, decide PP: krinw?, e@krina, ke<krika, ke<krimai, e]kri<qhn kri<sij, -ewj, h[ judgment, condemnation krith<j, -ou?, o[ judge krou<w I knock PP: ___, e@krousa, ___, ___, ___ krupto<j, -h<, -o<n hidden kru<ptw I conceal, hide PP: ___, e@kruya, ___, ke<krummai, e]kru<bhn kti<zw I create, make PP: ____, e@ktisa, ___, e@ktismai, e]kti<sqhn kti<sij, -ewj, h[ judge ku<rioj, -ou, o[ Lord, master, sir kwlu<w I forbid, hinder PP: ___, e]kw<lusa, ___, ___, e]kwlu<qhn kw<mh, -hj, h[ village kwfo<j, -h<, -o<n deaf, dumb/mute Adj Noun Verb 19 27 114 Noun Noun Verb 47 19 9 Adj Verb 17 18 Verb 15 Noun Noun Verb 19 717 23 Noun Noun 27 14 La<zaroj, -ou, o[ Lazarus Name 15 lale<w I speak, say Verb 296 PP: lalh<sw, e]la<lhsa, lela<lhka, lela<lhmai, e]lalh<qhn lamba<nw I take, receive, seize Verb 258 PP: lh<myomai, e@labon, ei@lhfa, ei@lhmmai, e]lh<mfqhn lao<j, -ou?, o[ people, crowd Noun 142 lampa<j, -a<doj, h[ lamp Noun 9 lampro<j, -a<, -o<n bright, shining Adj 9 latreu<w I serve, worship Verb 21 PP: latreu<sw, e]la<treusa, ___, ___, ___ le<gw I say, tell, declare Verb 1329 PP: e]rw?, ei#pon, ei@rhka, ei@rhmai, e]rre<qhn lepro<j, -a<, -o<n leprous, (the) leper Adj 9 leuko<j, -h<, -o<n white, bright Adj 25 le<wn, -ontoj, o[ lion Noun 9 l^sth<j, -ou?, o[ robber Noun 15 li<an greatly, exceedingly, very Adv 12 liqa<zw I stone Verb 9 PP: ___, e]li<qasa, ___, ___, e]liqa<sqhn li<qoj, -ou, o[ stone Noun 59 li<mnh, -hj, h[ lake Noun 11 limo<j, -ou?, o[, hunger, famine Noun 12 386 Greek-English Glossary logi<zomai I calculate, account, reckon PP: ___, e]logisa<mhn, ___, ___, e]logi<sqhn lo<goj, -ou, o[ word, Word, statement loipo<j, -h<, -o<n remaining, other loipo<j, -ou, o[ the other(s), rest lupe<w I grieve PP: ___, e]lu<phsa, lelu<phka, ___, e]luph<qhn lu<ph, -hj, h[ grief, pain luxni<a, -aj, h[ lampstand lu<xnoj, -ou, o[ lamp lu<w I loose, destroy PP: lu<sw, e@lusa, ___, le<lumai, e]lu<qhn Verb 40 Noun Adj Noun Verb 330 55 55 26 Noun Noun Noun Verb 16 12 14 42 387 Magdalhnh<, -h?j, h[ Magdalene Noun 12 maqhth<j, -ou?, o[ disciple, apprentice Noun 261 maka<rioj, -a, -on blessed, happy, fortunate Adj 50 Makedoni<a, -aj, h[ Macedonia Noun 22 makra<n far away (from) Adv 9 makro<qen from afar, afar Adv 14 makroqume<w I am patient Verb 10 PP: ___, e]makroqu<mhsa, ___, ___, ___ makroqumi<a, -aj, -h[ patience, steadfastness Noun 14 ma<lista especially, above all Adv 12 ma?llon more, rather Adv 81 manqa<nw I learn Verb 25 PP: ___, e@maqon, mema<qhka, ___, ___ margari<thj, -ou, o[ pearl Noun 9 Ma<rqa, -aj, h[ Martha Noun 13 Mari<a, -aj, h[ Mary Noun 27 Maria<m, h[ Miriam Noun 27 marture<w I testify, bear witness Verb 76 PP: maturh<sw, e]martu<rhsa, memartu<rhka, memartu<rhmai, e]marturh<qhn marturi<a, -aj, h[ witness, testimony, reputation Noun 37 martu<rion, -ou, to< a testimony, witness, proof Noun 19 ma<rtuj, -uroj, o[ witness, martyr Noun 35 ma<xaira, -hj, h[ sword Noun 29 me<gaj, mega<lh, me<ga large, great Adj 243 me<lei it is a concern Verbal 10 me<llw I am about to Verb 109 PP: mellh<sw, ___, ___, ___, ___ me<loj, -ouj, to< member, part Noun 34 me<n indeed, on the one hand Particle 178 Greek-English Glossary me<nw I remain, stay, live PP: menw?, e@meina, meme<nhka, ___, ___ meri<zw I divide, separate PP: ___, e]me<risa, meme<rika, meme<rismai, e]meri<sqhn merimna<w I am anxious, distracted PP: merimhn<sw, e]meri<mnhsa, ___, ___, ___ me<roj, -ouj, to< part me<soj, -h, -on middle mesto<j, -h<, -o<n full meta< (+ gen.) with, by, against meta< (+ acc.) after, behind metabai<nw I depart, pass over PP: metabh<somai, mete<bhn, metabe<bhka, ___, ___ metanoe<w I repent, change my mind PP: metanoh<sw, meteno<hsa, ___, ___, ___ meta<noia, -aj, h[ repentance metacu< between metacu< (+ gen.) between metape<mpw I send for PP: ___, mete<pemya, ___, ___, metepe<mfqhn metre<w I measure, apportion PP: ___, e]me<trhsa, ___, ___, e]metrh<qhn me<tron, -ou, to< measure, quantity me<xri until me<xri (+ gen.) as far as mh<< not (question implies “no”) mhde< but not, nor, not even mhdei<j, mhdemi<a, mhde<n no one, nobody, nothing mhke<ti no longer mh<n indeed, surely mh<n, mhno<j, o[ month mh<pote lest, that . . . not, perhaps mh<te neither, and not, nor mh<thr, mhtro<j, h[ mother mh<ti questions with negative answers mikro<j, -a<, -o<n small, little mimn^<skomai I remember PP: ___, ___, ___, me<mnhmai, e]mnh<sqhn mise<w I hate PP: mish<sw, e]]mi<shsa, memi<shka, memi<shmai, ___ misqo<j, -ou?, o[ wages, reward mna?, mna?j, h[ mina (large monetary unit) Verb 118 Verb 14 Verb 19 Noun Adj Adj Prep Prep Verb 42 58 9 469 469 12 Verb 34 Noun Adv Prep Verb 22 9 9 9 Verb 11 Noun 14 Conj 17 Prep 17 Adv 1042 Particle 56 Adj 90 Adv 22 Particle 18 Noun 18 Particle/ Conj 25 Conj 34 Noun 83 Particle 17 Adj 46 Verb 23 Verb 40 Noun Noun 29 9 388 Greek-English Glossary mnh?ma, -atoj, to< tomb, monument mnhmei?on, -ou, to< tomb, monument, grave mnhmoneu<w I remember PP: ___, e]mvhmo<neusa, ___, ___, ___ moixeu<w I commit adultery PP: moixeu<sw, e]moi<xeusa, ___, ___, e]moixeu<qhn monogenh<j, -e<j only, unique mo<noj, -h, -on only, alone mu<ron, -ou, to< ointment, perfume musth<rion, -ou, to< mystery, secret mwro<j, -a<, -o<n foolish; fool (subst.) Mwu*sh?j, -e<wj, o[ Moses Nazare<q, Nazare<t Nazareth Nazwrai?oj, -ou, o[ Nazarene, from Nazareth nai< yes, truly nao<j, -ou?, o[ temple neani<skoj, -ou, o[ youth, young person nekro<j, -a<, -o<n dead; dead person (subst) ne<oj, -a, -on new, young nefe<lh, -hj, h[ cloud nh<pioj, -a, -on infant, child nh?soj, -ou, h[ island nhsteu<w I fast PP: nhsteu<sw, e]nh<steusa, ___, ___, ___ nika<w I conquer PP: nikh<sw, e]ni<khsa, neni<khka, ___, e]nikh<qhn ni<ptw I wash PP: ___, e@niya, ___, ___, ___ noe<w I understand PP: ___, e]no<hsa, neno<hka, ___, ____ nomi<zw I suppose, think PP: ___, e]no<misa, ___, ___, ___ nomiko<j, -h<, -o<n pertaining to the law; lawyer (subst.) no<moj, -ou, o[ law, Law, principle no<soj, -ou, h[ disease nou?j, noo<j, o[ mind, intellect, understanding bridegroom numfi<oj, -ou, o[ nu?n now nuni< now nuc, nukto<j, h[ night Noun Noun Verb 10 40 21 Verb 15 Adj Adj Noun Noun Adj Noun 9 114 14 28 12 80 Noun Noun Particle Noun Noun Adj Adj Noun Noun Noun Verb 12 13 33 45 11 128 23 25 15 9 20 Verb 28 Verb 17 Verb 14 Verb 15 Adj 9 Noun 194 Noun 11 Noun 24 Nounn 16 Adv 147 Adv 20 Noun 61 389 Greek-English Glossary ceni<zw I entertain, startle PP: ___, e]ce<nisa, ___, ___, e]ceni<sqhn ce<noj, -h, -on strange, foreign, alien chrai<nw I dry up, wither PP: ___, e]ch<rana, ___, e]ch<rammai, e]chra<nqhn cu<lon, -ou, to< wood, tree o[, h[, to< the o!de, h!de, to<de this (here) o[do<j, -ou?, h[ way, road, journey, (the) Way o]dou<j, -o<ntoj, o[ tooth o!qen whence, from where oi@da (= perf. from ei]d-) I know, understand PP: ei]dh<sw, ___, oi#da, ___, ___ oi]ke<w I live PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, ___ oi]ki<a, -aj, h[ house oi]kodespo<thj, -ou, o[ householder, house master oi]kodome<w I build, edify, erect PP: oi]kodomh<sw, &]kodo<mhsa, ___, ___, oi]kodomh<qhn oi]kodomh<, -h?j, h[ building, edification oi]konomi<a, -aj, h[ management, office, plan oi]kono<moj, -ou, o[ (house) steward, manager oi#koj, -ou, o[ house oi]koume<nh, -hj, h[ (inhabited) world oi#noj, -ou, o[ wine oi$oj, -a, -on of what sort, such as, as small, few o]li<goj, -h, -on o!loj, -h, -on whole o!loj, -h, -on entirely o]mnu<w, o@mnumi I swear PP: ___, w@mosa, ___, ___, ___ o[moqumado<n with one mind, together o!moioj, -a, -on like, similar o[moio<w I make like, liken, compare PP: o[moiw<sw, w[moi<wsa, ___, ___, w[moiw<qhn o[moi<wj likewise, so o[mologe<w I confess, promise PP: o[mologh<sw, w[molo<ghsa, ___, ___, ___ o]neidi<zw I reproach, insult PP: ___, w]nei<disa, ___, ___, ___ o@noma, -atoj, to< name, title, reputation Verb 10 Adj Verb 14 15 Noun 20 Def Art 19,869 Adj 10 Noun 101 Noun 12 Adv 15 Verb 318 Verb 9 Noun Noun Verb 93 12 40 Noun 18 Noun 9 Noun 10 Noun 114 Noun 15 Noun 34 Rel Pron 14 Adj 40 Adj 109 Adv 109 Verb 26 Adv Adj Verb 11 45 15 Adv Verb 30 26 Verb 9 Noun 230 390 Greek-English Glossary o]noma<zw I name PP: ___, w]no<masa, ___, ___, w]noma<sqhn o@ntwj really, real o]pi<sw behind, after o!pou where, since o!pwj how, that, in order that o!rama, -atoj, to< vision o[ra<w I see PP: o@yomai, ei#don, e[w<raka/e[o<raka, ___, w@fqhn o]rgh<, -h?j, h[ anger, wrath (of God), judgment o!rion, -ou, to< boundary, region o!rkoj, -ou, o[ an oath o@roj, -ouj, to< mountain, hill o!j, h!, o! who, which, what o!soj, -h, -on o!stij, h!tij, o! ti o!tan o!te as great as, as many as whoever, whatever, whichever whenever when, while o!ti ou$ ou], ou]k, ou]x, ou]xi< ou]ai< ou]de< ou]dei<j, ou]demi<a, ou]de<n ou]de<pote ou]ke<ti ou#n ou@pw ou]ra<nioj, -on ou]rano<j, -ou?, o[ ou#j, w]to<j, to< ou@te ou$toj, au!th, tou?to ou$toj, au!th, tou?to ou!twj, ou!tw ou]xi< (see ou]) o]fei<lw o]fqalmo<j, -ou?, o[ o@fij, -ewj, o[ o@xloj, -ou, o[ that, because, for where, to which not (question implies “yes”) woe, alas and not, not even, neither, nor no one, none, nothing never no longer then, so, therefore not yet heavenly heaven, sky, God ear and not, neither, nor this he, she, it, this one thus, so, in this manner not, no (question implies “yes”) I owe, ought eye, sight, understanding snake crowd, multitude Verb 10 Adv/Adj 10 Adv 35 Particle 82 Adv/ Conj 53 Noun 12 Verb 113 Noun 36 Noun 12 Noun 10 Noun 63 Rel Pron 1418 Adj 110 Adj 144 Particle 123 Particle/ Conj 103 Conj 1293 Adv 24 Adv 1623 Interj 46 Conj 143 Adj 234 Adv 16 Adv 47 Particle 498 Adv 26 Adj 9 Noun 273 Noun 36 Adv 87 Pron 1387 Subst 1387 Adv 208 Adv 54 Verb 35 Noun 100 Noun 14 Noun 175 391 Greek-English Glossary o@yioj, -a, -on late, evening Adj 15 pa<qhma, -atoj, to< suffering Noun 16 paideu<w I teach, train, educate Verb 13 PP: ___, e]pai<deusa, ___, pepai<deumai, e]paideu<qhn paidi<on, -ou, to< child, infant Noun 52 paidi<skh, -hj, h[ maidservant Noun 13 pai?j, paido<j, o[, h[ child, boy, girl Noun 24 palaio<j, -a< -o<n old Adj 19 pa<lin again Adv 141 pantokra<twr, -oroj, o[ ruler of all, Almighty Noun 10 pa<ntote always, at all times Adv 41 para< (+ gen.) from, of, by, with Prep 194 para< (+ dat.) beside, with, in presence of Prep 194 para< (+ acc.) alongside of, at, more than Prep 194 parabolh<, -h?j, h[ parable Noun 50 paragge<llw I command, order, charge Verb 32 PP: ___, parh<ggeila, ___, parh<ggelmai, ___ paragi<nomai I come, arrive Verb 37 PP: ___, paregeno<mhn, ___, ___, ___ para<gw I pass by Verb 10 paradi<dwmi I hand over, betray, entrust Verb 119 PP: paradw<sw, pare<dwka, parade<dwka, parade<domai, paredo<qhn para<dosij, -ewj, h[ tradition Noun 13 paraite<omai I make excuse, refuse, reject, request Verb 12 PP: ___, par^thsa<mhn, ___, par^<thmai, ___ parakale<w I call, urge, exhort, console Verb 109 PP: ___, pareka<lesa, ___, parake<klhmai, pareklh<qhn para<klhsij, -ewj, h[ exhortation, consolation Noun 29 paralamba<nw I take, receive, accept Verb 49 PP: paralh<myomai, pare<labon, ___, ___, parelh<mfqhn paralutiko<j, -h<, -o<n lame, paralytic Adj 10 para<ptwma, -atoj, to< trespass, sin Noun 19 parati<qhmi I set before Verb 19 PP: paraqh<sw, pare<qhka, ___, ___, parate<qhn paraxrh?ma immediately Adv 18 pa<reimi I have arrived, am present Verb 24 PP: pare<somai, ___, ___, ___, ___ camp, army, fortress, barracks Noun 10 parembolh<, -h?j, h[ pare<rxomai I pass by, pass away, arrive Noun 29 PP: pareleu<somai, parh?lqon, parelh<luqa, ___, ___ pare<xw I offer, afford Verb 16 PP: pare<cw, pare<sxon, ___, ___, ___ 392 Greek-English Glossary parqe<noj, -ou, h[ (o[) virgin (chaste) Noun 15 pari<sthmi I am present, approach, stand by Verb 41 PP: parasth<sw, pare<sthsa, pare<sthka, ___, paresta<qhn parousi<a, -aj, h[ presence, arrival, coming Noun 24 parrhsi<a, -aj, h[ boldness, confidence Noun 31 parrhsia<zomai I speak freely Verb 9 PP: ___, e]parrhsiasa<mhn, ___, ___, ___ pa?j, pa?sa, pa?n all, every, any Adj 1243 pa<sxa, to< Passover Noun 29 pa<sxw I suffer, endure Verb 42 PP: ___, e@paqon, pe<ponqa, ___, ___ pata<ssw I strike, hit Verb 10 PP: pata<cw, e]pa<taca, ___, ___, ___ path<r, patro<j, o[ father, ancestor Noun 413 Pau?loj, -ou, o[ Paul Noun 158 pau<w I cease, stop Verb 15 PP: pau<somai, e@pausa, ___, pe<paumai, ___ pei<qw I persuade, convince Verb 52 PP: pei<sw, e@peisa, pe<poiqa, pe<peismai, e]pei<sqhn peina<w I hunger Verb 23 PP: peina<sw, e]pei<nasa, ___, ___, ___ peira<zw I test, tempt Verb 38 PP: ___, e]pei<rasa, ___, pepei<rasmai, e]peira<sqhn peirasmo<j, -ou?, o[ temptation, test Noun 21 pe<mpw I send Verb 79 PP: pe<myw, e@pemya, ___, ___, e]pe<mfqhn penqe<w I grieve Verb 10 PP: penqh<sw, e]pe<nqhsa, ___, ___, ___ pe<nte five Adj 38 pe<ran (+ gen.) beyond Prep 23 pe<ran (land) on the other side Adv 23 peri< (+ gen.) concerning, about Prep 333 peri< (+ acc.) around, about, regarding, with Prep 333 periba<llw I clothe, put around Verb 23 PP: peribalw?, perie<balon, ___, peribe<blhmai, ___ peripate<w I walk, live Verb 95 PP: peripath<sw, periepa<thsa, ___, ___, ___ perisseu<w I abound, am rich Verb 39 PP: ___, e]peri<sseusa, ___, ___, e]perisseu<qhn perisso<teroj, -a, -on, greater, more Adv 16 perissote<rwj more abundantly Adv 12 peristera<, -a?j, h[ pigeon, dove Noun 10 393 Greek-English Glossary perite<<mnw I circumcise Verb 17 PP: ___, perie<temon, ___, perite<tmhmai, perietmh<qhn peritomh<, -h?j, h[ circumcision Noun 36 peri<xwroj, -on neighboring Adj 9 peteino<n, -ou?, to< bird Noun 14 pe<tra, -aj, h[ rock Noun 15 Pe<troj, -ou, o[ Peter Noun 156 phgh<, -h?j, h[ spring, fountain Noun 11 pia<zw I take, seize Verb 12 PP: ___, e]pi<asa, ___, ___, e]pia<sqhn Pila?toj, -ou, o[ Pilate Noun 55 pi<mplhmi I fill Verb 24 PP: ___, e@plhsa, ___, ___, e]plh<sqhn pi<nw I drink Verb 73 PP: pi<omai, e@pion, pe<pwka, ___, ___ pipra<skw I sell Verb 9 PP: ___, ___, pe<praka, pe<pramai, e]pra<qhn pi<ptw I fall Verb 90 PP: pesou?mai, e@peson, pe<ptwka, ___, ___ pisteu<w I believe (in), have faith (in) Verb 241 PP: pisteu<sw, e]pi<steusa, pepi<steuka, pepi<steumai, e]pisteu<qhn pi<stij, -ewj, h[ faith, belief, trust Noun 243 pisto<j, -h<, -o<n faithful, trustworthy, trusting; believer (subst.) Adj 67 plana<w I lead astray, misguide Verb 39 PP: planh<sw, e]pla<nhsa, ___, pepla<nhmai, e]planh<qhn pla<nh, -hj, h[ wandering, error, delusion Noun 10 platei?a, -aj, h[ street Noun 10 pleona<zw I grow, increase Verb 9 PP: ___, e]pleo<nasa, ___, ___, ___ pleoneci<a, -aj, h[ greediness, covetousness Noun 10 plhgh<, -h?j, h[ plague, blow, wound Noun 22 plh?qoj, -ouj, to< multitude Noun 31 plhqu<nw I multiply, increase Verb 12 PP: plhqunw?, e]plh<quna, ___, ___, e]plhqu<nqhn plh<n but, however, only Adv 31 plh<n (+ gen.) except Prep 31 plh<rhj, -ej full Adj 16 plhro<w I fill, finish, fulfill Verb 86 PP: plhrw<sw, e]plh<rwsa, peplh<rwka, peplh<rwmai, e]plhrw<qhn plh<rwma, -atoj, to< fullness Noun 17 plhsi<on, o[ neighbor (subst. use of Adv) Noun 17 plhsi<on (+ gen.) near Prep 17 394 Greek-English Glossary ploi?on, -ou, to< boat plou<sioj, -a, -on rich ploute<w I am rich, generous PP: ___, e]plou<thsa, peplou<thka, ___, ___ plou?toj, -ou, o[ wealth pneu?ma, -atoj, to< spirit, Spirit, wind, breath pneumatiko<j, -h<, -o<n spiritual po<qen from where? poie<w I do, make PP: poih<sw, e]poi<hsa, pepoi<hka, pepoi<hmai, ___ poiki<loj, -h, -on varied, diverse poimai<nw I shepherd, protect, rule PP: poimanw?, e]poi<mana, ___, ___, ___ poimh<n, -e<noj, o[ shepherd poi?oj, -a, -on of what sort? what? which? po<lemoj, -ou, o[ war, conflict po<lij, -ewj, h[ city polla<kij often, frequently polu<j, pollh<, polu< many, much, great ponhro<j, -a<, -o<n evil, bad, sick poreu<omai I go, live PP: poreu<somai, ___, ___, pepo<reumai, e]poreu<qhn pornei<a, -aj, h[ immorality, unchastity, fornication po<rnh, -hj, h[ prostitute po<rnoj, -ou, o[ fornicator, (sexually) immoral person po<soj, -h, -on how great? how much? potamo<j, -ou?, o[ river pote< at some time, once, ever pote< when? poth<rion, -ou, to< cup poti<zw I give to drink, water PP: ___, e]po<tisa, pepo<tika, ___, e]poti<sqhn pou? where? whither? pou<j, podo<j, o[ foot pra?gma, -atoj, to< deed, undertaking, matter pra<ssw I do, perform PP: par<cw, e@praca, pe<praxa, pe<pragmai, ___ prau~thj, -htoj, h[ gentleness, humility presbu<teroj, -a, -on elder, older one pri<n (+ gen.) before pro< (+ gen.) before proa<gw I lead forth, go before PP: pro<acw, proh<gagon, ___, ___, ___ Noun Adj Verb 67 28 12 Noun Noun Adj Adv Verb 22 379 26 29 568 Adj Verb 10 11 Noun Pron Noun Noun Adv Adj Adj Verb 18 33 18 163 18 416 78 153 Noun Noun Noun Pron Noun Particle Adv Noun Verb 25 12 10 27 17 19 29 31 15 Adv Nounn Noun Verb 48 93 11 39 Noun Adj Prep Prep Verb 11 66 13 47 20 395 Greek-English Glossary pro<baton, -ou, to< sheep Noun 39 proei?pon (cf. prole<gw, le<gw, ei#pon) I foretell Verb 12 proe<rxomai I proceed Verb 9 PP: proeleu<somai, proh?lqon, ___, ___, ___ pro<qesij, -ewj, h[ setting forth, plan, purpose Noun 12 prope<mpw I accompany, help on one’s journey Verb 9 PP: ___, proe<pemya, ___, ___, proepe<mfqhn pro<j (+ gen.) for Prep 700 pro<j (+ dat.) at, by, on, near Prep 700 pro<j (+ acc.) toward, to, against, with Prep 700 prosde<xomai I receive, wait for Verb 14 PP: ___, prosedeca<mhn, ___, ___, ___ prosdoka<w I wait for, expect Verb 16 prose<rxomai I come to, go to Verb 86 PP: ___, prosh?lqon, proselh<luqa, ___, ___ proseuxh<, -h?j, h[ prayer Noun 36 proseu<xomai I pray Verb 85 PP: proseu<comai, proshuca<mhn, ___, ___, ___ prose<xw I attend to, pay attention to Verb 24 PP: ___, ___, prose<sxhka, ___, ___ proskale<omai I summon, invite, call Verb 29 PP: ___, prosekalesa<mhn, ___, proske<lhmai, ___ proskartere<w I continue in/with Verb 10 PP: proskarterh<sw, ___, ___, ___, ___ proskune<w I worship Verb 60 PP: proskunh<sw, proseku<nhsa, ___, ___, ___ proslamba<nw I receive, accept Verb 12 PP: ___, prose<labon, prosei<lhfa, ___, ___ prosti<qhmi I add to, increase Verb 18 PP: ___, prose<qhka, ___, ___, prosete<qhn prosfe<rw I bring to, offer Verb 47 PP: ___, prosh<negka, prosenh<noxa, ___, proshne<xqhn prosfora<, -a?j, h[ act of offering Noun 9 pro<swpon, -ou, to< face, appearance, person Noun 76 pro<teroj, -a, -on former, before Adj/Adv 11 profhtei<a, -aj, h[ prophecy Noun 19 profhteu<w I prophesy, preach Verb 28 PP: profhreu<sw, e]profh<teusa, ___, ___, ___ profh<thj, -ou, o[ prophet Noun 144 prwi~ early, early in the morning Adv 12 prw?toj, -h, -on first, earlier Adj 155 ptwxo<j, -h<, -o<n poor Adj 34 396 Greek-English Glossary pu<lh, -hj, h[ gate, door pulw<n, -w?noj, o[ gateway, entrance, vestibule punqa<nomai I inquire, ask PP: ___, e]puqo<mhn, ___, ___, ___ pu?r, -o<j, to< fire pwle<w I sell PP: ____, e]pw<lhsa, ___, ___, ___ pw?loj, -ou, o[ colt, young donkey pw?j how? pw<j at all, somehow Noun Noun Verb 10 18 12 Noun Verb 71 22 Noun 12 Particle 102 Particle 15 r[abbi<, o[ master, rabbi, teacher r[a<bdoj, -ou, h[ rod, scepter, staff, stick r[hma, -atoj, to< word, saying, thing r[i<za, -hj, h[ root, source r[u<omai I rescue, deliver PP: r[u<somai, e]rrusa<mhn, ___, ___, e]rru<sqhn [Rwmai?oj, -a, -on Roman; (a) Roman (subst.) Noun Noun Noun Noun Verb 15 12 68 17 17 Adj 12 sa<bbaton, -ou, to< Sabbath Saddoukai?oj, -ou, o[ Sadducee saleu<w I shake PP: ___, e]sa<leusa, ___, sesa<leumai, e]saleu<qhn sa<lpigc, -iggoj, h[ trumpet salpi<zw I sound the trumpet PP: salpi<sw, e]sa<lpisa, ___, ___, ___ Sama<reia, -aj, h[ Samaria Samari<thj, -ou, o[ Samaritan sa<rc, sarko<j, h[ flesh, body satana?j, -a?, o[ Satan, accuser (= devil) Saou<l, o[ Saul Sau?loj, -ou, o[ Saul seautou?, -h?j of yourself (reflexive) se<bomai I worship seismo<j, -ou?, o[ earthquake selh<nh, -hj, h[ moon shmei?on, -ou, to< sign, miracle sh<meron today siga<w I am silent PP: ___, e]si<ghsa, ___, sesi<mhmai, ___ Sidw<n, -w?noj, h[ Sidon Sila?j, -a?, o[ Silas Si<mwn, -wnoj, o[ Simon Noun Noun Verb 68 14 15 Noun Verb 11 12 Noun Noun Noun Noun Noun Noun Pron Verb Noun Noun Noun Adv Verb 11 9 147 36 9 15 43 10 14 9 77 41 10 Noun Noun Noun 9 12 75 397 Greek-English Glossary si?toj, -ou, o[ wheat, grain Noun 14 siwpa<w I am silent Verb 10 PP: siwph<sw, e]siw<phsa, ___, ___, ___ skandali<zw I cause to stumble, cause to sin Verb 29 PP: ___, e]skanda<lisa, ___, ___, e]skandali<sqhn ska<ndalon, -ou, to< cause of stumbling, trap, temptation Noun 15 skeu?oj, -ouj, to< vessel, object; goods (pl) Noun 23 skhnh<, -h?j, h[ tent, tabernacle Noun 20 skoti<a, -aj, h[ darkness Noun 16 sko<toj, -ouj, to< darkness Noun 31 So<doma, -wn, ta< Sodom Noun 9 Solomw<n, -w?noj, o[ Solomon Noun 12 so<j, sh<, so<n your, yours Adj 27 sofi<a, -aj, h[ wisdom Noun 51 sofo<j, -h<, -o<n wise Adj 20 spei<rw I sow (seed) Verb 52 PP: ___, e@speira, ___, e@sparmai, e]spa<rhn spe<rma, -atoj, to< seed, descendants Noun 43 spla<gnon, -ou, to< bowels, heart, compassion Noun 11 splagxni<zomai I have compassion, pity Verb 12 PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]splagxni<sqhn spouda<zw I hasten, am eager Verb 11 PP: spouda<sw, e]spou<dasa, ___, ___, ___ spoudh<, -h?j, h[ haste, diligence, eagerness Noun 12 sta<sij, -ewj, h[ strife, rebellion, dispute Noun 9 stauro<j, -ou?, o[ cross Noun 27 stauro<w I crucify Verb 46 PP: staurw<sw, e]stau<rwsa, ___, e]stau<rwmai, e]staurw<qhn ste<fanoj, -ou, o[ crown, wreath Noun 18 sth<kw (cf. i!sthmi) I stand, stand fast Verb 10 PP: ___, ___, e!sthka, ___, ___ sthri<zw I establish, support Verb 13 PP: sthri<cw, e]sth<rica, ___, e]sth<rigmai, e]sthri<xqhn stolh<, -h?j, h[ robe Noun 9 sto<ma, -atoj, to< mouth, stomach Noun 78 strathgo<j, -ou, o[ commander, captain Noun 10 stratiw<thj, -ou, o[ soldier Noun 26 stre<fw I turn, change Verb 21 PP: ___, e@streya, ___, ___, e]stra<fhn su<, sou<; u[mei?j, u[mw?n you; you-all Pron 2905 suggenh<j, -e<j related, akin to Adj 11 suggenh<j, -e<j relative, fellow countryperson Noun 11 suzhte<w I discuss, dispute Verb 10 398 Greek-English Glossary sukh?, -h?j, h[ fig tree Noun 16 sullamba<nw I seize, conceive, arrest Verb 16 PP: sullh<myomai, sune<labon, sunei<lhfa, ___, sunelh<mfqhn sumfe<rw I bring together Verb 15 PP: ___, sunh<negka, ___, ___, ___ su<n (+ dat.) with Prep 128 suna<gw I gather together, invite Verb 59 PP: suna<cw, sunh<gagon, ___, sunh?gmai, sunh<xqhn sunagwgh<, -h?j, h[ synagogue Noun 56 su<ndouloj, -ou, o[ fellow slave Noun 10 sune<drion, -ou, to< Sanhedrin, council Noun 22 sunei<dhsij, -ewj, h[ conscience Noun 30 sunergo<j, -o<n fellow worker, helper Noun/ Adj 13 sune<rxomai I come together Verb 30 PP: ___, sunh?lqon, sunelh<luqa, ___, ___ sune<xw I oppress, hold fast, urge on Verb 12 PP: sune<cw, sune<sxon, ___, ___, ___ suni<hmi I understand Verb 26 PP: sunh<sw, sunh?ka, ___, ___, ___ suni<sthmi I commend; Intrans.: stand with Verb 16 PP: ___, sune<sthsa, sune<sthka, ___, ___ sfa<zw I slay, murder Verb 10 PP: sfa<cw, e@sfaca, ___, e@sfagmai, e]sfa<ghn sfo<dra exceedingly, greatly Adv 11 sfragi<zw I seal, mark Verb 15 PP: ___, e]sfra<gisa, ___, e]sfra<gismai, e]sfragi<sqhn sfragi<j, -i?doj, h[ seal Noun 16 sxi<zw I split, divide, tear Verb 11 PP: sxi<sw, e@sxisa, ___, ___, e]sxi<sqhn s&<zw I save, rescue Verb 106 PP: sw<sw, e@swsa, se<swka, se<s&smai, e]sw<qhn sw?ma, -atoj, to< living body, corpse, (unified) church Noun 142 swth<r, -h?roj, o[ Savior Noun 24 swthri<a, -aj, h[ salvation, deliverance Noun 46 ta<lanton, -ou, to< talent (large unit of money) ta<cij, -ewj, h[ order, position tapeino<w I humble PP: tapeinw<sw, e]tapei<nwsa, ___, ___, e]tapeinw<qhn tara<ssw I trouble, disturb PP: ___, e]ta<raca, ___, teta<ragmai, e]tara<xqhn taxe<wj quickly Noun Noun Verb 14 9 14 Verb 17 Adv 15 399 Greek-English Glossary taxu< (from taxu<j) quickly Adv 18 te< and, so Conj 215 tei?xoj, -ouj, to< (city) wall Noun 9 te<knon, -ou, to< child, descendant Noun 99 te<leioj, -a, -on complete, perfect Adj 19 teleio<w I fulfill, make perfect Verb 23 PP: ___, e]telei<wsa, tetelei<wka, tetelei<wmai, e]teleiw<qhn teleuta<w I die Verb 11 PP: ___, e]teleu<thsa, teteleu<thka, ___, ____ tele<w I finish, complete, fulfill Verb 28 PP: tele<sw, e]te<lesa, tete<leka, tete<leka, tete<lesmai, e]tele<sqhn te<loj, -ouj, to< end, goal Noun 40 telw<nhj, -ou, o[ tax collector Noun 21 te<raj, -atoj, to< wonder, omen Noun 16 tessara<konta forty Adj 22 te<ssarej, -a four Adj 41 te<tartoj, -h, -on fourth (part) Adj 10 thre<w I keep, guard Verb 70 PP: thrh<sw, e]th<rhsa, teteh<rhka, teth<rhmai, e]thrh<qhn ti<qhmi I put, place, set Verb 100 PP: qh<sw, e@qhka, te<qeika, te<qeimai, e]te<qhn ti<ktw I give birth to, bear Verb 18 PP: te<comai, e@tekon, ___, ___, e]te<xqhn tima<w I honor Verb 21 PP: timh<sw, e]ti<mhsa, ___, teti<mhmai, ___ timh<, -h?j, h[ honor, price Noun 41 ti<mioj, -a, -on precious, costly, respected Adj 13 Timo<qeoj, -ou, o[ Timothy Noun 24 ti<j, ti< who? which? what? why? Pron 554 ti>j, ti> someone, something, anyone Pron 532 Ti<toj, -ou, o[ Titus Noun 13 toiou?toj, -au<th, -ou?ton such, such as this, like Adj 57 tolma<w I dare Verb 16 PP: tolmh<sw, e]to<lmhsa, ___, ___, ___ place Noun 94 to<poj, -ou, o[ tosou?toj, -au<th, -ou?ton so great, so much Adj 20 to<te then, at that time Adv 160 tra<peza, -hj, h[ table Noun 15 trei?j, tri<a three Adj 69 tre<fw I feed, nourish, train Verb 9 PP: ___, e@qreya, ___, te<qrammai, ___ 400 Greek-English Glossary tre<xw I run PP: ___, e@dramon, ___, ___, ___ tria<konta thirty tri<j three times tri<toj, -h, -on third (part) tro<poj, -ou, o[ manner, way (of life) trofh<, -h?j, h[ food tugxa<nw I obtain, happen PP: teu<comai, e@tuxon, te<teuxa, ___, ___ tu<poj, -ou, o[ mark, image, example, (arche)type tu<ptw I smite, hit Tu<roj, -ou, h[ Tyre tuflo<j, -h<, -o<n blind (person) u[giai<nw I am healthy u[gih<j, -e<j healthy, whole u!dwr, -atoj, to< water ui[o>j, -ou?, o[ son, descendant, offspring u[mei?j (see su<) you, you-all (pl.) u[me<teroj, -a, -on your u[pa<gw I go away, go, depart u[pakoh<, -h?j, h[ obedience u[pakou<w I obey, follow PP: ___, u[ph<kousa, ___, ___, ___ u[panta<w I meet, go to meet PP: ___, u[ph<nthsa, ___, ___, ___ u[pa<rxw I am, exist u[pe<r (+ gen.) in behalf of, for (the sake of) u[pe<r (+ acc.) above, more than, beyond u[phre<thj, -ou, o[ servant, assistant u[po< (+ gen.) by u[po< (+ acc.) under (the authority of) u[po<dhma, -atoj, to< sandal u[poka<tw under, below u[pokrith<j, -ou?, o[ hypocrite u[pome<nw I remain, endure PP: u[pomenw?, u[pe<meina, u[pomeme<nhka, ___, ___ u[pomonh<, -h?j, h[ patience, endurance u[postre<fw I return, turn back PP: u[postre<yw, u[pe<streya, ___, ___, ___ u[pota<ssw I subject, subordinate PP: ___, u[pe<taca, ___, u[pote<tagmai, u[peta<ghn Verb 20 Adj Adv Adj Noun Noun Verb 11 12 56 13 16 12 Noun Verb Noun Adj 15 13 11 50 Verb 12 Adj 11 Noun 76 Noun 377 Pron 1840 Adj 11 Verb 79 Noun 15 Verb 21 Verb 10 Verb Prep Prep Noun Prep Prep Noun Adv Noun Verb 60 150 150 20 220 220 10 11 17 17 Noun Verb 32 35 Verb 38 401 Greek-English Glossary u[stere<w I lack, miss PP: ___, u[ste<rhsa, u[ste<rhka, ___, u[sterh<qhn u[ste<rhma, -atoj, to< need u!steroj, -a, -on later, afterward, at last u[yhlo<j, -h<, -o<n high, exalted, proud u!yistoj, -h, -on highest u[yo<w I lift up, exalt PP: u[yw<sw, u!ywsa, ___, ___, u[yw<qhn Verb 16 Noun Adj/Adv Adj Adj Verb 9 12 11 13 20 fai<nw I shine, appear Verb PP: fanh<somai, e@fana, ___, ___, e]fa<nhn fanero<j, -a<, -o<n manifest, visible Adj fanero<w I reveal, make known Verb PP: fanerw<sw, e]fane<rwsa, ___, pefane<rwmai, e]fanerw<qhn Farisai?oj, -ou, o[ Pharisee Noun fei<domai I spare, refrain (from) Verb PP: fei<somai, e]feisa<mhn, ___, ___, ___ fe<rw I bear, carry, endure Verb PP: oi@sw, h@negka, ___, ___, h]ne<xqhn feu<gw I flee, escape Verb PP: feu<comai, e@fugon, ___, ___, ___ Fh?lic, -ikoj, o[ Felix Noun fhmi< I say Verb PP: ___, e@fh, ___, ___, ___ Fh?stoj, -ou, o[ Festus Noun fqei<rw I ruin, corrupt, destroy Verb PP: ___, e@fqeira, ___, ___, e]fqa<rhn fqo<noj, -ou, o[ envy, jealousy Noun fia<lh, -hj, h[ cup, bowl Noun file<w I love, like Verb PP: ___, e]fi<lhsa, pefi<lhka, ___, ___ Fi<lippoj, -ou, o[ Philip Noun fi<loj, -h, -on beloved, friend Noun fobe<omai I fear Verb PP: ___, ___, ___, ___, e]fobh<qhn fo<boj, -ou, o[ fear, terror Noun foneu<w I kill, murder Verb PP: foneu<sw, e]fo<neusa, ___, ___, ___ fo<noj, -ou, o[ murder Noun frone<w I think Verb PP: fronh<sw, ___, ___, ___, ___ fro<nimoj, -on prudent, wise Adj fulakh<, -h?j, h[ guard, prison, watch (of the night) Noun 31 18 49 98 10 66 29 9 66 13 9 9 12 25 36 29 95 47 12 9 26 14 47 402 Greek-English Glossary fula<ssw I guard, protect PP: fula<cw, e]fu<laca, ___, ___, ___ fulh<, -h?j, h[ tribe, nation, people fu<sij, -ewj, h[ nature futeu<w I plant PP: ___, e]fu<teusa, ___, pefu<teumai, e]futeu<qhn fwne<w I call PP: fwnh<sw, e]fw<nhsa, ___, ___, e]fwnh<qhn fwnh<, -h?j, h[ sound, tone, voice, noise fw?j, fwto<j, to< light fwti<zw I give light, enlighten PP: fwti<sw, e]fw<tisa, ___, pefw<tismai, e]fwti<sqhn Verb 31 Noun Noun Verb 31 14 11 Verb 43 Noun Noun Verb 139 73 11 xai<rw I rejoice Verb 74 PP: xarh<somai, ___, ___, ___, e]xa<rhn xara<, -a?j, h[ joy, delight Noun 59 xari<zomai I forgive, give freely Verb 23 PP: xari<somai, e]xarisa<mhn, ___, kexa<rismai, e]xari<sqhn xa<rin (+ gen.) for the sake of, because of Prep 9 xa<rij, -itoj, h[ (divine) grace, favor, thanks Noun 155 xa<risma, -atoj, to< gift, favor Noun 17 xei<r, xeiro<j, h[ hand, arm, power Noun 177 xei<rwn, -on worse, more severe Adj 11 xh<ra, -aj, h[ widow Noun 26 xili<arxoj, -ou, o[ military tribune commanding 1,000 Noun 21 xilia<j, -a<doj, h[ a thousand Adj 23 xi<lioi, -ai, -a thousand Adj 11 xitw<n, -w?noj, o[ tunic, shirt Noun 11 xoi?roj, -ou, o[ pig, swine Noun 12 xorta<zw I eat to the full, am satisfied Verb 16 PP: ___, e]xo<rtasa, ___, ___, e]xorta<sqhn xo<rtoj, -ou, o[ grass, hay Noun 15 xra<omai I use, employ Verb 11 PP: ___, e]xrhsa<mhn, ___, ke<xrhmai, ___ xrei<a, -aj, h[ a need Noun 49 xrhmati<zw I warn Verb 9 PP: xrhmati<sw, e]xrhma<tisa, ___, kexrhma<tismai, e]xrhmati<sqhn xrhsto<thj, -htoj, h[ goodness, kindness, what is right Noun 10 Xristo<j, -ou?, o[ Christ, Messiah, Anointed One Noun 637 xro<noj, -ou, o[ time Noun 54 xrusi<on, -ou, to< gold Noun 12 xruso<j, -ou?, o[ gold Noun 10 xrusou?j, -h?, -ou?n golden Adj 18 403 Greek-English Glossary xwlo<j, -h<, -o<n lame, crippled xw<ra, -aj, h[ (open) country, region, land, field xwre<w I make room, give way PP: xwrh<sw, e]xw<rhsa, ___, ___, ___ xwri<zw I separate, depart PP: xwri<sw, e]xwrisa, ___, kexw<rismai, e]xwri<sqhn xwri<on, -ou, to< place, field xwri<j (+ gen.) without, apart from yeu<domai I lie PP: yeu<somai, e]yeusa<mhn ___, ___, ___ yeudoprofh<thj, -ou, o[ false prophet yeu<doj, -ouj, to< lie, falsehood yeu<sthj, -ou, o[ liar yuxh<, -h?j, h[ soul, person, self w# w$de w!ra, -aj, h[ w[j w[sau<twj w[sei< w!sper w!ste (w[j + te) O! here, hither hour, occasion as, that, about likewise, similarly as, like, about just as, even as therefore, so that, in order that w]fele<w I profit, benefit PP: w]felh<sw, w]fe<lhsa, ___, ___, w]felh<qhn Adj Noun Verb 14 28 10 Verb 13 Noun Prep 10 41 Verb 12 Noun Noun Noun Noun 11 10 10 109 Interj 17 Adv 61 Noun 106 Adv 504 Adv 17 Particle 21 Particle 36 Particle/ Conj 83 Verb 15 404 Vocabulary Builder 405 Greek Vocabulary Builder down to 9 times Ted Hildebrandt Vocabulary Builder Word Meaning Frequency Set 1 o[ , h[, to< kai< au]to<j, -h<, -o< the 19863 and, even, also 9018 he, she, it (pron.); self, same (adj.) 5596 auto-matic su<, sou<; u[mei<j, u[mw?n you (sg.); you (pl.) 2905 de< but, and, then 2792 e]n in, by, among (Dat.) 2752 en-code e]gw<, e]mou?; h[mei?j, h[mw?n I (sg.); we (pl.) 2582 ego ei]mi< I am, occur, live 2462 ei]j into, toward, to (Acc.) 1767 eis-egesis (read into a text) ou] no (question implies "yes") 1623 Set 2 o!j, h!, o! ou$toj, au!th, tou?to le<gw qeo<j, -ou?, o[, h[ o!ti pa?j, pa?sa, pa?n mh< ga<r ei]po<n ]Ihsou?j, -ou?, o[ who, which, what this; he, she, it (subst.) I say, tell, declare eu-logy (speak well) God, god, goddess "theo-logy" that, because, for all, every, any Pan-American not (question implies "no") for, so, then I said Jesus, Joshua 1418 1387 1329 1317 1293 1243 1042 1041 1024 917 Set 3 e]k e]pi< e]pi< e]pi< i!na ku<rioj, -ou, o[ e]xw< pro<j pro<j pro<j from, out of 914 ex-pire (breath out) on, over, when (Gen.) 890 epi-demic (on the people) on, in, above (Dat.) 890 across, over to, against (Acc.) 890 in order that, that 779 Lord, master, sir 717 I have, wear, keep 708 for (Gen.) 700 at, by (Dat.) 700 toward, to, against (Acc.) 700 406 Vocabulary Builder Set 4 gi<nomai dia< dia< a]po< a]lla< e@rxomai poie<w ti<j, ti< a@nqrwpoj ti>j, ti> I become, am, happen through, during, by (Gen.) dia-meter on account of, because (Acc.) 669 667 from, of, by (Gen.) apo-calypse (from the hidden) but, except, rather I come, go I do, make poem (making or creation) who? which? what? why? man, human, husband anthrop-ology (study of humankind) someone, something, anyone 532 646 667 637 632 568 554 550 Set 5 Xristo<j, -ou?, o[ w[j ei] ou#n kata< kata< meta< meta< a]kou<w polu<j, pollh<, polu< Christ, Messiah, Anointed one as, that, about if, whether then, so, therefore down from, against (Gen.) cata-pult according to, during (Acc.) with, against (Gen.) after, behind (Acc.) meta-phor (to carry beyond) I hear, understand, learn acoustics many, much, great 529 504 502 498 473 473 469 469 428 416 Set 6 di<dwmi path<r, patro<j, o[ h[me<ra, -aj, h[ pneu?ma, -atoj, to< ui[o<j, -ou?, o[ ei$j, mi<a, e!n a]delfo<j, -ou?, o[ h@ ei#don (o[ra<w) e]a<n I give, entrust, yield anti-dote father, ancestor patristic (church fathers) day, daylight, time spirit, Spirit, wind, breath pneumonia (problem breathing) son, descendant one, single, someone brother, member or, than I saw, perceived if 415 413 389 379 377 345 343 343 341 333 407 Vocabulary Builder Set 7 peri< peri< lo<goj, -ou, o[ e[autou?, -h?j, -ou? oi@da lale<w ou]rano<j, -ou?, o[ maqhth<j, -ou?, o[ lamba<nw gh?, gh?j, h[ concerning, about (Gen.) around (Acc.) peri-meter word, Word, statement logo, logic of himself, of herself, of itself I know, understand I speak, say glosso-lalia (speak in tongues) heaven, sky, God Uranium disciple, apprentice I take, receive, seize earth, land, region geo-graphy 333 333 330 319 318 296 273 261 258 250 Set 8 e]kei<noj, -h, -o me<gaj, mega<lh, me<ga pi<stij, -ewj, h[ pisteu<w ou]dei<j, ou]demi<a, ou]de<n a!gioj, -a, -on a]pokri<nomai o@noma, -atoj, to< ginw<skw u[po< that (one) large, great mega-byte faith, belief, trust I believe (in), have faith (in) no one, none, nothing holy, consecrated, saints (pl.) I answer, reply name, title, reputation I know, learn, realize by (Gen.) 243 243 243 241 234 233 231 230 222 220 Set 9 u[po< e]ce<rxoma a]nh<r, a]ndro<j, o[ gunh<, -aiko<j, h[ te< du<namai qe<lw ou!twj i]dou< ]Ioudai?oj under (Acc.) hypo-dermic (under the skin) I go out man, husband, someone poly-andry (many husbands) woman, wife gyne-cology and, so I am powerful, am able dyna-mic I will, wish, desire thus, so, in this manner Behold! See! Consider! Jewish (Adj.), Jew (Noun) 220 218 216 215 215 210 208 208 200 195 408 Vocabulary Builder Set 10 ei]se<rxomai no<moj, -ou, o[ para< para< para< gra<fw ko<smoj, -ou, o[ kaqw<j me<n xei<r, xeiro<j, h[ I come in, go in, enter law, Law, principle Gen.: from Dat.: beside, with Acc.: alongside of I write world, universe, humankind cosmo-logy, cosmic as, even as indeed, on the one hand hand, arm, power 194 194 194 194 194 191 186 182 178 177 Set 11 eu[ri<skw a@ggeloj, -ou, o[ o@xloj, -ou, o[ a[marti<a, -aj, h[ e@rgon, -ou, to< a@n do<ca, -hj, h[ po<lij, -ewj, h[ basilei<a, -aj, h[ e@qnoj, -ou, to< I find 176 heuristic angel, messenger 175 angel crowd, multitude 175 sin 173 harmarti-ology (study of sin) work, deed 169 ergo-nomics (study of work equipment design) untranslated contingency particle 166 glory 166 dox-ology city 163 Indiana-polis kingdom 162 basilica nation, heathen/Gentiles (pl.) 162 Set 12 to<te e]sqi<w Pau?loj, -ou, o[ kardi<a, -aj, h[ Pe<troj, -ou, o[ prw<toj, -h, -on xa<rij, -itoj, h[ a@lloj, -h, -on poreu<omai i!sthmi then, at that time I eat Paul heart, mind Peter first, earlier proto-type grace, favor other, another alle-gory I go, live I stand, set 160 158 158 156 156 155 155 154 153 153 409 Vocabulary Builder Set 13 u[pe<r u[pe<r kale<w nu?n sa<rc, sarko<j, h[ e!wj e!wj e]gei<rw profh<thj, -ou, o[ o!stij, h!tij, o! ti in behalf of, for (Gen.) above (Acc.) hyper-active I call, invite now flesh sarco-phagus until (Conj.) until, as far as (Impr Prep) I raise up, restore, wake prophet whoever, whatever, whichever 150 150 148 147 147 146 146 144 144 144 Set 14 a]gapa<w a]fi<hmi ou]de< lao<j, -ou?, o[ sw?ma, -atoj, to< pa<lin za<w ]Ieroso<luma, ta< / h[ fwnh<, -h?j, h[ du<o I love 143 I permit, let go, forgive 143 and not, not even, neither, nor 143 people, crowd 142 laity body 142 somatic again 141 palimpsest (written again manuscript) I live 140 Jerusalem 139 sound, voice, noise 139 phono-graph, phon-etics two 135 dual, dualism Set 15 zwh<, -h?j, h[ ]Iwa<nnhj, -ou, o[ a]poste<llw ble<pw a]mh<n nekro<j, -a<, -o<n su<n dou?loj, -ou, o[ o!tan ai]w<n, -w?noj, o[ life zoology John I send, send out I see, look at truly, amen, let it be so dead; dead person (subst.) necro-polis (city of the dead) with (Dat.) syn-chronize servant, slave whenever age, eternity aeon 135 135 132 132 129 128 128 124 123 122 410 Vocabulary Builder Set 16 a]rxiereu<j, -e<wj, o[ ba<llw qa<natoj, -ou, o[ du<namij, -ewj, o[ paradi<dwmi me<nw a]pe<rxomai zhte<w a]ga<ph, -hj, h[ basileu<j, -e<wj, o[ high priest, chief priest I throw, put ballistics death thanato-logy (study of death) power, miracle dynamite I hand over, betray, entrust I remain, stay, live I depart I seek, desire, request love king 122 122 church, congregation, assembly ecclesi-ology (study of the church) one's own, belonging to one idio-syncrasy, idiomatic I judge, decide critic only, alone monologue, monopoly house I see pan-orama (see all) I die as great as, as many as truth I am about to 114 120 119 119 118 117 117 116 115 Set 17 e]kklhsi<a, -aj, h[ i@dioj, -a, -on kri<nw mo<noj, -h, -on oi#koj, -ou, o[ o[ra<w a]poqn^<skw o!soj, -h, -on a]lh<qeia, -aj, h[ me<llw 114 114 114 114 113 111 110 109 109 Set 18 o!loj, -h, -on parakale<w a]ni<sthmi s&<zw w!ra, -aj, h[ yuxh<, -h?j, h[ o!te a]gaqo<j, -h<, -o<n e]cousi<a, -aj, h[ kalo<j, -h<, -o<n Adj.: whole; Adv.: entirely holo-caust I call, urge, exhort, console I raise, cause to rise I save, rescue hour, time soul, person, self psych-ology when, while good authority, power, jurisdiction good 109 109 108 106 106 109 103 102 102 102 411 Vocabulary Builder kaleidoscope (see beautiful) Set 19 pw?j ai@rw dei? o[do<j, -ou?, h[ a]llh<lwn o]fqalmo<j, -ou?, o[ ti<qhmi te<knon, -ou, to< e!teroj, -a, -on farisai?oj, -ou, o[ how? I take up, take away, raise it is necessary, way, road, journey one another eye, sight ophthalmo-logy I put, place, set antithesis (set against) child, descendant other, another heterosexual Pharisee 102 101 101 101 100 100 100 99 98 98 Set 20 ai$ma, -atoj, to< a@rtoj, -ou, o[ genna<w dida<skw e]kei? peripate<w fobe<omai e]nw<pion to<poj, -ou, o[ e@ti blood anaemia bread, food I give birth to, produce generation I teach didactic there I walk, live peripatetics I fear phobia Gen.: before place topography still, yet, even 97 97 97 97 95 95 95 94 94 93 Set 21 oi]ki<a, -aj, h[ pou<j, podo<j, o[ dikaiosu<nh, -hj, h[ ei]rh<nh, -hj, h[ qa<lassa, -hj, h[ ka<qhmai a]kolouqe<w a]po<llumi mhdei<j, mhdemi<a, mhde<n pi<ptw house foot podium, monopod righteousness, justice peace sea I sit, live I follow, accompany I destroy, ruin; I die (Mid.) no one, nobody, nothing I fall 93 93 92 92 91 91 90 90 90 90 412 Vocabulary Builder Set 22 e[pta< plhro<w prose<rxomai kairo<j, -ou?, o[ proseu<xomai ka]gw< mh<thr, mhtro<j, h[ w!ste seven heptagon (seven sided figure) and not, neither, nor I rule; begin (usually Mid.) archbishop I fill, finish, fulfill I come to, I go to time (appointed), season I pray and I, I also mother therefore, so that, in order that 86 86 85 85 84 83 83 a]nabai<nw e!kastoj, -h, -on o!pou e]kba<llw katabai<nw ma?llon a]po<stoloj, -ou, o[ Mwu*sh?j, -ewj, o[ di<kaioj, -a, -on pe<mpw I go up, ascend each, every where, since I cast out I go down, descend more, rather apostle, messenger Moses righteous, just, upright I send 82 82 82 81 81 81 80 80 79 79 u[pa<gw ponhro<j, -a<, -o<n sto<ma, -atoj, to< I go away, go, depart evil, bad, sick mouth stomach I open I baptize baptize sign, miracle my, mine good news, gospel Evangelical I testify, bear witness martyr face, appearance, person 79 78 78 ou@te a@rxw 88 87 86 Set 23 Set 24 a]noi<gw bapti<zw shmei?on, -ou, to< e]mo<j, -h<, -o<n eu]agge<lion, -ou, to< marture<w pro<swpon, -ou, to< 77 77 77 76 76 76 76 413 Vocabulary Builder Set 25 u!dwr, -atoj, to< dw<deka kefalh<, -h?j, h[ Si<mwn, -wnoj, o[ a]poktei<nw xai<rw ]Abraa<m, o[ pi<nw fw?j, fwto<j, to< ai]w<nioj, -a, -on water twelve head Simon I kill I rejoice Abraham I drink light photo-graphy eternal aeon 76 75 75 75 74 74 73 73 73 temple hierarchy fire I ask I keep, guard I lead, bring, arrest three tri-angle Israel word, saying, thing rhetoric Sabbath commandment, order 71 71 Set 26 i[ero<n, -ou?, to< pu?r, -o<j, to< ai]te<w thre<w a@gw trei?j, tri<a ]Israh<l, o[ r[h?ma, -atoj, to< sa<bbaton, -ou, to< e]ntolh<, -h?j, h[ 71 70 70 69 69 68 68 68 67 Set 27 pisto<j, -h<, -o<n ploi?on, -ou, to< a]polu<w karpo<j, -ou?, o[ presbu<teroj, -a, -on fe<rw fhmi< ei@te grammateu<j, -e<wj, o[ daimo<nion, -ou, to< faithful, trusting boat I release, divorce fruit, crop elder presbyterian I bear, carry, endure Christo-pher (bearing Christ) I say if, whether scribe grammar demon, evil spirit 67 67 66 66 66 66 66 65 63 63 414 Vocabulary Builder Set 28 e@cw h@dh Adv.: without 63 Prep.: outside I ask, request 63 mountain, hill 63 I think, suppose, seem 62 Docetism (Christ merely seemed human) will, wish, desire 62 throne 62 throne beloved 61 Galilee 61 I praise, glorify 61 doxo-logy now, already 61 khru<ssw nuc, nukto<j, h[ w$de i[ma<tion, -ou, to< proskune<w u[pa<rxw a]spa<zomai Daui<d, o[ dida<skaloj, -ou, o[ eu]qu<j I proclaim, preach night here, hither garment I worship I am, exist I greet, salute David teacher immediately 61 61 61 60 60 60 59 59 59 59 li<qoj, -ou, o[ suna<gw stone I gather together, invite synagogue joy, delight I look at, see theory middle Meso-potamia (middle of the rivers) such, such as this I take, receive I ask, question but not, nor, not even synagogue 59 59 e]rwta<w o@roj, -ouj, to< doke<w qe<lhma, -atoj, to< qro<noj, -ou, o[ a]gaphto<j, -h<, -o<n Galilai<a, -aj, h[ doca<zw Set 29 Set 30 xara<, -a?j, h[ qewre<w me<soj, -h, -on toiou?toj, -au<th, -ou?ton de<xomai e]perwta<w mhde< sunagwgh<, -h?j, h[ 59 58 58 57 56 56 56 56 415 Vocabulary Builder Set 31 tri<toj, -h, -on a]rxh<, -h?j, h[ kra<zw loipo<j, -h<, -o<n Pila?toj, -ou, o[ decio<j, -a<, -o<n eu]aggeli<zw ou]xi< xro<noj, -ou, o[ dio< third beginning, ruler archaic I cry out remaining (Adj.); the rest (Noun) Pilate right (hand) I proclaim, preach good news evangelize not, no (question implies "yes") time chrono-logy therefore, for this reason 56 55 55 55 55 54 54 54 54 53 Set 32 e]lpi<j, -i<doj, h[ o!pwj e]paggeli<a, -aj, h[ e@sxatoj, -h, -on padi<on, -ou, to< pei<qw spei<rw sofi<a, -aj, h[ glw?ssa, -hj, h[ grafh<, -h?j, h[ hope 53 how, that, in order that 53 promise 52 last, end 52 eschato-logy (study of the end times) child, infant 52 I persuade, convince 52 I sow (seed) 52 wisdom 51 philo-sophy (love of wisdom) language, tongue 50 glosso-lalia (speaking in tongues) writing, Scripture 50 graphics Set 33 kako<j, -h<, -o<n maka<rioj, -a, -on parabolh<, -h?j, h[ tuflo<j, -h<, -o<n a@ra a@xri, a@xrij a@xri, a@xrij e@toj, -ouj, to< paralamba<nw fanero<w bad, evil 50 caco-phany blessed, happy, fortunate 50 (macarism is a beatitude or blessing) parable 50 blind person 50 so, then, therefore 49 Gen.: as far as 49 Conj.: until 49 year 49 I take, receive, accept 49 I reveal, make known 49 416 Vocabulary Builder Set 34 xrei<a, -aj, h[ a]podi<dwmi e@mprosqen e@rhmoj, -on pou? a[martwlo<j, -on krate<w kri<sij, -ewj, h[ ou]ke<ti pro< a need, I give back, pay Gen.: in front of, before Adj.: deserted; Noun: desert hermit where? whither? Adj.: sinful; Noun: sinner I grasp, attain judgment, condemnation crisis no longer Gen.: before pro-gress 49 48 48 48 48 47 47 47 47 47 Set 35 prosfe<rw fo<boj, -ou, o[ fulakh<, -h?j, h[ qhri<on, -ou, to< kaqi<zw mikro<j, -a<, -o<n ou]ai< stauro<w swthri<a, -aj, h[ a]pagge<llw I bring to, offer fear, terror phobia a guard, prison wild beast I seat, sit cathedral small, little micro-biology woe, alas I crucify salvation soteriology (study of salvation) I announce, report 47 47 47 46 46 46 46 46 46 45 Set 36 diw<kw qli?yij, -ewj, h[ nao<j, -ou?, o[ o!moioj, -a, -on e]piginw<skw ]Iou<daj, -a, o[ katoike<w a[marta<nw genea<, -a?j, h[ deu<teroj, -a, -on I pursue, persecute 45 trouble, oppression 45 temple 45 like, similar 45 homonym (sounds the same: their/there) I come to know, recognize 44 Judas, Judah 44 I live, dwell, inhabit 44 I sin 43 generation, family, race 43 genea-logy second 43 Deuteronomy (second law) 417 Vocabulary Builder Set 37 de<w die<rxomai [Hr&<dhj, -ou, o[ qauma<zw qerapeu<w ]Ioudai<a, -aj, h[ seautou?, -h?j spe<rma, -atoj, to< fwne<w a]na<stasij, -ewj, h[ I tie, bind dia-dem I pass through Herod I wonder, marvel I heal therapeutic Judea of yourself seed sperm I call phono-graph resurrection 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 43 42 Set 38 e]ggi<zw ]Ia<kwboj, -ou, o[ kaino<j, -h<, -o<n lu<w me<roj, -ouj, to< pa<sxw a@cioj, -a, -on e]rga<zomai eu]loge<w pa<ntote I come near James new I loose, destroy part I suffer, endure worthy, comparable axiom I work energy I bless eulogy always 42 42 42 42 42 42 41 41 41 41 Set 39 pari<sthmi sh<meron te<ssarej, -a timh<, -h?j, h[ xwri<j e[toima<zw klai<w logi<zomai mise<w mnhmei?on, -ou, to< I am present, approach, stand by today four honor, price Timothy (honoring God) without, apart from I prepare I weep I calculate, account, reckon logistics I hate misogamy (hatred of marriage) tomb, monument 41 41 41 41 41 40 40 40 40 40 418 Vocabulary Builder Set 40 oi]kodome<w o]li<goj, -h, -on te<loj, -ouj, to< a!ptw dikaio<w e]piti<qhmi qu<ra, -aj, h[ i[kano<j, -h<, -o<n perisseu<w plana<w I build, edify, erect small, few oligarchy (rule by the few) end, goal tele-scope I touch haptic I justify, pronounce righteous I lay upon, inflict upon door sufficient, able, considerable I abound, am rich I lead astray, misguide planet (wandering heavenly body) 40 40 40 39 39 39 39 39 39 39 Set 41 pra<ssw pro<baton, -ou, to< e]piqumi<a, -aj, h[ eu]xariste<w peira<zw pe<nte u[pota<ssw a@rxwn, -ontoj, o[ bou<lomai dia<boloj, -on I do, perform praxis sheep desire, passion I give thanks Eucharist I test, tempt five penta-gon I subject, subordinate ruler mon-arch I wish, want, determine Adj.: slanderous; Noun: Devil 39 39 38 38 38 38 38 37 37 37 Set 42 diakone<w e]mautou?, -h?j kauxa<omai marturi<a, -aj, h[ paragi<nomai a]gro<j, -ou?, o[ a@rti e]pistre<fw eu]qe<wj kalw?j I serve, minister, wait upon deacon of myself I boast witness, testimony I come, arrive field, country now, just now, immediately I turn to, return immediately well, beautifully 37 37 37 37 37 36 36 36 36 36 419 Vocabulary Builder Set 43 o]rgh<, -h?j, h[ ou#j, w]to<j, to< peritomh<, -h?j, h[ proseuxh<, -h?j, h[ satana?j, -a?, o[ Fi<lippoj, -ou, o[ w!sper ]Iwsh<f, o[ ma<rtuj, -uroj, o[ o]pi<sw anger ear circumcision prayer satan Philip just as, even as Joseph witness, martyr behind, after 36 36 36 36 36 36 36 35 35 35 o]fei<lw u[postre<fw a!paj, -asa, -an bibli<on, -ou, to< 35 35 34 34 34 34 me<loj, -ouj, to< metanoe<w mh<te oi#noj, -ou, o[ I owe, ought I return, turn back all book, scroll Bible I blaspheme, revile service, ministry deacon member, part I repent, change my mind neither, and not, nor wine ptwxo<j, -h<, -o<n a]rne<omai a]sqene<w dei<knumi diaqh<kh, -hj, h[ e]kporeu<omai nai< poi?oj, -a, -on a]ka<qartoj, -on a]naginw<skw poor I deny, refuse I am weak, sick, powerless I show, explain covenant, decree I go out yes, truly of what sort, what? which? unclean, impure I read, read aloud 34 33 33 33 33 33 33 33 32 32 Set 44 blasfhme<w diakoni<a, -aj, h[ 34 34 34 34 Set 45 420 Vocabulary Builder Set 46 dunato<j, -h<, -o<n e]xqro<j, -a<, -o<n paragge<llw u[pomonh<, -h?j, h[ h!lioj, -ou, o[ a@nemoj, -ou, o[ e]ggu<j e]lpi<zw e@cesti i[ereu<j, -e<wj, o[ powerful, strong dynamite Adj.: hostile, Noun: enemy I command, order, charge patience, endurance sun wind near I hope it is lawful priest 32 32 32 32 32 31 31 31 31 31 Set 47 kaqari<zw parrhsi<a, -aj, h[ plh?qoj, -ouj, to< plh<n poth<rion, -ou, to< sko<toj, -ouj, to< fai<nw fula<ssw fulh<, -h?j, h[ a]gora<zw I cleanse, purify catharize boldness, confidence multitude Adv.: but, however; Prep: except cup darkness I shine, appear I guard, protect tribe, nation phylum (large class of animals) I buy agora (market) 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 31 30 Set 48 a]rni<on, -ou, to< didaxh<, -h?j, h[ e]pikale<w o[moi<wj sunei<dhsij, -ewj, h[ sune<rxomai gnw?sij, -ewj, h[ dia<konoj, -ou, o[, h[ e]lee<w e]pitima<w lamb teaching didactic I call, name; Mid. invoke likewise, so conscience I come together knowledge, wisdom gnostics servant, deacon I have mercy I rebuke, warn 30 30 30 30 30 30 29 29 29 29 421 Vocabulary Builder Set 49 ]Hli<aj, -ou, o[ i@de i]sxuro<j, -a<, -o<n Kai?sar, -aroj, o[ ma<xaira, -hj, h[ misqo<j, -ou?, o[ para<klhsij, -ewj, h[ pare<rxomai pa<sxa, to< po<qen Elijah look, behold strong, mighty Caesar sword wages, reward exhortation, consolation I pass by, pass away, arrive Passover from where? 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 29 pote< proskale<omai skandali<zw at some time, once, ever I summon, invite, call I cause to stumble, cause to sin scandalize I flee, escape fugitive beloved, friend biblio-phile (loves books) I consecrate, make holy, sanctify I wrong, do wrong true Barnabas I marry mono-gamy 29 29 29 Set 50 feu<gw fi<loj, -h, -on a[gia<zw a]dike<w a]lhqino<j, -h<, -o<n Barnaba?j, -a?, o[ game<w 29 29 28 28 28 28 28 Set 51 h[ge<omai quga<thr, -tro<j, h[ qusi<a, -aj, h[ i]sxu<w musth<rion, -ou, to< nika<w plou<sioj, -a, -on profhteu<w tele<w xw<ra, -aj, h[ I lead, guide, think, regard daughter, girl sacrifice, offering I am strong, able, healthy mystery, secret mystery I conquer, win Nicho-las (conquer people) rich I prophesy, preach I finish, complete, fulfill country, region 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 28 422 Vocabulary Builder Set 52 basta<zw e]kei?qen e]kxe<w e@leoj, -ouj, to< e]ndu<w ]Iakw<b, o[ kaqaro<j, -a<, -o<n katarge<w kri<ma, -atoj, to< kw<mh, -hj, h[ I bear, carry from that place I pour out, shed mercy I put on, clothe, dress Jacob clean, pure catharsis I abolish, bring to naught judgment, decision village 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 27 Set 53 Mari<a, -aj, h[ Maria<m, h[ po<soj, -h, -on so<j, sh<, so<n stauro<j, -ou?, o[ a]delfh<, -h?j, h[ a]lhqh<j, -e<j a]pokalu<ptw 27 27 27 27 27 26 26 26 a]sqenh<j, -e<j e!neka Mary Mariam how great? how much? your, yours (singular) cross sister true, honest I reveal, uncover apocalypse weak, sick, powerless on account of e]pei< h!kw i]a<omai lupe<w o]mnu<w o[mologe<w ou@pw pneumatiko<j, -h<, o<n stratiw<thj, -ou, o[ suni<hmi because, since, for I have come I heal I grieve I swear I confess, promise not yet spiritual soldier I understand 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 26 Set 54 423 Vocabulary Builder Set 55 frone<w xh<ra, -aj, h[ a]diki<a, -aj, h[ Ai@guptoj, -ou, h[ a]nable<pw ge< gnwri<zw de<ka de<ndron, -ou, to< douleu<w I think widow unrighteousness, injustice Egypt I look up, receive sight indeed, really, even I make known, reveal ten deca-polis (ten city region) tree rhodo-dendron (rose tree) I serve, obey 26 26 25 25 25 25 25 25 Greek, Gentile, heathen feast I order, command white I learn mathematics lest, that not, perhaps cloud immorality, fornication pronography I love, like report, hearing 25 25 25 25 25 I take away, kill weakness, sickness star asteroid letter, epistle I leave, abandon I lie, recline, am laid mind, intellect noetic where child, boy, girl I have arrived, am present 24 24 24 25 25 Set 56 !Ellhn, -hnoj, o[ e[orth<, -h?j, h[ keleu<w leuko<j, -h<, -o<n manqa<nw mh<pote nefe<lh, -hj, h[ pornei<a, -aj, h[ file<w a]koh<, -h?j, h[ 25 25 25 25 24 Set 57 a]naire<w a]sqe<neia, -aj, h[ a]sth<r, -e<roj, o[ e]pistolh<, -h?j, h[ katalei<pw kei?mai nou?j, noo<j, o[ ou$ pai?j, paido<j, o[, h[ pa<reimi 24 24 24 24 24 24 24 424 Vocabulary Builder Set 58 parousi<a, -aj, h[ pi<mplhmi prose<xw swth<r, -h?roj, o[ Timo<qeoj, -ou, o[ a]pelw<n, -w?noj, o[ a]na<gw a@pistoj, -on au]ca<nw dio<ti presence, arrival, coming I fill I attend to, pay attention to Savior soteriology (study of salvation) Timothy vineyard I lead up, Mid.: set sail unbelieving, faithless I grow, increase because, therefore 24 24 24 24 24 23 23 23 23 23 Set 59 ei]kw<n, -o<noj, h[ e]leu<qeroj, -a, -on z&?on, -ou, to< qusiasth<rion, -ou, to< kathgore<w kopia<w kwlu<w mimn^<skw ne<oj, -a, -on peina<w image, likeness icon free animal, living thing zoology altar I accuse categorize I labor, work hard I forbid, hinder I remember mnemonics new, young I hunger 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 23 Set 60 pe<ran periba<llw skeu?oj, -ouj, to< teleio<w xari<zomai xilia<j, -a<doj, h[ a]gnoe<w a]nti< grhgore<w de<omai Gen.: beyond I clothe, put around vessel, object; goods (pl.) I fulfill, make perfect I forgive, give freely a thousand I do not know agnostic Gen.: instead of, for anti-thesis I watch, keep awake I ask, beg, pray 23 23 23 23 23 23 22 22 22 22 425 Vocabulary Builder Set 61 dokima<zw e]kle<gomai e]klekto<j, -h<, -o<n ]Hsai~aj, -ou, o[ qea<omai kaqeu<dw ka]kei?noj, -h, -o katerga<zomai koili<a, -aj, h[ Makedoni<a, -aj, h[ I prove by testing, approve I pick out, choose eclectic chosen, elect, select Isaiah I see, look at theatre I sleep and that one I work out, achieve belly, womb Macedonia 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 Set 62 meta<noia, -aj, h[ mhke<ti plhgh<, -h?j, h[ plou?toj, -ou, o[ pwle<w sune<drion, -ou, to< tessera<konta basileu<w didaskali<a, -aj, h[ e]nerge<w repentance no longer plague, blow, wound wealth Pluto I sell Sanhedrin, council forty I rule, reign teaching, instruction I work, produce energy 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 21 21 21 Set 63 eu]doke<w e]fi<sthmi qeri<zw kaqi<sthmi latreu<w mnhmoneu<w peirasmo<j, -ou?, o[ stre<fw telw<nhj, -ou, o[ tima<w I am pleased with I stand over, come upon, attack I reap, harvest I set, appoint I serve, worship ido-latry I remember mnemonics temptation, test I turn, change tax collector I honor Timothy (honoring God) 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 21 426 Vocabulary Builder Set 64 u[pakou<w xili<arxoj, -ou, o[ w[sei< ai]ti<a, -aj, h[ a]krobusti<a, -aj, h[ a]rgu<rion, -ou, to< ge<noj, -ouj, to< goneu<j, -e<wj, o[ e[katonta<rxhj, -ou, o[ e]pi<gnwsij, -ewj, h[ I obey, follow military tribune over 1000 as, like, about cause, accusation uncircumcision, Gentiles silver, money race, family genus parent centurion, captain knowledge 21 21 21 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Set 65 h[gemw<n, -o<noj, o[ governor, leader hegemony ]Isaa<k, o[ Isaac i]xqu<j, -u<oj, o[ fish nhsteu<w I fast nuni< now cu<lon, -ou, to< wood, tree proa<gw I lead forth, go before skhnh<, -h?j, h[ tent, tabernacle sofo<j, -h<, -o<n wise soph-more (wise fool) tosou?toj, -au<th, -ou?ton so great, so much 20 20 tre<xw u[phre<thj, -ou, o[ u[yo<w a]pe<xw ba<ptisma, -atoj, to< gewrgo<j, -ou?, o[ diakri<nw dw?ron, -ou, to< 20 20 20 19 19 19 19 19 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Set 66 e]pai<rw e]pa<nw I run servant, assistant I lift up, exalt I have received, am distant baptism farmer I judge, discriminate gift Doro-thy (gift of God) I lift up Adv.: above, Prep.: over 19 19 427 Vocabulary Builder Set 67 e]pilamba<nomai I take hold of, catch, arrest e]poura<nioj, -ion heavenly koinwni<a, -aj, h[ fellowship krei<sswn / kreittwn, -on better krith<j, -ou?, o[ judge critic kti<sij, -ewj, h[ creation, creature martu<rion, -ou, to< testimony, witness, proof merimna<w I am anxious, distracted palaio<j, -a<, -o<n old Paleo-lithic (old stone age) para<ptwma, -atoj, to< trespass, sin 19 19 19 19 19 19 parati<qhmi po<te profhtei<a, -aj, h[ te<leioj, -a, -on a]lhqw?j ]Antio<xeia, -aj, h[ a]poka<luyij, -ewj, h[ 19 19 19 19 18 18 18 19 19 19 19 Set 68 ]Asi<a, -aj, h[ I set before when? prophecy complete, perfect truly Antioch revelation apocalypse destruction number arithmetic Asia (province in west Turkey) blasfhmi<a, -aj, h[ de<hsij, -ewj, h[ desmo<j, -ou?, o[ ei]sporeu<omai e]piba<llw e]pitre<pw qumo<j, -ou?, o[ katagge<llw katakri<nw keno<j, -h<, -o<n blasphemy, slander entreaty, petition fetter, bond I enter, go in I lay on, put on I permit wrath, anger I proclaim I condemn empty, vain a]pw<leia, -aj, h[ a]riqmo<j, -ou?, o[ 18 18 18 Set 69 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 428 Vocabulary Builder Set 70 klhronome<w koima<omai ko<poj, -ou, o[ kru<ptw mh<n, mhno<j, o[ oi]kodomh<, -h?j, h[ paraxrh?ma poimh<n, -e<noj, o[ po<lemoj, -ou, o[ polla<kij I inherit I sleep labor, trouble I conceal, hide cryptic Particle: indeed; Noun: month building, edification immediately shepherd war, conflict polemics often, frequently 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 18 Set 71 prosti<qhmi pulw<n, -w?noj, o[ ste<fanoj, -ou, o[ taxu< ti<ktw fanero<j, -a<, -o<n xrusou?j, -h?, -ou?n a]na<gkh, -hj, h[ a]re<skw a@fesij, -ewj, h[ I add to, increase gateway, entrance, vestibule crown, wreath Stephen quickly, at once, soon I give birth to, bear manifest, visible golden necessity I please pardon, remission 18 18 18 food, one hundred I convict, reprove, expose I amaze, am amazed, confuse tomorrow ready, prepared treasure, storehouse thesaurus horse hippo-potamus (river horse) Caesarea and if 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 18 18 18 18 17 17 17 Set 72 brw?ma, -atoj, to< e[kato<n e]le<gxw e]ci<sthmi e]pau<rion e!toimoj, -h, -on qhsauro<j, -ou?, o[ i!ppoj, -ou, o[ Kaisa<reia, -aj, h[ ka@n 17 17 17 429 Vocabulary Builder Set 73 katalu<w kate<xw kerdai<nw krupto<j, -h<, -o<n me<xri mh<ti ni<ptw perite<mnw plh<rwma, -atoj, to< plhsi<on I destroy, I lodge 17 I hold back, suppress, hold fast 17 I gain, profit 17 hidden 17 cryptic Conj.: until; Prep.: as far as 17 (used for questions with negative answer) 17 I wash 17 I circumcize 17 fullness 17 Noun: neighbor; Prep: near 17 Set 74 potamo<j, -ou?, o[ r[i<za, -hj, h[ r[u<omai tara<ssw u[pokrith<j, -ou?, o[ u[pome<nw xa<risma, -atoj, to< w# w[sau<twj a]qete<w river hippo-potamus root, source I rescue, deliver I trouble, disturb hypocrite I remain, endure gift, favor O! likewise, similarly I reject, nullify 17 I examine, question, judge marriage, wedding mono-gamy supper prisoner denarius, (silver coin) I debate, reason dialogue I command, order I thirst I stretch out extend I embark, step in 16 16 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 17 16 Set 75 a]nakri<nw ga<moj, -ou, o[ dei?pnon, -ou, to< de<smioj, -ou, o[ dhna<rion, -ou, to< dialogi<zomai diata<ssw diya<w e]ktei<nw e]mbai<nw 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 430 Vocabulary Builder Set 76 e@peita e]piqume<w e]pime<nw e]rga<thj, -ou, o[ eu]logi<a, -aj, h[ then I desire I continue, persist workman blessing, praise eulogy Ephesus zeal, jealousy badly I come down, go down Capernaum 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 16 pare<xw plh<rhj, -ej prosdoka<w skoti<a, -aj, h[ I shut, lock thief grief, pain bridegroom never suffering pathological, apathy I offer, afford full I wait for, expect darkness sukh?, -h?j, h[ sullamba<nw suni<sthmi sfragi<j, -i?doj, h[ te<raj, -atoj, to< tolma<w trofh<, -h?j, h[ u[stere<w xorta<zw a]ne<xw fig tree 16 I seize, conceive, arrest 16 Trans.: I commend, Intrans.: stand with 16 seal 16 wonder, omen 16 I dare 16 food 16 I lack, miss 16 I eat to the full, am satisfied 16 I endure 15 @Efesoj, -ou, h[ zh?loj, -ou, o[ kakw?j kate<rxomai Kafarnaou<m, h[ 16 16 16 16 16 Set 77 klei<w kle<pthj, -ou, o[ lu<ph, -hj, h[ numfi<oj, -ou, o[ ou]de<pote pa<qhma, -atoj, to< 16 16 16 16 Set 78 431 Vocabulary Builder Set 79 a]nomi<a, -aj, h[ a]pa<gw geu<omai gnwsto<j, -h<, -o<n gumno<j, -h<, -o<n Damasko<j, -ou?, h[ de<rw diamartu<romai ei#ta e]lai<a, -aj, h[ lawlessness I lead away I taste, eat known naked gymnasium Damascus I beat I warn, testify solemnly then, next olive tree 15 15 15 15 15 I command I promise, announce piety, godliness thanksgiving Eucharist hair Jordan I overtake, catch, seize heir I create, make Lazarus 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 Set 80 e]nte<llomai e]pagge<llomai eu]se<beia, -aj, h[ eu]xaristi<aj, -aj, h[ qri<c, trixo<j, h[ ]Iorda<nhj, -ou, o[ katalamba<nw klhrono<moj, -ou, o[ kti<zw La<zaroj, -ou, o[ 15 15 15 15 15 15 Set 81 l^sth<j, -ou?, o[ moixeu<w nh<pioj, -a, -on nomi<zw chrai<nw o!qen oi]koume<nh, -hj, h[ o[moio<w o@yioj, -a, -on parqe<noj, -ou, o,[ h[ robber I commit adultery infant, child I suppose, think I dry up, wither whence, from where world ecumenical I make like, liken, compare late, evening virgin 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 432 Vocabulary Builder Set 82 pau<w pe<tra, -aj, h[ poti<zw pw<j r[abbi<, o[ saleu<w Sau?loj, -ou, o[ ska<ndalon, -ou, to< sumfe<rw sfragi<zw I cease, stop rock I give to drink, water at all, somehow master, rabbi I shake Saul cause of stumbling, trap, temptation I bring together I seal, mark 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 15 taxe<wj tra<peza, -hj, h[ tu<poj, -ou, o[ quickly table mark, image, example type obedience grass, hay I profit, benefit thorn another's, strange both I announce, report 15 15 15 Set 83 u[pakoh<, -h?j, h[ xo<rtoj, -ou, o[ w]fele<w a@kanqa, -hj, h[ a]llo<trioj, -a, -on a]mfo<teroi, -ai, -a a]nagge<llw 15 15 15 14 14 14 14 Set 84 a]na<keimai a]naxwre<w a]nqi<sthmi a!pac a]peiqe<w a[rpa<zw a]teni<zw au@rion a]fi<sthmi gra<mma, -atoj, to< I recline (at table) 14 I depart 14 I resist, oppose 14 once, once for all 14 hapax legomena (word used only once) I disbelieve, disobey 14 I seize 14 harpoon I look intently, gaze upon 14 tomorrow 14 I withdraw, depart 14 letter (of the alphabet), writings 14 433 Vocabulary Builder Set 85 dialogismo<j, -ou?, o[ e]la<xistoj, -h, -on e]niauto<j, -ou?, o[ e]pi<stamai eu]frai<nw qu<w katanoe<w katesqi<w kla<w klhronomi<a, -aj, h[ reasoning, questioning dialogue least, smallest year I understand epistemology I rejoice I sacrifice, kill I observe, notice, consider I eat up, devour I break icono-clast (breaks icons) inheritance 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 Set 86 koino<j, -h<, -o<n koino<w kwfo<j, -h<, -o<n lu<xnoj, -ou, o[ makro<qen makroqumi<a, -aj, h[ meri<zw me<tron, -ou, to< mu<ron, -ou, to< noe<w common, unclean I make common, defile deaf, dumb lamp from afar, afar patience, steadfastness I divide, separate measure, quantity meter ointment, perfume I understand noetic 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 strange, foreign, alien xeno-phobia such as, as snake bird I receive, wait for Sadducee earthquake seismograph wheat, grain talent (Greek large unit of money) I humble 14 14 14 Set 87 ce<noj, -h, -on oi$oj, -a, -on o@fij, -ewj, o[ peteino<n, -ou?, to< prosde<xomai Saddoukai?oj, -ou, o[ seismo<j, -ou?, o[ si?toj, -ou, o[ ta<lanton, -ou, to< tapeino<w 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 14 434 Vocabulary Builder Set 88 fro<nimoj, -on fu<sij, -ewj, h[ xwlo<j, -h<, -o<n a]na< a]nalamba<nw a]nastrofh<, -h?j, h[ ]Andre<aj, -ou, o[ a@nwqen daimoni<zomai diale<gomai prudent, wise nature physics lame, crippled upwards, up; each (with numerals) I take up conduct, behavior Andrew from above, again I am possessed by a demon demonize I dispute dialectics 14 14 I differ, carry through dragon, serpent I am astonished, amazed alms, kind deed I mock six hexa-gon I send forth from without I search for yeast, leaven 13 13 13 13 13 13 14 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 Set 89 diafe<rw dra<kwn, -ontoj, o[ e]kplh<ssw e]lehmosu<nh, -hj, h[ e]mpai<zw e!c e]caposte<llw e@cwqen e]pizhte<w zu<mh, -hj, h[ 13 13 13 13 Set 90 qerismo<j, -ou?, o[ kaqa<per kapno<j, -ou?, o[ kataisxu<nw katanta<w katarti<zw kle<ptw Ma<rqa, -aj, h[ Nazwrai?oj, -ou, o[ paideu<w harvest even as, as smoke I put to shame I come to, arrive mend, fit, perfect I steal clepto-mania Martha Nazarene, from Nazareth I teach, train, educate pedagogue 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 435 Vocabulary Builder Set 91 paidi<skh, -hj, h[ para<dosij, -ewj, h[ pri<n sthri<zw sunergo<j, -o<n ti<mioj, -a, -on Ti<toj, -ou, o[ tro<poj, -ou, o[ tu<ptw u!yistoj, -h, -on maid servant tradition before I establish, support fellow worker, helper precious, costly Titus manner, way trope in rhetoric I smite, hit highest 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 13 Fh?stoj, -ou, o[ xwri<zw a@dikoj, -on a]le<ktwr, -oroj, o[[ a]napau<w a]napi<ptw a]sko<j, -ou?, o[ au]lh<, -h?j, h[ Babulw<n, -w?noj, h[ baptisth<j, -ou?, o[ Festus I separate, depart unjust, dishonest rooster, cock I refresh, Mid.: take rest I recline wine-skin, leather bottle courtyard, palace Babylon baptist 13 13 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 basani<zw Bhqani<a, -aj, h[ bh?ma, -atoj, to< boa<w boulh<, -h?j, h[ bronth<, -h?j, h[ ge<enna, -hj, h[ go<nu, -atoj, to< deu?te dia<noia, -aj, h[ I torment Bethany judgment seat I cry aloud counsel, purpose thunder Gehenna, hell, Hinnom valley knee come! the mind, understanding 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Set 92 Set 93 436 Vocabulary Builder Set 94 di<ktuon, -ou, to< e@qoj, -ouj, to< e]mble<pw e]ca<gw e@swqen Zebedai?oj, -ou, o[ qeme<lioj, -ou, o[ kai<w ka<lamoj, -ou, o[ katakai<w fish net custom ethos I look at, consider I lead out, bring out from within, within Zebedee foundation I burn caustic reed, measuring rod I burn down, consume 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Set 95 kata<keimai kolla<w kra<toj, -ouj, to< li<an limo<j, -ou?, o[, h[ luxni<a, -aj, h[ Magdalhnh<, -h?j, h[ ma<lista metabai<nw mwro<j, -a<, -o<n I lie down, dine I unite, join power, might, rule demo-cracy greatly, exceedingly, very hunger, famine lampstand Magdalene especially, above all I depart, pass over foolish, fool moron 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Set 96 Nazare<q, Nazare<t o]dou<j, o]do<ntoj, o[ oi]kodespo<thj, -ou, o[ o!rama, -atoj, to< o!rion, -ou, to< perissote<rwj paraite<omai pia<zw plhqu<nw ploute<w Nazareth tooth householder, house master vision boundary, region horizon more abundantly I make excuse, refuse, reject I take, seize I multiply, increase I am rich, generous pluto-crat 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 437 Vocabulary Builder Set 97 po<rnh, -hj, h[ proei?pon pro<qesij, -ewj, h[ proslamba<nw prwi~ punqa<nomai pw?loj, -ou, o[ r[a<bdoj, -ou, h[ [Rwmai?oj, -a, -on salpi<zw prostitute pornography I foretell setting forth, plan, purpose I receive, accept early, in the morning I inquire, ask colt rod, scepter Roman I sound the trumpet 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Set 98 Sila?j, -a?, o[ Solomw<n, -w?noj, o[ splagxni<zomai spoudh<, -h?j, h[ sune<xw tri<j u!steroj, -a, -on fia<lh, -hj, h[ Silas Solomon I have compassion, pity haste, diligence I torment three times thrice I obtain, happen I am healthy hygiene later, afterwards cup, bowl 12 12 foneu<w xoi?roj, -ou, o[ xrusi<on, -ou, to< yeu<domai a]gallia<w a]gora<, -a?j, h[ ]Agri<ppaj, -a, o[ a!lusij, -ewj, h[ [Anani<aj, -ou, o[ a]natolh<, -h?j, h[ I kill, murder pig gold I lie I exult, am glad market place Agrippa chain Ananias east, dawn 12 12 12 12 11 11 11 11 11 11 tugxa<nw u[giai<nw 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 12 Set 99 438 Vocabulary Builder Set 100 a]ntile<gw a]parne<omai a]pisti<a, -aj, h[ a]rxai?oj, -aj, h[ a@frwn, -on Barabba?j, -a?, o[ brw?sij, -ewj, h[ Galilai?oj, -a, -on ge<mw diameri<zw Set 101 do<loj, -ou, o[ dwre<a, -a?j, h[ e]a<w ei@dwlon, -ou, to< ei@kosi ei]sa<gw e@laion, -ou, to< e]leuqeri<a, -aj, h[ e]ndei<knumi e]couqene<w Set 102 e@painoj, -ou, o[ e]paisxu<nomai e]pipi<ptw e]piske<ptomai Zaxari<aj, -ou, o[ zhlo<w z&opoie<w qanato<w qa<ptw Qwma?j, -a?, o[ I speak against, oppose I deny unbelief old, ancient archaic foolish, ignorant Barabbas eating, food, rust Galilean I fill I divide, distribute 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 guile, deceit gift I permit, let go image, idol twenty I lead in olive oil liberty, freedom I show forth, demonstrate I despise 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 praise I am ashamed I fall upon, come upon I visit, care for Zechariah I am zealous I make alive I put to death, kill thanatology I bury epi-taph Thomas 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 439 Vocabulary Builder Set 103 ]Iskariw<q, ]Iskariw<thj, kaki<a, -aj, h[ katabolh<, -h?j, h[ kataskeua<zw kau<xhma, -atoj, to< kau<xhsij, -ewj, h[ ke<raj, -atoj, to< kla<doj, -ou, o[ klh?roj, -ou, o[ klh?sij, -ewj, h[ Set 104 kra<battoj, -ou, o[ li<mnh, -hj, h[ metre<w neani<skoj, -ou, o[ no<soj, -ou, h[ o[moqumado<n phgh<, -h?j, h[ poimai<nw pra?gma, -atoj, to< prau~thj, -htoj, h[ Set 105 pro<teroj, -a, -on sa<lpigc, -iggoj, h[ Sama<reia, -aj, h[ spla<gnon, -ou, to< spouda<zw suggenh<j, -e<j sfo<dra sxi<zw teleuta<w tria<konta o[ Iscariot malice, evil foundation I prepare boasting, pride boasting, pride horn branch lot, portion call, calling 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 mattress, bed lake I measure, apportion youth, young person disease with one mind, together spring, fountain I shepherd, protect, rule deed, matter pragmatic gentleness, humility 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 former, before trumpet Samaria bowels, heart, compassion I hasten, am eager Adj.: kindred, Noun: a relative exceedingly, greatly I split, divide, tear schism I die thirty 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 440 Vocabulary Builder Set 106 Tu<roj, -ou, h[ u[gih<j, -e<j u[me<teroj, -a, -on u[poka<tw u[yhlo<j, -h<, -o<n futeu<w fwti<zw xei<rwn, -on xi<lioi, -ai, o[ xitw<n, -w?noj, o[ Set 107 xra<omai yeudoprofh<thj, -ou, o[ a[giasmo<j, -ou?, o[ %!dhj, -ou, o[ a]du<natoj, -on a]kaqarsi<a, -aj, h[ a!ma a]nafe<rw a]polamba<nw ]Apollw?j Set 108 a]pologe<omai a]polu<trwsij, -ewj, h[ a]se<lgeia, -aj, h[ a]spasmo<j, -ou?, o[ a]faire<w a]fori<zw ] xai~a, -aj, h[ A bi<bloj, -ou, o[ bi<oj, -ou, o[ da<kruon, -ou, to< Tyre healthy, whole your under, below high, exalted, proud I plant I give light, enlighten worse, more severe thousand chiliasm -- millenarianism tunic, shirt 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 11 I use, employ false prophet sanctification, holiness Hades (hell) powerless, incapable, impossible uncleanness, impurity at the same time, together I bring up, offer I take aside, receive Apollos 11 11 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 I defend myself apology redemption, release sensuality, licentiousness greeting I take away, cut off I separate aphorism (proverb) Achaia book Bible life bio-logy tear, weeping 10 11 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 441 Vocabulary Builder Set 109 despo<thj, -ou, o[ dikai<wma, -atoj, to< diwgmo<j, -ou?, o[ e]gkatalei<pw e]kko<ptw e]kpi<ptw e]mfani<zw e@natoj, -h, -on e@noxoj, -on e]nteu?qen Set 110 e!c e]comologe<w e]peidh< e]pita<ssw e]pitele<w qli<bw ]Io<pph, -hj, h[ i]sxu<j, -u<oj, h[ ka]kei? ka]kei?qen Set 111 klhto<j, -h<, -o<n koinwno<j, -ou?, o[, h[ komi<zw kosme<w makroqume<w me<lei ceni<zw o!de, h!de, to<de oi]kono<moj, -ou, o[ o]noma<zw master, lord despot regulation, righteous deed persecution I leave behind, forsake I cut out, cut off I fall away, fail I manifest, reveal ninth involved in, liable, guilty from here, from this six hexagon I confess, promise, admit since, because, when I order, command I complete, finish, perform I press, oppress Joppa strength, power and there and from there, and then called partner, sharer I receive I adorn, put in order I am patient it is a care I entertain, startle this (here) steward, manager I name onomasticon (list of proper names) 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 442 Vocabulary Builder Set 112 o]ntw<j o!rkoj, -ou, o[ pantokra<twr, -oroj, o[ para<gw paralutiko<j, -h<, -o<n parembolh<, -h?j, h[ pata<ssw penqe<w peristera<, -a?j, h[ pla<nh, -hj, h[ Set 113 platei?a, -aj, h[ pleoneci<a, -aj, h[ poiki<loj, -h, -on po<rnoj, -ou, o[ proskartere<w pu<lh, -hj, h[ se<bw siga<w siwpa<w sth<kw Set 114 strathgo<j, -ou, o[ suzhte<w su<ndouloj, -ou, o[ sfa<zw taxe<wj te<tartoj, -h, -on u[panta<w u[po<dhma, -atoj, to< fei<domai xrhsto<thj, -htoj, h[ really an oath ruler of all, Almighty I pass by lame, paralytic camp, army, fortress I strike, hit I grieve pigeon, dove wandering, error planet 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 street greediness, covetousness varied. diverse fornicator, immoral person I continue in/with gate, door I worship I am silent I am silent I stand, stand fast 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 commander, captain I discuss, dispute fellow slave I slay, murder quickly fourth I meet, go to meet sandal I spare, refrain goodness, kindness 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 443 Vocabulary Builder Set 115 xruso<j, -ou?, o[ xwre<w xwri<on, -ou, to< yeu<doj, -ouj, to< yeu<sthj, -ou, o[ a@bussoj, -ou, h[ a]gaqopoie<w ]Ada<m, o[ a@zumoj, -on ai!resij, -ewj, h[ Set 116 a]kribw?j a]lei<fw a@mpeloj, -ou, h[ a]nagka<zw a]nastre<fw a]nate<llw a@nomoj, -on a]ntile<gw a@nw a]parxh<, -h?j, h[ Set 117 a]podokima<zw a]postre<fw a]poti<qhmi a@rshn, -en a]rxisuna<gwgoj, -ou, o[ a]sebh<j, -e<j a]straph<, -h?j, h[ bo<skw gasth<r, -tro<j, h[ gnw<mh, -hj, h[ gold I make room, give way place, field lie, falsehood pseudoliar abyss, underworld I do good Adam unleavened sect, faction 10 10 10 10 accurately, carefully I anoint vine I compel, urge I overturn, behave I rise lawless I oppose, contradict above, upwards first fruits, first 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 I reject I turn away I take off, lay aside male synagogue leader godless, impious lightning I feed, graze belly, womb gastric ulcer purpose, opinion 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 10 10 10 9 9 9 9 444 Vocabulary Builder Set 118 gwni<a, -aj, h[ diaskorpi<zw diatri<bw dwre<an e!bdomoj, -h, -on ei]dwlo<qutoj, -on e]kdi<khsij, -ewj, h[ ]Elisa<bet, h[ e]ntre<pw e[ch<konta Set 119 e]pe<rxomai e]pidi<dwmi e]pipoqe<w e@rij, -idoj, h[ e@sw eu]a<restoj, -on eu]doki<a, -aj, h[ eu]w<numoj, -on qn^<skw ]Israhli<thj, -ou, o[ Set 120 ]Iwna?j, -a?, o[ kaqaire<w Kai*a<faj, -a, o[ kata<gw kata<pausij, -ewj, h[ katafrone<w ka<tw kh<rugma, -atoj, to< Khfa?j, -a?, o[ ki<ndunoj, -ou, o[ corner I scatter I stay, remain as a gift, undeservedly seventh idol meat vengeance, punishment Elizabeth I make ashamed sixty 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 I come upon, appear, attack I hand over, deliver, surrender I desire strife in, inside pleasing favor, good will left (as opposed to right) I die Israelite 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 Jonah I tear down, conquer, destroy Caiaphas I bring down rest I despise, look down on below, down proclamation, preaching kerygma Cephas danger, risk 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 445 Vocabulary Builder Set 121 kla<sma, -atoj, to< klauqmo<j, -ou?, o[ kli<nh, -hj, h[ krou<w lampa<j, -a<doj, h[ lampro<j, -a<, -o<n lepro<j, -a<, -o<n le<wn, -ontoj, o[ liqa<zw makra<n Set 122 magari<thj, -ou, o[ mesto<j, -h<, -o<n metacu< metape<mpw mna?, mna?j, h[ monogenh<j, -e<j nh?soj, -ou, h[ nomiko<j, -h<, -o<n oi]ke<w oi]konomi<a, -aj, h[ Set 123 o]neidi<zw ou]ra<nioj, -on parrhsia<zomai peri<xwroj, -on pipra<skw pleona<zw proe<rxomai prope<mpw prosfora<, -a?j, h[ Samari<thj, -ou, o[ crumb crying bed, couch I knock lamp bright, shining leper lion I stone far away from 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 pearl full between I send for mina (monetary unit) only, uniqe island lawyer I live management, office, plan 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 I reproach, insult heavenly I speak freely neighboring I sell I grow, increase I proceed I accompany act of offering Samaritan 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 446 Vocabulary Builder Set 124 Saou<l, o[ selh<nh, -hj, h[ Sidw<n, -w?noj, h[ So<doma, -wn, ta< sta<sij, -ewj, h[ stolh<, -h?j, h[ ta<cij, -ewj, h[ tei?xoj, -ouj, to< tre<fw u[ste<rhma, -atoj, to< Set 125 Fh?lic, -ikoj, o[ fqei<rw fqo<noj, -ou, o[ fo<noj, -ou, o[ xa<rin xrhmati<zw a[gno<j, -h<, -o<n a]gwni<zomai a]do<kimoj, -on ai]ne<w Set 126 a!laj, -atoj, to< a@mwmoj, -on a]nagkai?oj, -a, -on a]nti<keimai a]pekde<xomai a]piste<w a[plo<thj, -htoj, h[ a]pokaqi<sthmi a]pologi<a, -aj, h[ a]rgo<j, -h<, -o<n Saul moon Sidon Sodom strife, rebellion robe order, position wall I feed, nourish, train need 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 9 Felix I ruin, corrupt, destroy envy, jealousy murder for the sake of, because I warn pure, holy I fight, struggle unqualified, worthless I praise 9 9 9 9 9 9 8 8 8 8 salt blameless necessary I am opposed I await eagerly I disbelieve sincerity, frankness I restore defense, reply idle, lazy 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 8 447 Complete Lexicon 448 Greek-English Lexicon Ted Hildebrandt Complete Lexicon 449 © 2003 by Ted Hildebrandt Published by Baker Academic a division of Baker Book House Company P.O. Box 6287, Grand Rapids, MI 49516-6287 www.bakeracademic.com All rights reserved. This publication is intended for the personal use of the licensee. It may be stored in a retrieval system and reproduced for personal use only. It may not be transmitted in any form or by any means—for example, electronic, photocopy, recording—without the prior written permission of the publisher. The only exception is brief quotations in printed reviews. 449 Complete Lexicon 450 Contents ABGDEZHQIKLMNCOPRSTUFXYW A %@dw a]laza]naba]na<ya]ntaa]pela]pom]Arteau]stba<tobuqo<Gw<g diaddiel- katakate<kh<rukosmlampMagamemymhtrNe<a o]duro!rampaidparapez^? peri- du<nae]qele]kqae]leee]ne<be]cege]pare]pike]poie[toi<e]fh<mh[me<tqera<i[kankaqo<- 450 pnikprobprosptai<sabbska<pSte<fsumpsuneswth<Timau[giau[posFle<gxeiro<&]dh< Complete Lexicon A ] arw<n, o[ A ]Abaddw<n, o[ a]barh<j, -e<j a]bba< !Abel, o[ ]Abia<, o[ ]Abiaqa<r, o[ ]Abilhnh<, -h?j, h[ ]Abiou<d, o[ ]Abraa<m, o[ a@bussoj, -ou, h[ !Agaboj, -ou, o[ a]gaqoerge<w a]gaqopoie<w a]gaqopoii~a, -aj, h[ a]gaqopoio<j, -o<n a]gaqo<j, -h<, -o<n a]]gaqourge<w a]gaqwsu<nh, -hj, h[ a]galli<asij, -ewj, h[ a]gallia<w a@gamoj, -on a]ganakte<w a]gana<kthsij, -ewj, h[ a]gapa<w a]ga<ph, -hj, h[ a]gaphto<j, -h<, -o<n [Aga<r, h[ a]ggareu<w a]ggei?on, -ou, to< a]ggeli<a, -aj, h[ a]gge<llw a@ggeloj, -ou, o[ a@ggoj, -ouj, to< a@ge a]ge<lh, -hj, h[ a]genealo<ghtoj, -on a]genh<j, -e<j, a[gia<zw a[giasmo<j, -ou?, o[ a!gion, -ou, to< a!gioj, -a, -on a[gio<thj, -htoj, h[ a[giwsu<nh, -hj, h[ a]gka<lh, -hj, h[ a@gkistron, -ou, to< a@gkura, -aj, h[ a@gnafoj, -on a[gnei<a, -aj, h[ a[gni<zw a[gnismo<j, -ou?, o[ a]gnoe<w Aaron Abaddon not burdensome father Abel Abijah Abiathar Abilene Abiud Abraham abyss, underworld Agabus I do good I do good do good, do right doing good, upright good I do good goodness, generosity extreme joy I am overjoyed, exult ummarried I am angry, indignant indignation I love love beloved, dear Hagar I compel, carry flask, container message, good news I announce, inform messenger, angel vessel, container come! look! herd without genealogy base, low, inferior I make holy consecration sanctuary holy, dedicated holiness holiness bent arm fish hook anchor unshrunken, new cloth purity I purify purification I am ignorant a]gno<hma, -atoj, to< a@gnoia, -aj, h[ a[gno<j, -h<, -o<n a[gno<thj, -htoj, h[ a[gnw?j a]gnwsi<a, -aj, h[ a@gnwstoj, -on a]gora<, -a?j, h[ a]gora<zw a]gorai?oj, -on a@gra, -aj, h[ a]gra<mmatoj, -on a]graule<w a]greu<w a]grie<laioj, -ou, h[ a@grioj, -a, -on ]Agri<ppaj, -a, o[ a]gro<j, -ou?, o[ a]grupne<w a]grupni<a, -aj, h[ a@gw a]gwgh<, -h?j, h[ a]gw<n, -w?noj, o[ a]gwni<a, -aj, h[ a]gwni<zomai ]Ada<m, o[ a]da<panoj, -on ]Addi<, o[ a]delfh<, -h?j, h[ a]delfo<j, -ou?, o[ a]delfo<thj, -htoj, h[ a@dhloj, -on a]dhlo<thj, -htoj, h[ a]dh<lwj a]dhmone<w %!dhj, -ou, o[ a]dia<kritoj, -on a]dia<leiptoj, -on a]dialei<ptwj a]dike<w a]di<khma, -atoj, to< a]diki<a, -aj, h[ a@dikoj, -on a]di<kwj ]Admi<n, o[ a]do<kimoj, -on a@doloj, -on ]Adramutthno<j, -h<, -o<n ]Adri<aj, -ou, o[ a[dro<thj, -htoj, h[ a]dunate<w a]du<natoj, -on 451 sin through ignorance ignorance pure, holy purity purely, sincerely ignorance unknown market I buy, purchase market crowd, rabble catch illiterate, uneducated I live outdoors I catch in mistake wild olive tree wild, fierce Agrippa field I am alert, guard sleeplessness I lead, bring, arrest conduct, behavior fight, race, contest agony, anxiety, sorrow I fight, compete Adam free of charge Addi sister brother brotherhood indistinct, not evident uncertainty uncertainly, aimlessly I am troubled, upset Hades, underworld impartial, unwavering constant unwaveringly I do wrong, hurt crime, unjust act unjust deed, misdeed unjust, dishonest unjustly Admin worthless, unqualified pure, without deceit Adramyttium Adriatic Sea abundance I am powerless impotent, impossible Complete Lexicon %@dw a]ei< a]eto<j, -ou?, o[ a@zumoj, -on ]Azw<r, o[ @Azwtoj, -ou, h[ a]h<r, a]er < oj, o[ a]qanasi<a, -aj, h[ a]qe<mitoj, -on a@qeoj, -on a@qesmoj, -on a]qete<w a]qe<thsij, -ewj, h[ ]Aqh?nai, -w?n, ai[ ]Aqhnai?oj, -a, -on a]qle<w a@qlhsij, -ewj, h[ a]qroi<zw a]qume<w a]q&?oj, -on ai@geioj, -a, -on ai]gialo<j, -ou?, o[ Ai]gu<ptioj, -a, -on Ai@guptoj, -ou, h[ a]i~dioj, -on ai]dw<j, -ou?j, h[ Ai]qi<oy, -opoj, o[ ai$ma, -atoj, to< ai[matekxusi<a, -aj, h[ ai[morroe<w Ai]ne<aj, -ou, o[ ai@nesij, -ewj, h[ ai]ne<w ai@nigma, -atoj, to< ai#noj, -ou, o[ Ai]nw<n, h[ ai!resij, -ewj, h[ ai[reti<zw ai[retiko<j, -h<, -o<n ai[re<w ai@rw ai]sqa<nomai ai@sqhsij, -ewj, h[ ai]sqhth<rion, -ou, to< ai]sxrokerdh<j, -e<j ai]sxrokerdw?j ai]sxrologi<a, -aj, h[ ai]sxro<j, -a<, -o<n ai]sxro<thj, -htoj, h[ ai]sxu<nh, -hj, h[ ai]sxu<nomai ai]te<w ai@thma, -atoj, to< I sing always eagle, vulture unleavened Azor Azotus air, sky immortality lawless, forbidden without god, godless lawlessly I reject, nullify annulment, removal Athens Athenian I compete athlete, struggle I gather I am discouraged innocent from a goat shore, beach Egyptian Egypt eternal modesty, respect an Ethiopian blood shed blood I bleed, hemorrhage Aeneas praise I praise riddle, enigma praise Aenon sect, school, division I choose, select factious, divisive I take, choose I carry, remove I understand insight, experience faculty, sense greedy greedily obscene speech shameful, disgraceful wickedness, ugliness shame, disgrace I am ashamed I ask for, demand request ai]ti<a, -aj, h[ ai@tioj, -a, -on ai]ti<wma, -atoj, to< ai]fni<dioj, -on ai]xmalwsi<a, -aj, h[ ai]xmalwteu<w ai]xma<lwtoj, -ou, o[ ai]w<n, -w?noj, o[ ai]w<nioj, -a, -on a]kaqarsi<a, -aj, h[ a]ka<qartoj, -on a]kaire<omai a]kai<rwj a@kakoj, -on a@kanqa, -hj, h[ a]ka<nqinoj, -h, -on a@karpoj, -on a]kata<gnwstoj, -on a]kataka<luptoj, -on a]kata<kritoj, -on a]kata<lutoj, -on a]kata<paustoj, -on a]katastasi<a, -aj, h[ a]kata<statoj, -on [Akeldama<x a]ke<raioj, -on a]kh<koa a]klinh<j, -e<j a]kma<zw a]kmh<n a]koh<, -h?j, h[ a]]kolouqe<w a]kou<w a]krasi<a, -aj, h[ a]krath<j, -e<j a@kratoj, -on a]kri<beia, -aj, h[ a]kribh<j, -e<j a]kribo<w a]kribw?j a]kri<j, -i<doj, h[ a]kroath<rion, -ou, to< a]kroath<j, -ou?, o[ a]krobusti<a, -aj, h[ a]krogwniai?oj, -a, -on a]kroqi<nion, -ou, to< a@kron, -ou, to< ]Aku<laj, o[ a]kuro<w a]kwlu<twj a@kwn, -ousa, -on a]la<bastron, -ou, to< 452 reason, accusation, cause reason, guilt, cause accusation, charge immediately, sudden captivity I take captive, capture captive era, eternity, universe eternal immorality, filth impure, unclean I lack opportunity untimely, ill-timed innocent, without fault thorn-plant thorny fruitless, unfruitful beyond reproach uncovered without trial endless, indestructible unceasing rebellion, riot unstable, restless Akeldama pure, innocent a]kou<w firmly I am ripe yet, still hearing, listening I follow, accompany I hear, obey lack of self-control lacking self-control pure, unmixed accurateness accurate, exact I learn exactly accurately, carefully grasshopper, locust auditorium hearer uncircumcised cornerstone spoils, booty tip, high point, top Aquila I make void freely unwilling alabaster jar Complete Lexicon a]lazonei<a, -aj, h[ a]lazw<n, -o<noj, o[ a]lala<zw a]la<lhtoj, -on a@laloj, -on a!laj, -atoj, to< a]lei<fw a]lektorofwni<a, -aj, h[ a]le<ktwr, -oroj, o[ ]Alecandreu<j, -e<wj, o[ ]Alecandri?noj, -h, -on ]Ale<candroj, -ou, o[ a@leuron, -ou, to< a]lh<qeia, -aj, h[ a]lhqeu<w a]lhqh<j, -e<j a]lhqino<j, -h<, -o<j a]lh<qw a]lhqw?j a[lieu<j, -e<wj, o[ a[lieu<w a[li<zw a]li<sghma, -atoj, to< a]lla< a]lla<cw a]lla<ssw a]llaxo<qen a]llaxou? a]llhgore<w a]llhloui*a< a]llh<lwn a]llogenh<j, -e<j a!llomai a@lloj, -h, -o a]llotriepi<skopoj, -ou, o[ a]llo<trioj, -a, -on a]llo<fuloj, -on a@llwj a]loa<w a@logoj, -on a]lo<h, -hj, h[ a!lj, a[lo<j, o[ a[luko<j, -h<, -o<n a@lupoj, -on a!lusij, -ewj, h[ a]lusitelh<j, -e<j @Alfa, to< [Alfai?oj, -ou, o[ a!lwn, -wnoj, h[ a]lw<phc, -ekoj, h[ a!lwsij, -ewj, h[ a!ma a]maqh<j, -e<j a]mara<ntinoj, -h, -on a]ma<rantoj, -on a[marta<nw a[ma<rthma, -atoj, to< a[marti<a, -aj, h[ a]ma<rturoj, -on rooster, cock a[martwlo<j, -o<n an Alexandrian a@maxoj, -on Alexandrian a]ma<w a]me<qustoj, -ou, h[ Alexander a]mele<w wheat flour a@memptoj, -on truth a]me<mptwj I am truthful a]me<rimnoj, -on truthful, honest a]meta<qetoj, -on true, dependable a]metaki<nhtoj, -on I grind grain a]metame<lhtoj, -on truly, really a]metano<htoj, -on fisherman a@metroj, -on I fish a]mh<n I salt a]mh<twr, -oroj ritual pollution a]mi<antoj, -on but, and, yet a]lla<ssw ]Aminada<b, o[ a@mmoj, -ou, h[ I change, alter a]mno<j, -ou?, o[ from elsewhere a]moibh<, -h?j, h[ elsewhere a@mpeloj, -ou, h[ I speak allegorically a]mpelourgo<j, -ou?, o[ hallelujah, praise Yahweh a]mpelw<n, -w?noj, o[ one another ]Amplia?toj, -ou, o[ foreigner a]mu<nomai I jump, bubble up a]mfia<zw other, different a]mfiba<llw busybody, meddler a]mfi<blhstron, -ou, to< belonging to another a]mfie<zw heathen, Gentile a]mfie<nnumi differently, otherwise ]Amfi<polij, -ewj, h[ I thresh a@mfodon, -ou, to< without reason a]mfo<teroi, -ai, -a aloes a]mw<mhtoj, -on salt a@mwmon, -ou, to< salty a@mwmoj, -on free from anxiety ]Amw<n, o[ chain ]Amw<j, o[ unprofitable, not helpful a@n alpha, first a]na< Alphaeus a]nabaqmo<j, -ou?, o[ threshing floor a]nabai<nw arrogance braggart, boaster I weep loudly, clang inexpressible mute, unable to speak salt I anoint at cockcrow, dawn 453 fox, sly capture together, at the same time ignorant unfading unfading I sin sin sin, guilt without witness sinful, sinner peaceful I mow amethyst I neglect, disregard blameless blamelessly care free unchanging immovable, firm without regret unrepentant immeasurable truly without mother pure, undefiled Amminadab sand lamb repayment grapevine, vine vinedresser, gardener vineyard Ampliatus I help, aid I clothe I cast (a net) casting-net I clothe, dress I dress, clothe Amphipolis city street both, all blameless spice unblemished Amon Amos would, ever up, upwards, each stairs I go up, ascend Complete Lexicon a]naba<llw a]nabe<bhka a]nabh<somai a]nabiba<zw a]nable<pw a]na<bleyij, -ewj, h[ a]naboa<w a]nabolh<, -h?j, h[ a]na<gaion, -ou, to< a]nagge<llw a]nagenna<w a]naginw<skw a]nagka<zw a]nagkai?oj, -a, -on a]nagkastw?j a]na<gkh, -hj, h[ a]nagnwri<zw a]na<gnwsij, -ewj, h[ a]na<gw a]nadei<knumi a]na<deicij, -ewj, h[ a]nade<xomai a]nadi<dwmi a]naza<w a]nazhte<w a]nazw<nnumi a]nazwpure<w a]naqa<llw a]na<qema, -atoj, to< a]naqemati<zw a]naqewre<w a]na<qhma, -atoj, to< a]nai<deia, -aj, h[ a]nai<resij, -ewj, h[ a]naire<w a]nai<tioj, -on a]nakaqi<zw a]nakaini<zw a]nakaino<w a]nakai<nwsij, -ewj, h[ a]nakalu<ptw a]naka<mptw a]naka<myw a]na<keimai a]nakeka<lummai a]na<kefalaio<w a]nakli<nw a]nakra<zw a]nakri<nw a]na<krisij, -ewj, h[ a]naku<ptw a]nalamba<nw a]na<lhmyij, -ewj, h[ I adjourn, postpone a]nabai<nw a]nabai<nw I pull up I look up, gain sight recovery of sight I shout, cry out delay, postponement upstairs room I report, announce I beget again I read, read aloud I compel, force necessary by compulsion necessity I recognize reading, public reading I lead, bring up I make known, reveal installation, revelation I accept, receive I deliver, hand over I live again I search I gird up, bind up I rekindle, inflame I grow up again curse I bind under a curse I observe, reflect on consecrated offering insolence, impudence murder I kill, destroy innocent I sit up I restore I renew renewal I uncover I return a]naka<mptw I lie, recline, eat a]nakalu<ptw I sum up, bring together I cause to lie down I cry out, shout I study, examine investigation I stand erect I take up, carry ascension a]nali<skw a]nalogi<a, -aj, h[ a]nalogi<zomai a@naloj, -on a]na<lusij, -ewj, h[ a]nalu<w a]nama<rthtoj, -on a]name<nw a]namimn^<skw a]na<mnhsij, -ewj, h[ a]namnh<sw a]naneo<w a]nanh<fw [Anani<aj, -ou, o[ a]nanti<rrhtoj, -on a]nantirrh<twj a]na<cioj, -on a]naci<wj a]na<pausij, -ewj, h[ a]napau<w a]napei<qw a]na<peiroj, -on a]nape<mpw a]naphda<w a]napi<ptw a]naplhro<w a]napolo<ghtoj, -on a]naptu<ssw a]na<ptw a]nari<qmhtoj, -on a]nasei<w a]naskeua<zw a]naspa<w a]na<stasij, -ewj, h[ a]nastato<w a]nastauro<w a]nastena<zw a]nasth<sw a]nastre<yw a]nastre<fw a]nastrofh<, -h?j, h[ a]nata<ssomai a]nate<llw a]nate<talka a]nati<qhmi a]natolh<, -h?j, h[ a]natre<pw a]natre<fw a]nafai<nw a]nafe<rw a]nafwne<w a]na<xusij, -ewj, h[ a]naxwre<w 454 I consume, destroy proportion I consider without salt departure, death I loose, return, die sinless I wait for, expect I remember, remind reminder a]namimn^<skw I renew I become sober Ananias undeniable undeniably unworthy unworthily stop, rest I rest, refresh I persuade maimed, crippled I send, send back I stand up, jump up I lie down, recline I fulfill, provide inexcusable I unroll (scroll) I set fire innumerable I incite, stir up I upset, tear down I pull up rise, resurrection I disturb, cause a revolt I crucify again I groan, sigh deeply a]ni<sthmi a]nastre<fw I overturn, return behavior, conduct I compile I rise, spring up a]nate<llw I attribute, explain rising, east I turn over, destroy I train, rear I cause to appear I lead up, offer up I cry out excess, overflowing I go away, withdraw Complete Lexicon a]na<yucij, -ewj, h[ a]nayu<xw a]ndrapodisth<j, -ou?, o[ ]Andre<aj, -ou, o[ a]ndri<zomai ]Andro<nikoj, -ou, o[ a]ndrofo<noj, -ou, o[ a]ne<balon a]ne<bhn a]nebi<basa a]ne<bleya a]ne<gklhtoj, -on a]ne<deica a]ne<dwka a]nedeca<mhn a]ne<zwsa a]ne<qalon a]neqema<tisa a]ne<qhn a]nei?lon a]ne<kamya a]nekdih<ghtoj, -on a]nekla<lhtoj, -on a]ne<kleiptoj, -on a]ne<kraca a]nekri<qhn a]ne<kuya a]nekto<j, -o<n a]ne<labon a]neleh<mwn, -on a]ne<leoj, -on a]nelh<mfqhn a]nelw? a]nemi<zw a]nemnh<sqhn a@nemoj, -ou, o[ a]ne<ndektoj, -on a]necerau<nhtoj, -on a]neci<kakoj, -on a]necixni<astoj, -on a]ne<cw a]nepai<sxuntoj, -on a]nepi<lhmptoj, -on a]ne<rxomai a@nesij, -ewj, h[ a]ne<sthsa a]nestra<fhn a]ne<sxon a]neta<zw a]netaca<mhn a]ne<teila a@neu a]neu<qetoj, -on relief I revive, encourage slave trader Andrew I am courageous Andronicus murderer a]naba<llw a]nabai<nw a]nabiba<zw a]nable<pw blameless a]nadei<knumi a]nadi<dwmi a]nade<xomai a]nazw<nnumi a]naqa<llw a]naqemati<zw a]ni<hmi a]naire<w a]naka<mptw indescribable inexpressible unfailing a]nakra<zw a]nakri<nw a]naku<ptw endurable a]nalamba<nw unmerciful unmerciful a]nalamba<nw a]naire<w I am driven by wind a]namimn^<skw wind impossible unfathomable tolerant, patient incomprehensible a]ne<xw unashamed above criticism I go/come up rest, relaxation, relief a]ni<sthmi a]nastre<fw a]ne<xw I examine, interrogate a]nata<ssomai a]nate<llw without unusable, unfavorable a]neu?ra a]neuri<skw a]ne<xw a]neyio<j, -ou?, o[ a]ne<&ga a]ne<&gmai a]nh<gagon a]nh<ggeila a]nhgge<lhn a@nhqon, -ou, to< a]nh?lqon a]nh<meroj, -on a]nh?ka a]nh<kw a]nh<lwsa a]nh<meroj, -on a]nh<negka a]nh<r, andro<j, o[ a]n^re<qhn a]nh<fqhn a]nh<xqhn a]nqe<cw a]nqe<sthka a]nqi<sthmi a]nqomologe<omai a@nqoj, -ouj, to< a]nqrakia<, -a?j, h[ a@nqrac, -akoj, o[ a]nqrwpa<reskoj, -on a]nqrw<pinoj, -h, -on a]nqrwpokto<noj, -ou, o[ a@nqrwpoj, -ou, o[ a]nqu<patoj, -ou, o[ a]ni<hmi a@niptoj, -on a]ni<sthmi !Anna, -aj, h[ !Annaj, -a, o[ a]no<htoj, -on a@noia, -aj, h[ a]noi<gw a]noikodome<w a@noicij, -ewj, h[ a]noi<cw a]nomi<a, -aj, h[ a@nomoj, -on a]no<mwj a]norqo<w a]no<sioj, -on a]noxh<, -h?j, h[ a]ntagwni<zomai a]nta<llagma, -atoj, to< a]neuri<skw I look, search I endure, accept cousin a]noi<gw a]noi<gw a]na<gw a]nagge<llw a]nagge<llw dill a]ne<rxomai savage, fierce a]ni<hmi I refer, belong, relate a]nali<skw savage, fierce a]nafe<rw man, husband a]naire<w a]na<ptw a]na<gw a]nte<xw a]nqi<sthmi I oppose, set against I give thanks, praise blossom, flower charcoal fire charcoal pleasing people human murderer human, man proconsul I unfasten, loosen unwashed I raise, erect Anna Annas foolish, unintelligent folly I open I rebuild an opening a]noi<gw lawlessness lawless without the Law I rebuild, restore impious, unholy delay, patience I struggle against thing in exchange 455 Complete Lexicon a]ntanaplhro<w a]ntapedo<qhn a]ntape<dwka a]ntapodi<dwmi a]ntapo<doma, -atoj, to< a]ntapo<dosij, -ewj, h[ a]ntapodw<sw a]ntapokri<nomai a]ntei?pon a]nte<labon a]nte<sthn a]nte<xw a]nti< a]ntiba<llw a]ntidiati<qhmi a]nti<dikoj, -ou, o[ a]nti<qesij, -ewj, h[ a]ntikaqi<sthmi a]ntikale<w a]nti<keimai a@ntikruj a]ntilamba<nw a]ntile<gw a]nti<lhmyij, -ewj, h[ a]ntilogi<a, -aj, h[ a]ntiloidore<w a]nti<lutron, -ou, to< a]ntimetre<w a]ntimisqi<a, -aj, h[ ]Antio<xeia, -aj, h[ ]Antioxeu<j, -e<wj, o[ a]ntipare<rxomai ]Antipa?j, -a?, o[ ]Antipatri<j, -i<doj, h[ a]ntipe<ra a]ntipi<ptw a]ntistrateu<omai a]ntita<ssw a]nti<tupoj, -on a]nti<xristoj, -ou, o[ a]ntle<w a@ntlhma, -atoj, to< a]ntofqalme<w a@nudroj, -on a]nupo<kritoj, -on a]nupo<taktoj, -on a@nw a@nwqen a]nwteriko<j, -h<, -o<n a]nw<teroj, -a, -on a]nwfelh<j, -e<j a]ci<nh, -hj, h[ a@cioj, -a, -on a]cio<w I fill up, complete a]ci<wj a]ntapodi<dwmi a]o<ratoj, -on a]ntapodi<dwmi a]pagge<llw I repay, return a]pa<gxw repayment a]pa<gw repaying, reward a]pai<deutoj, -on a]ntapodi<dwmi a]pai<rw I answer in return a]ntile<gw a]paite<w a]ntilamba<nw a]palge<w a]nqi<sthmi a]palla<ssw a]pallotrio<w I adhere to, cling to instead, on behalf of a[palo<j, -h<, -o<n I discuss, put against I am opposed, am hostile a]panta<w a]pa<nthsij, -ewj, h[ opponent, accuser a!pac opposition, objection a]para<batoj, -on I oppose, resist a]paraskeu<astoj, I invite back -on I oppose a]parne<omai opposite to I help, devote myself to a]partismo<j, -ou?, o[ I speak against, oppose a]parxh<, -h?j, h[ a!paj, -asa, -an ability to help a]paspa<zomai dispute, contradiction a]pata<w I revile in return a]pa<th, -hj, h[ ransom a]pa<twr, -oroj I repay a]pau<gasma, -atoj, to< recompense Antioch (Syria/Pisidia) a]pe<bhn a]pede<deigmai Antiochean a]pe<deica I pass by a]pedo<qhn Antipas a]pe<dwka Antipatris (Judea) a]pe<qanon opposite, across from a]pe<qhka I resist, oppose a]pei<qeia, -aj, h[ I oppose, am at war a]peiqe<w I oppose, resist a]peiqh<j, -e<j corresponding a]peile<w antichrist a]peilh<, -h?j, h[ I draw water a@peimi bucket a@peimi I face into a]pei?pon waterless a]pei<rastoj, -on genuine, sincere a@peiroj, -on independent a]pekde<xomai above, upwards a]pekdu<omai from above, again a]pe<kdusij, -ewj, h[ inland, interior a]pekri<qhn above, preceding a]pekta<nqhn useless, harmful a]pelau<nw ax a]pelegmo<j, -ou?, o[ worthy, comparable I consider worthy worthily, properly invisible I report, announce I hang myself I lead away, deceive uneducated, stupid I take away I ask back, ask for I become callous I set free I am a foreigner, estranged tender I meet meeting once unchanging unprepared I deny, reject completion first-fruits, first all, whole I take leave of I deceive, cheat deception fatherless radiance a]pobai<nw a]podei<knumi a]podei<knumi a]podi<dwmi a]podi<dwmi a]poqn^<skw a]poti<qhmi disobedience I disobey disobedient I threaten, warn threat I am absent I depart, go away a]pole<gw untempted, untried unacquainted I await eagerly I undress, take off stripping, undressing a]pokri<nomai a]poktei<nw I drive away refutation, criticism 456 Complete Lexicon a]peleu<qeroj, -ou, o[ a]peleu<somai a]pelh<luqa a]pe<lipon ]Apellh?j, -ou?, o[ a]pelpi<zw a]pe<niya a]pe<nanti a]pe<pesa a]pe<pnica a]pe<rantoj, -on a]perispa<stwj a]peri<tmhtoj, -on a]pe<riya a]pe<rxomai a]peste<rhsa a]pe<sthsa a]pe<taca a]peste<rhmai a]pe<xw a]ph<gagon a]ph<ggeila a]phgge<lhn a]ph?gca a]ph<lghka a]ph?lqon a]ph<negka a]ph<negka a]phne<xqhn a]ph<rqhn a]ph<rnh<qhn a]ph<rnhsa<mhn a]ph<spasa<mhn a]ph<xqhn a]piste<w a]pisti<a, -aj, h[ a@pistoj, -on a[plo<thj, -htoj, h[ a[plou?j, -h?, -ou?n a[plw?j a]po< a]pobai<nw a]poba<llw a]pobh<somai a]poble<pw a]po<blhtoj, -on a]pobolh<, -h?j, h[ a]pogi<nomai a]pografh<, -h?j, h[ a]pogra<fw a]pode<deigmai a]podei<knumi a]po<deicij, -ewj, h[ freed person a]pe<rxomai a]pe<rxomai a]polei<pw Apelles I despair a]poni<ptw opposite, against a]popi<ptw a]popni<gw endless, limitless undisturbedly uncircumcised a]pori<ptw I go away, depart a]postere<w a]fi<sthmi a]pota<ssw a]postere<w I receive in full a]pa<gw a]pagge<llw a]pagge<llw a]pa<gxw a]pale<gw a]pe<rxomai a]pofe<rw a]pofe<rw a]pofe<rw a]pai<rw a]parne<omai a]parne<omai a]paspa<zomai a]pa<gw I disbelieve unbelief faithless, unbelieving sincerity, generosity single, simple, sincere sincerely, generously from, by (Gen.) I go away, get out I throw off, take off a]pobai<nw I look, pay attention rejected rejection, loss I cease, die list, census, inventory I register, record a]podei<knumi I make, demonstrate proof a]podekato<w a]po<dektoj, -on a]pode<xomai a]podhme<w a]po<dhmoj, -on a]podi<dwmi a]podiori<zw a]podokima<zw a]podoxh<, -h?j, h[ a]podw<sw a]po<qesij, -ewj, h[ a]poqh<kh, -hj, h[ a]poqhsauri<zw a]poqli<bw a]poqn^<skw a]pokaqi<sthmi a]pokalu<ptw a]poka<luyij, -ewj, h[ a]pokaradoki<a, -aj, h[ a]pokatalla<ssw a]pokata<stasij, -ewj, h[ a]po<keimai a]poke<krumai a]pokefali<zw a]poklei<w a]poko<ptw a]po<krima, -atoj, to< a]pokri<nomai a]po<krisij, -ewj, h[ a]pokru<ptw a]po<krufoj, -on a]poktei<nw a]poktenw? a]pokue<w a]pokuli<w a]polamba<nw a]po<lausij, -ewj, h[ a]pole<gw a]polei<pw a]pole<sw a]polh<myomai a]po<llumi ]Apollu<wn, -onoj, o[ ]Apollwni<a, -aj, h[ ]Apollw?j, -w?, o[ a]pologe<omai a]pologi<a, -aj, h[ a]polou<w a]polu<trwsij, -ewj, h[ a]polu<w a]polw<leka a]poma<ssw 457 I tithe, give one tenth pleasing I welcome, accept I journey journeying I give away, pay, return I divide, separate I declare useless acceptance, approval a]podi<dwmi removal storehouse, barn I store up, treasure up I crowd against I die I restore, send back I reveal, disclose revelation, disclosure eager desire I reconcile restoration I put away, store up a]pokru<ptw I behead I close, shut I cut off verdict, decision I answer, reply answer I hide, conceal secret, hidden I kill a]poktei<nw I give birth to, bear I roll away I receive back, recover enjoyment I reject, denounce I abandon a]po<llumi a]polamba<nw I ruin, destroy, lose Apollyon Apollonia Apollos I defend myself defense I wash, make pure deliverance I pardon, dismiss a]po<llumi I wipe off Complete Lexicon a]pone<mw a]poni<ptw a]popi<ptw a]poplana<w a]pople<w a]popni<gw a]pore<w a]pori<a, -aj, h[ a]pori<ptw a]porfani<zw a]poski<asma, -atoj, to< a]pospa<w a]postasi<a, -aj, h[ a]posta<sion, -ou, to< a]postega<zw a]poste<llw a]postere<w a]posth<somai a]postolh<, -h?j, h[ a]po<stoloj, -ou, o[ a]postomati<zw a]postre<fw a]postuge<w a]posuna<gwgoj, -on a]pota<ssw a]potele<w a]poti<qhmi a]potina<ssw a]poti<nw a]potolma<w a]potomi<a, -aj, h[ a]poto<mwj a]potre<pw a]pousi<a, -aj, h[ a]pofe<rw a]pofeu<gw a]pofqe<ggomai a]poforti<zomai a]po<xrhsij, -ewj, h[ a]poxwre<w a]poxwri<zw a]poyu<xw ]Appi<ou Fo<ron a]pro<sitoj, -on a]pro<skopoj, -on a]proswpolh<mptwj a@ptaistoj, -on a!ptw ]Apfi<a, -aj, h[ a]pwqe<w a]pw<leia, -aj, h[ a]pw<lesa a]pw?sa a]ra<, -a?j, h[ a@ra a#ra ]Arabi<a, -aj, h[ ]Ara<m, o[ a@rafoj, -on @Aray, -boj, o[ a]rge<w a]rgo<j, -h<, -o<n a]rgu<rion, -ou, to< a]rguroko<poj, -ou, o[ I pull out, lure away a@rguroj, -ou, o[ rebellion a]rgurou?j, -a?, -ou?n divorce paper @Areioj, Pa<goj, o[ I unroof ]Areopagi<thj, -ou, o[ I send a]reskei<a, -aj, h[ I steal, rob a]fi<sthmi a]re<skw a]resto<j, -h<, -o<n apostleship [Are<taj, -a, o[ apostle, messenger I question, interrogate a]reth<, -h?j, h[ a]rh<n, a]rno<j, o[ I turn away, mislead a]riqme<w hate, abhor expelled from synagogue a]riqmo<j, -ou?, o[ [Arimaqai<a, -aj, h[ I say goodbye ]Ari<starxoj, -ou, o[ I finish, complete a]rista<w I take off, put away a]ristero<j, -a<, -o<n I shake off ]Aristo<bouloj, -ou, o[ I pay damages a@riston, -ou, to< I am bold a]rketo<j, -h<, -o<n harshness, severity a]rke<w harshly, severely a@rkoj, -ou, o[, h[ I avoid a!rma, -atoj, to< absence I carry away, take away [Armagedw<n a[rmo<zw I escape a[rmo<j, -ou?, o[ I declare, speak a]rne<omai I unload cargo ]Arni<, o[ consumption a]rni<on, -ou, to< I depart, go away I separate, move away a]rotria<w a@rotron, -ou, to< I faint, stop breathing a[rpagh<, -h?j, h[ Forum of Appius a[rpagmo<j, -ou?, o[ unapproachable a[rpa<zw blameless, without offense a!rpac, -agoj, o[ impartially a]rrabw<n, -w?noj, o[ without stumbling a@rrhtoj, -on I touch, hold, kindle a@rrwstoj, -on Apphia a]rsenokoi<thj, -ou, o[ I push away, reject a@rshn, -en destruction ]Artema?j, -a?, o[ I cause, show, pay I wash off I fall away I mislead I sail away I choke, drown I am at a loss, in doubt anxiety, perpexity I throw away, jump off I make an orphan shadow 458 a]po<llumi a]pwqe<w curse so, then, consquently interrogative particle Arabia Aram seamless Arab I am idle idle, lazy, useless silver silversmith silver made of silver the Areopagus Areopagite member desire to please I please, accomodate pleasing Aretas virtue lamb I count number Arimathaea Aristarchus I eat breakfast, eat left hand Aristobulus breakfast, lunch enough, adequate I am enough, sufficient bear chariot Armageddon I join, betroth, fit joint I refuse, deny Arni sheep, lamb I plow a plow plunder, booty robbery, plunder I snatch, seize, plunder robber, rogue deposit, down payment inexpressible sick, ill homosexual, sodomite male Artemas Complete Lexicon @Artemij, -idoj, h[ a]rte<mwn, -wnoj, o[ a@rti a]rtige<nnhtoj, -on a@rtioj, -a, -on a@rtoj, -ou, o[ a]rtu<w ]Arfaca<d, o[ a]rxa<ggeloj, -ou, o[ a]rxai?oj, -a, -on ]Arxe<laoj, -ou, o[ a]rxh<, -h?j, h[ a]rxhgo<j, -ou?, o[ a]rxieratiko<j, -o<n a]rxiereu<j, -e<wj, o[ a]rxipoi<mhn, -enoj, o[ @Arxippoj, -ou, o[ a]rxisuna<gwgoj, -ou, o[ a]rxite<ktwn, -onoj, o[ a]rxitelw<nhj, -ou, o[ a]rxitri<klinoj, -ou, o[ a@rxw a@rxwn, -ontoj, o[ a]rw? a@rwma, -atoj, to< a]sa<leutoj, -on ]Asa<f, o[ a@sbestoj, -on a]se<beia, -aj, h[ a]sebe<w a]sebh<j, -e<j a]se<lgeia, -aj, h[ a@shmoj, -on ]Ash<r, o[ a]sqe<neia, -aj, h[ a]sqene<w a]sqe<nhma, -atoj, to< a]sqenh<j, -e<j ]Asi<a, -aj, h[ ]Asiano<j, -ou?, o[ ]Asia<rxhj, -ou, o[ a]siti<a, -aj, h[ a@sitoj, -on a]ske<w a]sko<j, -ou?, o[ a]sme<nwj a@sofoj, -on a]spa<zomai a]spasmo<j, -ou?, o[ a@spiloj, -on a]spi<j, -i<doj, h[ a@spondoj, -on a]ssa<rion, -ou, to< a#sson #Assoj, -ou, h[ a]state<w a]stei?oj, -a, -on a]sth<r, e<roj, o[ a]sth<riktoj, -on a@storgoj, -on a]stoxe<w a]straph<, -h?j, h[ a]stra<ptw a@stron, -ou, to< ]Asu<gkritoj, -ou, o[ a]su<mfwnoj, -on a]su<netoj, -on a]su<nqetoj, -on a]sfa<leia, -aj, h[ a]sfalh<j, -e<j a]sfali<zw a]sfalw?j master builder a]sxhmone<w chief tax collector a]sxhmosu<nh, -hj, h[ head waiter, butler a]sxh<mwn, -on I rule, begin a]swti<a, -aj, h[ ruler, official ai@rw a]sw<twj a]takte<w perfumed oils immovable, unshaken a@@taktoj, -on a]ta<ktwj Asaph a@teknoj, -on inextinguishable a]teni<zw impiety, godlessness a@ter I act impiously a]tima<zw godless, impious a]timi<a, -aj, h[ sensuality unintelligible, obscure a@timoj, -on a]tmi<j, -i<doj, h[ Asher a@tomoj, -on weakness, sickness a@topoj, -on I am weak, sick ]Atta<leia, -aj, h[ weakness au]ga<zw sick, weak, feeble au]gh<, -h?j, h[ Asia Au]gou?stoj, -ou, o[ Asian au]qa<dhj, -ej provincial authority au]qai<retoj, -on without food au]qente<w fasting, without food au]le<w I practice, engage leather bag, wine-skin au]lh<, -h?j, h[ au]lhth<j, -ou?, o[ gladly au]li<zomai unwise, foolish au]lo<j, -ou?, o[ I greet au]ca<nw greeting spotless, without blemish au@chsij, -ewj, h[ au@rion asp, snake au]sthro<j, -a<, -o<n irreconcilable Artemis sail now, immediately newborn complete, proficient bread I season, salt, prepare Arphaxad archangel ancient, old Archelaus beginning, ruler ruler, originator highpriestly chief priest, high priest chief shepherd Archippus synagogue leader 459 penny, copper coin nearer Assos (city) I wander, am homeless beautiful star, planet unstable, weak unloving I miss, fail, deviate lightning I flash, glisten star, planet Asyncritus not harmonious senseless, foolish faithless certainty, safety secure, safe I guard, secure securely, safely I behave indecently indecent behavior shameful, indecent debauchery recklessly I am lazy, idle disorderly, lazy lazily, disorderly childless I gaze at without (Gen.) I treat shamefully disgrace, shame dishonored mist, steam moment, indivisible unusual, evil, bad Attalia I see, shine forth dawn Augustus arrogant, stubborn willing I have authority I play the flute courtyard, house flutist I spend the night flute I grow, increase growth, increase next day severe, strict Complete Lexicon au]ta<rkeia, -aj, h[ au]ta<rkhj, -ej au]tokata<kritoj, -on au]to<matoj, -h, -on au]to<pthj, -ou, o[ au]to<j, -h<, o< au]tou? au]to<fwroj, -on au]to<xeir, -roj au]xe<w au]xmhro<j, -a<, -o<n a]faire<w a]fanh<j, -e<j a]fani<zw a]fanismo<j, -ou?, o[ a@fantoj, -on a]fedrw<n, -w?noj, o[ a]feidi<a, -aj, h[ a]fei?lon a]felo<thj, -htoj, h[ a]felw? a@fesij, -ewj, h[ a[fh<, -h?j, h[ a]f^re<qhn a]fqarsi<a, -aj, h[ a@fqartoj, -on a]fqori<a, -aj, h[ a]fi<hmi a]fikne<omai a]fila<gaqoj, -on a]fila<rguroj, -on a@ficij, -ewj, h[ a]fi<sthmi a@fnw a]fo<bwj a]fomoio<w a]fora<w a]fori<zw a]formh<, -h?j, h[ a]fri<zw a]fro<j, -ou?, o[ a]frosu<nh, -hj, h[ a@frwn, -on a]fupno<w a@fwnoj, -on ]Axa<z, o[ ]Axai~a, -aj, h[ ]Axai*ko<j, -ou?, o[ a]xa<ristoj, -on a]xeiropoi<htoj, -on ]Axi<m, o[ a]xlu<j, -u<oj, h[ a]xrei?oj, -on contentment, adequacy content, self-sufficient self-condemned by itself, automatic eyewitness he, she, it, same, self here, there in the act one’s own hand I boast dirty, dark I take away, rob invisible, hidden I disappear disappearance invisible toilet severe, harden a]faire<w simplicity, humbleness a]faire<w release, pardon ligament a]faire<w immortality, unceasing immortal, imperishable integrity, soundness I dismiss, cancel, pardon I reach, become known not loving the good not loving money departure I mislead, withdraw immediately without fear, fearless I resemble, make like I look away, see I separate, appoint opportunity, occasion I foam at the mouth foam foolishness, ignorance foolish, ignorant I fall asleep silute, mute Ahaz Achaia Achaicus ungrateful not man-made Achim mistiness useless, worthless a]xreio<w a@xrhstoj, -on a@xri a@xri a@xuron, -ou, to< a]yeudh<j, -e<j a@yinqoj, -ou, o[, h[ a@yuxoj, -on I make useless useless, worthless until (Gen.) until (Conj.) chaff truthful, without deceit wormwood, bitter lifeless, inanimate B Ba<al, o[ Babulw<n, -w?noj, h[ baqmo<j, -ou?, o[ ba<qoj, -ouj, to< baqu<nw baqu<j, -ei?a, -u< ba<i*on, -ou, to< Balaa<m, o[ Bala<k, o[ balla<ntion, -ou, to< ba<llw bapti<zw ba<ptisma, -atoj, to< baptisth<j, -ou?, o[ ba<ptw Barabba?j, -a?, o[ Bara<k, o[ Baraxi<aj, -ou, o[ ba<rbaroj, -on bare<w bare<wj Barqolomai?oj, -ou, o[ Barihsou?j, -ou?, o[ Bariwna?, o[ Barnaba?j, -a?, o[ ba<roj, -ouj, to< Barsabba?j, -a?, o[ Bartimai?oj, -ou, o[ baru<j, -ei?a, u< baru<timoj, -on basani<zw basanismo<j, -ou?, o[ basanisth<j, -ou?, o[ ba<sanoj, -ou, h[ basilei<a, -aj, h[ basi<leioj, -on basileu<j, -e<wj, o[ basileu<w basiliko<j, -h<, -o<n basi<lissa, -hj, h[ ba<sij, -ewj, h[ baskai<nw basta<zw ba<toj, -ou, o[, h[ 460 Baal Babylon step, rank, status depth, extreme I make deep deep palm branch Balaam Balak purse, money-bag I throw, cast I baptize, dip baptism Baptizer I dip Barabbas Barak Barachiah barbarian, non-Greek I am burdened hard of hearing, dull Bartholomew Bar-Jesus Bar-Jona Barnabas weight, burden Barsabbas Bartimaeus heavy, weighty very expensive I torture, torment torture jailer, torturer torture, torment kingdom, royal rule royal king I rule, am king royal queen foot I bewitch, deceive I carry, bear, endure thorn-bush Complete Lexicon ba<toj, -ou, o[ ba<traxoj, -ou, o[ battaloge<w ba<yw bde<lugma, -atoj, to< bdelukto<j, -h<, -o<n bdelu<ssomai be<baioj, -a, -on bebaio<w bebai<wsij, -ewj, h[ be<bammai be<bhloj, -on bebhlo<w be<blhka be<blhmai be<brwka Beelzebou<l, o[ Belia<r, o[ belo<nh, -hj, h[ be<loj, -ouj, to< belti<wn, -on Beniami<n, o[ Berni<kh, -hj, h[ Be<roia, -aj, h[ Beroiai?oj, -a, -on Be<roj, -ou, o[ Bew<r, o[ Bhdsai*da<, h[ Bhzaqa<, h[ Bhqabara<, h[ Bhqani<a, -aj, h[ Bhqesda<, h[ Bhqzaqa<, h[ Bhqle<em, h[ Bhqsai*da<, h[ Bhqfagh<, h[ bh?ma, -atoj, to< bh<rulloj, -ou, o[, h[ bi<a, -aj, h[ bia<zomai bi<aioj, -a, -on biasth<j, -ou?, o[ biblari<dion, -ou, to< bibli<on, -ou, to< bi<bloj, -ou, h[ bibrw<skw Biquni<a, -aj, h[ bi<oj, -ou, o[ bio<w bi<wsij, -ewj, h[ biwtiko<j, -h<, -o<n blabero<j, -a<, -o<n bla<ptw blasta<nw bath Bla<stoj, -ou, o[ frog blasfhme<w I babble blasfhmi<a, -aj, h[ ba<ptw abomination, detestable bla<sfhmoj, -on detestable, abominable ble<mma, -atoj, to< ble<pw I abhor, detest blhte<oj, -a, -on reliable, certain Boanhrge<j I confirm, establish confirmation, certainty boa<w Bo<ej, o[ ba<ptw profane, godless, worldly boh<, -h?j, h[ boh<qeia, -aj, h[ I desecrate, profane bohqe<w ba<llw bohqo<j, -o<n ba<llw bo<qunoj, -ou, o[ bibrw<skw bolh<, -h?j, h[ Beelzebub boli<zw Belial Bo<oj, o[ needle bo<rboroj, -ou, o[ arrow borra?j, -a?, o[ better, well bo<skw Benjamin Boso<r, o[ Bernice bota<nh, -hj, h[ Beroea bo<truj, -uoj, o[ Beroean bouleuth<j, -ou?, o[ Berus bouleu<w Beor boulh<, -h?j, h[ Bedsaida bou<lhma, -atoj, to< Bezatha bou<lomai Bethabara bouno<j, -ou?, o[ Bethany bou?j, boo<j, o[, h[ Bethesda brabei?on, -ou, to< Bethzatha brabeu<w Bethlehem bradu<nw Bethsaida braduploe<w Bethphage bradu<j, -ei?a, -u< judgment seat, step bradu<thj, -htoj, h[ beryl braxi<wn, -onoj, o[ force, violence braxu<j, -ei?a, u< I inflict violence bre<foj, -ouj, to< violent, forcible bre<xw violent person bronth<, -h?j, h[ little book broxh<, -h?j, h[ book, scroll bro<xoj, -ou, o[ book brugmo<j, -ou?, o[ I eat, consume bru<xw Bithynia bru<w life brw?ma, -atoj, to< I live brw<simoj, -on manner of life brw?sij, -ewj, h[ of daily life, ordinary buqi<zw harmful buqo<j, -ou?, o[ I harm, injure I sprout, put forth Blastus I blaspheme, slander blasphemy, slander blasphemous glance, look I see, look must be put Boanerges I shout, cry out Boaz shout, cry help, aid, support I help, aid helpful, helper pit, ditch a throw I take soundings Boaz mud, slime, filth north I feed, tend, graze Bosor plant, herb, fodder grapes council member I resolve, deliberate decision, purpose intention, desire I desire, intend, want hill cattle prize, reward I control, rule, decide I hesitate, delay I sail slowly slow slowness arm, power few, little unborn, baby I wet, send rain thunder rain noose, restrain gnashing of teeth I gnash I pour forth food eatable eating, meal, food I sink depth, deep sea 461 Complete Lexicon burseu<j, -e<wj, o[ bu<ssinoj, -h, -on bu<ssoj, -ou, h[ bwmo<j, -ou, o[ tanner cloth of fine linen fine linen altar G Gabbaqa? Gabrih<l, o[ ga<ggraina, -hj, h[ Ga<d, o[ Gadarhno<j, -h<, -o<n Ga<za, -hj, h[ ga<za, -hj, h[ gazofula<kion, -ou, to< Ga<i*oj, -ou, o[ ga<la, -aktoj, to< Gala<thj, -ou, o[ Galati<a, -aj, h[ Galatiko<j, -h<, -o<n galh<nh, -hj, h[ Galilai<a, -aj, h[ Galilai?oj, -a, -on Galli<wn, -wnoj, o[ Gamalih<l, o[ game<w gami<zw gami<skw ga<moj, -ou, o[ ga<r gasth<r, -tro<j, h[ ge< gege<nhmai ge<gona ge<grammai Gedew<n, o[ ge<enna, -hj, h[ Geqshmani< gei<twn, -onoj, o[, h[ gela<w ge<lwj, -wtoj, o[ gemi<zw ge<mw genea<, -a?j, h[ genealoge<w genealogi<a, -aj, h[ gene<sia, -wn, ta< ge<nesij, -ewj, h[ geneth<, -h?j, h[ ge<nhma, -atoj, to< genh<somai genna<w ge<nnhma, -atoj, to< Gennhsare<t, h[ gennhto<j, -h<, o<n Gabbatha Gabriel gangrene, cancer Gad Gadarene Gaza treasury treasury Gaius milk Galatian Galatia Galatian calm Galilee Galilean Gallio Gamaliel I marry I marry I give in marriage marriage for, then, because belly, glutton indeed, even gi<nomai gi<nomai gra<fw Gideon Gehenna, hell Gethsemane neighbor I laugh laughter I fill I am full family, generation I am descended from genealogy birthday celebration birth, origin birth product, fruit, yield gi<nomai I beget child, offspring Gennesaret begotten, born ge<noj, -ouj, to< Gerashno<j, -h<, -o<n gerousi<a, -aj, h[ ge<rwn, -ontoj, o[ geu<omai gewrge<w gew<rgion, -ou, to< gewrgo<j, -ou?, o[ gh?, gh?j, h[ gh?raj, -wj, to< ghra<skw gi<nomai ginw<skw gleu<koj, -ouj, to< gluku<j, -ei?a, -u< glw?ssa, -hj, h[ glwsso<komon, -ou, to< gnafeu<j, -e<wj, o[ gnh<sioj, -a, -on gnhsi<wj gno<foj, -ou, o[ gnw<mh, -hj, h[ gnwri<zw gnw?sij, -ewj, h[ gnw<somai gnw<sthj, -ou, o[ gnwsto<j, -h<, -o<n goggu<zw goggusmo<j, -ou?, o[ goggusth<j, -ou?, o[ go<hj, -htoj, o[ Golgoqa?, h[ Go<morra, -wn, ta< go<moj, -ou, o[ goneu<j, -e<wj, o[ go<nu, -atoj, to< gonupete<w gra<mma, -atoj, to< grammateu<j, -e<wj, o[ grapto<j, -h<, -o<n grafh<, -h?j, h[ gra<fw graw<dhj, -ej grhgore<w gumna<zw gumnasi<a, -aj, h[ gumniteu<w gumno<j, -h<, -o<n gumno<thj, -htoj, h[ gunaika<rion, -ou, to< gunaikei?oj, -a, -on gunh<, -aiko<j, h[ Gw<g, o[ 462 descendant, nation from Gerasa council of elders old man I taste, eat I cultivate cultivated land, field farmer land, ground, earth old age I grow old I become, am created I know, learn sweet wine sweet tongue, language money box, container bleacher, fuller genuine, legitimate genuinely, sincerely darkness intention, opinion I know, make known knowledge ginw<skw expert, one who knows known, acquainted grumble, murmur complaint, whispering grumbler, complainer impostor, sorcerer Golgotha Gomorrah load, cargo parent knee I kneel letter, document scribe, scholar written Scripture, writing I write of old women I stay awake, alert I train, discipline physical training I wear rags naked nakedness foolish woman, silly feminine, female woman, wife Gog Complete Lexicon gwni<a, -aj, h[ corner D daimoni<zomai daimo<nion, -ou, to< daimoniw<dhj, -ej dai<mwn, -onoj, o[ da<knw da<kruon, -ou, to< dakru<w daktu<lioj, -ou, o[ da<ktuloj, -ou, o[ Dalmanouqa<, h[ Dalmati<a, -aj, h[ dama<zw da<malij, -ewj, h[ Da<marij, -idoj, h[ Damaskhno<j, -h<, -o<n Damasko<j, -ou?, h[ danei<zw da<neion, -ou, to< daneisth<j, -ou?, o[ Danih<l, o[ dapana<w dapa<nh, -hj, h[ Daui<d, o[ de< de<degmai de<deixa dedi<wgmai de<domai de<dwka de<hsij, -ewj, h[ dei? dei?gma, -atoj, to< deigmati<zw dei<knumi deili<a, -aj, h[ deilia<w deilo<j, -h<, -o<n dei?na, o[, h[, to< deinw?j dei<cw deipne<w dei?pnon, -ou, to< deisidaimoni<a, -aj, h[ deisidai<mwn, -on de<ka dekaoktw< dekape<nte Deka<polij, -ewj, h[ dekate<ssarej de<katoj, -h, -on dekato<w I am demon possessed demon, evil spirit demonic demon, evil spirit I bite, harm tear I weep, cry ring finger Dalmanutha Dalmatia I subdue, tame heifer, young cow Damaris Damascuscene Damascus I lend, borrow loan, debt moneylender, creditor Daniel I spend, waste expense, cost David but, and de<xomai dei<knumi diw<kw di<dwmi di<dwmi plea, entreaty it is necessary, should example, proof I disgrace, expose I show, point out cowardice I am timid, cowardly cowardly, timid somebody terribly dei<knumi I eat, dine dinner, supper religion, revering God superstitious, religious ten eighteen fifteen Decapolis fourteen tenth I receive tithes dekto<j, -h<, -o<n delea<zw de<ndron, -ou, to< deciola<boj, -ou, o[ decio<j, -a<, -o<n de<omai de<oj, -ouj, to< Derbai?oj, -a, -on De<rbh, -hj, h[ de<rma, -atoj, to< derma<tinoj, -h, -on de<rw desmeu<w de<smh, -hj, h[ de<smioj, -ou, o[ desmo<j, -ou?, o[ desmofu<lac, -akoj, o[ desmwth<rion, -ou, to< desmw<thj, -ou, o[ despo<thj, -ou, o[ deu?ro deu?te deuterai?oj, -a, -on deu<teroj, -a, -on de<xomai de<w dh< dh?loj, -h, -on dhlo<w Dhma?j, -a?, o[ dhmhgore<w Dhmh<trioj, -ou, o[ dhmiourgo<j, -ou?, o[ dh?moj, -ou, o[ dhmo<sioj, -a, -on dhna<rion, -ou, to< dh<pou dia< dia< diabai<nw diaba<llw diabebaio<omai diable<pw dia<boloj, -on diagge<llw diagi<nomai diaginw<skw dia<gnwsij, -ewj, h[ diagoggu<zw diagrhgore<w dia<gw diade<xomai 463 acceptable, welcome I lure, entice tree bowman right hand, right side I ask, plead fear, awe from Derbe Derbe skin leather I whip, strike I bind, tie up bundle prisoner chain, fetter jailer, prison guard prison, jail prisoner ruler, owner here, until now come! come on! second day second I receive, take I bind, tie, restrict then, now clear, evident, plain I reveal, make clear Demas make a speech Demetrius builder, creator people, crowd public denarius, coin surely, indeed through, during (Gen.) on account of, because of (Acc.) I go through, cross I accuse I insist I see clearly slanderer, Devil I proclaim, give notice I pass (time), elapse I decide a case deciding a case I grumble, complain I keep awake I behave I receive, succeed to Complete Lexicon dia<dhma, -atoj, to< diadi<dwmi dia<doxoj, -ou, o[ diazw<nnumi diaqh<kh, -hj, h[ diaqh<sw diai<resij, -ewj, h[ diaire<w diakaqai<rw diakaqari<zw diakatele<gxomai diakone<w diakoni<a, -aj, h[ dia<konoj, -ou, o[, h[ diako<sioi, -ai, -a diakou<w diakri<nw dia<krisij, -ewj, h[ diakwlu<w dialale<w diale<gomai dialei<pw dia<lektoj, -ou, h[ dialla<ssomai dialogi<zomai dialogismo<j, -ou?, o[ dialu<w diamartu<romai diama<xomai diameme<nhka diame<nw diameri<zw diamerismo<j, -ou?, o[ diane<mw dianeu<w diano<hma, -atoj, to< dia<noia, -aj, h[ dianoi<gw dianuktereu<w dianu<w diaparatribh<, -h?j, h[ diapera<w diaple<w diapone<omai diaporeu<omai diapore<w diapragmateu<omai diapri<w diarpa<zw diarpa<sw diarrh<gnumi diasafe<w diasei<w diadem, crown I distribute, give successor I gird, tie around testament, covenant diati<qhmi division, distribution I divide, distribute I clean out I clean out I refute I serve, wait upon service servant, deacon two hundred I hear a legal case I judge, differentiate distinguishing, quarrel I prevent I converse, discuss I discuss, argue I cease, stop language I am reconciled I reason, consider thought, reasoning I scatter, destroy I testify, warn I protest diame<nw I remain, continue I divide, distribute division, dissension I distribute, spread I nod, gesture thought understanding, mind I open, explain I spend the night I complete, finish constant irritation I cross over I sail across I am irked, annoyed I pass through I am perplexed I gain, earn I am furious I plunder diarpa<zw I rip, shatter I report, explain I extort diaskorpi<zw diaspa<w diaspei<rw diaspora<, -a?j, h[ diaste<llw dia<sthma, -atoj, to< diastolh<, -h?j, h[ diastre<fw dias&<zw diatagh<, -h?j, h[ dia<tagma, -atoj, to< diata<cw diatara<ssw diata<ssw diatele<w diate<tagmai diate<taxa diathre<w diati<qhmi diatri<bw diatrofh<, -h?j, h[ diauga<zw diaugh<j, -e<j diafe<rw diafeu<gw diafhmi<zw diafqei<rw diafqora<, -a?j, h[ dia<foroj, -on diafula<ssw diaxeiri<zw diaxleua<zw diaxwri<zw didaktiko<j, -h<, -o<n didakto<j, -h<, -o<n didaskali<a, -aj, h[ dida<skaloj, -ou, o[ dida<skw didaxh<, -h?j, h[ di<draxmon, -ou, to< Di<dumoj, -ou, o[ di<dwmi dieblh<qhn die<bhn diegei<rw diegeno<mhn diedeca<mhn die<dwka die<zwsa die<zwsmai die<qhka diei?lon dieleca<mhn 464 I scatter, disperse I tear apart I scatter scattered Jews I order, command interval difference, distinction I pervert, mislead I rescue, save, heal ordinance edict, command diata<ssw I confuse, am troubled I order, command I remain, continue diata<ssw diata<ssw I keep I decree, ordain I stay, remain support, food I shine through transparent, pure I carry through, spread I escape I spread news I spoil, destroy corruption, decay different, varied I guard, protect I kill, seize and kill I mock I separate, depart able to teach instructed, taught teaching, instruction teacher I teach teaching, instruction two-drachma coin Didymus I give, pay diaba<llw diabai<nw I wake up diagi<nomai diade<xomai diadi<dwmi diazw<nnumi diazw<nnumi diati<qhmi diaire<w diale<gomai Complete Lexicon dieleu<somai diele<xqhn dielh<luqa die<meina dienqume<omai die<codoj, -ou, h[ diermhneuth<j, -ou?, o[ diermhneu<w die<rrhca die<rxomai dierwta<w diesa<fhsa die<sthsa die<strammai die<taca dieta<xqhn dieth<j, -e<j dieti<a, -aj, h[ dihge<omai dih<ghsij, -ewj, h[ dih?lqon dihnekh<j, -e<j dih<negka dih<noigma dih<noica dihnoi<xqhn dih<nusa dih<rpasa diqa<lassoj, -on dii*kne<omai dii~sthmi dii*sxuri<zomai dikaiokrisi<a, -aj, h[ di<kaioj, -a, -on dikaiosu<nh, -hj, h[ dikaio<w dikai<wma, -atoj, to< dikai<wj dikai<wsij, -ewj, h[ dikasth<j, -ou?, o[ di<kh, -hj, h[ di<ktuon, -ou, to< di<logoj, -on dio< diodeu<w Dionu<sioj, -ou, o[ dio<per diopeth<j, e<j dio<rqwma, -atoj, to< dio<rqwsij, -ewj, h[ dioru<ssw Dio<skouroi, -wn, oi[ dio<ti Diotre<fhj, -ouj, o[ die<rxomai diplou?j, -h?, ou?n diale<gomai diplo<w die<rxomai di<j diame<nw dismuria<j, -a<doj, h[ I ponder, think about dista<zw street crossing di<stomoj, -on translator, interpreter disxi<lioi, -ai, -a I translate, interpret diu*li<zw diarrh<gnumi dixa<zw I go through, cross dixostasi<a, -aj, h[ I learn by asking dixotome<w diasafe<w diya<w dii~sthmi di<yoj, -ouj, to< diastre<fw di<yuxoj, -on diata<ssw diwgmo<j, -ou?, o[ diata<ssw diw<kthj, -ou, o[ two years old diw<kw two-year period diw<cw I tell, relate, describe do<gma, -atoj, to< narrative dogmati<zw die<rxomai doke<w continuous, always dokima<zw diafe<rw dokimasi<a, -aj, h[ dianoi<gw dokimh<, -h?j, h[ dianoi<gw doki<mion, -ou, to< dianoi<gw do<kimoj, -on dianu<w doko<j, -ou?, h[ diarpa<zw do<lioj, -a, -on sand bank, reef dolio<w I penetrate, pierce do<loj, -ou, o[ I go away, part dolo<w I insist do<ma, -atoj, to< righteous judgment do<ca, -hj, h[ righteous, just doca<zw righteousness, justice I show justice, vindicate Dorka<j, -a<doj, h[ regulation, righteous act do<sij, -ewj, h[ do<thj, -ou, o[ justly, uprightly doulagwge<w justification, acquittal doulei<a, -aj, h[ judge douleu<w penalty, Justice dou<lh, -hj, h[ fishing net dou?loj, -h, -on hypocritical dou?loj, -ou, o[ therefore doulo<w I go, travel through doxh<, -h?j, h[ Dionysius dra<kwn, -ontoj, o[ therefore image fallen from heavendra<ssomai draxmh<, -h?j, h[ reform dre<panon, -ou, to< improvement I break in, dig through dro<moj, -ou, o[ Drou<silla, -hj, h[ Dioscuri du<namai because, that 465 Diotrephes double I double twice double myriad, 20,000 I doubt, hesitate double-edged two thousand I filter out, strain out I separate dissension, discord I cut in two, punish I am thirsty, thirst thirst doubting persecution persecutor I pursue, persecute diw<kw decree, doctrine, law I obey rules I suppose, consider I test, examine testing, examination test, ordeal testing, genuine tested, genuine wooden beam deceitful, treacherous I deceive deceit, treachery I falsify gift glory, splendor, praise I praise, honor Dorcas, gazelle gift giver I enslave, subjugate slavery I am enslaved, serve female slave slavish, servile slave, servant I enslave, subjugate banquet dragon, serpent I catch, trap drachma coin sickle course, race Drusilla I can, am able Complete Lexicon du<namij, -ewj, h[ dunamo<w duna<sthj, -ou, o[ dunate<w dunato<j, -h<, -o<n du<nw du<o dusba<staktoj, -on dusente<rion, ou, to< dusermh<neutoj, -on du<sij, -ewj, h[ du<skoloj, -on dusko<lwj dusmh<, -h?j, h[ dusno<htoj, -on dusfhme<w dusfhmi<a, -aj, h[ dw<deka dwde<katoj, -h, -on dwdeka<fulon, -ou, to< dw?ma, -atoj, to< dwrea<, -a?j, h[ dwrea<n dwre<omai dw<rhma, -atoj, to< dw?ron, -ou, to< dw<sw power, might, ability I enable, strengthen ruler, official I am strong, able powerful, strong I go down two difficult dysentery hard to explain west, setting (sun) hard, difficult with difficulty west, setting (sun) hard to understand I slander slander twelve twelfth twelve tribes roof, housetop gift, gratis as a gift, gratis I give, present gift, present gift, present di<dwmi E e@a e]an < e]an < per e[autou?, -h?j, -ou? e]aw < e@balon e]bde<lugmai e[bdomh<konta e[bdomhkonta<kij e!bdomoj, -h, -on @Eber, o[ e@blaya e]blh<qhn [Ebrai*ko<j, -h<, -o<n [Ebrai?oj, -ou, o[ [Ebrai~j, -i~doj, h[ [Ebai*sti< e@breca e]gamh<qhn e]ga<mhsa e]genh<qhn e]geno<mhn e]ggi<zw e]ggiw? e]ggra<fw ah!, ha! if, when if indeed himself, herself, itself I allow, permit, let ba<llw bdelu<ssomai seventy seventy times seventh Eber bla<ptw ba<llw Hebrew Hebrew Hebrew Hebrew language bre<xw game<w game<w gi<nomai gi<nomai I come near e]ggi<zw I record, write in e@gguoj, -ou, o[ e]ggu<j e]gei<rw e@gersij, -ewj, h[ e]gh<germai e]gka<qetoj, -on e]gkai<nia, -wn, ta< e]gkaini<zw e]gkake<w e]gkale<w e]gkatalei<pw e]gkatoike<w e]gkauxa<omai e]gkentri<zw e@gklhma, -atoj, to< e]gkombo<omai e]gkoph<, -h?j, h[ e]gko<ptw e]gkra<teia, -aj, h[ e]gkrateu<omai e]gkrath<j, -e<j e]gkri<nw e]gkru<ptw e@gkuoj, -on e@gnwn e]gnw<sqhn e@gnw<smai e]gra<fhn e]gxri<w e]gw<, e]mou?; h[mei?j, h[mw?n eda<rhn e]dafi<zw e@dafoj, -ouj, to< e@deica e@deira e]dei<xqhn e]de<camhn e@dhsa e]di<stasa e]di<wca e]diw<xqhn e]do<qhn e[drai?oj, -a, -on e[drai<wma, -atoj, to< e@dramon e@dwka [Ezeki<aj, -ou, o[ e@zhsa e@zwsa e@qaya e]qeloqrhski<a, -aj, h[ 466 guarantor, guarantee near, close I raise, wake, rise resurrection e]gei<rw spy festival of Rededication I renew, dedicate I am tired, despair I accuse, charge I forsake, abandon I live, dwell I boast I graft charge, accusation I dress, put on hindrance, obstacle I hinder, prevent self-control, chastity I abstain, have selfcontrol disciplined I classify I put into, hide pregnant ginw<skw ginw<skw ginw<skw gra<fw I rub on I/we de<rw I raze to the ground ground dei<knumi de<rw dei<knumi de<xomai de<w dista<zw diw<kw diw<kw di<dwmi firm, steadfast foundation, support tre<xw di<dwmi Hezekiah za<w zw<nnumi qa<ptw self-imposed teacher Complete Lexicon e@qhka e@qigon e]qi<zw e]qna<rxhj, -ou, o[ e]qniko<j, -h<, -o<n e]qnikw?j e@qnoj, -ouj, to< e@qoj, -ouj, to< e@qreya ei] ei@asa ei]de<a, -aj, h[ ei]dh<sw ei#don ei#doj, -ouj, to< ei]dwlei?on, -ou, to< ei]dwlo<qutoj, -on ei]dwlola<trhj, -ou, o[ ei]dwlolatri<a, -aj, h[ ei@dwlon, -ou, to< ei]k^? ei@kosi ei@kw ei]kw<n, -o<noj, h[ ei$la ei@lhfa ei]likri<neia, -aj, h[ ei]likrinh<j, e<j ei!lkusa ei!lkwmai ei]mi< ei#ca ei@per ei#pon ei@rgasmai ei@rhka ei@rhmai ei]rhneu<w ei]rh<nh, -hj, h[ ei]rhniko<j, -h<, -o<n ei]rhnopoie<w ei]rhnopoio<j, -ou?, o[ ei]j ei$j, mi<a, e!n ei]sa<gw ei]sakou<w ei]sde<xomai ei@seimi ei]sde<comai ei]se<dramon ei]seleu<somai ei]selh<luqa ti<qhmi qigga<nw I am accustomed ethnarch, official Gentile, heathen like a heathen nation, heathen, Gentiles habit, custom tre<fw if, since, that e]aw < appearance, form oi#da I saw form, sight idol’s temple idol offering idol worshiper idolatry idol, image without cause, purposeless twenty I yield image, likeness ai[re<w lamba<nw sincerity, purity pure, sincere, unmixed e!lkw e!lkw I am, exist, happen ei@kw if indeed I said (le<gw) e]rga<zomai le<gw le<gw I live peacefully peace peaceful I make peace peace-maker into, toward, for (Acc.) one I bring in, lead into I obey, hear I receive I go in, enter ei]sde<xomai ei]stre<xw ei]se<rxomai ei]se<rxomai ei]se<rxomai ei]sh<gagon ei]sh?lqon ei]sh<negka ei]skale<omai ei@sodoj, -ou, h[ ei]sphda<w ei]sporeu<omai ei]stre<xw ei]sfe<rw ei#ta ei@te ei@wqa e]k e@kamon e!kastoj, -h, -on e[ka<stote e[kato<n e[katontaeth<j, -e<j e[katontaplasi<wn, -on e[katonta<rxhj, -ou, o[ e]kbai<nw e]kba<llw e@kbasij, -ewj, h[ e]kbolh<, -h?j, h[ e]kgami<zw e@kgonoj, -on e]kdapana<w e]kde<xomai e@kdhloj, -on e]kdhme<w e]kdi<dwmi e]kdihge<omai e]kdike<w e]kdi<khsij, -ewj, h[ e@kdikoj, -on e]kdiw<kw e@kdotoj, -on e]kdoxh<, -h?j, h[ e]kdu<w e]kdw<sw e]kei? e]kei?qen e]kei?noj, -h, -o e]kei?se e]kerdh<qhn e]ke<rdhsa e]kzhte<w e]kzh<thsij, -ewj, h[ e]kh<ruca e]khru<xqhn e]kqambe<w 467 I enter, come/go into ei]sa<gw ei]se<rxomai ei]sfe<rw I invite entering, entrance I rush in, leap in I go into, enter I run into I bring in, carry in then, next, afterwards if accustomed from, out, by (Gen.) ka<mnw each, every always one hundred a hundred years hundred fold centurion I go out, come from I drive out, expel end, a way out throwing out I marry grandchild I exhaust, spend I expect, wait for plain, easily known I journey, get away I rent out, lease I tell fully I avenge, punish revenge, punishment punisher I persecute delivered up, betrayed expectation I strip, take off e]kdi<dwmi there, in that place from there that (one) there, that place kerdai<nw kerdai<nw I search, seek out speculation khru<ssw khru<ssw I am amazed, alarmed Complete Lexicon e@kqamboj, -on e]kqauma<zw e@kqetoj, -on e]kkaqai<rw e]kkai<w e]kkente<w e]kke<xumai e]kkla<w e]kklei<w e]kklhsi<a, -aj, h[ e]kkli<nw e]kkolumba<w e]kkomi<zw e]kko<ptw e]kkrema<nnumi e]klale<w e]kla<mpw e]klanqa<nomai e]kle<gomai e]klei<pw e]klei<yw e]klekto<j, -h<, -o<n e@kleya e]klh<qhn e]klogh<, -h?j, h[ e]klu<w e]kma<ssw e]kmuktri<zw e]kneu<w e]knh<fw e]kore<sqhn e[kou<sioj, -a, -on e[kousi<wj e@koya e@kpalai e]kpeira<zw e]kpe<mpw e]kpe<ptwka e]kperissw?j e]kpeta<nnumi e]kphda<w e]kpi<ptw e]kple<w e]kplhro<w e]kplh<rwsij, -ewj, h[ e]kplh<ssw e]kpne<w e]kporeu<omai e]kporneu<w e]kptu<w e]kre<masa e]krema<sqhn e]krizo<w astonished I am amazed exposed, abandoned I cleanse, clean out I kindle I pierce e]kxe<w I break off I exclude congregation, assembly I turn away I swim away I carry out I cut down, remove I hang upon I tell I shine, blaze I forget I choose, select I fail, depart e]klei<pw chosen, select kle<ptw kale<w selection, election I am weary I wipe I ridicule, sneer I turn aside, withdraw I become sober kore<nnumi voluntary, willing willingly, intentionally ko<ptw long ago I test, tempt I send out e]kpi<ptw excessively I stretch out I rush, get up quickly I fall from, forsake I sail away from I fulfill, complete completion I am amazed I expire, die I go out, depart I indulge I spit, disdain krema<nnumi krema<nnumi I uproot, destroy e]kri<qhn e@kruya e@kstasij, -ewj, h[ e]kstre<fw e]ktara<ssw e]ktei<nw e]ktele<w e]kte<neia, -aj, h[ e]ktenh<j, e<j e]ktenw?j e]kti<qhmi e]ktina<ssw e@ktisa e]kti<sqhn e@ktismai e!ktoj, -h, -on e]kto<j e]ktre<pw e]ktre<fw e@ktrwma, -atoj, to< e@kuya e]kfe<rw e]kfeu<gw e]kfobe<w e@kfoboj, -on e]kfu<w e]kxe<w e]kxwre<w e]kyu<xw e[kw<n, -ou?sa, -o<n e@labon e@laqon e]lai<a, -aj, h[ e@laion, -ou, to< e]laiw<n, -w?noj, o[ ]Elami<thj, -ou, o[ e@lamya e]la<sswn, -on e]lattone<w e]latto<w e]lau<nw e]lafri<a, -aj, h[ e]lafro<j, -a<, -o<n e]la<xistoj, -h, -on e@laxon ]Elea<zar, o[ e]lea<w e]legmo<j, -ou?, o[ e@legcij, -ewj, h[ e]le<gcw e@legxoj, -ou, o[ e]le<gxw e]leeino<j, -h<, -o<n 468 kri<nw kru<ptw amazement, trance I pervert, am corrupt I agitate, stir up I stretch out I finish, complete earnestness eager, earnest eagerly, constantly I expose, put out I shake out kti<zw kti<zw kti<zw sixth outside I turn away I nourish, rear untimely birth ku<ptw I carry out, lead, grow I flee, escape I frighten, terrify terrified I put forth, sprout I pour out, scatter I depart I die willingly lamba<nw lanqa<nw olive tree olive oil olive grove Elamite la<mpw smaller, inferior I have too little I diminish I drive, row fickle, vacillation light, quick, fickle small, least lagxa<nw Eleazar I show mercy rebuke, punishment rebuke, conviction e]le<gxw proof, evidence for I rebuke, expose pitiable Complete Lexicon e]lee<w e]lehmosu<nh, -hj, h[ e]leh<mwn, -on e@leoj, -ouj, to< e]leuqeri<a, -aj, h[ e]leu<qeroj, -a, -on e]leuqero<w e@leusij, -ewj, h[ e]leu<somai e]lefa<ntinoj, -h, -on e]lh<luqa ]Eliaki<m, o[ ]Elie<zer, o[ e[li<cw ]Eliou<d, o[ ]Elisa<bet, h[ ]Elisai?oj, -ou, o[ e[li<ssw e!lkoj, -ouj, to< e[lko<w e!lkw [Ella<j, -a<doj, h[ !Ellhn, -hnoj, o[ [Ellhniko<j, -h<, -o<n [Ellhni<j, -i<doj, h[ [Ellhnisth<j, -ou?, o[ [Ellhnisti< e]lloge<w ]Elmada<m, o[ e]lpi<zw e]lpi<j, -i<doj, h[ ]Elu<maj, -a, o[ e]lwi~ e@maqon e]mataiw<qhn e]mautou?, -h?j e]mbai<nw e]mba<llw e]mba<ptw e]mbateu<w e]mbiba<zw e]mble<pw e]mbrima<omai e@meina e]me<w e]mia<nqhn e@mica e]mmai<nomai ]Emmanouh<l, o[ ]Emmaou?j, h[ e]mme<nw [Emmw<r, o[ e]mnh<sqhn I have mercy, pity alms, kind deed merciful, sympathetic mercy, compassion freedom, liberty free I free, set free coming, advent e@rxomai made of ivory e@rxomai Eliakim Eliezer e[li<ssw Eliud Elizabeth Elisha I roll up wound I cause sores, ulcers I pull, drag Greece a Greek Greek Greek Hellenist in Greek I charge to someone Elmadam I hope, expect hope Elymas my God manqa<nw mataio<w myself I embark, go in I throw I dip I enter, visit I put in, cause to embark I look at, gaze on I insist, scold, warn me<nw I vomit, spit out miai<nw mi<gnumi I am enraged Emmanuel Emmaus I remain, stay Hamor mimn^<skomai e]mo<j, -h<, -o<n e]mpaigmonh<, -h?j, h[ e]mpaigmo<j, -ou?, o[ e]mpai<zw e]mpai<kthj, -ou, o[ e]mperipate<w e]mpi<mplhmi e]mpi<mprhmi e]mpi<ptw e]mple<kw e]mplokh<, -h?j, h[ e]mpne<w e]mporeu<omai e]mpori<a, -aj, h[ e]mpo<rion, -ou, to< e@mporoj, -ou, o[ e@mprosqen e]mptu<w e]mfanh<j, e<j e]mfani<zw e@mfoboj, -on e]mfusa<w e@mfutoj, -on e]mw<rana e]mw<ranqhn e]n e]nagkali<zomai e]na<lioj, -on e@nanti e]nanti<on e]nanti<oj, -a, -on e]na<rxomai e@natoj, -h, -on e]ndeh<j, -e<j e@ndeigma, -atoj, to< e]ndei<knumi e@ndeicij, -ewj, h[ e!ndeka e[nde<katoj, -h, -on e]nde<xomai e]ndhme<w e]ndidu<skw e@ndikoj, -on e]ndoca<zomai e@ndocoj, -on e@nduma, -atoj, to< e]ndunamo<w e]ndu<nw e@ndusij, -ewj, h[ e]ndu<w e]ndw<mhsij, -ewj, h[ e]ne<baya 469 mine mockery mockery, scorn I mock, trick mocker I walk about I enjoy, fill, satisfy I burn, set on fire I fall into I entangle braid I breathe, inspire I trade, do business business, trade market merchant in front of, ahead I spit on visible, well known I reveal, make known afraid, startled I breathe on implanted mwrai<nw mwrai<nw in, with, by (Dat.) I embrace, take in arms sea-dwelling, sea creature before, in front of before against, opposed I begin ninth poor, impoverished evidence, proof I demonstrate, show sign, omen eleven eleventh I am possible I am at home I dress, put on just, right, deserved I am glorified, honored honored, glorious garment, clothing I strengthen, make able I sneak in wearing I dress, clothe foundation e]mba<ptw Complete Lexicon e]ne<bhn e]nedeica<mhn e]ne<dra, -aj, h[ e]nedreu<w e]neile<w e@neimi e!neka e]neke<ntrisa e]nekentri<sqhn e]nekombwsa<mhn e]ne<koya e]nenh<konta e]neo<j, -a<, -o<n e]nepla<khn e]ne<plhsa e]neplh<sqhn e]ne<ptusa e]ne<rgeia, -aj, h[ e]nerge<w e]ne<rghma, -atoj, to< e]nergh<j, -e<j e]ne<sthka e]netu<lica e]ne<tuxon e]neuloge<w e]nefa<nisa e]nefu<shsa e]ne<xrisa e]ne<xw e]nhrca<mhn e@nhya e]nqa<de e@nqen e]nqume<omai e]nqu<mhsij, -ewj, h[ e@ni e]niauto<j, -ou?, o[ e]ni<sthmi e]nisxu<w e@niya e]nne<a e]nneu<w e@nnoia, -aj, h[ e@nnomoj, -on e@nnuxoj, -on e]noike<w e]norki<zw e[no<thj, -htoj, h[ e]noxle<w e@noxoj, -on e]nsth<sw e@ntalma, -atoj, to< e]ntafia<zw e]mbai<nw e]ndei<knumi ambush, plot I lie in wait, plot I wrap up, confine I am in on account of, because e]gkentri<zw e]gkentri<zw e]gkombo<omai e]gko<ptw ninety speechless e]mple<kw e]mpi<mplhmi e]mpi<mplhmi e]mptu<w working, action I work, function deed, activity effective, active e]ni<sthmi e]ntuli<ssw e]ntugxa<nw I bless e]mfani<zw e]mfusa<w e]gxri<w I grudge, am hostile to e]na<rxomai nh<fw here from here I think, consider thought there is year, era I have come, impend I strengthen ni<ptw nine I signal, gesture thought, insight legal, lawful at night I dwell in, live I swear, adjure unity I trouble, afflict liable, guilty e]ni<sthmi commandment I prepare for burial e]ntafiasmo<j, -ou?, o[ e]nte<llomai e]ntetu<ligmai e]nteu?qen e@nteucij, -ewj, h[ e@ntimoj, -on e]ntolh<, -h?j, h[ e]nto<pioj, -a, -on e]nto<j e]ntre<pw e]ntre<fw e@ntromoj, -on e]ntroph<, -h?j, h[ e]ntrufa<w e]ntugxa<nw e]ntuli<ssw e]ntupo<w e]nubri<zw e@nuca e]nupnia<zomai e]nu<pnion, -ou, to< e]nu<staca e]n&<khsa e]nw<pion ]Enw<j, o[ e]nwti<zomai [Enw<x, o[ e!c e]cagge<llw e]cagora<zw e]ca<gw e]caire<w e]cai<rw e]caite<w e]cai<fnhj e]cakolouqe<w e[cako<sioi, -ai, -a e]calei<fw e]ca<llomai e]cana<stasij, -ewj, h[ e]canate<llw e]cani<sthmi e]capata<w e]ca<pina e]capore<omai e]caposte<llw e]carti<zw e]castra<ptw e]cauth?j e]ce<balon e]ce<bhn e]ceblh<qhn e]cegei<rw 470 burial preparation I order, command e]ntuli<ssw from here petition, request honored, precious commandment local, inhabiting inside, within, among I shame, respect I rear, train trembling shame I revel, carouse I petition, pray, appeal I wrap up I engrave I insult, outrage nu<ssw I dream dream nusta<zw e]noike<w before, in front of (Gen.) Enos I pay attention Enoch six I proclaim I buy up, redeem I lead out, bring out I take out, set free I remove, exclude I ask, demand suddenly, immediately I follow, obey six hundred I wipe away, erase I jump up resurrection I spring up I raise up, stand up I deceive, cheat suddenly, immediately I doubt, despair I send out I finish, complete I glisten, flash immediately, at once e]kba<llw e]kbai<nw e]kba<llw I awaken, raise up Complete Lexicon e]cedi<khsa e]cedi<wca e]ce<dwka e]cezhth<qhn e]cezh<thsa e]ce<qhka e]cei?lon e@ceimi e]ceko<phn e]ce<koya e]cela<lhsa e]celeu<somai e]celh<luqa e]ce<lipon e]ce<lkw e]ce<maca e]ce<nhya e]ce<peson e]cepla<ghn e]ce<rama, -atoj, to< e]cerauna<w e]ce<rxomai e]ce<sthka e]ce<sthsa e@cesti e]ce<strammai e]ceta<zw e]ce<teina e]ceti<naca e]cetra<phn e]cexu<qhn e]ch<ggeila e]ch<geira e]chge<omai e]chghsa<mhn e]chgo<rasa e[ch<konta e]ch?lqon e]ch<negka e]ch<rammai e]ch<rana e]ch<ranqhn e]ch<rtisa e]ch<rtismai e[ch?j e]c^<thsa e]chxe<w e!cij, -ewj, h[ e]ci<sthmi e]cisxu<w e@codoj, -ou, h[ e]coi<sw e]kdike<w e]kdiw<kw e]kdi<dwmi e]kzhte<w e]kzhte<w e]kti<qhmi e]caire<w I go out, go away e]kko<ptw e]kko<ptw e]klale<w e]ce<rxomai e]ce<rxomai e]klei<pw I lure e]kma<ssw e]knh<fw e]kpi<ptw e]kplh<ssw vomit I inquire, seek diligently I go out, pass away e]ci<sthmi e]ci<sthmi it is permitted, proper e]kstre<fw I inquire, examine e]ktei<nw e]ktina<ssw e]ktre<pw e]kxe<w e]cagge<llw e]cegei<rw I explain, interpret e]chge<omai e]cagora<zw sixty e]ce<rxomai e]kfe<rw chrai<nw chrai<nw chrai<nw e]carti<zw e]carti<zw next e]caite<w I proclaim practice, exercise I amaze, astound, confuse I am able departure, death e]kfe<rw e]coleqreu<w e]comologe<w e]corki<zw e]corkisth<j, -ou?, o[ e]coru<ssw e]coudene<w e]couqene<w e]cousi<a, -aj, h[ e]cousia<zw e]cousiastiko<j, -h<, -o<n e]coxh<, -h?j, h[ e]cupni<zw e@cupnoj, -on e@cw e!cw e@cwqen e]cwqe<w e]cw<ruca e]cw?sa e]cw<teroj, -a, -on e@oika e[orta<zw e[orth<, -h?j, h[ e]paggeli<a, -aj, h[ e]pagge<llomai e]pa<ggelma, -atoj, to< e]pa<gw e]pagwni<zomai e@paqon e]paqroi<zw ]Epai<netoj, -ou, o[ e]paine<w e@painoj, -ou, o[ e]pai<rw e]paisxu<nomai e]paite<w e]pakolouqe<w e]pakou<w e]pakroa<omai e]pa<n e]pa<nagkej e]pana<gw e]panamimn^<skw e]panapau<omai e]panasth<sw e]pane<rxomai e]panh<gagon e]panh?lqon e]pani<sthmi e]pano<rqwsij, -ewj, h[ e]pa<nw e]pa<ratoj, -on e]parke<w 471 I destroy I confess, acknowledge I adjure, put under oath exorcist I dig out I ill-treat I despise, reject authority, capability I reign authoritative high rank I wake up, arouse awake outside e@xw from outside I expel, run ashore e]coru<ssw e]cwqe<w outer I resemble I celebrate a feast feast, festival promise I promise promise I bring on I fight, contend pa<sxw I collect Epaenetus I praise praise I rise up I am ashamed I beg I follow, come after I hear, obey I listen to when, as soon as necessarily I put out to sea I remind I remain, rest e]pani<sthmi I return to e]pana<gw e]pane<rxomai I set up, rebel against correcting above, over accursed I help, aid Complete Lexicon e]parxei<a, -aj, h[ e]pa<taca e@paulij, -ewj, h[ e]pau<rion ]Epafra?j, -a?, o[ e]pafri<zw ]Epafro<ditoj, -ou, o[ e]pebe<bhka e]pe<bhn e]pegei<rw e]pegeno<mhn e]pe<gnwka e]pe<gnwn e]pegnw<sqhn e]pede<dwka e]pe<deica e]pedo<qhn e]pei< e]peidh< e]peidh<per e@peimi e@peisa e]peisagwgh<, -h?j, h[ e]peiseleu<somai e]peise<rxomai e]pei<sqhn e@peita e]pe<keila e]pe<keina e]peklh<qhn e]pekalu<fqhn e]pektei<nomai e]pelaqo<mhn e]pele<lhsmai e]pe<leca e]peleu<somai e]pe<mfqhn e@pemya e]pendu<omai e]pendu<thj, -ou, o[ e]pe<peson e]pe<plhca e]pe<riya e]pe<rxomai e]perwta<w e]perw<thma, -atoj, to< e]peskeya<mhn e@peson e]pe<steila e]pe<sthn e]pe<streya e]pe<sxon e]pe<taca province pata<ssw farm, residence tomorrow Epaphras I splash up Epaphroditus e]pibai<nw e]pibai<nw I awaken, arouse, stir up e]pigi<nomai e]piginw<skw e]piginw<skw e]piginw<skw e]pidi<dwmi e]pidei<knumi e]pidi<dwmi when, because, after when, because, after because on the next day pei<qw introduction e]peise<rxomai I happen, rush in pei<qw later, then e]pike<llw beyond e]pikale<w e]pikalu<ptw I stretch out, strain for e]pilanqa<nomai e]pilanqa<nomai e]pile<gw e]pe<rxomai pe<mpw pe<mpw I put on cloak, coat e]pipi<ptw e]piplh<ssw e]piri<ptw I come, approach I ask, interrogate question, request e]piske<ptomai pi<ptw e]piste<llw e]fi<sthmi e]pistre<fw e]pe<xw e]pita<ssw e]pe<fana e]pe<xw e]phggeila<mhn e]ph<gagon e]ph?lqon e]p^<nesa e]ph<negkon e@phca e]ph?ra e]phrea<zw e]ph<rqhn e]ph<rkesa e]pi< e]pi< e]pi< e]pi<asa e]pia<sqhn e]pibai<nw e]piba<llw e]pibare<w e]pibiba<zw e]pible<pw e]pi<blhma, -atoj, to< e]piboulh<, -h?j, h[ e]pigambreu<w e]pige<grammai e]pi<geioj, -on e]pigi<nomai e]piginw<skw e]pi<gnwsij, -ewj, h[ e]pigrafh<, -h?j, h[ e]pigra<fw e]pidei<knumi e]pide<xomai e]pidhme<w e]pidiata<ssomai e]pidi<dwmi e]pidiorqo<w e]pidu<w e]pidw<sw e]piei<keia, -aj, h[ e]pieikh<j, e<j e]pizhte<w e]piqana<tioj, -on e]pi<qesij, -ewj, h[ e]piqh<ka e]piqh<sw e]piqume<w e]piqumhth<j, -ou?, o[ e]piqumi<a, -aj, h[ e]pikaqi<zw e]pikale<w e]pika<lumma, -atoj, to< 472 e]pifai<nw I aim at, stay e]pagge<llomai e]pa<gw e]pe<rxomai e]paine<w e]pife<rw ph<gnumi e]pai<rw I threaten, abuse e]pai<rw e]parke<w on, upon, at (Gen.) on, in, above, to (Dat.) over, across (Acc.) pia<zw pia<zw I go up, mount I lay on, put on I burden I cause to mount I notice, gaze upon patch plot (against someone) I marry e]pigra<fw on earth, earthly I come up, come on I know, understand knowledge inscription I write on I show, demonstrate I receive, welcome I live as a foreigner I add to I give, deliver I set right, put in order I set upon e]pidi<dwmi gentleness gentleness, kindness I search, seek, desire sentenced to die laying on e]piti<qhmi e]piti<qhmi I desire, lust one who desires, lusts desire, lust, longing I sit upon I ask, appeal, call out cover, veil Complete Lexicon e]pikalu<ptw e]pikata<ratoj, -on e]pi<keimai e]pike<klhmai e]pike<llw ]Epikou<reioj, -ou, o[ e]pikouri<a, -aj, h[ e]pikra<nqhn e]pikri<nw e]pilamba<nomai e]pilanqa<nomai e]pile<gw e]pilei<pw e]pilei<yw e]pilei<xw e]pilhsmonh<, -h?j, h[ e]pi<loipoj, -on e]pi<lusij, -ewj, h[ e]pilu<w e]pimarture<w e]pime<leia, -aj, h[ e]pimele<omai e]pimelw?j e]pime<nw e]pineu<w e]pi<noia, -aj, h[ e@pion e]piorke<w e]pi<orkoj, -ou, o[ e]piou?sa, -hj, h[ e]piou<sioj, -on e]pipe<ptwka e]pipi<ptw e]piplh<ssw e]pipoqe<w e]pipo<qhsij, -ewj, h[ e]pipo<qhtoj, -on e]pipoqi<a, -aj, h[ e]piporeu<omai e]pira<ptw e]piri<ptw e]pisei<w e]pi<shmoj, -on e]pisitismo<j, -ou?, o[ e]piske<ptomai e]piskeua<zomai e]piske<yomai e]piskhno<w e]piskia<zw e]piskope<w e]piskoph<, -h?j, h[ e]pi<skopoj, -ou, o[ I forgive accursed I lie upon e]pikale<w I run aground Epicurean help pikrai<nw I decide, determine I take hold of, catch I forget, neglect I call, choose I fail, leave behind e]pilei<pw I lick forgetting left, remaining explanation, interpretation I explain, interpret I bear witness care, attention I care for, take care of careful, attentive I stay, remain I agree, consent intention, thought pi<nw I swear falsely, perjure perjurer the next day daily, today e]pipi<ptw I fall upon, happen I rebuke I desire, long for desire, longing longed for desire, longing I journey, arrive I sew on I throw on I incite, urge on notorious, outstanding food I examine, go to see I get ready e]piske<ptomai I take up residence I cast a shadow, cover I care for, oversee visitation, overseer overseer, guardian e]pispa<omai e]pispei<rw e]pi<stamai e]pi<stasij, -ewj, h[[ e]pista<thj, -ou, o[ e]piste<llw e]pisth<mwn, -on e]pisthri<zw e]pistolh<, -h?j, h[ e]pistomi<zw e]pistre<fw e]pistre<yw e]pistrofh<, -h?j, h[ e]pisuna<gw e]pisunagwgh<, -h?j, h[ e]pisuna<cw e]pisunh<gagon e]pisu<nhgmai e]pisunh<xqhn e]pisuntre<xw e]pisfalh<j, -e<j e]pisxu<w e]piswreu<w e]pitagh<, -h?j, h[ e]pita<ssw e]pitele<w e]pith<deioj, -a, -on e]piti<qhmi e]pitima<w e]pitimi<a, -aj, h[ e]pitre<pw e]pitroph<, -h?j, h[ e]pi<<tropoj, -ou, o[ e]pitugxa<nw e]pe<tuxon e]pifai<nw e]pifa<neia, -aj, h[ e]pifanh<j, -e<j e]pifau<skw e]pife<rw e]pifwne<w e]pifw<skw e]pixeire<w e]pixe<w e]pixorhge<w e]pixorhgi<a, -aj, h[ e]pixri<w e@pleca e]plh<ghn e@plhsa e]plh<sqhn e@pnica e]poikodome<w 473 I conceal circumcision I sow on top of I understand, know anxiety, care for master I write a letter understanding I strengthen letter, epistle I silence I turn around, return e]pistre<fw conversion I gather, come together meeting, gathering e]pisuna<gw e]pisuna<gw e]pisuna<gw e]pisuna<gw I run together dangerous, unsafe I grow strong I heap up, accumulate command, ordinance I command, order I end, finish necessary, needed I place on, inflict I rebuke, reprove punishment I allow, permit authority, permission foreman, manager I attain, acquire e]pitugxa<nw I appear appearing splendid, wonderful I illuminate, shine I bring I cry out I shine forth, dawn I attempt, try I pour on I support, provide for support, provision I anoint, spread on ple<kw plh<ssw pi<mplhmi pi<mplhmi pni<gw I build upon Complete Lexicon e]ponoma<zw e]popteu<w e]po<pthj, -ou, o[ e@poj, -ouj, to< e]po<tisa e]poti<sqhn e]poura<nioj, -on e]pra<qhn e@praca e[pta< e]pta<kij e[ptakisxi<lioi, -ai, -a e]ptoh<qhn e@ptu<ca e]puqo<mhn e]rabdi<sqhn @Erastoj, -ou, o[ e]rauna<w e]rga<zomai e]rgasi<a, -aj, h[ e]rga<thj, -ou, o[ e@rgon, -ou, to< e]reqi<zw e]rei<dw e]reu<gomai e]reu<comai e]rhmi<a, -aj, h[ e@rhmoj, -on e]rhmo<w e]rh<mwsij, -ewj, h[ e]ri<zw e]riqei<a, -aj, h[ e@rion, -ou, to< e@rij, -idoj, h[ e]ri<fion, -ou, to< e@rifoj, -ou, o[ [Erma?j, -a?, o[ e[rmhnei<a, -aj, h[ e[rmhneu<w [Ermh?j, -ou?, o[ [Ermoge<nhj, -ouj, o[ e[rpeto<n, -ou?, to< e]rre<qhn e@rrhca e@rrimmai e@rriya e]rrupa<nqhn e]rrusa<mhn e]rru<sqhn e@rrwmai e]ruqro<j, -a<, -o<n e@rxomai e]rw? e]rwta<w e@sbesa e]seba<sqhn e]sei<sqhn e]sqh<j, -h?toj, h[ e]sqi<w e]sh<mana e@skaya e@skulmai [Esli<, o[ e@soptron, -ou, to< e]spa<raca e[spe<ra, -aj, h[ ptoe<w [Esrw<m, o[ ptu<ssw e[sso<omai punqa<nomai e[sta<qhn r[abdi<zw e!sthka Erastus e]sth<rigmai I search, investigate e]sthri<xqhn I work, accomplish e@sthsa business, profit e@strwmai worker, laborer e@strwsa work, action, act e]sfa<ghn I irritate, provoke e@sfagmai I become fixed e@sxatoj, -h, -on I utter, proclaim e]sxa<twj e]reu<gomai desert, uninhabited area e@sxhka e@sxisa desert, desolate e]sxi<sqhn I depopulate e@sxon destruction e@sw I quarrel e@swqen strife, selfishness e]sw<teroj, -a, -on wool e[tai?roj, -ou, o[ strife, quarrel e@taca goat e]ta<raca he-goat, kid e]tara<xqhn Hermas translation, interpretation e]ta<fhn e]te<qhn I translate, interpret e@tekon Hermes e[tero<glwssoj, -on Hermogenes reptile e[terodidaskale<w le<gw e[terozuge<w r[h<gnumi e!teroj, -a, -on r[i<ptw e[te<rwj r[i<ptw e]te<xqhn r[upai<nw e@ti r[u<omai e[toima<zw r[u<omai e[toimasi<a, -aj, h[ r[w<nnumi e!toimoj, -h, -on red e[toi<mwj I go, come, happen I call, name I observe, watch eyewitness word, so to speak poti<zw poti<zw heavenly pipra<skw pra<ssw seven seven times seven thousand 474 le<gw I ask, question sbe<nnumi seba<zomai sei<w clothing I eat, consume shmai<nw ska<ptw sku<llw Esli mirror spara<ssw evening Hezron I am worse off i!sthmi i!sthmi sthri<zw sthri<zw i!sthmi strwnnu<w strwnnu<w sfa<zw sfa<zw last, least finally e@xw sxi<zw sxi<zw e@xw inside, into, in from inside, within inner companion, friend ta<ssw tara<ssw tara<ssw qa<ptw ti<qhmi ti<ktw speaking foreign language I teach heretical doctrine I am mismatched different, another differently ti<ktw still, yet I prepare, make ready readiness, preparation ready readily Complete Lexicon e@toj, -ouj, to< e]tu<qhn e@tuxon eu# Eu!a, -aj, h[ eu]aggeli<zw eu]agge<lion, -ou, to< eu]aggelisth<j, -ou?, o[ eu]areste<w eu]ar < estoj, -on eu]are<stwj Eu@bouloj, -ou, o[ eu#ge eu]genh<j, -e<j eu]di<a, -aj, h[ eu]do<kew eu]doki<a, -aj, h[ eu]ergesi<a, -aj, h[ eu]ergete<w eu]erge<thj, -ou, o[ eu@qetoj, -on eu]]qe<wj eu]qudrome<w eu]qume<w eu@qumoj, -on eu]qu<mwj eu]qu<nw eu]qu<j, -ei?a, u< eu]qu<j eu]qu<thj, -htoj, h[ eu]kaire<w eu]kairi<a, -aj, h[ eu@kairoj, -on eu]kai<rwj eu@kopoj, -on eu]la<beia, -aj, h[ eu]labe<omai eu]labh<j, -e<j eu]loge<w eu]loghto<j, -h<, o<n eu]logi<a, -aj, h[ eu]meta<dotoj, -on Eu]ni<kh, -hj, h[ eu]noe<w eu@noia, -aj, h[ eu]nouxi<zw eu]nou?xoj, -ou, o[ Eu]odi<a, -aj, h[ eu]odo<w eu]pa<redroj, -on eu]peiqh<j, -e<j eu]peri<spastoj, -on eu]peri<statoj, -on year qu<w tugxa<nw well, good Eve I preach, proclaim good news, gospel evangelist I please, delight pleasing, acceptable acceptably, pleasingly Eubulus excellent, well done noble minded fair weather I am pleased, enjoy good will, favor good deed, benefit I do good to, benefit benefactor suitable, fit, usable immediately I sail straight I am encouraged encouraged, cheerful cheerfully I make straight straight, upright immediately straightness I have time to opportunity good time conveniently easy awe, reverence, fear I am afraid, reverence devout, God-fearing I praise, bless blessed, praised praise, blessing generous Eunice I make friends eagerness, favor I castrate eunuch, celibate Euodia I prosper, succeed devoted to obedient, compliant easily distracted ensnaring, controlling eu]poii~a, -aj, h[ eu]pore<w eu]pori<a, -aj, h[ eu]pre<peia, -aj, h[ eu]pro<sdektoj, -on eu]proswpe<w Eu]raku<lwn, -wnoj, o[ eu[re<qhn eu!rhka eu[ri<skw eu]roklu<dwn, -wnoj, o[ eu$ron eu]ru<xwroj, -on eu]se<beia, -aj, h[ eu]sebe<w eu]sebh<j, -e<j eu]sebw?j eu@shmoj, -on eu@splagxnoj, -on eu]sxhmo<nwj eu]sxhmosu<nh, hj, h[ eu]sxh<mwn, -on eu]to<nwj eu]trapeli<a, -aj, h[ Eu@tuxoj, -ou, o[ eu]fhmi<a, -aj, h[ eu@fhmoj, -on eu]fore<w eu]frai<nw Eu]fra<thj, -ou, o[ eu]frosu<nh, -hj, h[ eu]xariste<w eu]xaristi<a, -aj, h[ eu]xa<ristoj, -on eu]xh<, -h?j, h[ eu@xomai eu@xrhstoj, -on eu]yuxe<w eu]wdi<a, -aj, h[ eu]w<numoj, -on e@fagon e]fa<llomai e]fa<nhn e]fanw? e]fa<pac e]feisa<mhn ]Efe<sioj, -a, -on @Efesoj, -ou, h[ e]fe<sthka e]feureth<j, -ou?, o[ e]fhmeri<a, -aj, h[ e]fh<meroj, -on 475 good deed I am rich, well off prosperity beauty, fine pleasant, acceptable I make a good showing northeast wind eu[ri<skw eu[ri<skw I find Euroclydon, southeast wind eu[ri<skw roomy, spacious piety, godliness I am devout, pious pious, godly, religious godly, religiously clear, intelligible compassionate with propriety attractiveness proper, attractive vigorously, powerfully vulgar speech, coarse Eutychus good report praiseworthy I am fruitful I rejoice, am glad Euphrates joy, gladness I thank thanksgiving thankful prayer, vow I pray, wish useful I am encouraged aroma, fragrance left (side) e]sqi<w I jump on fai<nw fai<nw once fei<domai Ephesian Ephesus e]fi<sthmi inventor work team daily Complete Lexicon e]fqegca<mhn e]fikne<omai e]fi<sthmi e]fora<w e]fra<ghn ]Efrai<m, o[ e@fraca e@fugon e]fu<laca e]ffaqa< e]xala<sqhn e]xa<rhn e]xqe<j e@xqra, -aj, h[ e]xqro<j, -a<, -o<n e@xidna, -hj, h[ e]xrhsa<mhn e@xw e]xw<risa e]yu<ghn e[w<raka e!wj fqe<ggomai I arrive, reach I stand by, am near I pay attention to fra<ssw Ephraim fra<ssw feu<gw fula<ssw I am opened xala<w xai<rw yesterday enmity hostile, enemy of snake xra<omai I have, hold xwri<zw yu<xw o[ra<w/ble<pw till, until Z Zaboulw<n, o[ Zakxai?oj, -ou, o[ Za<ra, o[ Zaxari<aj, -ou, o[[ za<w Zebedai?oj, -ou, o[ zesto<j, -h<, o<n zeu?goj, -ouj, to< zeukthri<a, -aj, h[ Zeu<j, Dio<j, o[ ze<w zhleu<w zh?loj, -ou, o[ zhlo<w zhlwth<j, -ou?, o[ zhmi<a, -aj, h[ zhmio<w Zhna?j, o[ zhte<w zh<thma, -atoj, to< zh<thsij, -ewj, h[ ziza<nion, -ou, to< Zorobabe<l, o[ zo<foj, -ou, o[ zugo<j, -ou?, o[ zu<mh, -hj, h[ zumo<w zwgre<w zwh<, -h?j, h[ Zebulun Zacchaeus Zerah Zechariah I live Zebedee hot pair, yoke bands, ropes Zeus I boil, am zealous I am eager zeal, jealousy I desire, am zealous zealot, enthusiast damage, loss I suffer loss, punish Zenas I seek, look for question, dispute investigation, controversy darnel weed Zerubbabel darkness, gloom yoke, scale balance yeast, leaven I ferment, leaven I control, capture life zw<nh, -hj, h[[ zw<nnumi z&ogone<w z&?on, -ou, to< z&opoie<w zw<sw 476 belt I gird, dress I keep alive, make alive animal, living thing I make alive zw<nnumi H h@ h@gagon h@ggika h@ggisa h[gemoneu<w h[gemoni<a, -aj, h[ h[gemw<n, -o<noj, o[ h[ge<omai h]ge<rqhn h[ghmai h[ghsa<mhn h[gi<asa h[gia<sqhn h[gi<asmai h]go<rasa h]go<rasmai h]gora<sqhn h]gw<nismai h[de<wj h@dh h[donh<, -h?j, h[ h[du<osmon, -ou, to< h#qoj, -ouj, to< h@qroismai h@kmasa h@kw h[la<mhn h@legca h@legxqhn h@le<hqhn h@le<hsa h@leiya h#lqon h]li< ]Hli<, o[ ]Hli<aj, -ou, o[ h[liki<a, -aj, h[ h[li<koj, -h, -on h!lioj, -ou, o[ h@lla<ghn h@llaca h$loj, -ou, o[ h@lpika h@lpisa h[me<ra, -aj, h[ h[me<teroj, -a, -on or, than a@gw e]ggi<zw e]ggi<zw I rule, command, order government prince, governor I lead, guide, consider e]gei<rw h[ge<omai h[ge<omai a[gia<zw a[gia<zw a[gia<zw a]gora<zw a]gora<zw a]gora<zw a]gwni<zomai gladly already, now pleasure, enjoyment mint custom, habit a]qroi<zw a]kma<zw I have come a!llomai e]le<gxw e]le<gxw e]lee<w e]lee<w a]lei<fw e@rxomai my God Heli Elijah lifetime, mature how great sun a]lla<ssw a]lla<ssw nail e]lpi<zw e]lpi<zw day our Complete Lexicon h@mhsa h[miqanh<j, -e<j h!misuj, -eia, -u h[mi<wron, -ou, to< h]na<gkasa h]nagka<qhn h@negka h]ne<xqhn h[ni<ka h@noica h]noi<xqhn h@ntlhka h@ntlhsa h!ca h!cw h@per h@pioj, -a, -on @Hr, o[ h#ra h]re<qisa h@reisa h@remoj, -on h@resa ^]re<tisa h@rqhn h#rka h#rmai h@rmosa h@rca h[rpa<ghn h!rpasa [Hr&<dhj, -ou, o[ [Hr&dianoi<, -w?n, oi[ [Hr&dia<j, -a<doj, h[ [Hr&di<wn, -wnoj, o[ ]Hsai~aj, -ou, o[ ]Hsau?, o[ h]sqe<nhka h!sswn, -on h[suxa<zw h[suxi<a, -aj, h[ h[su<xioj, -on h]ta<kthsa ^@thka ^@thsa h]ti<masa h]tima<sqhn h@toi h[toi<maka h[tta<omai h!tthma, -atoj, to< hu@gasa hu]ch<qhn a]ma<w half dead half half hour a]nagka<zw a]nagka<zw fe<rw fe<rw when, as soon as a]noi<gw a]noi<gw a]ntle<w a]ntle<w h!kw h!kw than gentle, kind Er ai@rw e]reqi<zw e]rei<dw quiet, tranquil a]re<skw ai]reti<zw ai@rw ai@rw ai@rw a]rmo<zw a@rxw a[rpa<zw a[rpa<zw Herod Herodians Herodias Herodion Isaiah Esau a]sqene<w lesser, inferior, weaker I rest, am quiet quietness, silence quiet a]takte<w ai]te<w ai]te<w a]tima<zw a]tima<zw either e[toima<zw I am defeated, loose loss au]ga<zw au]ca<nw hu@chsa hu]fra<nqhn h]xe<w h@xqhn h#xoj, -ou, o[ h#xoj, -ouj, to< h$ya 477 au]ca<nw eu]frai<nw I make noise, roar a@gw noise, report noise, sound a!ptw Q Qaddai?oj, -ou, o[ qa<lassa, -hj, h[ qa<lpw Qama<r, h[ qambe<w qa<mboj, -ouj, to< qana<simoj, -on qanathfo<roj, -on qa<natoj, -ou, o[ qanato<w qa<ptw Qa<ra, o[ qarre<w qarse<w qa<rsoj, -ouj, to< qau?ma, -atoj, to< qauma<zw qauma<sioj, -a, -on qaumasto<j, -h<, -o<n qea<, -a?j, h[ qea<omai qeatri<zw qe<atron, -ou, to< qei?on, -ou, to< qei?oj, -a, -on qeio<thj, -htoj, h[ qeiw<dhj, -ej qe<lhma, -atoj, to< qe<lhsij, -ewj, h[ qe<lw qeme<lion, -ou, to< qeme<lioj, -ou, o[ qemelio<w qeodi<daktoj, -on qeoma<xoj, -on qeo<pneustoj, -on qeo<j, -ou?, o[, h[ qeose<beia, -aj, h[ qeosebh<j, -e<j qeostugh<j, -e<j qeo<thj, -htoj, h[ Qeo<filoj, -ou, o[ qerapei<a, -aj, h[ qerapeu<w qera<pwn, -ontoj, o[ Thaddaeus sea, lake I take care of, comfort Tamar I am amazed amazement deadly deadly death I execute, put to death I bury Terah I have courage I have courage courage a wonder, miracle I am amazed, marvel marvelous, wonderful wonderful, marvelous goddess I look at, notice I shame publicly theater sulphur divine divine being sulphurous will desire I wish, desire foundation, basis foundation I lay a foundation taught by God fighting against God God breathed, inspired God, god, goddess religion, piety god-fearing, religious hating God divine being, deity Theophilus healing, service, care I heal, serve servant Complete Lexicon qeri<zw qerismo<j, -ou?, o[ qeristh<j, -ou?, o[ qermai<nw qe<rmh, -hj, h[ qe<roj, -ouj, to< Qessalonikeu<j, -e<wj, o[ Qessaloni<kh, -hj, h[ Qeuda?j, -a?, o[ qewre<w qewri<a, -aj, h[ qh<kh, -hj, h[ qhla<zw qh?luj, -eia, -u qh<ra, -aj, h[ qhreu<w qhriomaxe<w qhri<on, -ou, to< qhsauri<zw qhsauro<j, -ou?, o[ qh<sw qigga<nw qli<bw qli?yij, -ewj, h[ qn^<skw qnhto<j, -h<, -o<n qoruba<zw qorube<w qo<ruboj, -ou, o[ qrau<w qre<mma, -atoj, to< qrhne<w qrhskei<a, -aj, h[ qrhsko<j, -o<n qriambeu<w qri<c, trixo<j, h[ qroe<w qro<mboj, -ou, o[ qro<noj, -ou, o[ Qua<teira, -wn, ta< quga<thr, -tro<j, h[ quga<trion, -ou, to< qu<ella, -hj, h[ qu<i*noj, -h, -on qumi<ama, -atoj, to< qumiath<rion, -ou, to< qumia<w qumomaxe<w qumo<j, -ou?, o[ qumo<w qu<ra, -aj, h[ qureo<j, -ou?, o[ I reap, harvest harvest reaper, harvester I warm myself heat summer Thessalonian Thessalonica Theudas I look at, observe spectacle receptacle I nurse, suck female trap, net I catch, hunt I fight wild animals animal I store up, save storehouse, treasure box ti<qhmi I touch I crowd against, oppress tribulation, oppression I die mortal I trouble, upset I trouble, upset noise, clamor, uproar I break, oppress domesticated animal I mourn, lament religion religious I lead in triumph hair I am disturbed blood clot throne Thyatira daughter little daughter storm citron wood incense, offering altar of incense I offer incense I am furious fury, passion I make angry door, entrance shield quri<j, -i<doj, h[ qurwro<j, -ou?, o[, h[ qusi<a, -aj, h[ qusiasth<rion, -ou, to< qu<w Qwma?j, -a?, o[ qw<rac, -akoj, o[ window doorkeeper sacrifice, offering altar I sacrifice, slaughter Thomas breastplate, chest I i]a<qhn ]Ia<i*roj, -ou, o[ ]Iakw<b, o[ ]Ia<kwboj, -ou, o[ i@ama, -atoj, to< ]Iambrh?j, o[ ]Iannai<, o[ ]Ia<nnhj, o[ i]a<omai ]Ia<ret, o[ i@asij, -ewj, h[ i@aspij, -idoj, h[ ]Ia<swn, -onoj, o[ i]atro<j, -ou?, o[ i@de i@dioj, -a, -on i]diw<thj, -ou, o[ i]dou< ]Idoumai<a, -aj, h[ i[drw<j, -w?toj, o[ ]Ieza<bel, h[ [Iera<polij, -ewj, h[ i[eratei<a, -aj, h[ i[era<teuma, -atoj, to< i[erateu<w ]Ieremi<aj, -ou, o[ i[ereu<j, -e<wj, o[ ]Ierixw<, h[ i[ero<qutoj, -on i[ero<n, -ou?, to< i[eropreph<j, -e<j i[ero<j, -a<, -o<n [Ieroso<luma, ta< h[ [Ierosolumi<thj, -ou, o[ i[erosule<w i[ero<suloj, -ou, o[ i[erourge<w ]Ierousalh<m, h[ i[erwsu<nh, -hj, h[ ]Iessai<, o[ ]Iefqa<e, o[ ]Iexoni<aj, -ou, o[ ]Ihsou?j, -ou?, o[ i[kano<j, -h<, -o<n i[kano<thj, -htoj, h[ i]a<omai Jairus Jacob James healing Jambres Jannai Jannes I heal, cure Jared healing jasper Jason physician look! one’s own amateur, layman look! Idumaea sweat Jezebel Hierapolis priesthood priesthood I am a priest Jeremiah priest Jericho sacrificed to a deity temple priest like, religious holy, set apart Jerusalem Jerusalemite I rob temples temple robber I am a priest Jerusalem priesthood Jesse Jephthah Jechoniah Jesus, Joshua enough, many, large capability 478 Complete Lexicon i[kano<w i[kethri<a, -aj, h[ i]kma<j, -a<doj, h[ ]Iko<nion, -ou, to< i[laro<j, -a<, -o<n i[laro<thj, -htoj, h[ i[la<skomai i[lasmo<j, -ou?, o[ i[lasth<rion, -ou, to< i!lewj, -wn ]Illuriko<n, -ou?, to< i[ma<j, -a<ntoj, o[ i[mati<zw i[ma<tion, -ou, to< i[matismo<j, -ou?, o[ i!na i[nati< ]Io<pph, -hj, h[ ]Iorda<nhj, -ou, o[ i]o<j, -ou?, o[ ]Ioudai~a, -aj, h[ i]oudai<zw ]Ioudai*ko<j, -h<, -o<n ]Ioudai*kw?j ]Ioudai?oj, -a, -on ]Ioudai*smo<j, -ou?, o[ ]Iou<daj, -a, o[ ]Iouli<a, -aj, h[ ]Iou<lioj, -ou, o[ ]Iounia?j, -a?, o[ ]Iou?stoj, -ou, o[ i[ppeu<j, -e<wj, o[ i[ppiko<j, -h<, -o<n i!ppoj, -ou, o[ i#rij, -idoj, h[ ]Isaa<k, o[ i]sa<ggeloj, -on ]Iskariw<q, o[ ]Iskariw<thj, -ou, o[ i@soj, -h, -on i]so<thj, -htoj, h[ i]so<timoj, -on i]so<yuxoj, -on ]Israh<l, o[ ]Israhli<thj, -ou, o[ ]Issaxa<r, o[ i!sthmi i[store<w i]sxuro<j, -a<, -o<n i]sxu<j, -u<oj, h[ i]sxu<w i@swj ]Itali<a, -aj, h[ ]Italiko<j, -h<, -o<n I make sufficient ]Itourai?oj, -a, -on supplication i]xqu<dion, -ou, to< moisture i]xqu<j, -u<oj, o[ Iconium i@xnoj, -ouj, to< happy, glad, merry ]Iwaqa<m, o[ happiness, gladness ]Iwaki<m, o[ I forgive, conciliate ]Iwana<n, o[ means of forgiveness ]Iwa<nna, -aj, h[ means of forgiveness ]Iwa<nnhj, -ou, o[ gracious, merciful ]Iw<b, o[ Illyricum ]Iwbh<d, o[ strap, thong ]Iwda<, o[ I dress, clothe ]Iwh<l, o[ garment ]Iwna<m, o[ clothing ]Iwna?j, a?, o[ in order that, that ]Iwra<m, o[ why? ]Iwri<m, o[ Joppa ]Iwsafa<t, o[ Jordan River ]Iwsh?j, -h?toj, o[ venom, poison ]Iwsh?f, o[ Judea ]Iwsh<x, o[ I live as a Jew ]Iwsi<aj, -ou, o[ Jewish i]w?ta, to< Jewish Judean K Judaism ka]gw< Judah, Judas kaqa< Julia kaqai<resij, -ewj, h[ Julius kaqaire<w Junias kaqai<rw Justus kaqa<per horseman kaqa<ptw mounted on a horse kaqari<zw horse kaqarismo<j, -ou?, o[ rainbow, halo kaqariw? Isaac kaqaro<j, -a<, -o<n angel-like kaqaro<thj, -htoj, h[ Iscariot kaqe<dra, -aj, h[ Iscariot kaqe<zomai equal kaqei?lon equality kaqelw? equal to kaqech?j like soul, like minded kaqeu<dw Israel kaqhghth<j, -ou?, o[ Israelite kaqh?ka Issachar kaqh<kw I put, stand, establish ka<qhmai I visit kaqhmerino<j, -h<, -o<n powerful, strong kaqi<zw strength, power kaqi<hmi I have power, am capablekaqi<sthmi perhaps, probably kaqo< Italy kaqo<lou Italian Ituraean little fish fish footprint, sole Jotham Jehoiakim Joanan Joanna John Job Obed Joda Joel Jonam Jonah Joram Jorim Jehoshaphat Joses Joseph Josech Josiah iota, smallest letter and I just as destruction I tear down, destroy I clean just as I seize, take hold of I clean, purify purification kaqari<zw clean, pure purification chair I sit kaqaire<w kaqaire<w one after another I sleep teacher kaqi<hmi I come to, am proper I sit, dwell daily I sit, remain I let down I appoint, authorize just as, in so far as entirely, completely 479 Complete Lexicon kaqopli<zw kaqora<w kaqo<ti kaqw<j kaqw<sper kai< Kai*a<faj, -a, o[ Ka<i*n, o[ Kai*na<m, o[ kaino<j, -h<, -o<n kaino<thj, -htoj, h[ kai<per kairo<j, -ou?, o[ Kai?sar, -aroj, o[ Kaisa<reia, -aj, h[ kai<toi kai<toige kai<w ka]kei? ka]kei?qen ka]kei?noj, -h, -o kaki<a, -aj, h[ kakoh<qeia, -aj, h[ kakologe<w kakopa<qeia, -aj, h[ kakopaqe<w kakopoie<w kakopoio<j, -o<n kako<j, -h<, -o<n kakou?rgoj, -on kakouxe<w kako<w kakw?j ka<kwsij, -ewj, h[ kala<mh, -hj, h[ ka<lamoj, -ou, o[ kale<w kallie<laioj, -ou, h[ kalodida<skaloj, -ou, o[ Kaloi> Lime<nej, oi[ kalopoie<w kalo<j, -h<, -o<n ka<lumma, -atoj, to< kalu<ptw kalu<yw kalw?j ka<mhloj, -ou, o[, h[ ka<minoj, -ou, h[ kammu<w ka<mnw ka<mptw ka@n I arm fully, equip I perceive, notice because, as just as, as, when just as and, also, then Caiaphas Cain Cainan new, unknown newness although time Caesar, Emperor Caesarea although and yet I burn, ignite and there and from there and that one badness, wickedness malice I insult, revile suffering, misfortune I suffer misfortune I do wrong, harm evildoer, criminal bad, evil evildoer, criminal I mistreat, torment I harm, mistreat badly injury, oppression straw, stalk reed, reed pen I call, name, summon cultivated olive tree teacher of good Fair Havens I do good good, fitting, beautiful veil I cover, hide kalu<ptw goodly, well camel oven, furnace I close, refuse I am sick, weary I bend, worship and if Kana<, h[ Kananai?oj, -ou, o[ Kanda<kh, -hj, h[ kanw<n, -o<noj, o[ kaphleu<w kapno<j, -ou?, o[ Kappadoki<a, -aj, h[ kardi<a, -aj, h[ kardiognw<sthj, -ou, o[ Ka<rpoj, -ou, o[ karpo<j, -ou?, o[ karpofore<w karpofo<roj, -on kartere<w ka<rfoj, -ouj, to< kata< kata< katabai<nw kataba<llw katabare<w katabaru<nw kata<basij, -ewj, h[ katabe<bhka katabh<somai katabolh<, -h?j, h[ katabrabeu<w kataggeleu<j, -e<wj, o[ katagge<llw katagela<w kataginw<skw kata<gnumi katagra<fw kata<gw katagwni<zomai katade<w kata<dhloj, -on katadika<zw katadi<kh, -hj, h[ katadiw<kw katadoulo<w katadunasteu<w kata<qema, -atoj, to< kataqemati<zw kataisxu<nw katakai<w katakalu<ptw katakauxa<omai kata<keimai katakla<w kataklei<w kataklhronome<w katakli<nw 480 Cana Cananaean Candace rule, standard I peddle, trade smoke Cappadocia heart, mind, inner self knower of hearts Carpus fruit, yield, outcome I bear fruit fruitbearing, fruitful I endure, persevere speck down, against (Gen.) according to, during (Acc.) I go down I throw down I burden I burden, oppress descent, slope katabai<nw katabai<nw foundation, creation I condemn, disqualify preacher I proclaim I ridicule, laugh at I condemn, convict I break I write down I lead down I conquer, defeat I bind up very clear, plain I condemn, find guilty condemnation I search, hunt I enslave I oppress, exploit cursed thing, devoted I curse I dishonor, disgrace I burn down, consume I cover, veil I boast against, despise I lie down, dine I break into pieces I imprison, lock up I inherit I sit down to eat Complete Lexicon kataklu<zw kataklusmo<j, -ou?, o[ katakolouqe<w katako<ptw katakrhmni<zw kata<krima, -atoj, to< katakri<nw kata<krisij, -ewj, h[ kataku<ptw katakurieu<w katalale<w katalalia<, -a?j, h[ kata<laloj, -ou, o[ katalamba<nw katale<gw katalei<pw katalei<yw katale<leimmai kataliqa<zw katallagh<, -h?j, h[ katalla<ssw kata<loipoj, -on kata<luma, -atoj, to< katalu<w katamanqa<nw katamarture<w katame<nw katanali<skw katanarka<w kataneu<w katanoe<w katanta<w kata<nucij, -ewj, h[ katanu<ssomai katacio<w katapate<w kata<pausij, -ewj, h[ katapau<w katape<tasma, -atoj, to< katapi<mprhmi katapi<nw katapi<ptw kataple<w katapone<w kataponti<zw kata<ra, -aj, h[ katara<omai katarge<w katariqme<w katarti<zw kata<rtisij, -ewj, h[ I flood, inundate flood I follow I beat, bruise I throw down condemnation I condemn condemnation I stoop, bend down I rule, subdue I slander, defame slander slanderer I seize, win, overtake I select, enroll I leave katalei<pw katalei<pw I stone to death reconciliation I reconcile left, remaining inn I throw down, detach I observe, consider I witness against I remain, stay I consume, destroy I burden I signal, gesture I consider, notice I arrive, reach, attain bewilderment I am pierced, stabbed I consider worthy I trample, tread upon rest I rest, stop, cease curtain, veil katartismo<j, -ou?, o[ katasei<w kataska<ptw kataskeua<zw kataskhno<w kataskh<nwsij, -ewj, h[ kataskia<zw kataskope<w kata<skopoj, -ou, o[ katasofi<zomai kataste<llw kata<sthma, -atoj, to< katasth<sw katastolh<, -h?j, h[ katastre<fw katastrhnia<w katastrofh<, -h?j, h[ katastrw<nnumi katasu<rw katasfa<zw katasfragi<zw kata<sxesij, -ewj, h[ katati<qhmi katatomh<, -h?j, h[ katatre<xw katafa<gomai katafe<rw katafeu<gw katafqei<rw katafile<w katafrone<w katafronhth<j, -ou?, o[ kataxe<w kataxqo<nioj, -on kataxra<omai katayu<xw katea<ghn kate<aca katea<cw I burn to ashes kate<bhn I swallow, devour kate<dramon I fall, fall down kate<qhka I sail toward katei<dwloj, -on I subdue, torment, katei<lhmmai oppress I sink, am drowned katei<lhfa curse katekli<qhn I curse kate<kuya I make ineffective, katelei<fqhn abolish katelh<mfqhn I belong to, count kate<maqon I restore, produce, make kate<nanti adequacy, made 481 complete equipment, equipping I signal, wave, motion I tear down I make ready, build I live, dwell, nest nest, dwelling I overshadow I spy out spy I exploit I restrain, calm behavior, demeanor kaqi<sthmi manner of dress I upset, turn over I lust ruin, destruction I kill I drag forcibly I slaughter I seal possession I lay down, place mutilation I run down katesqi<w I cast against I flee I destroy, corrupt, ruin I kiss I despise, scorn scoffer I pour over subterranean I make use of I refresh, make cool kata<gnumi kata<gnumi kata<gnumi katabai<nw katatre<xw katati<qhmi full of idols katalamba<nw katalamba<nw katakli<nw kataku<ptw katalei<pw katalamba<nw katamanqa<nw opposite, across from Complete Lexicon katenu<ghn katenw<pion katecousia<zw kate<peson katepe<sthn katepo<qhn katerga<zomai kate<rxomai katesqi<w kate<skammai kate<skaya katesta<qhn kate<stalmai kate<steila kate<sthsa kate<streya kate<sxon kateuqu<nw kateuloge<w kate<fagon katefi<stamai kate<xw kath<gagon kath<ggeila kathgge<lhn kathgore<w kathgori<a, -aj, h[ kath<goroj, -ou, o[ kath<gwr, -oroj, o[ kath?lqon kathlla<ghn kath<negka kath<nthka kath<feia, -aj, h[ kathxe<w kath<xqhn katio<w katisxu<w katoike<w katoi<khsij, -ewj, h[ katoikhth<rion, -ou, to< katoiki<a, -aj, h[ katoiki<zw katoptri<zw ka<tw kat&?khsa kat&<kisa katw<teroj, -a, -on katwte<rw Kau?da kau?ma, -atoj, to< kaumati<zw kau?sij, -ewj, h[ kauso<w katanu<ssomai kausthria<zw before, in front of kau<swn, -wnoj, o[ I reign, tyrannize kauxa<omai katapi<ptw kau<xhma, -atoj, to< katefi<stamai kau<xhsij, -ewj, h[ katapi<nw Kafarnaou<m, h[ I achieve, accomplish Kegxreai<, -w?n, ai[ I come down Kedrw<n, o[ I eat up, consume kei?mai kataska<ptw keiri<a, -aj, h[ kataska<ptw kei<rw kaqi<sthmi keka<lummai kataste<llw ke<klhka kataste<llw ke<klhmai kaqi<sthmi keko<resmai katastre<fw ke<kraga kate<xw ke<krika I guide, lead, direct ke<krummai I bless kekru<bhn katesqi<w ke<leusma, -atoj, to< I rise up, attack keleu<w I prevent, hold back kenodoci<a, -aj, h[ kata<gw keno<docoj, -on katagge<llw keno<j, -h<, -o<n katagge<llw kenofwni<a, -aj, h[ I accuse keno<w accusation ke<ntron, -ou, to< accuser kenturi<wn -wnoj, o[ accuser kenw?j kate<rxomai kerai<a, -aj, h[ katalla<ssw kerameu<j, -e<wj, o[ katafe<rw keramiko<j, -h<, -o<n katanta<w kera<mion, -ou, to< dejection, downcast I inform, report, teach ke<ramoj, ou, o[ kera<nnumi kata<gw I become rusty, corroded ke<raj, -atoj, to< kera<tion, -ou, to< I prevail, defeat kerdai<nw I dwell kerdh<sw dwelling, home ke<rdoj, -ouj, to< dwelling place ke<rma, -atoj, to< dwelling place I cause to dwell, settle kermatisth<j, -ou?, o[ kefa<laion, -ou, to< I contemplate kefalh<, -h?j, h[ below, down kefalio<w katoike<w kefali<j, -i<doj, h[ katoiki<zw ke<xrhmai lower khmo<w lesser kh?nsoj, -ou, o[ Cauda kh?poj, -ou, o[ burning, scorching I am burned, scorched khpouro<j, -ou?, o[ kh<rugma, -atoj, to< burning 482 I burn up, am consumed I am seared, brand heat, burning I boast, pride myself boast, brag boasting, bragging Capernaum Cenchreae Kidron (valley) I lie, recline strip of cloth, bandage I shear, cut hair kalu<ptw kale<w kale<w kore<nnumi kra<zw kri<nw kru<ptw kru<ptw signal I command, order illusion, delusion conceited, boastful empty, in vain chatter, empty talk I empty, render void sting, goad Roman officer, centurion emptily, idly, vainly projection, serif, hook potter made of clay jar of clay clay, roof tile I mix (wine), pour horn, corner, power carob pod I gain, make profit kerdai<nw profit coin moneychanger main point, summary head I strike on the head section of a scroll xra<omai I muzzle tax garden gardener proclamation Complete Lexicon kh?ruc, -ukoj, o[ khru<ssw kh?toj, -ouj, to< Khfa?j, -a?, o[ kibwto<j, -ou?, h[ kiqa<ra, -aj, h[ kiqari<zw kiqar&do<j, -ou?, o[ Kiliki<a, -aj, h[ kinduneu<w ki<ndunoj, ou, o[ kine<w kinna<mwmon, -ou, to< Ki<j, o[ ki<xrhmi kla<doj, -ou, o[ klai<w kla<sij, -ewj, h[ kla<sma, -atoj, to< Klau?da Klaudi<a, -aj, h[ Klau<dioj, -ou, o[ klauqmo<j, -ou?, o[ kla<w klei<j, kleido<j, h[ klei<w kle<mma, -atoj, to< Kleopa?j, -a?, o[ kle<oj, -ouj, to< kle<pthj, -ou, o[ kle<ptw kle<yw klh?ma, -atoj, to< Klh<mhj, -entoj, o[ klhronome<w klhronomi<a, -aj, h[ klhrono<moj, -ou, o[ klh?roj, -ou, o[ klhro<w klh?sij, -ewj, h[ klhto<j, -h<, -o<n kli<banoj, -ou, o[ kli<ma, -atoj, to< klina<rion, -ou, to< kli<nh, -hj, h[ klini<dion -ou, to< kli<nw klisi<a, -aj, h[ kloph<, -h?j, h[ klu<dwn -wnoj, o[ kludwni<zomai Klwpa?j, -a?, o[ knh<qw Kni<doj, -ou, h[ herald, preacher kodra<nthj, -ou, o[ I announce, preach koili<a, -aj, h[ sea monster koima<w Cephas (Peter) koi<mhsij, -ewj, h[ boat, box koino<j, -h<, -o<n lyre, harp koino<w I play the lyre koinwne<w harpist koinwni<a, -aj, h[ Cilicia koinwniko<j, -h<, -o<n I am in danger koinwno<j, -ou?, o[, h[ danger koi<th, -hj, h[ I move, remove koitw<n -w?noj, o[ cinnamon ko<kkinoj, -h, -on Kish ko<kkoj, -ou, o[ I lend kola<zw branch kolakei<a, -aj, h[ I weep, cry ko<lasij, -ewj, h[ breaking kolafi<zw piece, crumb kolla<w Clauda (island) kollou<rion, -ou, to< Claudia kollubisth<j, -ou?, o[ Claudius kolobo<w weeping, crying Kolossai<, -w?n, ai[ I break ko<lpoj, -ou, o[ key kolumba<w I shut, close, lock kolumbh<qra, -aj, h[ theft kolwni<a, -aj, h[ Cleopas koma<w fame, honor ko<mh, -hj, h[ thief komi<zw I steal kle<ptw komyo<teron branch konia<w Clement koniorto<j, -ou?, o[ I inherit, acquire, receive kopa<zw inheritance, possession kopeto<j, -ou?, o[ heir koph<, -h?j, h[ lot, portion, share kopia<w I appoint by lot, receive ko<poj, -ou, o[ call, calling, invitation kopri<a, -aj, h[ called, invited ko<prion, -ou, to< oven ko<ptw region, district ko<rac, -akoj, o[ bed, cot kora<sion, -ou, to< bed, couch korba?n bed, stretcher korbana?j, -a?, o[ I incline, bend, lean Ko<re, o[ eating group kore<nnumi theft Kori<nqioj, -ou, o[ surf, wave Ko<rinqoj, -ou, h[ I am tossed by waves Kornh<lioj, -ou, o[ Clopas ko<roj, -ou, o[ I itch kosme<w 483 Cnidus (peninsula) coin, cent belly, womb I sleep, die sleep, death common, ordinary I defile I share fellowship, share generous, sharing companion, partner bed, intercourse bedroom scarlet cloth, red seed, grain I punish flattery punishment I beat, strike I unite, join eye salve moneychanger I mutilate, curtail Colossae breast, chest I swim pool, swimming pool colony I wear long hair hair I receive, get, recover get better (with e@xw) I whitewash dust I stop, rest lamentation, mourning slaughter I toil, am weary trouble, work, labor dung-heap, rubbish dung, manure, filth I cut, mourn crow, raven girl gift to God temple treasury Korah I fill, am content Corinthian Corinth Cornelius cor (10–12 bushels) I adorn, beautify Complete Lexicon kosmiko<j, -h<, -o<n ko<smioj, -on kosmokra<twr, -oroj, o[ ko<smoj, -ou o[ Kou<artoj, -ou, o[ kou?m koustwdi<a, -aj, h[ koufi<zw ko<finoj, -ou, o[ ko<yw kra<battoj, -ou, o[ kra<zw kraipa<lh, -hj, h[ krani<on, -ou, to< kra<spedon, -ou, to< krataio<j, -a<, -o<n krataio<w krate<w kra<tistoj, -h, -on kra<toj, -ouj, to< krauga<zw kraugh<, -h?j, h[ kre<aj, kre<wj, to< krei<ttwn, -on krema<nnumi krhmno<j, -ou?, o[ Krh<j, -hto<j, o[ Krh<skhj, -entoj, o[ Krh<th, -hj, h[ kriqh<, -h?j, h[ kri<qinoj, -h, -on kri<ma, -atoj, to< kri<non, -ou, to< kri<nw kri<sij, -ewj, h[ Kri<spoj, -ou, o[ krith<rion, -ou, to< krith<j, -ou?, o[ kritiko<j, -h<, -o<n krou<w kru<pth, -hj, h[ krupto<j, -h<, -o<n kru<ptw krustalli<zw kru<stalloj, -ou, o[ krufai?oj, -a, -on kruf^? kta<omai kth?ma, -atoj, to< kth?noj, -ouj, to< kth<twr, -oroj, o[ kti<zw kti<sij, -ewj, h[ earthly, worldly modest, respectable world ruler world Quartus stand up a guard I lighten large basket ko<ptw mattress, pallet I cry out, call out drunken, hangover skull edge, border, fringe powerful, mighty I become strong I grasp, seize, arrest most noble power, might I shout, scream, cry shout, weeping meat better, higher status I hang, crucify steep bank a Cretan Crescens Crete barley barley (bread) lawsuit, decision wild flower I judge, decide judgment, verdict Crispus lawsuit, tribunal a judge able to judge I knock secret place, cellar hidden, secret I hide, conceal I shine like crystal crystal hidden, secret secretly I acquire, get property, possession pack-animal owner I create creation, creature kti<sma, -atoj, to< kti<sthj, -ou, o[ kubei<a, -aj, h[ kube<rnhsij, -ewj, h[ kubernh<thj, -ou, o[ kukleu<w kuklo<qen kuklo<w ku<kl& kulismo<j, -ou?, o[ kuli<w kullo<j, -h<, -o<n ku?ma, -atoj, to< ku<mbalon, -ou, to< ku<minon, -ou, to< kuna<rion, -ou, to< Ku<prioj, -ou, o[ Ku<proj, -ou, h[ ku<ptw Kurhnai?oj, -ou, o[ Kurh<nh, -hj, h[ Kurh<nioj, -ou, o[ kuri<a, -aj, h[ kuriako<j, -h<, -o<n kurieu<w ku<rioj, -ou, o[ kurio<thj, -htoj, h[ kuro<w ku<wn, kuno<j, o[ kw?lon, -ou, to< kwlu<w kw<mh, -hj, h[ kwmo<polij, -ewj, h[ kw?moj, -ou, o[ kw<nwy, -wpoj, o[ Kw<j, Kw?, h[ Kwsa<m, o[ kwfo<j, -h<, -o<n 484 creature creator trickery, craftiness guidance pilot, captain I surround all around I surround, encircle around, all around rolling, wallowing I roll crippled wave (sea) cymbal cumin little dog, house dog a Cypriot Cyprus I bend down a Cyrenian Cyrene Quirinius lady, mistress belong to the Lord I rule, control lord, sir, owner dominion, lordship I confirm, ratify dog corpse I prevent, forbid village market-town orgy, revelry gnat, mosquito Cos Cosam deaf, dull, blunt L lagxa<nw La<zaroj, -ou, o[ la<qr% lai?lay, -apoj, h[ laka<w lakti<zw lale<w lalia<, -a?j, h[ lamba<nw La<mex, o[ lampa<j, -a<doj, h[ lampro<j, -a<, -o<n lampro<thj, -htoj, h[ lamprw?j I receive, choose by lot Lazarus secretly whirlwind I burst apart I kick, goad I speak speech I receive, acquire Lamech torch, lamp bright, shining brilliance, spendor splendidly, luxuriously Complete Lexicon la<mpw la<myw lanqa<nw laceuto<j, -h<, o<n Laodi<keia, -aj, h[ Laodikeu<j, -e<wj, o[ lao<j, -ou?, o[ la<rugc, -ggoj, o[ Lasai<a, -aj, h[ latome<w latrei<a, -aj, h[ latreu<w la<xanon, -ou, to< legiw<n -w?noj, h[ le<gw lei?mma, -atoj, to< lei?oj, -a, -on lei<pw leitourge<w leitourgi<a, -aj, h[ leitourgiko<j, -h<, -o<n leitourgo<j, -ou?, o[ lema< le<ntion, ou, to< lepi<j, -i<doj, h[ le<pra, -aj, h[ lepro<j, -a<, -o<n lepto<j, -h<, -o<n Leui<, o[ Leui<j, Leui<, o[ Leui<thj, -ou, o[ Leuitiko<j, -h<, o<n leukai<nw leuko<j, -h<, -o<n le<wn, -ontoj, o[ lh<qh, -hj, h[ lh?myij, -ewj, h[ lh<myomai lhno<j, -ou?, h[ lh?roj, -ou, o[ l^sth<j, -ou?, o[ li<an li<banoj, -ou, o[ libanwto<j, -ou?, o[ Liberti?noj, -ou, o[ Libu<h, -hj, h[ liqa<zw li<qinoj, -h, -on liqobole<w li<qoj, -ou, o[ liqo<strwtoj, -on likma<w limh<n, -e<noj, o[ I shine, flash la<mpw I am hidden, forget hewn out of rock Laodicea Laodicean people throat Lasaea (Crete) I hew out of rock worship I worship vegetable legion I say, tell remnant smooth, level I leave, lack I serve, minister service, ministry holy service, ministering servant, priest why towel flake, scale leprosy leper, leprous small, small coin, thin Levi Levi Levite Levitical I make white bright, white, shining lion forgetfulness receiving, credit lamba<nw wine press nonsense, idle talk robber, revolutionary very frankincense incense, censer Freedman Libya I stone to death made of stone I stone to death stone, rock stone pavement I crush harbor li<mnh, -hj, h[ limo<j, -ou?, o[, h[ li<non, -ou, to< Li<noj, -ou, o[ liparo<j, -a<, -o<n li<tra, -aj, h[ li<y, libo<j, o[ logei<a, -aj, h[ logi<zomai logiko<j, -h<, o<n lo<gion, -ou, to< lo<gioj, -a, -on logismo<j, -ou?, o[ logomaxe<w logomaxi<a, -aj, h[ lo<goj, -ou, o[ lo<gxh, -hj, h[ loidore<w loidori<a, -aj, h[ loi<doroj, -ou, o[ loimo<j, -ou?, o[ loipo<j, -h<, -o<n Louka?j, -a?, o[ Lou<kioj, -ou, o[ loutro<n, -ou?, to< lou<w Lu<dda, -aj, h[ Ludi<a, -aj, h[ Lukaoni<a, -aj, h[ Lukaonisti< Luki<a, -aj, h[ lu<koj, -ou, o[ lumai<nomai lupe<w lu<ph, -hj, h[ Lusani<aj, -ou, o[ Lusi<aj, -ou, o[ lu<sij, -ewj, h[ lusitele<w Lu<stra, h[, ta< lu<tron, -ou, to< lutro<w lu<trwsij, -ewj, h[ lutrwth<j, -ou?, o[ luxni<a, -aj, h[ lu<xnoj, -ou, o[ lu<w Lwi~j, -i~doj, h[ Lw<t, o[ lake, pool hunger, famine flax, linen Linus oily, fat, luxurious pound southwest collection I reckon, calculate, ponder rational, spiritual saying learned, eloquent reasoning, wisdom I argue about words arguing about words word, speech, reason spear I revile, slander, abuse slander, verbal abuse reviler, slanderer pestilence, plague remaining, other Luke Lucius washing, bath I wash Lydda Lydia Lycaonia Lycaonian Lycia wolf I injure, destroy, ruin I grieve, am sad grief, sorrow, pain Lysanias Lysias divorce I profit Lystra ransom I redeem, pay ransom ransoming, releasing redeemer lampstand lamp I loose, destroy Lois Lot M Ma<aq, o[ Magada<n, h[ 485 Maath Magadan Complete Lexicon Magdalhnh<, -h?j, h[ magei<a, -aj, h[ mageu<w ma<goj, -ou, o[ Magw<g, o[ Madia<m, o[ maqhteu<w maqhth<j, -ou?, o[ maqh<tria, -aj, h[ Maqqai?oj, -ou, o[ Maqqa<t, o[ Maqqi<aj, -ou, o[ Maqousala<, o[ mai<nomai makari<zw maka<rioj, -a, -on makarismo<j, -ou?, o[ Makedoni<a, -aj, h[ Makedw<n, -o<noj, o[ ma<kellon, -ou, to< makra<n makro<qen makroqume<w makroqumi<a, -aj, h[ makroqu<mwj makro<j, -a<, -o<n makroxro<nioj, -on malaki<a, -aj, h[ malako<j, -h<, -o<n Maleleh<l, o[ ma<lista ma?llon Ma<lxoj, -ou, o[ ma<mmh, -hj, h[ mamwna?j, -a?, o[ Manah<n, o[ Manassh?j, -h?, o[ manqa<nw mani<a, -aj, h[ ma<nna, to< manteu<omai marai<nw mara>n a]qa? margari<thj, ou, o[ Ma<rqa, -aj, h[ Mari<a, -aj, h[ Maria<m, h[ Ma?rkoj, -ou, o[ ma<rmaroj, -ou, o[ marture<w marturi<a, -aj, h[ martu<rion, -ou, to< martu<romai Magalene magic I practice magic wise man, magician Magog Midian I follow, disciple disciple, follower woman disciple Matthew Matthat Matthias Methuselah I am insane, mad I am blessed, happy blessed, happy blessing Macedonia Macedonian meat market far from a distance, far I am patient patience, endurance patiently distant, long (time) long-time sickness, weakness soft, effeminate Maleleel above all, especially more, rather Malchus grandmother wealth Manaen Manasseh I learn, understand madness, insanity manna I tell fortunes I fade away, wither Lord, come! pearl Martha Mary Mary, Miriam Mark marble I witness, testify testimony, witness testimony, witness I tesify, affirm ma<rtuj, -uroj, o[ masa<omai mastigo<w masti<zw ma<stic, -igoj, h[ masto<j, -ou?, o[ mataiologi<a, -aj, h[ mataiolo<goj, -on ma<taioj, -a, -on mataio<thj, -htoj, h[ mataio<w ma<thn Matqai?oj, -ou, o[ Matqa<n, o[ Mattaqa<, o[ Mattaqi<aj, -ou, o[ ma<xaira, -hj, h[ ma<xh, -hj, h[ ma<xomai megalei?oj, -a, -on megaleio<thj, -htoj, h[ megalopreph<j, -e<j megalu<nw mega<lwj megalwsu<nh, -hj, h[ me<gaj, mega<lh, me<ga me<geqoj, -ouj, to< megista<n -a?noj, o[ meqermhneu<w me<qh, -hj, h[ meqi<sthmi meqodei<a, -aj, h[ me<qusoj, -ou, o[ mequ<w mei<zwn me<laj, -aina, -an Melea<, o[ me<lei meleta<w me<li, -itoj, to< Meli<th, -hj, h[ me<llw me<loj, -ouj, to< Melxi<, o[ Melxise<dek, o[ mema<qhka membra<na, -hj, h[ meme<nhka memi<ammai me<migmai me<mnhmai me<mfomai memyi<moiroj, -on 486 witness I bite I whip, punish, flog I whip, flog torment, flogging breast empty talk idle talker idle, useless, fruitless emptiness, futility I render futile in vain Mathew Matthan Mattatha Mattathias sword fighting, quarrel I fight, quarrel magnificent, grand majesty, grandeur magnificent, majestic I magnify, make large greatly majesty, greatness large, great greatness great person, magnate I translate drunkenness I remove scheming, craftiness drunkard I am drunk more, greater black Melea it is a concern I plot, practice honey Malta (island) I am about to, intend body part, member Melchi Melchizedek manqa<nw parchment sheet me<nw miai<nw mi<gnumi mimn^<skomai I blame, find fault complaining Complete Lexicon me<n Menna<, o[ menou?n menou?nge me<ntoi me<nw meri<zw me<rimna, -hj, h[ merimna<w meri<j, -i<doj, h[ merismo<j, -ou?, o[ meristh<j, -ou?, o[ me<roj, -ouj, to< meshmbri<a, -aj, h[ mesiteu<w mesi<thj, -ou, o[ mesonu<ktion, -ou, to< Mesopotami<a, -aj, h[ me<soj, -h, -on meso<toixon, -ou, to< mesoura<nhma, -atoj, to< meso<w Messi<aj, -ou, o[ mesto<j, -h<, -o<n mesto<w meta< meta< metabai<nw metaba<llw metabe<bhka metabh<somai meta<gw metadi<dwmi meta<qesij, -ewj, h[ metai<rw metakale<w metakine<w metalamba<nw meta<lhmyij, -ewj, h[ metalla<ssw metame<lomai metamorfo<w metanoe<w meta<noia, -aj, h[ metacu< metape<mpw metastre<fw metasxhmati<zw metati<qhmi metatre<pw mete<bhn mete<qhka mete<labon metepe<mfqhn mete<pemya mete<peita metesta<qhn mete<sthsa metestra<fhn mete<streya mete<sxhka mete<sxon metete<qhn mete<xw metewri<zomai meth<llaca meth?ra metoikesi<a, -aj, h[ metoiki<zw metoxh<, -h?j, h[ me<toxoj, -on metre<w metrhth<j, -ou?, o[ metriopaqe<w I am in the middle metri<wj Messiah, Anointed One me<tron, -ou, to< full met&<kisa I fill me<twpon, -ou, to< with (Gen.) me<xri after, behind (Acc.) mh< I pass over, move mhdamw?j I change my mind mhde< metabai<nw mhdei<j, mhdemi<a, metabai<nw mhde<n I guide mhde<pote I impart, share mhde<pw removal, change Mh?doj, -ou, o[ I go away mhke<ti I summon, call to myself mh?koj, -ouj, to< I shift, remove mhku<nw I share in, receive mhlwth<, -h?j, h[ sharing, receiving mh<n I exchange mh<n, mhno<j, o[ I feel sad about mhnu<w I change mh<pote I repent mh<pw repentance mh<pwj between, afterward mhro<j, -ou?, o[ I summon, send for mh<te I change mh<thr, -tro<j, h[ I change appearance mh<ti I depart, change mh<tige I turn around mh<tra, -aj, h[ metabai<nw mhtrol&<aj, -ou, o[ on the one hand Menna on the contrary rather, on the contrary really, actually; but, however I stay, remain I divide, separate anxiety, worry I am anxious, worry part, portion division divider, arbitrator part, portion noon, south I mediate, guarantee mediator midnight Mesopotamia among, in the middle dividing wall mid-heaven 487 metati<qhmi metalamba<nw metape<mpw metape<mpw afterwards meqi<sthmi meqi<sthmi metastre<fw metastre<fw mete<xw mete<xw metati<qhmi I share, participate I am anxious, worried metalla<ssw metai<rw deportation I deport, resettle sharing, partnership sharer, partner I measure, deal out measure (9 gallons) I deal gently with moderately measure, quantity metoiki<zw forehead until not certainly not, no and not, but not, nor no one, nothing never not yet Mede no longer length I make long sheepskin surely, and yet month I inform, reveal, report lest, never not yet so that not, lest thigh and not, neither mother question marker let alone womb mother murderer Complete Lexicon miai<nw mi<asma, -atoj, to< miasmo<j, -ou?, o[ mi<gma, -atoj, to< mi<gnumi mikro<j, -a<, -o<n Mi<lhtoj, -ou, h[ mi<lion, -ou, to< mime<omai mimhth<j, -ou?, o[ mimn^<skomai mise<w misqapodosi<a, -aj, h[ misqapodo<thj, -ou, o[ mi<sqioj, -ou, o[ misqo<j, -ou?, o[ misqo<w mi<sqwma, -atoj, to< misqwto<j, -ou?, o[ Mitulh<nh, -hj, h[ Mixah<l, o[ mna?, mna?j, h[ Mna<swn, -wnoj, o[ mnei<a, -aj, h[ mnh?ma, -atoj, to< mnhmei?on, -ou, to< mnh<mh, -hj, h[ mnhmoneu<w mnhmo<sunon, -ou, to< mnhsteu<w mogila<loj, -on mo<gij mo<dioj, -i<ou, o[ moixali<j, -i<doj, h[ moixa<w moixei<a, -aj, h[ moixeu<w moixo<j, -ou?, o[ mo<lij Molo<x, o[ molu<nw molusmo<j, -ou?, o[ momfh<, -h?j, h[ monh<, -h?j, h[ monogenh<j, -e<j mo<noj, -h, -on mono<fqalmoj, -on mono<w morfh<, -h?j, h[ morfo<w mo<rfwsij, -ewj, h[ mosxopoie<w I defile defilement pollution, corruption mixture, compound I mix little, small Miletus mile I imitate, follow imitator I remember, recall I hate reward rewarder hired worker pay, wages I hire rented space hired worker Mitylene (city) Michael mina (about $20) Mnason remembrance, memory grave, tomb memorial, grave remembrance, memory I remember, mention memory I become engaged speaking in a hoarse voice scarcely, with difficulty measuring container adulteress I commit adultery adultery I commit adultery adulterer scarcely, with difficulty Moloch (god) I stain, defile, soil defilement blame, complaint dwelling place, room only, unique only, alone one-eyed I make solitary form, shape I form, shape embodiment I make a calf-idol mo<sxoj, -ou, o[ mousiko<j, -h<, -o<n mo<xqoj, -ou, o[ muelo<j, -ou?, o[ mue<w mu?qoj, -ou, o[ muka<omai mukthri<zw muliko<j, -h<, -o<n mu?linoj, -h, -on mu<loj, -ou, o[ Mu<ra, -wn, ta< muria<j, -a<doj, h[ muri<zw mu<rioi, -ai, -a muri<oj, -a, -on mu<ron, -ou, to< Musi<a, -aj, h[ musth<rion, -ou, to< muwpa<zw mw<lwy, -wpoj, o[ mwma<omai mw?moj, -ou, o[ mwrai<nw mwri<a, -aj, h[ mwrologi<a, -aj, h[ mwro<j, -a<, -o<n Mwu*sh?j, -e<wj, o[ calf musician labor, exertion marrow I learn a secret, initiate myth, legend I roar I ridicule, disdain from a mill from a mill mill, millstone Myra (city) myriad (10,000) I anoint ten thousand countless perfume, ointment Mysia (province) mystery, secret I am blind welt, bruise, wound I censure, blame blemish, blame I become foolish foolishness foolish talk foolish Moses N Naassw<n, o[ Naggai<, o[ Nazara<, h[ Nazare<q, h[ Nazare<t, h[ Nazarhno<j, -h<, -o<n Nazwrai?oj, -ou, o[ Naqa<m, o[ Naqanah<l, o[ nai< Naima<n, o[ Nai~n, h[ nao<j, -ou?, o[ Naou<m, o[ na<rdoj, -ou, h[ Na<rkissoj, -ou, o[ nauage<w nau<klhroj, -ou, o[ nau?j, h[ nau<thj, -ou, o[ Naxw<r, o[ neani<aj, -ou, o[ neani<skoj, -ou, o[ Ne<a, Po<lij, h[ 488 Nahshon Naggai Nazareth Nazareth Nazareth Nazarene a Nazarene Nathan Nathanael yes Naaman Nain (town) temple Nahum spikenard perfume Narcissus I am shipwrecked captain, ship-owner ship sailor Nahor young man young man Neapolis Complete Lexicon nekro<j, -a<, -o<n nekro<w ne<krwsij, -ewj, h[ neomhni<a, -aj, h[ ne<oj, -a, -on neo<thj, -htoj, h[ neo<futoj, -on neu<w nefe<lh, -hj, h[ Nefqali<m, o[ ne<foj, -ouj, to< nefro<j, -ou?, o[ newko<roj, -ou, o[ newteriko<j, -h<, -o<n nh< nh<qw nhpia<zw nh<pioj, -a, -on Nhreu<j, -e<wj, o[ Nhri<, o[ nhsi<on, -ou, to< nh?soj, -ou, h[ nhstei<a, -aj, h[ nhsteu<w nh?stij, -idoj, o[, h[ nhfa<lioj, -a, -on nh<fw Ni<ger, o[ Nika<nwr, -oroj, o[ nika<w ni<kh, -hj, h[ Niko<dhmoj, -ou, o[ Nikolai~thj, -ou, o[ Niko<laoj, -ou, o[ Niko<polij, -ewj, h[ ni?koj, -ouj, to< Nineuh< Nineui<thj, -ou, o[ nipth<r, -h?roj, o[ ni<ptw noe<w no<hma, -atoj, to< no<qoj, -h, -on nomh<, -h?j, h[ nomi<zw nomiko<j, -h<, -o<n nomi<mwj no<misma, -atoj, to< nomodida<skaloj, -ou, o[ nomoqesi<a, -aj, h[ nomoqete<w nomoqe<thj, -ou, o[ dead, useless I put to death death new moon new, fresh, novice youth newly converted I nod, gesture cloud Naphtali cloud, crowd kidney, desire temple keeper youthful by I spin I am a child infant, child Nereus Neri small island island fasting, not eating I fast, abstain from food hungry restrained I am self-controlled Niger Nicanor I conquer, prevail victory Nicodemus Nicolaitan Nicolaus Nicopolis victory Nineveh Ninevite washbasin I wash I understand, perceive mind, plot illegitimate child pasture I think, suppose lawful lawfully coin teacher of the law legislation, giving law I legislate law lawgiver no<moj, -ou, o[ nose<w no<soj, -ou, h[ nossia<, -a?j, h[ nossi<on, -ou, to< nosso<j, -ou?, o[ nosfi<zw no<toj, -ou, o[ nouqesi<a, -aj, h[ nouqete<w nounexw?j nou?j, noo<j, o[ Nu<mfa, -aj, h[ nu<mfh, -hj, h[ numfi<oj, -ou, o[ numfw<n, -w?noj, o[ nu?n nuni< nu<c, nukto<j, h[ nu<ssw nusta<zw nuxqh<meron, -ou, to< Nw?e, o[ nwqro<j, -a<, -o<n nw?toj, -ou, o[ 489 law, principle, Law I am sick, am ailing disease, illness brood, nest young bird young bird I embezzle south, south wind admonition, warning I admonish, instruct wisely, thoughtfully mind, intellect Nympha bride bridegroom wedding hall now now night I pierce, stab, prick I grow sleepy, doze a night and a day Noah lazy, sluggish back C cai<nw ceni<a, -aj, h[ ceni<zw cenodoxe<w ce<noj, -h, -on ce<sthj, -ou, o[ chrai<nw chro<j, -a<, -o<n cu<linoj, -h, -on cu<lon, -ou, to< cura<w I comb wool hospitality, guest room I entertain, surprise I show hospitality foreign, strange pitcher I dry, dry up, wither dry, dried wooden wood, tree, cross I shave O o[, h[, to< o]gdoh<konta o@gdooj, -h, -on o@gkoj, -ou, o[ o!de, h!de, to<de o[deu<w o[dhge<w o[dhgo<j, -ou?, o[ o[doipore<w o[doipori<a, -aj, h[ o[do<j, -ou?, h[ o]dou<j, o]do<ntoj, o[ o]duna<w o]du<nh, -hj, h[ o]durmo<j, -ou?, o[ the eighty eighth impediment, burden this I travel, journey I lead, guide leader, guide I travel, journey journey road, way, journey tooth I am in pain pain, woe mourning, lamentation Complete Lexicon ]Ozi<aj, -ou, o[ o@zw o!qen o]qo<nh, -hj, h[ o]qo<nion, -ou, to< oi#da oi]kei?oj, -a, -on oi]ketei<a, -aj, h[ oi]ke<thj, -ou, o[ oi]ke<w oi@khma, -atoj, to< oi]khth<rion, -ou, to< oi]ki<a, -aj, h[ oi]kiako<j, -ou?, o[ oi]kodespote<w oi]kodespo<thj, -ou, o[ oi]kodome<w oi]kodomh<, -h?j, h[ oi]kodo<moj, -ou, o[ oi]konome<w oi]konomi<a, -aj, h[ oi]kono<moj, -ou, o[ oi#koj, -ou, o[ oi]koume<nh, -hj, h[ oi]kourgo<j, -o<n oi]ktirmo<j, -ou?, o[ oi]kti<rmwn, -on oi]kti<rw oi]nopo<thj, -ou, o[ oi#noj, -ou, o[ oi]noflugi<a, -aj, h[ oi@omai oi$oj, -a, -on oi@sw o]kne<w o]knhro<j, -a<, -o<n o]ktah<meroj, -on o]ktw< o@leqroj, -ou, o[ o]ligopisti<a, -aj, h[ o]ligo<pistoj, -on o]li<goj, -h, -on o]ligo<yuxoj, -on o]ligwre<w o]li<gwj o]loqreuth<j, -ou?, o[ o]loqreu<w o]lokau<twma, -atoj, to< o]loklhri<a, -aj, h[ o]lo<klhroj, -on o]lolu<zw o!loj, -h, -on o[lotelh<j, -e<j Uzziah I stink, smell from where, whence sheet, linen cloth linen cloth I know relative, kin house slave house slave I dwell, live, reside room, apartment dwelling place house relative, household I keep house house manager I build building, edifying builder I manage, administer management, order, plan administrator, manager house, family world, inhabited earth homemaker pity, mercy merciful I have compassion drunkard wine drunkenness I think, expect of what sort, such as fe<rw I hesitate, delay idle, lazy on the eighth day eight ruin, destruction little faith of little faith small, few, little discouraged I despise, make light hardly, barely destroyer I destroy, ruin whole burnt offering wholeness whole, entire I cry aloud, wail whole, entire completely ]Olumpa?j, a?, o[ o@lunqoj, -ou, o[ o!lwj o@mbroj, -ou, o[ o[mei<romai o[mile<w o[mili<a, -aj, h[ o[mi<xlh, -hj, h[ o@mma, -atoj, to< o]mnu<w o[moqumado<n o[moiopaqh<j, -e<j o!moioj, -a, -on o[moio<thj, -htoj, h[ o[moio<w o[moi<wma, -atoj, to< o[moi<wj o[moi<wsij, -ewj, h[ o[mologe<w o[mologi<a, -aj, h[ o[mologoume<nwj o[mo<texnoj, -on o[mou? o[mo<frwn, -on o!mwj o@nar, to< o]na<rion, -ou, to< o]neidi<zw o]neidismo<j, -ou?, o[ o@neidoj, -ouj, to< ]Onh<simoj, -ou, o[ ]Onhsi<foroj, -ou, o[ o]niko<j, -h<, -o<n o]ni<nhmi o@noma, -atoj, to< o]noma<zw o@noj, -ou, o[, h[ o@ntwj o@coj, ouj, to< o]cu<j, -ei?a, u< o]ph<, -h?j, h[ o@pisqen o]pi<sw o[pili<zw o!plon, -ou, to< o[poi?oj, -a, -on o!pou o]pta<nomai o]ptasi<a, -aj, h[ o]pto<j, -h<, -o<n o]pw<ra, -aj, h[ o!pwj o!rama, -atoj, to< 490 Olympas summer fig completely, really rain-storm I have affection for I speak, talk association, intercourse mist, fog eye I swear, take an oath with one mind same desires like, similar likeness, similarity I make like, compare likeness, image, copy likewise, similarly likeness, resemblance I promise, confess confession undeniably, certainly of the same trade together like-minded yet, although dream foal, donkey I revile, insult insult disgrace Onesimus Onesiphorus of a donkey I benefit, enjoy name I name, call donkey really, certainly sour wine, vinegar sharp, quick hole, opening from behind behind, after I equip, arm, prepare tool, weapon what sort of where I appear a vision, trance roasted, baked ripe fruit how, so that a vision Complete Lexicon o!rasij, -ewj, h[ o[rato<j, -h<, -o<n o[ra<w o]rgh< -h?j, h[ o]rgi<zw o]rgi<loj, -h, -on o]rguia<, -a?j, h[ o]re<gw o]reino<j, -h<, -o<n o@recij, -ewj, h[ o]rqopode<w o]rqo<j, -h<, -o<n o]rqotome<w o]rqri<zw o]rqrino<j, -h<, -o<n o@rqroj, -ou, o[ o]rqw?j o[ri<zw o!rion, -ou, to< o[rki<zw o!rkoj, -ou, o[ o[rkwmosi<a, -aj, h[ o[rma<w o[rmh<, -h?j, h[ o!rmhma, -atoj, to< o@rneon, -ou, to< o@rnij, -iqoj, o[, h[ o[roqesi<a, -aj, h[ o@roj, -ouj, to< o]ru<ssw o]rfano<j, -h<, -o<n o]rxe<omai o!j, h!, o! o[sa<kij o!sioj, -a, -on o[sio<thj, -htoj, h[ o[si<wj o]smh<, -h?j, h[ o!soj, -h, -on o]ste<on, ou, to< o!stij, h!tij, o! ti o]stra<kinoj, -h, -on o@sfrhsij, -ewj, h[ o]sfu?j, -u<oj, h[ o!tan o!te o!ti ou$ ou] ou@ ou]a< ou]ai< ou]damw?j a vision visible I see, appear, witness anger, wrath I am angry easily angered fathom (6 ft.) I stretch out, reach hilly, mountainous longing, desire I walk upright upright, straight I teach correctly I get up early early morning early morning correctly I determine, appoint boundary, region I implore oath oath I rush, set out will, inclination, desire sudden violence bird bird boundary mountain I dig orphaned I dance who, which whenever, as often as holy, devout, pious piety, holiness devoutly, holy fragrance, odor as many as, as much as bone whoever, whatever earthenware sense of smell waist, loins whenever when, while that, because where not no aha! woe! by no means ou]de< ou]dei<j, ou]demi<a, ou]de<n ou]de<pote ou]de<pw ou]ke<ti ou]kou?n ou#n ou@pw ou]ra<, -a?j, h[ ou]ra<nioj, -on ou]rano<qen ourano<j, -ou?, o[ Ou]rbano<j, -ou?, o[ Ou]ri<aj, -ou, o[ ou#j, w]to<j, to< ou]si<a, -aj, h[ ou@te ou$toj, au!th, tou?to ou!twj ou]xi< o]feile<thj, -ou, o[ o]feilh<, -h?j, h[ o]fei<lhma, -atoj, to< o]fei<lw o@felon o@feloj, -ouj, to< o]fqalmodouli<a, -aj, h[ o]fqalmo<j, -ou?, o[ o@fij, -ewj, o[ o]fru?j, -u<oj, h[ o]xle<w o]]xlopoie<w o@xloj, -ou, o[ o]xu<rwma, -atoj, to< o]ya<rion, -ou, to< o]ye< o@yimoj, -on o@yioj, -a, -on o@yij, -ewj, h[ o@yomai o]yw<nion, -ou, to< and not, nor, neither no one, nobody never not yet no more, no longer therefore, so so, therefore, then not yet tail heavenly from heaven heaven Urbanus Uriah ear property, wealth nor, neither this thus, in this manner, so not debtor debt debt, sin I owe, am in debt would that benefit, good eye-service eye snake brow, cliff, edge I cause trouble I gather a crowd crowd fortress fish late, evening late, latter (rain) late, evening appearance, face o[ra<w/ble<pw wage, pay P pagideu<w pagi<j, -i<doj, h[ pa<qhma, -atoj, to< paqhto<j, -h<, -o<n pa<qoj, -ouj, to< paidagwgo<j, -ou?, o[ paida<rion, -ou, to< paidei<a, -aj, h[ paideuth<j, -ou?, o[ paideu<w 491 I snare, trap trap, snare suffering, misfortune subject to suffering suffering guardian, guide child upbringing, training instructor, teacher I instruct, train Complete Lexicon paidio<qen paidi<on, -ou, to< paidi<skh, -hj, h[ pai<zw pai?j, paido<j, o[, h[ pai<w pa<lai palaio<j, -a<, o<n palaio<thj, -htoj, h[ palaio<w pa<lh, -hj, h[ paliggenesi<a, -aj, h[ pa<lin pamplhqei< Pamfuli<a, -aj, h[ pandoxei?on, -ou, to< pandoxeu<j, -e<wj, o[ panh<gurij, -ewj, h[ panoikei< panopli<a, -aj, h[ panourgi<a, -aj, h[ panou?rgoj, -on pantax^? pantaxou? pantelh<j, -e<j pa<nt^ pa<ntoqen pantokra<twr, -oroj, o[ pa<ntote pa<ntwj para< para< para< parabai<nw paraba<llw para<basij, -ewj, h[ paraba<thj, -ou, o[ parabia<zomai paraboleu<omai parabolh<, -h?j, h[ paraggeli<a, -aj, h[ paragge<llw paragi<nomai para<gw paradeigmati<zw para<deisoj, -ou, o[ parade<comai parade<xomai paradi<dwmi para<docoj, -on para<dosij, -ewj, h[ paradw<sw parazhlo<w from childhood paraqala<ssioj, -a, child -on slave girl paraqewre<w I play, dance paraqh<kh, -hj, h[ child, servant pare<bhn I strike, hit, wound paraqh<sw long ago, formerly paraine<w old paraite<omai age parakaqe<zomai I become old, age parakale<w fight parakalu<ptw rebirth, regeneration para<keimai again parakeka<lummai all together para<klhsij, -ewj, h[ Pamphylia para<klhtoj, -ou, o[ inn parakoh<, -h?j, h[ innkeeper parakolouqe<w celebration parakou<w whole house paraku<ptw full armor, panoply paralamba<nw cunning, trickery parale<gomai crafty, sly, clever paralh<myomai everywhere para<lioj, -on everywhere parallagh<, -h?j, h[ perfect, complete paralogi<zomai in every way paralutiko<j, -h<, -o<n from all directions paralu<w Almighty parame<nw always paramuqe<omai certainly, doubtless paramuqi<a, -aj, h[ from (Gen.) beside, in the presence of paramu<qion, -ou, to< (Dat.) paranome<w alongside of (Acc.) paranomi<a, -aj, h[ I transgress, deviate parapikrai<nw I approach, cross over parapikrasmo<j, -ou?, o[ transgression parapi<ptw transgressor paraple<w I urge, force paraplh<sioj, -a, I risk, expose to danger -on parable, illustration paraplhsi<wj order, command paraporeu<omai I command, order, direct para<ptwma, -atoj, to< I come, arrive pararre<w I pass by/along para<shmoj, -on I expose, disgrace paraskeua<zw paradise paraskeuh<, -h?j, h[ parade<xomai parasth<sw I receive, welcome paratei<nw I hand over, betray parathre<w incredible, wonderful parath<rhsij, -ewj, h[ tradition parati<qhmi paradi<dwmi paratugxa<nw 492 I make jealous by the sea I overlook, disregard deposit, what is entrusted parabai<nw parati<qhmi I advise, recommend I ask for, decline I sit beside I call, invite I hide, conceal I am ready, am present parakalu<ptw encouragement the Helper disobedience I follow, investigate I overhear, disobey I bend over, look into I take with, take over I sail past paralamba<nw coastal change, variation I deceive, defraud lame, paralyzed I undo, weaken I remain with, stay I encourage, console encouragement encouragement I disobey lawlessness I rebel revolt, rebellion I go astray, miss I sail past very similar similarly, likewise I go by, pass by sin I drift away, slip away distinguished, emblem I prepare, get ready preparation pari<sthmi I prolong, extend I watch, observe observation I place before, entrust I happen to be near Complete Lexicon parauti<ka parafe<rw parafrone<w parafroni<a, -aj, h[ paraxeima<zw paraxeimasi<a, -aj, h[ paraxrh?ma pa<rdalij, -ewj, h[ pare<bhn parebiasa<mhn paregeno<mhn parede<dwka paredo<qhn paredreu<w pare<dwka pare<qhka parei?mai pa<reimi pareisa<gw parei<saktoj, -on pareisa<cw pareisdu<w pareise<rxomai pareish?lqon pareish<negka pareisfe<rw parekto<j pare<kuya pare<labon pareleu<somai parelh<luqa parelh<mfqhn paremba<llw parembolh<, -h?j, h[ pare<meina parenoxle<w pare<cw pare<peson parepi<dhmoj, -on parerru<hn pare<rxomai pa<resij, -ewj, h[ pare<somai pare<sthka pare<sthsa pare<sxon pare<xw parhgori<a, -aj, h[ parh?ka parh?lqon parh<negkon par^<thmai par^thsa<mhn immediately parqeni<a, -aj, h[ I carry away, remove parqe<noj, -ou, h[, o[ I am insane Pa<rqoi, -wn, oi[ insanity pari<hmi I spend the winter pari<sthmi spending the winter suddenly, immediately Parmena?j, -a?, o[ pa<rodoj, -ou, h[ leopard parabai<nw paroike<w parabia<zomai paroiki<a, -aj, h[ paragi<nomai pa<roikoj, -on paradi<dwmi paroimi<a, -aj, h[ paradi<dwmi pa<roinoj, -on I serve paroi<xomai paradi<dwmi paromoia<zw parati<qhmi paro<moioj, -on pari<hmi parocu<nw I am present, arrive parocusmo<j, -ou?, o[ I bring in parorgi<zw smuggled in parorgismo<j, -ou?, o[ pareisa<gw parorgiw? I sneak into, slip in parotru<nw I slip in parousi<a, -aj, h[ pareise<rxomai paroyi<j, -i<doj, h[ pareisfe<rw I make an effort, apply parrhsi<a, -aj, h[ parrhsia<zomai besides, except for par&<xhmai paraku<ptw pa?j, pa?sa, pa?n paralamba<nw pa<sxa, to< pare<rxomai pa<sxw pare<rxomai Pa<tara, -wn, ta< paralamba<nw pata<cw I surround, set up pata<ssw a camp, an army pate<w parame<nw path<r, patro<j, o[ I annoy, trouble Pa<tmoj, -ou, o[ pare<xw patria<, -a?j, h[ parapi<ptw patria<rxhj, -ou, o[ stranger, sojourning patriko<j, -h<, -o<n pararre<w patri<j, -i<doj, h[ I go by, pass by Patroba?j, -a?, o[ passing over, patrol&<aj, -ou, o[ disregarding pa<reimi patropara<dotoj, -on pari<sthmi patr&?oj, -a, -on pari<sthmi Pau?loj, -ou, o[ pare<xw pau<w I offer, grant, bring about Pa<foj, -ou, h[ paxu<nw comfort pari<hmi pe<dh, -hj, h[ pare<rxomai pedino<j, -h<, -o<n parafe<rw pezeu<w paraite<omai pez^? paraite<omai virginity virgin Parthians I neglect, avoid I come, help, provide Parmenas passage, passing by I dwell as a stranger temporary residence stranger, temporary resident proverb, parable drunk I pass (time) I am like similar, like I urge, am upset stirring up, provoking I make angry anger parorgi<zw I incite, arouse presence, arrival plate, dish openness, courage I speak freely/openly paroi<xomai all, whole, every, any the Passover I suffer, experience Patara (city) pata<ssw I strike, hit I step on, walk on father, ancestor Patmos (island) family, clan, nation patriarch of ancestors homeland, fatherland Patrobas father murderer inherited inherited from father Paul I stop, cause to cease Paphos (city) I am dull, make fat fetter, shackle flat, level I travel on foot by land 493 Complete Lexicon peiqarxe<w peiqo<j, -h<, -o<n pei<qw peina<w pei?ra, -aj, h[ peira<zw peira<omai peirasmo<j, -ou?, o[ peismonh<, -h?j, h[ pei<sw pe<lagoj, -ouj, to< peleki<zw pe<mptoj, -h, -on pe<mpw pe<nhj, -htoj penqera<, -a?j, h[ penqero<j, -ou?, o[ penqe<w pe<nqoj, -ouj, to< penixro<j, -a<, -o<n penta<kij pentakisxi<lioi, -ai, -a pentako<sioi, -ai, -a pe<nte pentekaide<katoj, -h, -on penth<konta penthkosth<, -h?j, h[ pe<peismai pepi<esmai pe<poiqa pepoi<qhsij, -ewj, h[ pe<ponqa pepo<tika pe<pragmai pe<praxa pe<ptwka pe<pwka peraite<rw pe<ran pe<raj, -atoj, to< Pe<rgamoj, -ou, h[ Pe<rgh, -hj, h[ peri< peri< peria<gw periaire<w peria<ptw periastra<ptw periba<llw peribe<blhmai perible<pw peribo<laion, -ou, to< peride<w perie<dramon perie<zwsa perie<qhka periei?lon perie<lamya perie<peson perierga<zomai peri<ergoj, -on perie<rrhca perie<rxomai perie<sthka perie<sthn perie<xon perie<xw perizw<nnumi perizw<smai perizw<sw perih?lqon perih<straya perih?ya peri<qesij, -ewj, h[ perii~sthmi five hundred perika<qarma, -atoj, five to< fifteenth perikalu<ptw peri<keimai fifty perikeka<lummai Pentecost pei<qw perikefalai<a, -aj, h[ pie<zw perikrath<j, -e<j pei<qw perikru<bw perikuklo<w confidence, trust pa<sxw perila<mpw poti<zw perilei<pomai pra<ssw peri<lupoj, -on pra<ssw perime<nw pi<ptw pe<ric pi<nw perioike<w peri<oikoj, -on furthermore, beyond periou<sioj, -on across, other side perioxh<, -h?j, h[ end, limit, boundary peripate<w Pergamum peripei<rw Perga concerning, about (Gen.) peripi<ptw peripoie<w around (Acc.) peripoi<hsij, -ewj, h[ I travel about perirh<gnumi I remove, take away perispa<w I kindle, start a fire perissei<a, -aj, h[ I shine around peri<sseuma, -atoj, to< I put on, clothe periba<llw perisseu<w perisso<j, -h<, -o<n I look around I obey persuasive I persuade, convince I hunger attempt, trial I test, tempt, attempt I try, attempt test, temptation persuasion pei<qw open sea I behead fifth I send poor, needy mother-in-law father-in-law I grieve, mourn grief, mourning poor, needy five times five thousand 494 clothing, cloak I bind, wrap around peritre<xw perizw<nnumi periti<qhmi periaire<w perila<mpw peripi<ptw I am a busybody busybody, witchcraft perirh<gnumi I go around, travel about perii~sthmi perii~sthmi perie<xw I surround, contain I get ready, gird about perizw<nnumi perizw<nnumi perie<rxomai periastra<ptw peria<ptw wearing, put around I avoid, stand around garbage, dirt, refuse I cover, conceal I be around, wear perikalu<ptw helmet being in control I hide, conceal I surround, encircle I shine around I remain grieving, very sad I wait for around I live nearby neighbor chosen, special passage (of text) I walk about, roam I impale, pierce I fall into, encounter I acquire, obtain gaining, possessions I tear off I am distracted abundance, surplus abundance, fulness I abound abundant, exceptional Complete Lexicon perisso<teroj, -a, -on perissote<rwj perissw?j peristera<, -a?j, h[ perite<mnw periti<qhmi peritomh<, -h?j, h[ peritre<pw peritre<xw perife<rw perifrone<w peri<xwroj, -on peri<yhma, -atoj, to< perpereu<omai Persi<j, -i<doj, h[ pe<rusi pesou?mai peteino<n, -ou?, to< pe<tomai pe<tra, -aj, h[ Pe<troj, -ou, o[ petrw<dhj, -ej ph<ganon, -ou, to< phgh<, -h?j, h[ ph<gnumi phda<lion, -ou, to< phli<koj, -h, -on phlo<j, -ou?, o[ ph<ra, -aj, h[ phro<w ph?xuj, -ewj, h[ pia<zw pie<zw piqanologi<a, -aj, h[ pikrai<nw pikranw? pikri<a, -aj, h[ pikro<j, -a<, -o<n pikrw?j Pila?toj, -ou, o[ pi<mplhmi pi<mprhmi pinaki<dion, -ou, to< pi<nac, -akoj, h[ pi<nw pi<omai pio<thj, -thtoj, h[ pipra<skw pi<ptw Pisidi<a, -aj, h[ Pisi<dioj, -a, -on pisteu<w pistiko<j, -h<, -o<n pi<stij, -ewj, h[ pisto<j, -h<, -o<n more, far greater pisto<w exceedingly plana<w dove, pigeon pla<nh, -hj, h[ I circumcise planh<thj, -ou, o[ I put around, grant pla<noj, -on circumcision pla<c, plako<j, h[ I turn, change to pla<sma, -atoj, to< I run around pla<ssw I carry around plasto<j, -h<, -o<n I disregard, despise platei?a, -aj, h[ neighboring pla<toj, -ouj, to< garbage, dirt platu<nw I brag, boast platu<j, -ei?a, -u< Persis ple<gma, -atoj, to< last year ple<kw pi<ptw pleona<zw bird pleonekte<w I fly pleone<kthj, -ou, o[ rock pleoneci<a, -aj, h[ Peter pleura<, -a?j, h[ rocky ple<w rue, garden herb plhgh<, -h?j, h[ spring, well plh?qoj, -ouj, to< I make firm plhqu<nw rudder how large? how great? plh<kthj, -ou, o[ plh<mmura, -hj, h[ clay, mud plh<n knapsack plh<rhj, -ej I disable, blind plhrofore<w cubic, forearm length plhrofori<a, -aj, h[ I seize, arrest plhro<w I press down plh<rwma, -atoj, to< convincing speech plhsi<on I am embittered pikrai<nw plhsmonh<, -h?j, h[ plh<ssw bitterness, animosity ploia<rion, -ou, to< bitter, resentful ploi?on, -ou, to< bitterly plou?j, ploo<j, o[ Pilate plou<sioj, -a, -on I fill, fulfill I have a fever, swell up plousi<wj ploute<w tablet plouti<zw writing tablet plou?toj, -ou, o[, to< I drink plu<nw pi<nw pneu?ma, -atoj, to< fatness, richness pneumatiko<j, -h<, -o<n I sell pneumatikw?j I fall, perish pne<w Pisidia pni<gw Pisidian pnikto<j, -h<, -o<n I believe, trust greater, more 495 faithful, genuine faith, trust, proof faithful, trustworthy I convince I mislead, deceive wandering, deception wanderer deceitful, misleading tablet image, figure I form, make, mold fabricated street, wide road breadth, width I widen, make broad wide, broad braid, weaving I weave, braid I increase, become great I exploit, outwit, cheat greedy person greediness, covetousness side of the body I sail wound, blow large number, crowd I increase, multiply bully, combative person flood but, except, however full, complete I fulfill, complete certainty I fulfill, complete, finish fulfillment, fullness near, neighbor, close satisfaction I strike small boat boat sailing, voyage rich, wealthy rich, abundantly I become rich I make rich wealth, riches I wash spirit, wind, breath spiritual spiritually I blow, breathe out I choke, strangle choked Complete Lexicon pnoh<, -h?j, h[ podh<rhj, -ej po<qen poie<w poi<hma, -atoj, to< poi<hsij, -ewj, h[ poihth<j, -ou?, o[ poiki<loj, -h, -on poimai<nw poimh<n, -e<noj, o[ poi<mnh, -hj, h[ poi<mnion, -ou, to< poi?oj, -a, -on poleme<w po<lemoj, -ou, o[ po<lij, -ewj, h[ polita<rxhj, -ou, o[ politei<a, -aj, h[ poli<teuma, -atoj, to< politeu<omai poli<thj, -ou, o[ polla<kij pollaplasi<wn, -on polulogi<a, -aj, h[ polumerw?j polupoi<kiloj, -on polu<j, pollh<, polu< polu<splagxnoj, -on polutelh<j, -e<j polu<timoj, -on polutro<pwj po<ma, -atoj, to< ponhri<a, -aj, h[ ponhro<j, -a<, -o<n po<noj, -ou, o[ Pontiko<j, -h<, -o<n Po<ntioj, -ou, o[ po<ntoj, -ou, o[ Po<ntoj, -ou, o[ Po<plioj, -ou, o[ porei<a, -aj, h[ poreu<omai porqe<w porismo<j, -ou?, o[ Po<rkioj, -ou, o[ pornei<a, -aj, h[ porneu<w po<rnh, -hj, h[ po<rnoj, -ou, o[ po<rrw po<rrwqen porfu<ra, -aj, h[ wind, breath (robe) to the feet from where, whence? I do, make, perform product, creation doing, creation, work doer, poet of various kinds I shepherd, tend, herd shepherd, pastor flock flock which, what kind of? I fight, make war war, fight city, town city official, magistrate citizenship, state place of citizenship I live, conduct myself citizen often, frequently many times, manifold wordiness in many ways, often many-sided, manifold many, much, great sympathetic, compassionate expensive valuable, precious in many ways a drink wickedness, sinfulness wicked, evil labor, toil, pain from Pontus Pontius open sea Pontus Publius journey, trip, conduct I go, travel I pilage, destroy gaining wealth Porcius prostitution I commit immorality prostitute, harlot immoral, fornicator far away farther, at a distance purple cloth porfuro<pwlij, -idoj, h[ porfurou?j, -a?, ou?n posa<kij po<sij, -ewj, h[ po<soj, -h, -on potamo<j, -ou?, o[ potamofo<rhtoj, -on potapo<j, -h<, -o<n po<te pote< po<teron poth<rion, -ou, to< poti<zw Poti<oloi, -wn, oi[ po<toj, -ou, o[ pou? pou< Pou<dhj, -entoj, o[ pou<j, podo<j, o[ pra?gma, -atoj, to< pragmatei<a, -aj, h[ pragmateu<omai praitw<rion, -ou, to< pra<ktwr, -oroj, o[ pra?cij, -ewj, h[ pra<cw prasia<, -a?j, h[ pra<ssw prau*pa<qeia, -aj, h[ prau~j, praei?a, prau~ prau~thj, -htoj, h[ pre<pw presbei<a, -aj, h[ presbeu<w presbute<rion, -ou, to< presbu<teroj, -a, -on presbu<thj, -ou, o[ presbu?tij, -idoj, h[ prhnh<j, -e<j pri<zw pri<n Pri<ska, -hj, h[ Pri<skilla, -hj, h[ pro< proa<gw proaire<w proaitia<omai proakou<w proamarta<nw pro<acw proau<lion, -ou, to< probai<nw 496 dealer in purple cloth purple how often? a drink, drinking how many? how much? river, stream swept away by a flood what sort of when, ever once, formerly whether cup I give to drink Puteoli drinking party, orgy where? somewhere, about Pudens foot event, deed, undertaking activity, occupation I trade, do business palace, palace guard officer, constable deed, function, act pra<ssw garden, group I do, accomplish gentleness gentle gentleness I am fitting, suitable ambassador I am an ambassador elder council elder old man old woman prostrate, head first I saw in two, cut before, formerly Prisca Priscilla before, above I lead, precede I choose, prefer I accuse beforehand I hear before I sin before proa<gw gateway, forecourt I go on, advance Complete Lexicon proba<llw probatiko<j, -h<, -o<n pro<baton, -ou, to< probe<bhka probiba<zw proble<pw proge<gona progi<nomai proginw<skw pro<gnwsij, -ewj, h[ pro<gonoj, -on progra<fw pro<dhloj, -on prodi<dwmi prodo<thj, -ou, o[ pro<dromoj, -on proe<bhn proege<grammai proe<gnwn proe<gnwsmai proe<dramon proe<dwka proe<qhka proei?don proei#pon proei<rhka proei<rhmai proekh<ruca proe<koya proeleu<somai proelh<mfqhn proelpi<zw proena<rxomai proepagge<llw proe<paqon proepe<mfqhn proe<pemya proeph<ggelmai proe<rxomai proe<sthka proe<sthsa proetoima<zw proeuaggeli<zomai proe<xw proew<raka proh<gagon prohge<omai proh?lqon proh<lpika pro^<rhmai pro<qesij, -ewj, h[ proqesmi<a, -aj, h[ I put forward, sprout of sheep sheep probai<nw I urge, bring forward I foresee, provide for progi<nomai I happened before I have foreknowledge foreknowledge forefather, parent I write beforehand clear, obvious, evident I betray traitor, betrayer forerunner probai<nw progra<fw proginw<skw proginw<skw protre<xw prodi<dwmi proti<qhmi proora<w prole<gw prole<gw prole<gw prokhru<ssw proko<ptw proe<rxomai prolamba<nw I hope beforehand I begin previously I promise before propa<sxw prope<mpw prope<mpw proepagge<llw I go on, proceed proi~sthmi proi~sthmi I prepare beforehand I proclaim good news beforehand I excel, have advantage proora<w proa<gw I outdo, esteem proe<rxomai proelpi<zw proaire<w presentation, plan set time proqumi<a, -aj, h[ pro<qumoj, -on proqu<mwj pro<i*moj, -on proi~sthmi prokale<w prokatagge<llw prokatarti<zw prokate<xw pro<keimai prokhru<ssw prokoph<, -h?j, h[ proko<ptw proko<yw pro<krima, -atoj, to< prokuro<w prolamba<nw prole<gw promartu<romai promeleta<w promerimna<w pronoe<w pro<noia, -aj, h[ proora<w proori<zw propa<sxw propa<twr, -oroj, o[ prope<mpw propeth<j, -e<j proporeu<omai pro<j pro<j pro<j prosa<bbaton, -ou, to< prosagoreu<w prosa<gw prosagwgh<, -h?j, h[ prosaite<w prosai<thj, -ou, o[ prosanabai<nw prosanalamba<nw prosanali<skw prosanaplhro<w prosanati<qhmi prosane<bhn prosane<qhka prosapeile<w prosaxe<w prosdapana<w prosde<omai prosde<xomai prosdoka<w prosdoki<a, -aj, h 497 eagerness, readiness eager, ready, willing eagerly, willingly early (rain) I guide, care for, aid I provoke, challenge I foretell, announce I prepare I have advantage I am exposed, lie before I preach before progress I prosper, accomplish proko<ptw discrimination, partiality I prefer I anticipate, undertake I predict, say beforehand I predict I prepare, plan ahead I worry beforehand I have foresight foresight I foresee I decide beforehand I suffer before ancestor, forefather I accompany reckless, thoughtless I precede, lead for (Gen.) near, at, by (Dat.) to, towards with (Acc.) Friday (before Sabbath) I name, call I approach approach I beg beggar I move up, go up I welcome I spend a lot I provide fully I add, consult with prosanabai<nw prosanati<qhmi I threaten further I resound I spend in addition I need more I accept, welcome I expect, wait for expectation Complete Lexicon prosea<w proseggi<zw prosedeca<mhn prose<dramon prose<qhka prose<koya proselh<luqa prosenh<noxa prose<peson prose<phca proserga<zomai prose<rhca prose<rxomai prose<sxhka prose<taca proseu<comai proseuxh<, -h?j, h[ proseu<xomai prose<xw prosh<gagon prosh?lqon proshlo<w prosh<lutoj, -ou, o[ prosh<negka proshne<xqhn proshuca<mhn pro<skairoj, -on proskale<w proskartere<w proskarte<rhsij, -ewj, h[ proskefa<laion, -ou, to< prosklhro<w proskli<nw pro<sklisij, -ewj, h[ proskolla<w pro<skomma, -atoj, to< proskoph<, -h?j, h[ prosko<ptw proskuli<w proskune<w proskunhth<j, -ou?, o[ proslale<w proslamba<nw pro<slhmyij, -ewj, h[ prosme<nw prosormi<zw prosofei<lw prosoxqi<zw pro<speinoj, -on prosph<gnumi prospi<ptw I allow to go farther I approach prosde<xomai prostre<xw prosti<qhmi prosko<ptw prose<rxomai prosfe<rw prospi<ptw prosph<gnumi I make more prosrh<gnumi I approach, come to prose<xw prosta<ssw proseu<xomai prayer I pray I pay attention prosa<gw prose<rxomai I nail onto proselyte, convert prosfe<rw prosfe<rw proseu<xomai temporary, transitory I summon, call I wait on, persist, serve perseverance pillow I assign, join I join, incline toward inclination, prejudice I join, am devoted to stumbling, offense obstacle, offense I strike, stumble I roll up to I worship worshiper I speak to, address I partake, welcome acceptance I remain, stay on I moor, come to port I owe I am angry, offended hungry I crucify I prostrate, beat upon prospoie<w prosporeu<omai prosrh<gnumi prosta<ssw prosta<tij, -idoj, h[ prosti<qhmi prostre<xw prosfa<gion, -ou, to< pro<sfatoj, -on prosfa<twj prosfe<rw prosfilh<j, -e<j prosfora<, -a?j, h[ prosfwne<w pro<sxusij, -ewj, h[ prosyau<w proswpolhmpte<w proswpolh<mpthj, -ou, o[ proswpolhmyi<a, -aj, h[ pro<swpon, -ou, to< protei<nw pro<teroj, -a, -on proti<qhmi protre<pw protre<xw prou*pa<rxw pro<fasij, -ewj, h[ profe<rw profhtei<a, -aj, h[ profhteu<w profh<thj, -ou, o[ profhtiko<j, -h<, -o<n profh?tij, -idoj, h[ profqa<nw proxeiri<zomai proxeirotone<w Pro<xoroj, -ou, o[ pru<mna, -hj, h[ prwi~ prwi~a, -aj, h[ prwi*no<j, -h<, -o<n pr&?ra, -hj, h[ prwteu<w prwtokaqedri<a, -aj, h[ prwtoklisi<a, -aj, h[ prw?toj, -h, -on prwtosta<thj, -ou, o[ prwtoto<kia, -wn, ta< prwto<tokoj, -on prw<twj ptai<w 498 I pretend, take notice I approach I strike against, shatter I command, order defender, guardian I add, give, grant I run up to fish, relish new, recent recently I bring to, offer, present pleasing, lovely sacrifice, offering, gift I address, call out pouring, sprinkling I touch I am partial, biased one who shows partiality partiality face, appearance I stretch out, spread earlier, before I plan, purpose, display I urge, persuade I run in front of I exist before pretense, excuse I produce, bring out prophecy I prophesy prophet prophetic prophetess I anticipate I select in advance I choose beforehand Prochorus stern (of boat) early, morning morning morning, early bow (of boat) I am first seat of honor place of honor first, prominent, best ringleader birthright firstborn firstly I stumble, sin, trip Complete Lexicon pte<rna, -hj, h[ pteru<gion, -ou, to< pte<ruc, -ugoj, h[ pthno<j, -h<, -o<n ptoe<w pto<hsij, -ewj, h[ Ptolemai~j, -i~doj, h[ ptu<on, -ou, to< ptu<rw ptu<sma, -atoj, to< ptu<ssw ptu<w ptw?ma, -atoj, to< ptw?sij, -ewj, h[ ptwxei<a, -aj, h[ ptwxeu<w ptwxo<j, -h<, -o<n pugmh<, -h?j, h[ pu<qwn, -wnoj, o[ pukno<j, -h<, -o<n pukteu<w pu<lh, -hj, h[ pulw<n, -w?noj, o[ punqa<nomai pu?r, -o<j, to< pura<, -a?j, h[ pu<rgoj, -ou, o[ pure<ssw pureto<j, -ou?, h[ pu<rinoj, -h, -on puro<w purra<zw purro<j, -a<, -o<n Pu<rroj, -ou, o[ pu<rwsij, -ewj, h[ pwle<w pw?loj, -ou, o[ pw<pote pwro<w pw<rwsij, -ewj, h[ pw?j pw<j heel end, edge wing winged, bird I am terrified, alarmed terrifying, terror Ptolemais (city) shovel, fork I frighten, scare spit, saliva I roll up I spit corpse falling, collapse poverty I am poor poor, beggarly fist, fist-fight spirit of divination often, frequent I box, fight gate, door door, gate I inquire, learn fire fire pile tower I have a fever fever fiery red I burn up, am on fire I am fiery red red Pyrrhus burning, suffering I sell colt, foal ever, any time I harden, make dull stubbornness how? perhaps, somehow R [Raa<b, h[ r[abbi< r[abbouni< r[abdi<zw r[ab < doj, -ou, h[ r[abdou?xoj, -ou, o[ [Ragau<, o[ r[%diou<rghma, -atoj, to< r[%diourgi<a, -aj, h[ Rahab rabbi, teacher my rabbi, my teacher I beat with a rod rod, stick policeman Reu trick, crime frivolity, deceit, fraud r[ai<nw [Raifa<n, o[ r[aka< r[a<koj, -ouj, to< [Rama<, h[ r[anti<zw r[antismo<j, -ou?, o[ r[api<zw r[a<pisma, -atoj, to< r[afi<j, -i<doj, h[ [Raxa<b, h[ [Raxh<l, h[ [Rebe<kka, -aj, h[ r[e<dh, -hj, h[ r[e<w [Rh<gion, -ou, to< r[h?gma, -atoj, to< r[h<gnumi r[h?ma, -atoj, to< r[h<cw [Rhsa<, o[ r[h<twr, -oroj, o[ r[htw?j r[i<za, -hj, h[ r[izo<w r[iph<, -h?j, h[ r[ipi<zw r[i<ptw [Roboa<m, o[ [Ro<dh, -hj, h[ [Ro<doj, -ou, h[ r[oizhdo<n r[omfai<a, -aj, h[ [Roubh<n, o[ [Rou<q, h[ [Rou?foj, -ou, o[ r[um < h, -hj, h[ r[u<omai r[upai<nw r[upari<a, -aj, h[ r[uparo<j, -a<, -o<n r[u<poj, -ou, o[ r[us < ij, -ewj, h[ r[uti<j, -i<doj, h[ [Rwmai*ko<j, -h<, -o<n [Rwmai?oj, -a, -on [Rwmai*sti< [Rw<mh, -hj, h[ r[w<nnumi 499 I sprinkle Rephan fool, empty-head patch, piece of cloth Ramah (city) I sprinkle sprinkling I hit, slap, whip blow with a club/whip needle Rahab Rachel Rebekah carriage I flow, overflow Rhegium (city) wreck, ruin I tear, break, burst word, saying r[h<gnumi Rhesa lawyer expressly, explicitly root, descendant I am rooted, fixed blinking I am tossed about I throw away Rehoboam Rhoda Rhodes with a noise sword Reuben Ruth Rufus lane, narrow street I rescue, deliver I soil, dirty filth, dirt dirty dirt flow, flowing wrinkle Roman Roman in Latin Rome I say goodbye S sabaxqa<ni Sabaw<q sabbatismo<j, -ou?, o[ you have forsaken me Lord of Hosts/Armies Sabbath rest Complete Lexicon sa<bbaton, -ou, to< sagh<nh, -hj, h[ Saddoukai?oj, -ou, o[ Sadw<k, o[ sai<nw sa<kkoj, -ou, o[ Sala<, o[ Salaqih<l, o[ Salami<j, -i?noj, h[ Salei<m, to< saleu<w Salh<m, h[ Sali<m, to< Salmw<n, o[ Salmw<nh, -hj, h[ sa<loj, -ou, o[ sa<lpigc, -iggoj, h[ salpi<zw salpisth<j, -ou?, o[ Salw<mh, -hj, h[ Sama<reia, -aj, h[ Samari<thj, -ou, o[ Samari?tij, -idoj, h[ Samoqr%<kh, -hj, h[ Sa<moj, -ou, h[ Samouh<l, o[ Samyw<n, o[ sanda<lion, -ou, to< sani<j, -i<doj, h[ Saou<l, o[ sapro<j, -a<, -o<n Sa<pfira, -hj, h[ sa<pfiroj, -ou, h[ sarga<nh, -hj, h[ Sa<rdeij, -ewn, ai[ sa<rdion, -ou, to< sardo<nuc, -uxoj, o[ Sa<repta, -wn, ta< sarkiko<j, -h<, -o<n sa<rkinoj, -h, -on sa<rc, sarko<j, h[ saro<w Sa<rra, -aj, h[ Sarw<n, -w?noj, o[ Satana?j, -a?, o[ sa<ton, -ou, to< Sau?loj, -ou, o[ sbe<nnumi sbe<sw seautou?, -h?j seba<zomai se<basma, -atoj, to< sebasto<j, -h<, -o<n Sabbath dragnet Sadducee Zadok I move, disturb sackcloth Shelah Salathiel Salamis (city) Salim (city) I shake, am distressed Salem Salim (city) Salmon Salmone rolling wave trumpet I sound the trumpet trumpeter Salome Samaria (city) Samaritan Samaritan woman Samothrace (island) Samos (island) Samuel Samson sandal board, plank Saul decayed, bad Sapphira sapphire basket Sardis carnelian stone onyx Zarephath (city) fleshly, worldly fleshly, worldly flesh I sweep Sarah Sharon Satan measure (for grain) Saul I extinguish, put out sbe<nnumi yourself I worship, reverence sanctuary revered, august se<bw seira<, -a?j, h[ seismo<j, -ou?, o[ sei<w Sekou?ndoj, -ou, o[ Seleu<keia, -aj, h[ selh<nh, -hj, h[ selhnia<zomai Semei~n, o[ semi<dalij, -ewj, h[ semno<j, -h<, -o<n semno<thj, -htoj, h[ Se<rgioj, -ou, o[ Serou<x, o[ Sh<q, o[ Sh<m, o[ shmai<nw shmei?on, -ou, to< shmeio<w sh<meron sh<pw sh<j, shto<j, o[ shto<brwtoj, -on sqeno<w siagw<n, -o<noj, h[ siga<w sigh<, -h?j, h[ si<dhroj, -ou, o[ sidhrou?j, -a?, ou?n Sidw<n, -w?noj, h[ Sidw<nioj, -a, -on sika<rioj, -ou, o[ si<kera, to< Sila?j, -a?, o[ Silouano<j, -ou?, o[ Silwa<m, o[ simiki<nqion, -ou, to< Si<mwn, -wnoj, o[ Sina< si<napi, -ewj, to< sindw<n, -o<noj, h[ sinia<zw siriko<j, -h<, -o<n siteuto<j, -h<, -o<n siti<on, -ou, to< sitisto<j, -h<, -o<n sitome<trion, -ou, to< si?toj, -ou, o[ Siw<n, h[ siwpa<w skandali<zw ska<ndalon, -ou, to< ska<ptw 500 I worship chain, rope shaking I shake, agitate Secundus Seleucia moon I am an epileptic Semein fine flour honorable, noble reverence, dignity Sergius Serug Seth Shem I report, communicate sign, indication I write, take note of today I decay, rot moth moth-eaten I strengthen cheek I am silent silence, quiet iron made of iron Sidon (city) Sidonian terrorist, sicarius strong drink, beer Silas Silvanus Siloam apron Simon Sinai mustard linen I sift silk fattened grain fattened food/grain ration wheat, grain Zion I keep silent I cause to sin, fall trap, temption I dig Complete Lexicon ska<fh, -hj, h[ ska<yw ske<loj, -ouj, to< ske<pasma, -atoj, to< Skeua?j, -a?, o[ skeuh<, -h?j, h[ skeu?oj, -ouj, to< skhnh<, -h?j, h[ skhnophgi<a, -aj, h[ skhnopoio<j, -ou?, o[ skh?noj, -ouj, to< skhno<w skh<nwma, -atoj, to< skia<, -a?j, h[ skirta<w sklhrokardi<a, -aj, h[ sklhro<j, -a<, -o<n sklhro<thj, -htoj, h[ sklhrotra<xhloj, -on sklhru<nw skolio<j, -a<, -o<n sko<loy, -opoj, o[ skope<w skopo<j, -ou?, o[ skorpi<zw skorpi<oj, -ou, o[ skoteino<j, -h<, -o<n skoti<a, -aj, h[ skoti<zw sko<toj, -ouj, to< skoto<w sku<balon, -ou, to< Sku<qhj, -ou, o[ skuqrwpo<j, -h<, -o<n sku<llw sku?lon, -ou, to< skwlhko<brwtoj, -on skw<lhc, -hkoj, o[ smara<gdinoj, -h, -on sma<ragdoj, -ou, o[ smu<rna, -hj, h[ Smu<rna, -hj, h[ smurni<zw So<doma, -wn, ta< Solomw<n, -w?noj, o[ soro<j, -ou?, h[ so<j, sh<, so<n souda<rion, -ou, to< Sousa<nna, -hj, h[ sofi<a, -aj, h[ sofi<zw sofo<j, -h<, -o<n Spani<a, -aj, h[ skiff, small boat ska<ptw leg clothing Sceva equipment, furnishings jar, dish, vessel tent, dwelling festival of tents tentmaker tent, lodging, body I live, dwell tent, dwelling shade, shadow I leap for joy hard heart hard hardness, stubbornness stiff-necked, stubborn I harden crooked thorn, splinter I look for, notice goal, mark I scatter, disperse scorpion dark, obscure darkness, evil I become dark darkness, evil I become darkened rubbish, dirt, dung Scythian sad I am troubled, weary booty, spoils eaten by worms maggot emerald made emerald myrrh Smyrna I put myrrh in wine Sodom (city) Solomon bier, coffin your handkerchief Susanna wisdom I make wise, teach clever, skillful Spain spara<ssw spargano<w spatala<w spa<w spei?ra, -hj, h[ spei<rw spekoula<twr, -oroj, o[ spe<ndw spe<rma, -atoj, to< spermolo<goj, -on speu<dw sph<laion, -ou, to< spila<j, -a<doj, h[ spi<loj, -ou, o[ spilo<w splagxni<zomai spla<gxnon, ou, to< spo<ggoj, -ou, o[ spodo<j, -ou?, h[ spora<, -a?j, h[ spo<rimoj, -on spo<roj, -ou, o[ spouda<zw spoudai?oj, -a, -on spoudai<wj spoudh<, -h?j, h[ spuri<j, -i<doj, h[ sta<dion, -ou, to< sta<mnoj, -ou, h[ stasiasth<j, -ou?, o[ sta<sij, -ewj, h[ stath<r, -h?roj, o[ stauro<j, -ou?, o[ stauro<w stafulh<, -h?j, h[ sta<xuj, -uoj, o[ Sta<xuj, -uoj, o[ ste<gh, -hj, h[ ste<gw stei?ra, -aj, h[ ste<llw ste<mma, -atoj, to< stenagmo<j, -ou?, o[ stena<zw steno<j, -h<, -o<n stenoxwre<w stenoxwri<a, -aj, h[ ste<rgw stereo<j, -a<, -o<n stereo<w stere<wma, -atoj, to< Stefana?j, -a?, o[ Ste<fanoj, -ou, o[ 501 I convulse, tear I wrap, clothe I live luxuriously I pull, draw band of soldiers I sow (seed) courier, executioner I pour libation seed gossip, babbler I hurry cave, hideout reef, spot, stain stain, blemish I stain, defile I pity, feel sympathy intestines, desire sponge ashes sowing, origin, parentage sown, grain fields seed I hurry, am eager eager, zealous eagerly, diligently hurry, eagerness, zeal basket, hamper arena, stadium jar rebel riot, revolt, strife stater coin ($.80) cross I crucify cluster of grapes ear of grain Stachys roof I endure barren I avoid, stay away wreath groan, sigh I groan narrow I cramp, confine distress, trouble I love, feel affection firm, hard, solid I make strong, firm firmness, steadfastness Stephanas Stephen Complete Lexicon ste<fanoj, -ou, o[ stefano<w sth?qoj, -ouj, to< sth<kw sthrigmo<j, -ou?, o[ sthri<zw sth<sw stiba<j, -a<doj, h[ sti<gma, -atoj, to< stigmh<, -h?j, h[ sti<lbw stoa<, -a?j, h[ Stoi*ko<j, -h<, -o<n stoixei?on, -ou, to< stoixe<w stolh<, -h?j, h[ sto<ma, -atoj, to< sto<maxoj, -ou, o[ stratei<a, -aj, h[ stra<teuma, -atoj, to< strateu<omai strathgo<j, -ou?, o[ stratia<, -a?j, h[ stratiw<thj, -ou, o[ stratologe<w strato<pedon, -ou, to< streblo<w stre<fw strhnia<w strh?noj, -ouj, to< strouqi<on, -ou, to< strwnnu<w stughto<j, -h<, -o<n stugna<zw stu?loj, -ou, o[ su<, sou<; u[mei?j, u[mw?n sugge<neia, -aj, h[ suggenh<j, -e<j suggeni<j, -i<doj, h[ suggnw<mh, -hj, h[ sugka<qhmai sugkaqi<zw sugkakopaqe<w sugkakouxe<omai sugkale<w sugkalu<ptw sugka<mptw sugkatabai<nw sugkata<qesij, -ewj, h[ sugkatati<qhmi sugkatayhfi<zomai sugkate<bhn sugkeka<lummai wreath, crown I crown, honor chest, breast I stand, stand firm firmness I strengthen, establish i!sthmi leaves, leafy branch mark, brand, scar moment I shine, glisten colonnaded porch Stoic basic principles I hold to, agree with robe mouth stomach campaign, warfare army, soldiers I am a soldier, war chief magistrate army soldier I gather an army camp, army I distort, twist, torture I turn around, change I live sensually sensual living sparrow I spread out, furnish hated I become dark, gloomy pillar, leader you relatives, kinship relative, kin kinswoman pardon, indulgence I sit with I sit with I suffer with I suffer with I summon I conceal I bend I go down with union, agreement I agree together I added, join sugkatabai<nw sugkalu<ptw sugkera<nnumi sugke<xumai sugkine<w sugklei<w sugklhrono<moj, -on sugkoinwne<w sugkoinwno<j, -ou?, o[ sugkomi<zw sugkri<nw sugku<ptw sugkuri<a, -aj, h[ sugxai<rw sugxe<w sugxra<omai su<gxusij, -ewj, h[ suza<w suzeu<gnumi suzhte<w suzhthth<j, -ou?, o[ su<zugoj, -ou, o[ suzwopoie<w suka<minoj, -ou, h[ sukh?, -h?j, h[ sukomore<a, -aj, h[ su?kon, -ou, to< sukofante<w sulagwge<w sula<w sullale<w sullamba<nw sulle<gw sulle<cw sullh<myomai sullogi<zomai sullupe<w sumbai<nw sumba<llw sumbasileu<w sumbe<bhka sumbiba<zw sumbouleu<w sumbou<lion, -ou, to< su<mbouloj, -ou, o[ Sumew<n, o[ summaqhth<j, -ou?, o[ summarture<w summeri<zw summe<toxoj, -ou, o[ summimhth<j, -ou?, o[ summorfi<zw su<mmorfoj, -on sumpaqe<w sumpaqh<j, -e<j 502 I blend, unite sugxe<w I stir up I enclose, imprison inheriting together with I share, associate with partner, participant I bury I compare, explain I bend over coincidence, chance I rejoice, congratulate I confuse I associate confusion, tumult I live with I join, pair, marry I discuss, dispute disputer fellow-worker, comrade I make alive with mulberry tree fig tree sycamore tree fig I slander, accuse falsely I carry off booty, rob I rob I talk with, discuss I seize, grasp, apprehend I collect, pick, gather sulle<gw sullamba<nw I talk with, debate I grieve with, hurt with I meet, happen I confer, debate I rule with sumbai<nw I unite, infer, teach I advise plan, purpose advisor Simeon fellow disciple I testify with, confirm I share with sharer fellow imitator I conform similar in form I suffer with sympathetic Complete Lexicon sumparagi<nomai sumparakale<w sumparalamba<nw sumpa<reimi sumpa<sxw sumpe<mpw sumperilamba<nw sumpi<nw sumpi<ptw sumplhro<w sumpni<gw sumpoli<thj, -ou, o[ sumporeu<omai sumpo<sion, -ou, to< sumpresbu<teroj, -ou, o[ sumfe<rw su<mfhmi su<mforoj, -on sumfule<thj, -ou, o[ su<mfutoj, -on sumfu<w sumfwne<w sumfw<nhsij, -ewj, h[ sumfwni<a, -aj, h[ su<mfwnoj, -on sumyhfi<zw su<muyuxoj, -on su<n suna<gw sunagwgh<, -h?j, h[ sunagwni<zomai sunaqle<w sunaqroi<zw sunai<rw sunaixma<lwtoj, -ou, o[ sunakolouqe<w sunali<zw sunalla<ssw sunanabai<nw sunana<keimai sunanami<gnumi sunanapau<omai sunane<bhn sunanta<w sunantilamba<nomai suna<cw sunapa<gw sunape<qanon sunape<steila sunaph<xqhn sunapoqn^<skw I come together I encourage together I take along, bring with I am with I suffer with I send with I embrace I drink with I collapse, fall together I fulfill, approach I crowd around fellow-citizen I go with party, group fellow-elder I bring together, help I agree beneficial, profitable fellow-countryman grown together I grow up with I agree agreement music harmonious, agreeing I count up, calculate harmonious with (Dat.) I gather, call together synagogue, assembly I fight, contend I toil with, contend I gather, bring together I agree with fellow-prisoner I accompany, follow I eat with, assemble I reconcile I go up with I eat with I mingle with I relax with, rest with sunanabai<nw I happen, meet I help with suna<gw I lead away, carry off sunapoqn^<skw sunaposte<llw sunapa<gw I die with sunapo<llumi sunaposte<llw sunapw<lesa sunarmologe<w sunarpa<zw sunauca<nw su<ndesmoj, -ou, o[ sunde<w sundoca<zw su<ndouloj, -ou, o[ sundromh<, -h?j, h[ sune<bhn sunegei<rw sune<dramon sune<drion, -ou, to< sune<zeuca sune<qhka sunei<dhsij, -ewj, h[ sunei<don suneish?lqon sunei<lhfa su<neimi su<neimi suneise<rxomai sune<kdhmoj, -ou, o[ suneklekto<j, -h<, -o<n sune<leca sunelh<luqa sunelh<mfqhn sune<cw sunepe<qhka sune<peson sunepe<sthn sunepimarture<w sune<pion sunepiti<qhmi sune<pnica sune<pomai sunerge<w sunergo<j, -o<n sune<rxomai sunesqi<w su<nesij, -ewj, h[ sune<stalmai sune<steila sune<sthka sune<sthsa sune<sxon sune<taca suneta<fhn suneto<j, -h<, -o<n 503 I destroy with, perish with I send with sunapo<llumi I join together I seize, drag away I grow with bond I imprison with I am praised with fellow-servant running together sumbai<nw I raise to life with suntre<xw Sanhedrin, high council suzeu<gnumi sunti<qhmi consciousness, conscience sunora<w suneise<rxomai sullamba<nw I am with I come together I enter with traveling companion chosen with sulle<gw sune<rxomai sullamba<nw sune<xw sunepiti<qhmi sumpi<ptw sunefi<sthmi I testify with sumpi<nw I join in attack sumpni<gw I accompany I work with helping, working together I come together I eat with insight, understanding suste<llw suste<llw suni<sthmi suni<sthmi sune<xw sunta<ssw sunqa<ptw intelligent, wise Complete Lexicon sunetri<bhn sune<triya sune<tuxon suneudoke<w suneuwxe<omai sune<fagon sunefi<sthmi sunexu<qhn sune<xw sunh<gagon sunhge<rqhn sunh?gmai sunh<xqhn sunh<domai sunh<qeia, -aj, h[ sunh?lqon sunhlikiw<thj, -ou, o[ sunh<negka sunh<rpaka sunh<rpasa sunh?ka sunh<sw sunqa<ptw sunqla<w sunqli<bw sunqru<ptw suni<hmi suni<sthmi sunodeu<w sunodi<a, -aj, h[ su<noida sunoike<w sunoikodome<w sunomile<w sunomore<w sunora<w sunoxh<, -h?j, h[ sunta<ssw sunte<qeimai sunte<leia, -aj, h[ suntele<w sunte<mnw sunte<trimmai sunthre<w sunti<qhmi sunto<mwj suntre<xw suntri<bw su<ntrimma, -atoj, to< suntri<yw su<ntrofoj, -on suntugxa<nw suntri<bw suntri<bw suntugxa<nw I agree with, approve I feast together sunesqi<w I join in an attack sugxe<w I restrain, seize, shut suna<gw sunerei<rw suna<gw suna<gw I rejoice with friendship, custom sune<rxomai contemporary sumfe<rw sunarpa<zw sunarpa<zw suni<hmi suni<hmi I bury with I crush I crowd around I break in pieces I understand I put together I travel with group of travelers I know with I live with I build together I talk with I am next to I realize, learn about distress, anguish I order, direct sunti<qhmi end, close, completion I complete, end, finish I shorten, limit suntri<bw I preserve I put with, agree with promptly, briefly I run together I shatter, smash destruction, ruin suntri<bw nursed with, companion, friend I meet, join Suntu<xh, -hj, h[ sunupokri<nomai sunupourge<w sunwdi<nw sunwmosi<a, -aj, h[ Sura<kousai, -w?n, ai[ Suri<a, -aj, h[ Su<roj, -ou, o[ Surofoini<kissa, -hj, h[ Su<rtij, -ewj, h[ su<rw suspara<ssw su<sshmon, -ou, to< su<sswmoj, -on sustatiko<j, -h<, -o<n sustauro<w suste<llw sustena<zw sustoixe<w sustratiw<thj, -ou, o[ sustre<fw sustrofh<, -h?j, h[ susxhmati<zw Suxa<r, h[ Suxe<m, h[ sfagh<, -h?j, h[ sfa<gion, -ou, to< sfa<zw sfa<llw sfo<dra sfodrw?j sfragi<zw sfragi<j, -i?doj, h[ sfudro<n, -ou?, to< sxedo<n sxh?ma, -atoj, to< sxi<zw sxi<sma, -atoj, to< sxoini<on, -ou, to< sxola<zw sxolh<, -h?j, h[ s&<zw sw?ma, -atoj, to< swmatiko<j, -h<, -o<n swmatikw?j Sw<patroj, -ou, o[ swreu<w Swsqe<nhj, -ouj, o[ Swsi<patroj, -ou, o[ swth<r, -h?roj, o[ swthri<a, -aj, h[ swth<rioj, -on 504 Syntyche I pretend together I cooperate, join helping I suffer with conspiracy Syracuse (city) Syria Syrian Syrophoenician Syrtis (gulf) I drag away, pull I convulse signal, token co-member with commendatory I crucify with I limit, cover I groan with I correspond to comrade I come together, gather commotion I am conformed to Sychar (city) Shechem (city) slaughter victim, sacrifice I slaughter I slip, stumble very, greatly very much, greatly I seal, mark seal, stamp, mark ankle nearly, almost form, appearance I split, divide split, division rope I have time, am empty lecture hall I save, rescue body bodily, physical bodily Sopater I pile up, fill with Sosthenes Sosipater savior, deliverer salvation, deliverance saving, delivering Complete Lexicon swfrone<w swfroni<zw swfronismo<j, -ou?, o[ swfro<nwj swfrosu<nh, -hj, h[ sw<frwn, -on I am reasonable I advise, teach good judgment moderately good judgment self-controlled T tabe<rnai, -w?n, ai[ Tabiqa<, h[ ta<gma, -atoj, to< Taddai?on takto<j, -h<, -o<n talaipwre<w talaipwri<a, -aj, h[ talai<pwroj, -on talantiai?oj, -a, -on ta<lanton, -ou, to< taliqa< tamei?on, -ou, to< ta<cij, -ewj, h[ tapeino<j, -h<, -o<n tapeinofrosu<nh, -hj, h[ tapeino<frwn, -on tapeino<w tapei<nwsij, -ewj, h[ tara<ssw ta<raxoj, -ou, o[ Tarseu<j, -e<wj, o[ Tarso<j, -ou?, h[ tartaro<w ta<ssw tau?roj, -ou, o[ tafh<, -h?j, h[ ta<foj, -ou, o[ ta<xa taxe<wj taxino<j, -h<, -o<n ta<xoj, -ouj, to< taxu<j, -ei?a, -u< te< te<qeika te<qeimai te<qlimmai te<qnhka te<qrammai tei?xoj, -ouj, to< tekmh<rion, -ou, to< tekni<on, -ou, to< teknogone<w teknogoni<a, -aj, h[ te<knon, -ou, to< teknotrofe<w tavern, inn Tabitha division, order, group Thaddaeus determined, fixed I endure sorrow distress, trouble distressed, miserable weighing a talent talent (ca. 70 lbs.) girl storeroom, inner room order, position humble, gentle humility humble I humble humiliation I stir up, disturb disturbance, rebellion Tarsus person Tarsus (city) I cast into hell I assign, command bull, ox burial place grave perhaps, probably quickly quick, imminent quickness, haste quickly, swift and, also ti<qhmi ti<qhmi qli<bw qn^<skw tre<fw city wall proof child I bear children bearing of children child rear children te<ktwn, -onoj, o[ te<leioj, -a, -on teleio<thj, -htoj, h[ teleio<w telei<wj telei<wsij, -ewj, h[ teleiwth<j, -ou?, o[ telesfore<w teleuta<w teleuth<, -h?j, h[ tele<w te<loj, -ouj, to< telw<nhj, -ou, o[ telw<nion, -ou, to< te<comai te<raj, -atoj, to< Te<rtioj, -ou, o[ Te<rtulloj, -ou, o[ tessara<konta tessarakontaeth<j, -e<j te<ssarej, -a tessareskaide<katoj, -h te<tagmai teta<ragmai tetartai?oj, -a, -on te<tartoj, -h, -on tetraarxe<w tetraa<rxhj, -ou, o[ tetra<gwnoj, -on tetra<dion -ou, to< tetrakisxi<lioi, -ai, -a tetrako<sioi, -ai, -a tetra<mhnoj, -on tetraplou?j, h?, -ou?n tetra<pouj, -oun te<tuxa tefro<w te<xnh, -hj, h[ texni<thj, -ou, o[ th<kw thlaugw?j thlikou?toj, -au<th, -ou?to thre<w th<rhsij, -ewj, h[ Tiberia<j, -a<doj, h[ Tibe<rioj, -ou, o[ ti<qhmi ti<ktw ti<llw Timai?oj, -ou, o[ 505 carpenter, builder complete, perfect maturity, perfection I make perfect, complete completely fulfillment perfecter I bear fruit to maturity I die, come to an end death, end I end, finish end, close, conclusion tax-collector tax office ti<ktw portent, omen Tertius Tertullus forty forty years four fourteenth ta<ssw tara<ssw on fourth day fourth I am a tetrarch tetrarch square four soldier group four thousand four hundred four-month four times quadruped tugxa<nw I reduce to ashes craft, skill, trade craftsman I melt, dissolve clearly, plainly so great I keep, guard prison, keeping Tiberias (city) Tiberius I put, place I give birth, bear I pick, pluck Timaeus Complete Lexicon tima<w timh<, -h?j, h[ ti<mioj, -a, -on timio<thj, -htoj, h[ Timo<qeoj, -ou, o[ Ti<mwn, -wnoj, o[ timwre<w timwri<a, -aj, h[ ti<nw ti<j, ti< ti>j, ti> ti<sw Ti<tioj, -ou, o[ ti<tloj, -ou, o[ Ti<toj, -ou, o[ toi< toigarou?n toi<nun toio<sde, -a<de, -o<nde toiou?toj, -au<th, -ou?ton toi?xoj, -ou, o[ to<koj, -ou, o[ tolma<w tolmhro<teron tolmhth<j, -ou?, o[ tomo<j, -h<, -o<n to<con, -ou, to< topa<zion, -ou, to< to<poj, -ou, o[ tosou?toj, -au<th, -ou?ton to<te tou]nanti<on tou@noma tra<goj, -ou, o[ tra<peza, -hj, h[ trapezi<thj, -ou, o[ trau?ma, -atoj, to< traumati<zw traxhli<zw tra<xhloj, -ou, o[ traxu<j, -ei?a, -u< Traxwni?tij, -idoj, h[ trei?j, tri<a Trei?j Tabe<rnai tre<mw tre<fw tre<xw trh?ma, -atoj, to< tria<konta triako<sioi, -ai, -a tri<boloj, -ou, o[ I honor, set a price on honor, price, value precious, valuable wealth Timothy Timon I punish punishment I pay, am punished who? which? what? someone, something ti<nw Titius inscription, notice Titus besides therefore, then therefore, so, indeed such as this such a kind, like that wall interest (loan) I dare, presume more boldly bold, daring sharp, cutting bow (and arrow) topaz (stone) place, region so much, so many then rather the name he-goat table money-changer wound I wound I am open, reveal neck, throat rough Trachonitis three Three Taverns I tremble, fear I feed, nourish I run eye of needle, hole thirty three hundred thistle, thorn tri<boj, -ou, h[ trieti<a, -aj, h[ tri<zw tri<mhnoj, -on tri<j tri<stegon, -ou, to< trisxi<lioi, -ai, -a tri<toj, -h, -on tri<xinoj, -h, -on tro<moj, -ou, o[ troph<, -h?j, h[ tro<poj, -ou, o[ tropofore<w trofh<, -h?j, h[ Tro<fimoj, -ou, o[ trofo<j, -ou?, h[ troxia<, -a?j, h[ troxo<j, -ou?, o[ tru<blion, -ou, to< truga<w trugw<n, -o<noj, h[ trumalia<, -a?j, h[ tru<phma, -atoj, to< Tru<faina, -hj, h[ trufa<w trufh<, -h?j, h[ Trufw?sa, -hj, h[ Tr&a<j, -a<doj, h[ trw<gw tugxa<nw tumpani<zw tupikw?j tu<poj, -ou, o[ tu<ptw Tu<rannoj, -ou, o[ Tu<rioj, -ou, o[ Tu<roj, -ou, h[ tuflo<j, -h<, -o<n tuflo<w tufo<w tu<fw tufwniko<j, -h<, -o<n Tuxiko<j, -ou?, o[ path three years I gnash teeth, grind three-month three times third story (building) three thousand third hairy trembling, quivering turning, return manner, way of life I put up with food Trophimus nurse course, way wheel bowl, dish I pick (grapes) pigeon, dove needle eye of a needle, hole Tryphaena I revel, carouse reveling, indulgence Tryphosa Troas I eat, nibble, munch I meet, gain I torment, torture typologically, by example mark, scar, copy I strike, beat Tyrannus Tyrian Tyre (city) blind I blind I delude, become foolish I smoke, smolder of hurricane force Tychius U u[aki<nqinoj, -h, -on u[a<kinqoj, -ou, o[ u[a<linoj, -h, -on u!aloj, -ou, h[ u[bri<zw u!brij, -ewj, h[ u[bristh<j, -ou?, o[ u[giai<nw 506 dark blue hyacinth (flower) glass, transparent glass, crystal I scoff at, insult arrogance, insult violent person I am healthy Complete Lexicon u[gih<j, -e<j u[gro<j, -a<, -o<n u[dri<a, -aj, h[ u[dropote<w u[dwpiko<j, -h<, -o<n u!dwr, -atoj, to< u[eto<j, -ou?, o[ ui[oqesi<a, -aj, h[ ui[o<j, -ou?, o[ u!lh, -hj, h[ [Ume<naioj, -ou, o[ u[me<teroj, -a, -on u[mne<w u!mnoj, -ou, o[ u[pa<gw u[pakoh<, -h?j, h[ u[pakou<w u!pandroj, -on u[panta<w u[pa<nthsij, -ewj, h[ u!parcij, -ewj, h[ u[pa<rxw u[pede<degmai u[pe<deica u[pedeca<mhn u[pe<dhsa u[pe<dramon u[pe<qhka u[pei<kw u[penanti<oj, -a, -on u[pe<labon u[pe<mnhsa u[pemnh<sqhn u[pe<r u[pe<r u[perai<rw u[pe<rakmoj, -on u[pera<nw u[perauca<nw u[perbai<nw u[perballo<ntwj u[perba<llw u[perbolh<, -h?j, h[ u[perei?don u[pere<keina u[perekperissou? u[perektei<nw u[perekxu<nnw u[perentugxa<nw u[pere<xw u[perhfani<a, -aj, h[ u[perh<fanoj, -on u[perli<an healthy wet, moist water jar, pitcher I drink water suffering from dropsy water rain adoption son wood, material Hymenaeus your I sing a hymn hymn, song of praise I go away, depart obedience I obey, hear married I meet, oppose drawing near possession, property I am, exist u[pode<xomai u[podei<knumi u[pode<xomai u[pode<w u[potre<xw u[poti<qhmi I submit, obey, yield hostile, contrary u[polamba<nw u[pomimn^<skw u[pomimn^<skw in behalf of (Gen.) above (Acc.) I exalt, rise up past one’s prime above I grow greatly I sin against, transgress exceedingly, extremely I surpass, outdo excess u[perora<w beyond extreme, more I overextend I pour out, overflow I intercede, plead I surpass, control arrogance, pride arrogant, proud exceedingly, extremely u[pernika<w u[pe<rogkoj, -on u[perora<w u[peroxh<, -h?j, h[ u[perperisseu<w u[perperissw?j u[perpleona<zw u[peruyo<w u[perfrone<w u[per&?on, -ou, to< u[peta<ghn u[pe<taca u[pe<xw u[pexw<rhsa u[ph<kooj, -on u[ph<negka u[phrete<w u[phre<thj, -ou, o[ u!pnoj, -ou, o[ u[po< u[po< u[poba<llw u[pogrammo<j, -ou?, o[ u[po<deigma, -atoj, to< u[podei<knumi u[podei<cw u[pode<xomai u[pode<w u[po<dhma, -atoj, to< u[po<dikoj, -on u[pozu<gion, -ou, to< u[pozw<nnumi u[poka<tw u[pokri<nomai u[po<krisij, -ewj, h[ u[pokrith<j, -ou?, o[ u[polamba<nw u[po<leimma, -atoj, to< u[polei<pw u[polh<nion, -ou, to< u[polimpa<nw u[pome<nw u[pomimn^<skw u[po<mnhsij, -ewj, h[ u[pomnh<sw u[pomonh<, -h?j, h[ u[ponoe<w u[po<noia, -aj, h[ u[pople<w u[popne<w u[popo<dion, -ou, to< u[po<stasij, -ewj, h[ u[poste<llw 507 I have victory boastful, puffed up I disregard, despise superiority, prominence I overflow beyond, extremely I overflow I raise myself I am arrogant upper story u[pota<ssw u[pota<ssw I am punished u[poxwre<w obedient u[pofe<rw I minister, serve servant, helper sleep by (Gen.) under (Acc.) I instigate, bribe model, example model, example, pattern I show, explain u[podei<knumi I welcome, receive I tie on shoes sandal accountable, liable pack animal I brace a ship under, below I pretend pretense, hypocrisy hypocrite, pretender I take up, support, reply remnant I leave behind wine vat I leave behind I remain, endure I remind, remember reminder u[pomimn^<skw endurance, patience I suspect, suppose suspicion I sail under I blow gently footstool substance, essence I avoid, withdraw Complete Lexicon u[postolh<, -h?j, h[ u[postre<fw u[postrwnnu<w u[potagh<, -h?j, h[ u[pota<ssw u[pote<tagmai u[poti<qhmi u[potre<xw u[potu<pwsij, -ewj, h[ u[pofe<rw u[poxwre<w u[pwpia<zw u$j, u[o<j, h[ u[sso<j, -ou?, o[[ u!sswpoj, -ou, o[, h[ u[stere<w u[ste<rhma, -atoj, to< u[ste<rhsij, -ewj, h[ u!steroj, -a, -on u[fanto<j, -h<, -o<n u[yhlo<j, -h<, -o<n u[yhlofrone<w u!yistoj, -h, -on u!yoj, -ouj, to< u[yo<w u!ywma, -atoj, to< timidity, shrinking I return, turn back I spread out obedience, subjection I subject, subordinate u[pota<ssw I lay down, risk life I sail under example, prototype I endure, submit to I withdraw, retreat I maltreat, slander female pig javelin, spear hyssop I am in need, lack need, lack need, poverty last, later, finally woven tall, exalted, proud I am proud, haughty highest, most exalted height, high place I lift up, exalt height, exaltation F fa<gomai fa<goj, -ou, o[ failo<nhj, -ou, o[ fai<nw Fa<lek, o[ fanero<j, -a<, -o<n fanero<w fanerw?j fane<rwsij, -ewj, h[ fano<j, -ou?, o[ Fanouh<l, o[ fanta<zw fantasi<a, -aj, h[ fa<ntasma, -atoj, to< fa<ragc, -aggoj, h[ Faraw<, o[ Fa<rej, o[ Farisai?oj, -ou, o[ farmakei<a, -aj, h[ fa<rmakon, -ou, to< fa<rmakoj, -ou, o[ fa<sij, -ewj, h[ fa<skw fa<tnh, -hj, h[ fau?loj, -h, -on fe<ggoj, -ouj, to< e]sqi<w glutton cloak I shine, appear, reveal Peleg visible, clear, plain I reveal, show openly, publicly announcement lantern Phanuel I appear, make visible pageantry, pomp ghost ravine Pharaoh Perez Pharisee sorcery, magic poison, medicine magician, sorcerer report, announcement I say, claim stall, stable, manger bad, evil light, radiance fei<domai fei<somai fe<rw feu<gw feu<comai Fh?lic, -ikoj, o[ fh<mh, -hj, h[ fhmi< Fh?stoj, -ou, o[ fqa<nw fqarto<j, -h<, -o<n fqe<ggomai fqei<rw fqinopwrino<j, -h<, -o<n fqo<ggoj, -ou, o[ fqone<w fqo<noj, -ou, o[ fqora<, -a?j, h[ fia<lh, -hj, h[ fila<gaqoj, -on Filade<lfeia, -aj, h[ filadelfi<a, -aj, h[ fila<delfoj, -on filanqrwpi<a, -aj, h[ filanqrw<pwj filarguri<a, -aj, h[ fila<rguroj, -on fi<lautoj, -on file<w filh<donoj, -on fi<lhma, -atoj, to< Filh<mwn, -onoj, o[ Fi<lhtoj, -ou, o[ fili<a, -aj, h[ Filipph<sioj, -ou, o[ Fi<lippoi, -wn, oi[ Fi<lippoj, -ou, o[ filo<qeoj, -on Filo<logoj, -ou, o[ filoneiki<a, -aj, h[ filo<neikoj, -on filoceni<a, -aj, h[ filo<cenoj, -on filoprwteu<w fi<loj, -h, -on filosofi<a, -aj, h[ filo<sofoj, -ou, o[ filo<storgoj, -on filo<teknoj, -on filotime<omai filofro<nwj fimo<w Fle<gwn, -ontoj, o[ 508 I spare, avoid fei<domai I carry, endure I flee, escape feu<gw Felix report, news I tell, say Festus I come before, arrive perishable, mortal I speak, proclaim I destroy, ruin late autumn sound, voice I envy, am jealous jealousy, envy ruin, destruction bowl loving what is good Philadelphia (city) brotherly love loving one’s brother friendliness, people love friendly, benevolently love of money, greed loving money, avaricious selfish I love, like, kiss loving pleasure a kiss Philemon Philetus friendship, love Philippian Philippi (city) Philip loving God, devout Philologus dispute, strife, contention quarrelsome hospitality hospitable I love to be first beloved, dear, friend philosophy philosopher affectionate loving one’s children I aspire to friendly, hospitably I muzzle, silence Phlegon Complete Lexicon flogi<zw flo<c, flogo<j, h[ fluare<w flu<aroj, -on fobero<j, -a<, -o<n fobe<w fo<bhtron, -ou, to< fo<boj, -ou, o[ Foi<bh, -hj, h[ Foini<kh, -hj, h[ foi?nic, -ikoj, o[ Foi?nic, -ikoj, o[ foneu<j, -e<wj, o[ foneu<w fo<noj, -ou, o[ fore<w fo<roj, -ou, o[ forti<zw forti<on, -ou, to< Fortouna?toj, -ou, o[ frage<llion, -ou, to< fragello<w fragmo<j, -ou?, o[ fra<zw fra<ssw fre<ar, -atoj, to< frenapata<w frenapa<thj, -ou, o[ frh<n, freno<j, h[ fri<ssw frone<w fro<nhma, -atoj, to< fro<nhsij, -ewj, h[ fro<nimoj, -on froni<mwj fronti<zw froure<w frua<ssw fru<ganon, -ou, to< Frugi<a, -aj, h[ Fu<geloj, -ou, o[ fugh<, -h?j, h[ fulakh<, -h?j, h[ fulaki<zw fulakth<rion, -ou, to< fu<lac, -akoj, o[ fula<cw fula<ssw fulh<, -h?j, h[ fu<llon, -ou, to< fu<rama, -atoj, to< fusiko<j, -h<, -o<n fusikw?j I ignite, set on fire flame I talk nonsense gossipy, foolish fearful I fear, reverence horror, fearful thing fear, reverence, fright Phoebe Phoenicia palm-tree, date palm Phoenix (city) murderer I murder, kill murder, killing I wear, bear tribute, tax I cause to carry burden, load Fortunatus whip I flog, whip, scourge fence, wall I explain I shut, stop, close a well, pit I deceive deceiver thinking I shudder, frighten I think, judge, ponder mind-set way of thinking wise, thoughtful wisely I think about I guard, confine I rave, am haughty bush, shrub Phrygia Phygelus flight prison, guard, watch I imprison phylactery, amulet a guard fula<ssw I guard, keep tribe, nation leaf lump, batch natural naturally, by nature fusio<w fu<sij, -ewj, h[ fusi<wsij, -ewj, h[ futei<a, -aj, h[ futeu<w fu<w fwleo<j, -ou?, o[ fwne<w fwnh<, -h?j, h[ fw?j, fwto<j, to< fwsth<r, -h?roj, o[ fwsfo<roj, -ou, o[ fwteino<j, -h<, -o<n fwti<zw fwtismo<j, -ou?, o[ 509 I am proud, conceited nature pride, conceit a plant I plant I grow den, hole I call, cry out voice, noise light star, splendor morning star bright, shining I shine, illuminate illumination X xai<rw xa<laza, -hj, h[ xala<w Xaldai?oj, -ou, o[ xalepo<j, -h<, -o<n xalinagwge<w xalino<j, -ou?, o[ xalkeu<j, -e<wj, o[ xalkhdw<n, -o<noj, o[ xalki<on, -ou, to< xalkoli<banon, -ou, to< xalko<j, -ou?, o[ xalkou?j, -h?, ou?n xamai< Xana<an, h[ Xananai?oj, -a, -on xara<, -a?j, h[ xa<ragma, -atoj, to< xarakth<r, -h?roj, o[ xa<rac, -akoj, o[ xari<zomai xa<rin xa<rij, -itoj, h[ xa<risma, -atoj, to< xarito<w Xarra<n, h[ xa<rthj, -ou, o[ xa<sma, -atoj, to< xei?loj, -ouj, to< xeima<zw xeima<rrouj, -ou, o[ xeimw<n, -w?noj, o[ xei<r, xeiro<j, h[ xeiragwge<w xeiragwgo<j, -ou?, o[ xeiro<grafon, -ou, to< I rejoice, delight hail I let down Chaldaean hard, difficult I bridle, hold in check bit, bridle metalworker, smith agate (stone) bronze vessel, kettle fine brass copper, brass, bronze made of copper, brass on the ground Canaan Canaanite joy, gladness mark, image, stamp representation, impression barricade, stake I forgive, give freely because of grace, favor gift I show favor, bless Haran (city) sheet of papyrus paper chasm lip, shore I have bad weather winter stream rainy, winter hand I lead by hand one who leads by hand handwritten document Complete Lexicon xeiropoi<htoj, -on xeirotone<w xei<rwn, -on Xerou<b, to< xh<ra, -aj, h[ xili<arxoj, -ou, o[ xilia<j, -a<doj, h[ xi<lioi, -ai, -a Xi<oj, -ou, h[ xitw<n, -w?noj, o[ xiw<n, -o<noj, h[ xlamu<j, -u<doj, h[ xleua<zw xliaro<j, -a<, -o<n Xlo<h, -hj, h[ xlwro<j, -a<, -o<n xoi*ko<j, -h<, -o<n xoi?nic, -ikoj, h[ xoi?roj, -ou, o[ xola<w xolh<, -h?j, h[ Xorazi<n, h[ xorhge<w xoro<j, -ou?, o[ xorta<zw xo<rtasma, -atoj, to< xo<rtoj, -ou, o[ Xouza?j, -a?, o[ xou?j, xoo<j, o[ xra<omai xrei<a, -aj, h[ xreofeile<thj, -ou, o[ xrh< xr^<zw xrh?ma, -atoj, to< xrhmati<zw xrhmatismo<j, -ou?, o[ xrh<simoj, -h, -on xrh?sij, -ewj, h[ xrhsteu<omai xrhstologi<a, -aj, h[ xrhsto<j, -h<, -o<n xrhsto<thj, -htoj, h[ xri?sma, -atoj, to< Xristiano<j, -ou?, o[ Xristo<j, -ou?, o[ xri<w xroni<zw xro<noj, -ou, o[ xronotribe<w xrusi<on, -ou, to< xrusodaktu<lioj, -on xruso<liqoj, -ou, o[ handmade I choose, appoint very bad, worse Cherub angel widow commander of 1000 thousand thousand Chios tunic, shirt snow cloak I mock, scoff lukewarm Chloe green, fresh earthy, made of dust quart pig, swine I am angry gall, bile Chorazin (city) I provide, supply dancing I feed, satisfy, fill food grass Chuza soil, dust I employ, act need, necessity debtor it should, it ought I need property, wealth I prophesy, reveal, warn divine revelation useful use, sexual relations I am kind, loving smooth speech useful, good, worthy goodness, kindness anointing Christian Christ, Messiah I anoint, assign I linger, delay time, long time I spend time gold with a gold ring chrysolite xruso<prasoj, -ou, o[ xruso<j, -ou?, o[ xrusou?j, -h?, -ou?n xruso<w xrw<j, xrwto<j, o[ xwlo<j, -h<, -o<n xw<ra, -aj, h[ xwre<w xwri<zw xwri<on, -ou, to< xwri<j xwri<sw xw?roj, -ou, o[ chyrsoprase (quartz) gold golden I make golden skin lame, crippled region, district I go out, reach I divide, separate, divorce field without, separately xwri<zw northwest Y ya<llw yalmo<j, -ou?, o[ yeuda<delfoj, -ou, o[ yeudapo<stoloj, -ou, o[ yeudh<j, -e<j yeudodida<skaloj, -ou, o[ yeudolo<goj, -on yeu<domai yeudomarture<w yeudomarturi<a, -aj, h[ yeudo<martuj, -uroj, o[ yeudoprofh<thj, -ou, o[ yeu?doj, -ouj, to< yeudo<xristoj, -ou, o[ yeudw<numoj, -on yeu<sma, -atoj, to< yeu<sthj, -ou, o[ yhlafa<w yhfi<zw yh?foj, -ou, h[ yiqurismo<j, -ou?, o[ yiquristh<j, -ou?, o[ yixi<on, -ou, to< yuxh<, -h?j, h[ yuxiko<j, -h<, -o<n yu?xoj, -ouj, to< yuxro<j, -a<, -o<n yu<xw ywmi<zw ywmi<on, -ou, to< yw<xw I sing praises psalm, song of praise false brother false apostle false, lying false teacher lying I lie, deceive I give false testimony false witness a false witness false prophet falsehood, lie false Christ falsely called falsehood, lying liar I touch, handle I calculate, reckon pebble gossip, whispering gossiper, whisperer crumb, little bit life, soul, person physical, natural cold cold I make cold I feed, give away crumb, piece of bread I rub W W w# w$de &]dh<, -h?j, h[ Omega, last O! here song, ode 510 Complete Lexicon w]di<n, -i?noj, h[ w]di<nw &]kodo<mhsa w#moj, -ou, o[ w@mosa w]ne<omai w]nhsa<mhn w]no<masa w]noma<sqhn &]o<n, -ou?, to< w!ra, -aj, h[ w[rai?oj, -a, -on w!risa w@ruca w]ru<omai w[j w[sanna< w[sau<twj w[sei< [Wshe<, o[ w!sper w[sperei< w!ste w]ta<rion, -ou, to< w]ti<on, -ou, to< w]fe<leia, -aj, h[ w]fele<w wfe<limoj, -on w@fqhn birth pains I have birth pains oi]kodome<w shoulder o]mnu<w I buy w]ne<omai o]noma<zw o]noma<zw egg hour, occasion lovely, timely o[ri<zw o]ru<ssw I roar as, like, that, when hosanna similarly, likewise as, like Hosea just as just as, like therefore, so that ear ear benefit, use, advantage I help, aid, benefit useful, beneficial o[ra<w/ble<pw 511 Index Index Greek: a]gaqo<j paradigm 48 a]gapa<w paradigm PAI 93 a]llh<lwn 68 grafh< paradigm 37 gra<fw Aorist Passive paradigm 89 dei<knumi 132 di<dwmi 131, 133 di<kaioj paradigm 48 e[autou? paradigm 68 e]gw< paradigm 53 e]kei?noj paradigm 53 ei]mi< present active indicative 49-50 ei]mi< future active indicative 63 ei]mi< imperative 128 ei]mi< imperfect active indicative 72 ei]mi< participle 104 ei]mi< subjunctive 123 ei#j, mi<a, e!n 136 e]mautou? paradigm 67 i[ero<n paradigm 35 i!sthmi 132 lamba<nw aorist paradigm 80 lo<goj paradigm 34-35 lu<w aorist active/middle 84 lu<w aorist passive 88 lu<w future active/middle 61-62 lu<w future passive 89 lu<w imperative 128 lu<w imperfect active/middle/passive 71 512 Index lu<w infinitive 118 lu<w participles, aorist 109-110 lu<w participles, perfect 113 lu<w participles, present 103 lu<w perfect active/middle 96 lu<w present active indicative 29 lu<w present middle/passive 58 lu<w subjunctive 122 o[, h[, to< paradigm 39 oi#da paradigm 97 o@noma paradigm 77 o!j, h!, o! paradigm 67 ou], ou]k, ou]x 50 ou$toj paradigm 66 pa?j paradigm 77 pi<stij paradigm 77 profh<thj paradigm 38 sa<rc paradigm 76 seautou? paradigm 68 su< paradigm 53 ti<qhmi 132 xa<rij paradigm 76 w!ra paradigm 38 English: Accents 18 Accent placement chart 19 Accent rules 18 Accusative case description 25, 32, 34 Acute accent 18 Active voice verbs 26 Adjective 47ff Adjective, attributive 47, 49 Adjective, comparative 137 Adjective, definition 22 513 Index Adjective, paradigm 48, 49 Adjective, predicate 47, 49 Adjective, substantive 47, 49 Adjective, superlative 137 Adversative, conjunctions 138 Agreement 28, 33 Alexander the Great 6 Alphabet 12-13 Antepenult syllable 18 Aorist, first 83ff Aorist, first, stems 85-86 Aorist, participles 107ff Aorist, passive 87ff Aorist, passive, stems 89 Aorist, second 79ff Aorist, second, stems 81 Apostrophe 22 Articular, infinitives 119 Aspect, infinitives 118 Aspect, verbs 24, 26 Aspirate sound 75 Augments 72, 80-81, 84 Bauer, Danker, Arndt and Gingrich [BDAG] lexicon 10 BDAG lexicon 10 Books, for Greek 148ff Breathing marks 21 Breathing, smooth 21 Breathing, rough 21 Cardinal numbers, 136 Case description, nouns 25, 32 Case, revisited 143 Causal, conjunctions 138 Circumflex accent 18 Clause types 139f Clauses 23 Clitics 20 Colon, punctuation mark 21 Comma, punctuation mark 21 514 Index Comparative, Adjectives 137 Complementary Infinitives 119 Compound verbs 60 Conditional types 124 Conjunctions 138 Consonant cluster 16 Consonant, double 13 Contract verbs 91 Contract verb, rules 91 Coronis 22 Dative case definition 25, 32, 34 Dative, revised 145-146 Declension definitions 32 Declensions, first, nouns 37ff Declensions, second, nouns 31ff Declensions, third, nouns 75ff Declining nouns 35-36 Definite article, definition 22, 33, 38 Definite article paradigm 39 Demonstrative, pronouns 65-66 Dental sounds 75, 85, 88 Deponent verbs definition 59 Diaeresis 14, 22 Diphthongs 14 Elision 44 Enclitic 20-21 English grammar review 22-23 Final sigma 14 First aorist, verbs 83ff First class condition 124 First declension, nouns 37ff First person, pronouns 53 First person, verbs 27 Future tense verbs 61ff Future of ei]mi< 63 Future, irregular verbs 63-64 515 Index Gamma nasal 14 Gender, nouns 31, 33 Genitive absolute 116 Genitive case, nouns 25, 32, 34 Genitive revised 143ff God spoke in Greek 6-7 Grave, accent 18 Greek, Byzantine 11 Greek, Classical 10 Greek, Koine 6, 10-11 Greek, Modern 11 Greek is hard 8 Historical present, verb 28 Imperative verb mood, definition 24, 27 Imperative verbs 127ff Imperative verbs, function 129 Imperfect verbs 70ff Indicative verb mood, definition 24, 27 Indirect discourse, infinitive 119 Infinitive, articular 119 Infinitive, aspect 118 Infinitive, complementary 119 Infinitive, form 118 Infinitive, function 117 Infinitives 117ff Interrogatives 125, 135 Iota, pronunciation 13 Iota subscripts 14 Koine Greek 6, 10-11 Labial, sounds 75, 85, 88 Liquid, sounds 62-63, 85, 93 Liquid, sounds, with future verbs 62-63 Long vowels 13 Memory verses John 1:1 46, 51 516 Index Mat. 6:9 73, 86, 90, 94 Mat. 6:10ab 78, 90, 94 Mat. 6:10c 82, 90, 94 Mat. 6:11 86, 90, 94 Mat. 6:12a 90, 94 Mat. 6:12b 94 Mat. 6:13a 99 Mat. 6:13 105-106 mi-verbs 130ff Mood, verbs 24, 27 Movable nu 29 Nasal, sounds 93 Nasal gamma 14 Negating, participles 104 Nominative case, nouns 25, 32, 33 Noun definition 22 Noun, first declension 37ff Noun, second declension 31ff Noun, third declension 75ff Nouns, grammar review 25 Nu movable 29 Numbers 135-136 Number, nouns 31 Number, verbs 28 Object, accusative, nouns 25 Optative, verb, mood 24, 27 Optative, verbs 126 Ordinal numbers 135 Palatal, sounds 85, 88 Parsing format 29 Participle, aorist 107ff Participle, aorist forms 108, 110 Participle, future 104 Participle, Perfect 112ff Participle, Present 100ff Participle, time 101-102, 108 Participle, translating 102, 103, 105, 108, 114f 517 Index Particle definition 22 Particles 139 Parts of speech, review 22-23 Passive voice, verbs 27 Past tense, English 79 Penult, syllable 18 Perfect verbs 95ff Period, punctuation 21 Periphrastics 115 Person, verb 27 Personal pronouns 52ff Personal pronouns, first person paradigm 53 Personal pronouns, second person paradigm 53 Personal pronouns, third person paradigm 54 Phonetic addition 14 Phonetic chart 14, 75 Phrases 23 Placement, accent chart 19 Pluperfect verbs 97 Possessive, genitive, nouns 25, 32 Predicate of sentence 23 Prepositional phrase 40 Prepositions 40ff Prepositions, case 40 Prepositions, chart 45 Prepositions, compound 45 Prepositions, definition 22 Present middle/passive verb 57 Present pariticiples 100ff Present tense verbs 27ff Present tense, historical 28 Primary endings, verbs 29 Principle parts, verbs 87, 98 Proclitic 20, 44 Pronoun, definition 22 Pronoun, demonstrative 65ff Pronoun, enclitics 54 Pronoun, indefinite 134 Pronoun, interrogative 135 Pronoun, person, first 53 518 Index Pronoun, person, second 53 Pronoun, person, third 54 Pronoun, personal 52ff Pronoun, reciprocal 68 Pronoun, reflexive 67-68 Pronoun, relative 67 Pronoun, types 52 Punctuation marks 21 Purpose clauses 139 Purpose conjunctions 138 Question mark 21 Questions, negative 125 Questions, interrogatives 135 Reasons to study Greek 6-7 Reciprocal, pronouns 68 Reduplication, perfect verbs 95-96 Reflexive, pronouns 67-68 Relative, pronouns 67 Result clause 139 Result conjunctions 138 Rough breathing mark 21 Second aorist verbs 79ff Second class condition 124 Second declension nouns 32ff Second perfect verbs 97 Second person pronouns 53 Secondary verbal endings 71 Sentence syntax 23 Short vowels 13 Sibilant sounds 88 Sigma, final 14 Smooth breathing mark 21 Subject of sentence 23 Subjunctive verb, mood definition 24, 27 Subjunctive verbs 121ff Subjunctive, verbs, form 122 Subjunctive, verbs, function 124-125 519 Index Subjunctive, verbs, translation 123-124 Subjunctive, verbs, triggers 123 Subscripts, iota 14 Superlative, adjectives 137 Syllable names 18 Syllable rules, slicing 16-17 Temporal clauses 140 Temporal conjunctions 138 Tense, verb, present 26 Third declension nouns 75ff Third person pronouns 54-55 Third person verbs 28 Translations, use of 7 UBS New Testament 10 Ultima, syllable 18 Unvoiced sounds 75 Velar sound 75 Verbal adjective, participle 101-101 Verbal adverb, participle 101-101 Verb definition 22 Verb, aorist, First 83ff Verb, aorist, Passive 87 Verb, aorist, Second 79ff Verb, aspect review 24, 26 Verb, contract 91ff Verb, first aorist 83ff Verb, future active/middle 61ff Verb, future passive 89 Verb, Imperative, mood 127ff Verb, Imperative, form 127ff Verb, Imperative, function 129 Verb, imperfect 70ff Verb, imperfect paradigm 71 Verb, infinitive 117ff Verb, moods 24 Verb, optative, mood 126 Verb, participle, aorist 107ff 520 Index Verb, participle, perfect 112ff Verb, participle, present 100ff Verb, perfect 95ff Verb, perfect, second 97 Verb, present active indicative 26ff Verb, present active paradigm 29 Verb, present middle/passive 57ff Verb, pluperfect 97 Verb, review grammar 24 Verb, second aorist 79ff Verb, subjuncive 121ff Verb, subjunctive, forms 122 Verb, subjunctive, triggers 123 Verb, voice 24 Vocative case definition 25, 34 Voiced sounds 75 Voice, verbs 24, 26 Vowels 13 Vowel contractions 92 Word order 36 521